teeny
fr a“

re

Ae) GrEne
‘i jy v

Ci oe)

/

eer se &
eee i sem

Pio

Stes
tae? A,4

—

PROCEEDINGS

ov THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1 8B 0.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE:
JosEPpH Lerpy, M.D., GEO. H. Horn, M.D.,
WitiraM 5. Vaux, THoMAS MEEHAN,
Joun H. REDFIELD.

Epiror: EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D.

PHILADELPHIA:
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SOIENCES,
S.W. Corner Nineteenth and Race Streets.

1881.

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA,
March, 1881.

I hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings for 1880 have been
presented at the meetings of the Academy, as follows :—

Pages . 9 to 56... ; : . March 28, 1880.
43 o7to 88 . : : . | March 30, 1880.
4 89 to 120... : : ae 6, 1880.
lel tom pea we : > ay une 1, 1800.
«” -153t0 200 . : : . July 27, 1880:
<) 9201 to 216 : 5 . August 10, 1880.
Sc lito 282 _. : 2 . August, 17, 1880.
cc 288 to 248° : ; . September 7, 1880.
“249 to-280.... P 2 . September 28, 1880.
6-281 to 328 5 . ; , . October 12, 1880.
se 829 to 852. : : . November 9, 1880.
«¢ 358 to 384, , : . February 22, 1881.
"360.0 416. 4. ; ; . March 1, 1881.

EDWARD J. NOLAN,
Recording Secretary.

PHILADELPHIA
W. P. KiLDARE, PRINTER

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS,

With reference to the several articles contributed by each.

For Verbal Communications see tieneral Index.

Allen, Harrison. Description of a foetal walrus............-...2.--- 38
On the Temporal and Masseter Muscles of Mammals............... 385
Barbeck, Wm. On the Development of Lemna minor. (Plate XVIII.) 230
Bergh, R. On the Nudibranchiate Gasteropod Mollusca of the North
Pacific Ocean, with special reference to those of Alaska. Part I.
ET) os RE ne ee 40
Chapman, H. C. On the Structure of the Orang Outang. (Plates
a EROS PE 2S oe ee ae 160
Genth, F. A., Jr. The So-called Emery Ore from Chelsea, Bethel
Township, Delaware County, Paws... 0000... ste e ec eee ee ee 311
Hartman, W. D. Description of a Partula supposed to be new, from
IMEC RE OTOR SS 80 oa'si0's cso oes oie eden «seals six» Os casas 229
Heilprin, Angelo. On the Stratigraphical Evidence afforded by the
Tertiary Fossils of the Peninsula of Maryland................. 20
On some new Lower Eocene Mollusca from Clarke Co., Alabama.
with some points as to the Stratigraphical Position of the Beds
CeMEEEMCHE (FIAEO 20). So es eee ese cease enn sea senices 364
Kingsley, o>. *Carcinological Notes, No. 1.............-....22.--- 34
Carcinological Notes, No. 2.—Revision of the Gelasimi, (Plates
NOPRREMIC I RAs fi, of oidielneia tau cdeisicaca tice ecaccceseses 135
Carcinological Notes, No. 5.—Revision of the Genus Ocypoda,..... 179
Carcinological Notes, No. 4.—Synopsis of the Grapside........... 187
Leidy, Jos. Rhizopods in the Mosses of the Summit of Roan Moun-
ATMBTGD MO AROMAS 2 ns.cic Coie act acacscsece copeepeccessess 333
Lewis, Henry Carvill. The Optical Characters of some Micas........ 244
cenrmeeropnvilitc, anew Mineral. ..........0.cscccseccsececccces 254
The Surface Geology of Philadelphia and Vicinity................. 258
The Iron Ores and Lignite of the Montgomery Co. Valley.......... 282
On a new Fucoidal Plant from the Trias.............0....eeeeeees 293
The Trenton Gravel and its relation to the Antiquity of Man....... 296
Se MMRIETTRIT MS UTSED. TOW: ) a5 0.4 0 c1nis wince cian cases eauddnanesecenss 318
Lockington, W. N. Ona Pacitic Species of Caulolatilus,............ 13
Description of a new species of Hemitripterus from Alaska......... 233
Description of a new species of Catostomus (Catostomus Cypho)
EPL MEINONARLO ULV OL so ce corn cic ccicsicevabanctciddvesivsceses 237
McCook, Rey. H. C. The Shining Slavemaker.—Notes on the Archi-
tecture and Habits of the American Slave-making Ant, Polyergus
ena SIEEME UG Veena avicie: ¢'a.alz aten's.e vix's mm eto leieiee = aelnesnisecees 376
SN ee 274
Report on Plants introduced by means of the International Exhibition,
OE SR A eR A er eee 132
Vodges, Anth. W. Description of a new Crustacean from the Upper
Silurian of Georgia, with remarks upon Calymene Clintoni.... 176

*
o Be
ye “4 batt
“Ae F ee Suge
abe rhe By tAn at
Taw ht

7 et RE HE Da hee Pasion
Cres iit‘: 4b ai

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

SSO.

JANUARY 6, 1880.
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.
Forty-two persons present.

The following papers were presented for publication:

“On the Nudibranchiate Gasteropod Mulluseca of the North
Pacific Ocean, with special reference to those of Alaska,” by Dr.
R. Bergh, of Copenhagen. Part IT.

‘The Terrestrial Mollusca inhabiting the Cooks or Harvey
Islands,” by Andrew Garrett.

The deaths of Dr. S. 8S. White and Joshua T. Jeanes were
announced.

JANUARY 13.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Forty-two members present.

On disarticulating branches in Ampelopsis.—Mr. Tuomas
MEEHAN remarked that some species of Ampelopsis threw off
their dead wood by disarticulation, as he pointed out some years
ago to be the case with Thuja and Taxodium among coniferous
trees. This was especially the case with Ampelopsis quingue/olia,
and A. bipinnata. These, in common with many other climbing
plants, produced some portions of their annual growth of so low

9

~

ian

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

a vital power, that they were soon killed when severe weather
oecurred. In the grape vine, for instance, the extreme ends of the
strong branches and whole lengths of weaker ones died during
the winter. These remained on till cut away by the pruner, or
until they fell by natural decay. In the Ampelopsis named they
were thrown off by an articulation, so that by spring no dead
wood of the past season’s growth would be found on the plants:
Every node included in the dead portion, separated ; so that under
the plants the pieces may be gathered like the separate vertebrie
in a Skeleton.

The Ampelopsis, when running up a tree or wall, seldom sent
out lateral branches till it reached the summit. When these side
branches were produced, they appeared, after a few years,as thick
bushy masses, having the look of a hedge annually pr eas It
appears that in these cases the annual orowth is disarticulated at
just one node above that one made last year—the branch thus
gaining but one node a year. -A bushy branch of a dozen years
old, will thus have but a dozen nodes of living wood.

i he observations were of some interest just now, from the dis-
covery of a species of Vitis in the South Pacific, which produced
tubers at the end of the branches, which at the end of the season
were thrown off by a disarticulation, and in this way aided in
propagation and distribution. Though the disarticulation in the
neighboring genus Ampelopsis, as now noted, results only in
ridding the plant at once of useless wood, it showed a relation of
powers in allied species that must be of service to those engaged
in studies of derivation.

Geo. Vaux was elected a member of the Council to serve for
the unexpired term of C. Newlin Pierce. Aubrey H. Smith was
elected to serve for the unexpired term of Edw. D. Cope.

JANUARY 20.

The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.
Forty persons present.

Nolice of the Cruel Thread Worm, Filaria immitis, of the
Dog.—Prof. Lrerpy directed attention to a specimen, presented by
Mrs. Laura M. Towne, of Beaufort, 8S. C., consisting of the heart
and part of one lung ‘of a dog, containing thread worms. The
right ventricle of the heart and the pulmonary artery contained a
bunch of the parasites, and several also were contained in the
lung. A similar specimen, with the ventricle literally stuffed full
of worms, is preseryed in the museum of the University of Penn-

———

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1]

sylvania. The parasite was described, thirty years ago, in the
Proceedings of this Academy, under the names of Filaria Canis
cordis and Filaria immitis (see Proe., 1850,118; 1856, 2, 55),
and since has been repeatedly noticed by observers as infesting
the dog in Europe, India, China, Japan and this country.

The specimen presented is accompanied with a letter from
Mrs. Towne, giving an account of the occurrence and symptoms
of the parasite as follows :

“T lost several dogs of different breed, age and birthplace, with
the same sy mptoms—a severe and pec suliar. cough being the prin-
cipal one. A gentleman living on a neighboring island (the Sea
Islands of South Carolina) lost over thirty hanting dogs in two
or three years with the same symptoms. I watched my two re-
maining dogs closely. They were a large Newfoundland (mixed):
and a small terrier. Both had the peculiar cough, which was
excited by any movement, especially after sleeping. It always
ended, after a few coughs, in a violent effort to bring something
up from the throat. This did not seem nausea or sickness, and
as the dogs never threw up anything, I thought it was due to
hairs in the throat. The two dogs had another symptom.
When they began to run violently, as at hogs, or a strange dog,
they fell down, became stiff and insensible, but in a short time
would get up and resume the chase.

“The little dog died with hemorrhage from the bladder or kid-
neys; but no post-mortem examination was made.

“The large dog soon began to cough up bloody phlegm, with
considerable fresh blood at times. I found in the phlegm one
morning two Filariz alive, and at least six inches long. I sent
word of this discovery to the owner of the hunting dogs, and
when his next one died he had it opened, and found the heart and
liver filled with Filariz.

“ My large dog grew so ill that I had him shot. His symptoms
were drowsiness, sleeping with the upper eyelids raised, and the
inner lining showing very red; holding his head to one side, one
ear drooped ; : dragging of one hind leg: turning round and round
whenever he attempted to go any where ; and, finally, spasms, in
which he rolled over and over and drew his head backward. He
was fat and had a good appetite to the last.

“'The sister of this dog was given to me. She hadaslight cough,,
but it increased rapidly. After about three months’ attempt to
eure her, I had her shot before her sufferings became severe. Her
heart is the one you have. She was fat when she died,and seemed
in good health, except for short breath in running, the cough and
unusual sleepiness,

“In the post-mortem of the first dog, I found one Filaria lying
at full length in the windpipe, and in the large artery others
stretched at length and crowded close. Upon cutting into the.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

heart, the worms burst forth in bunches, slowly uncoiling them-
selves. They were white, stiff and wire-like, and not in the least
stained with blood. ‘They lived in water about twenty-four hours.
The large blood-vessels of the lungs were filled densely, and even
from the small ones long Filariz were with some difficulty with-
drawn. No worms were found in the kidneys.”

Cs

JANUARY 2
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Nineteen persons present.

A paper entitled “ Carcinological Notes, No. 2. Revision of
the Gelasimi,”’ by J. 8. Kingsley, was presented for publication.

The death of Thomas M. Brewer, a correspondent, was an-
nounced.

Chas. W. Pickering, John 8. Jenks, Wm. H. Jenks, A. R.
Thomas, Ferris W. Price, John Wagner, Chas. P. Tasker, Henry
F. Formad and George W. Biddle were elected members.

Angelo Heilprin, of New York, Dr. C. A. White, of Washing-
ton, Albert De Selle, of Paris, R. Hoernes, of Vienna, Georges
Rolland, of Paris, and Victor Raulin, of Bordeaux, were elected
correspondents.

The following were ordered to be printed :—

—

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

ON THE PACIFIC SPECIES OF CAULOLATILUS.
BY W. N. LOCKINGTON,.

In the Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei., Phila., 1865, pp. 66-68, Dr. Gill
enumerates four species of his genus Caulolatilus, one of them,
C. chrysops (Latilus chrysops, Val.) from the Atlantic, the others
from the Pacific Ocean.

These species are: C. anomalus (= Dekaya anomalus, Cooper),
C. princeps (=Latilus princeps, Jenyns), and C. affinis, Gill.
The first and second of these are stated to differ in the proportion
between the length of the posterior dorsal spines and the distance
between the dorsal fin and the lateral line; as well as in the length
of the pectoral; while the third species (characterized from a
specimen about three inches long) is described as follows: ‘“ Pro-
file quadrant, in front almost vertical; Greatest height less than
four times (.27) in the length (exclusive of the caudal), that of
caudal peduncle about nine times. Head more than 5; of the
length, while its height is to its length as 225: 31. Diameter of
eye equal to almost } the height of the head. Preorbital very
narrow. Teeth of preoperculum strong and distant; those of the
middle directed obliquely upwards. Sixth dorsal spine equal to
} of the length. Anus behind the middle of the length. Caudal
rather exceeding the height of the head. Pectorals equal to } of
the length. Ventrals shorter (.18) inserted beneath the base of
the pectoral, its spine at the vertical of the upper axil. D., vii,
25. A.,ii,22. P.,18. Color reddish brown on head and back,
lighter on the sides. A very distinct blackish spot above the
axilla of the pectoral. Locality, Cape St. Lucas.” Dr. Gill
states his belief that the large eyes and the narrow preorbital are
characters of youth ; and, moreover, hints a doubt as to the spe-
cific identity of C. princeps and C. anomalus, but thinks it
searcely probable on account of the few species known to be
common to Lower California and the Galapagos, the localities
from which the types of C. anomalus and C. princeps were re-
spectively procured.

As I have lately obtained two individuals of a species of Caulo-
latilus in the markets of San Francisco, I contribute a tolerably
full description, embodying the characters of the two (which
evidently belong to the same species) and notes upon the
peculiarities of each. The difference in some of the proportions

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

between these two individuals has almost convinced me of the
identity of C. princeps and C. anomalus; and I am inclined to °
think it probable that the type of C. affinis is only a somewhat
abnormal specimen of the same species. The chief differences
between the smaller of my specimens and the type of C. affinis
are the more quadrantiform outline and greater length of the head
and the smaller number of dorsal spines and anal rays in the latter.

As, however, the form of the head differs so considerably im
individuals evidently belonging to the same species, too much
stress must not be laid on the former character; and the variation
in the number of dorsal spines (viii-ix) and dorsal and anal fin-
rays in specimens of undoubted C. anomalus on record, forbid us
to think the latter a positive character.

It is quite possible that an individual may have acquired the
form of head of the adult, while still of small dimensions. The
dorsal spine may be expected (judging from the two specimens
here described) to increase in their proportional length inversely
to the size of the fish.

If my conjecture be correct (and I only give it as a conjecture),
then there is only one Pacific species at present known, ranging at
least from the Galapagos to the Bay of Monterey, near San Fran-
cisco; representing in this ocean the C. chrysops of the Atlantic,
and varying somewhat according to age and locality. To thor-
oughly settle the question, a thorough examination of several
specimens from the Galapagos, and a comparison of them with
others from Lower and Upper California, will be necessary.

Presuming, for the occasion, that they are identical, the
synonymy will be as follows:

Caulolatilus princeps (Jenyns), Gill.
Latilus princeps, Jenyns, Zool. Beagle, 52, pl. 11.
Latilus princeps, Giinther, Cat. Fish. British Museum, II, p. 253.
Dekaya anomala, Cooper, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1865, p. 68.
Caulolatilus anomalus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Cal., 1865, p. 68.
Caulolatilus affinis, Gill, loc. cit.
Caulolatilus anomalus, Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, p. 48,

1877.

D. viii-ix, 25-26. A. ii, 24-26. P. 19-20. V. 4. C. ac. 13-14
C. 13.

General Description.—Profile more or less decurved, the curva-
ture increasing with age; posterior portion of dorsal outline
nearly straight; abdominal outline regularly curved. Greatest

j

a

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

depth slightly less than four to rather more than fives times in the

- total length ; head, 47-43 in the same. Greatest thickness about

24 in the greatest depth. Eye, 4-5 times; snout, 3-34 times in
the length of the head. Interorbital width, measured round the
curve of the forehead, 2}-23 in the same. Caudal peduncle, 3-4
times in the greatest depth. Distance from the spinous dorsal to
the lateral line, 44-1} times in the height of the last dorsal spine.
Nostrils conspicuous, on the horizon of the centre of the pupil, an-
terior with a valve posteriorly ; posterior larger, simple, subcircular,
distant from the eye about one-third of the diameter of the latter.

Eyes large, lateral, subcircular, their posterior margin nearer
the tip of the operculum than that of the snout.

Mouth slightly ascending forwards; tip of the intermaxillary
level with the lower margin of the orbit; posterior extremity of
maxillary nearly vertical with the anterior orbital margin. Max-
illary narrow throughout, its posterior portion free, but the
greater part of its upper edge concealed behind the large preorbital
in the closed mouth. Jaws equal in front in the closed mouth.
Teeth in jaws in several rows in front, diminishing to a single row
farther back on the sides, rather small, slender, acute, recurved at
tip, but those in front of the mandible in the outer row inclined
forwards. Teeth in front largest, those on the sides diminishing,
but the hindermost tooth on each side of each jaw more or less
developed as a canine, though still shorter than the anterior teeth.

No teeth on vomer or palatines. Upper pharyngeals set with
sharp, irregularly spaced, cardiform teeth; lower pharyngeals with
an outer and inner row of similar teeth, with some irregularly placed
teeth between the rows. Lower pharyngeals entirely separate.

Gill-rakers of front of first branchial arch slender, rather stiff,
about 4 the diameter of the eye, all the others tubercular.

Hinder border of preoperculum vertical, very slightly curved,
lower angle rounded, set with teeth which slightly increase in
size at the angle, but do not extend along the lower border.
Operculum ending behind in a broad flat spine.

Dorsal commencing above the upper pectoral axil, very long,
the tips of its terminal rays reaching the caudal accessories ; the
length of its base about half the total length of the fish; spinous
dorsal 33-4 times in the total length of the fin, and lower than the
soft portion. First dorsal spine shortest, the others increasing
rapidly to the fifth, more slowly to the eighth or ninth ; the longest
64-8 times in the total length of the fin.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1889.

Soft dorsal continuous with the spinous portion, and almost
equal in height throughout, the last ray excepted. Last ray
much shorter than the others. Height of soft dorsal, in front
53-72 times in the total length; many of the rays simple, some
slightly bifureate at the tip, the two or three last rays twice
branched.

Anal commencing under fifth dorsal ray, its length about 4 of
that of the dorsal, with which it is coterminous. Anal spines very ~
small, closely adpressed to the first rays; rays. similar and about
equal in length to those of the dorsal, the last much shorter than
the others. Pectoral lanceolate, the seventh ray longest, the rays
decreasing rapidly on each side, the lowest scarcely one-fifth as
long as the seventh. Length to tip of longest ray 14-1} in that
of the head. Most of the rays twice branched, tip of the longest
reaching a little beyond the anus. Base of pectoral slightly
oblique.

Ventrals inserted under the hinder margin of the pectoral base,
their tips not reaching to the anus; their length about 2 that of
the pectoral; the last four rays twice bifurcate.

Caudal about one-sixth of the total length, with numerous acces-
sory rays, causing a widening of the caudal base; principal rays
three times forked; hinder border deeply and triangularly emar-
ginate, almost forked.

Lateral line indistinct, tubes simple; about 145 scales in its
length, parallel or nearly so with the dorsal outline.

About forty scales between the ventrals and the lateral line, and
thirteen above the latter. Scales of body almost rectangular, their
longitudinal exceeding the transverse diameter, the free margin
finely ctenoid. All the scales small, those of the abdomen rather
smaller than the others, especially front of the paired fins.

Scales extending upon the cheeks and opercular apparatus, but
the snout and forehead to above the centre of the eyes, the upper
border of the orbits ; preopercular margin, jaws and gillsnembrane
scaleless. '

No seales upon dorsal or anal; caudal covered with small scales
over the greater portion of its surface. Pectorals more or less
scaly exteriorly near the base, the scales extending farther between
the central than between the lateral rays.

Color leaden-gray, becoming darker above, but fading to a dirty
creamy-white below. Vertical fins slaty-gray. Dorsal surface of
head darker than the rest of the body.

ae

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

The two specimens on which the above description is principally
founded were procured in the market of San Francisco, and were
brought from the vicinity of Monterey Bay. One is an adult, the
other an immature individual, and the two present considerable
variation in external form, and in the proportions of some of the
parts, as will be evident by the dimensions and further description

of each specimen here appended.

DIMENSIONS OF THE Two SPECIMENS. No.1. No.2
INCHES. INCHES.

Total length, including caudal, . ~s Ati 0.05
Length without caudal, 2 é . 14.65 8.30
Greatest depth of body, 2 2 - 4.50 1.96 30} 232
Greatest thickness of body, . - . 2.38 .92 16
Length of head, . : : . 8.74 2.08 25 24%
Circumference behind base of pectorals, 10.88
Longitudinal diameter of eye, : : .80 52 65h. 6
Length of snout, . - 1.25 .63 8} 7%
Interorbital width, round curve aof Eirehead: 1.75 Si Gnr ha 9
From tip of snout to dorsal, along dorsal
outline, . ; : - 4.75 2.46 324 295
Length of base of den =a fin, . IP OrSi9B: 94/95
bi ff ** spinous dorsal, . : 2.40 1.25 16 142
From tip of lower jaw to anal, along ab-
domen, . : - : . 8.0 4.39 544 513
Length of base of aa, - : . 5.02 3.32 40 40
Length of pectoral Bee. = 87 45
Letigth of pectoral to tip of longest (””) a 3.36 1.82 23 22
From tip of snout to insertion of ventrals, 4.46 2.42 30} 29
Length of ventrals, : ‘ : 2.30 1.20 154 14
Height of first dorsal spine, . i : 20 “Oy othe 5:8
“Sant second, .‘‘ sf : P _ 56 40 4 5
eae re: tihrind ’ 566 ee : ‘ : 82 55 52 64
ier torn 6 BS : 5 : 93 68 61 7
ais * 1.03 At la 81
eer leegixth TOROS «12! Bh
) .2“Syseventh ‘* as 1,09 Stooge far irO
fre | ** eighth-,** Ks 1.13 tT) T8, ~ 9
oS mnth “ “ aye Paap 70 Th O98
Distance from 1st dorsal to lateral ‘inch ‘ 150 65 10 7%
Height of soft dorsal, in front, 1.30 90 9 10%
Depth of anal, ; : , 1.30 500° 9'''°103
Width of caudal pe: jetriole, : 2 ; 1.12 65 TR %%
Length of lower jaw, . d ‘ 1.62 82 11 9%
$s ** maxillary, along its curve, . 1.50 .75 10 9
Rays of dorsal, ; ‘ : 3 «© ix-86. -ix-25
anal, ; . , $ ; ii-25 11-25

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Further Description of No. 1.—Snout very declivous, dorsal
outline in advance of the dorsal rising rapidly, owing to a great
accumulation of adipose tissue about the upper part of the body ;
posterior part of dorsal outline regularly descending almost in ‘a
straight line; abdominal outline regularly curved.

Greatest depth a little less than four times; head, 4? times in
the total length; greatest thickness, 1$ in the greatest depth.
Kye, 433; snout, 3, interorbital width (round curve of forehead),
2} times in the length of the head. Caudal peduncle, four times
in the greatest depth. Distance from the spinous dorsal to the
lateral line, measured along the curve of the side, one-third longer
than the longest spine.

Denticulations of preoperculum rather blunt; opercular spine
blunt.

Teeth somewhat irregular, canines less distinct than in the
young.

Anal spines short and weak, but stiff, and distinctly recog-
nizable as spines; the first very short, the second about half as
long as the first ray.

Lateral line less conspicuous than in the young.

Upper part of the head and along the line of the back approach-
ing a chocolate tint.

Vertical fins darker nearer the margin. No black spot above
pectoral axil.

The whole fish is exceedingly oily, and the abundant exudation
of this oil renders it exceedingly disagreeable to handle.

Further Description of No. 2.—Dorsal outline from tip of lower
jaw to vertical from posterior margin of eye, much less convex
than in the adult; rise from thence to the origin of the dorsal
very slight; a gradual descent in an almost straight line from
thence to the caudal peduncle. Abdominal outline regularly
curved to caudal peduncle. Greatest depth, 54; length of head,
4% times in the total length; eye, 4 times; snout, about 34 times
in the length of the head. Interorbital width, measured round
its curve, about one-fifth more than the length of the snout, or
25 in the length of the head. Caudal peduncle, 3 times in the
greatest depth.

Distance from the spinous dorsal, at its posterior part, to the
lateral line, nearly 1} in the length of the longest spine, and less

—_————

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

than one-third of the semicircumference of the body. Longest
(9th) dorsal spine, 22 in the length of the head.

Forehead and occiput transversely much less arcuate than in
the adult, the large deposit of fat on these parts in the latter being
absent in the young.

Opening of mouth slightly less oblique than in the adult, the
maxillary extending a little farther back. Teeth much as in the
adult, but the hindmost tooth in each jaw, but especially in the
upper, assuming more distinctly the proportions of a canine,
though still smaller than the front teeth.

Denticulations of operculum proportionately more conspicuous,
and more acute than in the adult, opercular spine ending in three
denticulations.

Ninth dorsal spine, 6} times in the length of the fin, about 24
in the greatest depth. Rays of soft dorsal about 2} in the great-
est depth, the antepenultimate ray slightly produced. Anal spines
closely attached to the first ray, very small, flexible, and scarcely
recognizable as spines.

_A black spot above the upper axil of the pectoral; upper parts
without the warm tint of the adult. No large development of
adipose tissue.

Since the above paper was written, a third specimen of Caulola-
tilus from the same locality has come into the possession of the
California Academy of Sciences. This example is about equal in
length to the larger of the two described, but the development of
fat upon the occiput is much less marked, so that its proportions
are very nearly those of the type of C. anomalus.

_ Although I am perfectly aware that specimens from the Gala-
pagos would be required to settle the question of the identity of
C. princeps with C. anomalus and C. affinis, 1 believe that the
comparison of these three examples, evidently all of one species,
and sharing among them characters relied upon as specific, cer-
tainly throws great doubt upon the distinctness of the three de-
scribed species. Dr. Bean (in lit.) doubts the specific identity of
the two specimens described in this paper, and draws attention to
certain differences of proportion, but the only differences of mag-
nitude are those caused by the development of fat on the occiput.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY. OF [ 1880.

ON THE STRATIGRAPHICAL EVIDENCE AFFORDED BY THE TERTIARY
FOSSILS OF THE PENINSULA OF MARYLAND.

BY ANGELO HEILPRIN.

The Tertiary deposits of Maryland have from time to time
attracted the attention of investigators more or less eminent in
their special lines of research, the results of whose observations,
owing to the then imperfect state of American geological and pale-
ontological science, only very gradually tended to unfold the true
relations existing between the synchronous formations of the
east-Atlantic and west-Atlantic countries.

Maclure, on the map accompanying his ‘“ Observations of the
Geology of the United States ” (1817), classed all the late super-
ficial deposits of Maryland under the general term “ Alluvial,”
which term was likewise applied to almost the entire border
deposits of the Atlantic and Gulf slopes. In 1824 (J. A. N.S.,
vol. iv) Say described about forty species of fossil shells collected
by Mr. Finch from the same state, but excepting some passing
reflections on the nature of the deposit whence they were obtained,
and on the great resemblance existing between some of the forms
and forms still living on the coast, no special geological inferences
were drawn from tue collection. From a comparative examination
of the contained fossils, Van Rensselaer (“‘ Lectures on Geology,”
1825, p. 261) subsequently referred the deposits in question to
the Upper Marine formation, which view was concurred in by
Morton in a paper read before the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia in June, 1828. In a previous paper (“‘ Geological
Observations on the Secondary, Tertiary, and Alluvial Forma-
tions,” J. A. N. S., January, 1828), published conjointly by
Vanuxem and Morton, no attempt was made to correlate the various
divisions of the American and European Tertiary formations.

Conrad, wlio, more than any other American geologist, con-
tributed to advance our knowledge of the geology and paleon-
tology of this latest period, was the first to recognize the existence
of at least three distinct post-Secondary formations in Maryland,
the oldest of which he identified by a series of a few fossils found
near Ft. Washington, on the Potomac, as belonging to the Eocene,
and the newest, as exposed on the southeast extremity of the
peninsula, to the Post-Pliocene (J. A. N. 8., vol. vi, and Bulletin

Q)

| 005 ),

FP Roe nN. S., PHILZ..,

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

of the National Institution, 1841). The intermediate deposits
were classed as the Upper Marine, but subsequently under Lyell’s
designation of Miocene. Conrad’s original observations were in
general confirmed by his later researches, and the relations of at
least a great portion of the Miocene of Maryland, as well as of
almost the entire Atlantic slope, were clearly pointed out by
Lyell in 1845 (Proce. of the Geolog. Soc., vol. iv, p. 547).

It is mainly in relation to this last formation that we wish to
draw special attention, there being but little question concerning
the original determination of the Eocene and _ Post-Pliocene
(Pliocene?) deposits. That the great bulk of the deposits known
as the Medial Tertiary of Maryland are not synchronous with
the South Carolina deposits classed by Tuomey and Holmes as
Pliocene, an assumed fact insisted upon by Conrad, and for which
there appears to be no evidence, an examination of the following
table of mollusca will clearly demonstrate :

Lameilibranchiata of the Medial Tertiary Formations of Maryland.

Anomia ephippium,* Cardita protracta, Leda concentrica,
Amphidesma carinata,* ‘¢ - granulata, * Lima papyria,
a subovata, Cardium laqueatum, Lepton (?) mactroides,
Arca callipleura, oe acutilaquea- Lucina anodonta,*
(= A. dipleura?), tum, (=L. Americana),
‘* jdonea, ES craticuloides, ‘¢ Foremani,
** incile, * leptopleura, « subobliqua,
“* subrostrata, Corbula cuneata,* ‘¢ subplana,
‘¢ Marylandica, ee idonea, te eribraria,*
“* triquetra, t elevata, se crenulata,*
s<'“ centenaria, * a inequalis, * « contracta,*
‘* improcera, * Crassatella Marylandica, ‘* dtvaricata,*
** stilicidium, es turgidula, Mactra incrassata,
Artemis acetabulum, * if melina, ‘« ponderosa,
concentrica, $s undulata, * ‘¢ fragosa,
(= A. elegans?), Cytherea Sayana,* ‘¢ subcuneata,
Astarte vicina, + albaria, * ‘¢ delumbis,
‘« cuneiformis, (= C.idonea), Modiola Ducatellii,
‘« ~~ obruta, hg Marylandica, Mya producta,
se -perplana, aS subnasuta, Mytilus incurva,
« exaltata, Isocardia fraterna, Ostrea Virginica,*
‘6 _ varians, ‘fe Markoei, ‘¢ _s percrassa, *
‘« distans, Leda liciata, Panopea Americana,
«« planulata, “¢ acuta,* es reflexa, *
«undulata, * “¢ (Yoldia) levis, as porrecta,

Cardita arata,* ‘¢ (Nucula) proxima, (= P. Goldfussi ?

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

Pecten Madisonius, Perna maxillata, - Tellina lenis,
*¢ Humphreysii, Petricola centenaria,* | Venus tetrica,
‘« Jeffersonius, Plicatula marginata, * “ Mortoni,
«* econcentricus, Pholadomya abrupta, * ‘« alveata,
‘* Clintonius, Pholas ovalis, ‘¢ jnoceriformis,
‘¢ septenarius, * (= P. costata?)* ‘ stamineus,
Pectunculus parilis, * Savicava rugosa, se tridacnoides,*
“ lentifor- Solen ensis,* ‘© wtiolacea,*
mis, * Tellina eequistriata, e arRileyi
ae subovatus, * st. biplicata,*

The species in ¢talics are still living on the American coasts; those fol-

lowed by an* are described by Tuomey and Holmes as occurring in the
Pliocene formation of South Carolina.

{ Notre.—The preceding table has been compiled as accurately
as possible from the various papers pertaining to the paleontology
of the State, but owing to their number, and to the numerous
publications in which they have been spread, it has proved impos-
sible to collect them all, and no doubt some few species will be
found occurring in the State which have escaped our notice.
These will probably be very few in number, and will not materially
affect the general conclusion. The following twenty-two species,
mainly those described by Say from the collection of Mr. Finch
(J. A. N.S., vol. iv), have no stated locality: Arca -centenaraa,
A. improcera, A. incile, Astarte distans, Crassatella undulata,
Leda acuta, L. concentrica, L. proxima, L. levis, Lucina con-
tracta, L. divaricata, L. subobliqua, Panopxa reflexa, Pecten
Jeffersonius, P. Clintonius, P. concentricus, P. septenarius, Pee-
tunculus subovatus, Plicatula marginata, Tellina exquistriata,
Venus deformis (tridacnoides), and V. Rileyt. |

It will thus be seen, that of about one hundred species of
bivalves, only thirty-six (86 per cent.) are common to about an
equal number (105) from the South Carolina deposits; and
further, that, whereas, of the preceding enumeration of Maryland
mollusca only about fifteen per cent. are recent forms, no less
than forty per cent. (or according to Tuomey and Holmes, nearly
fifty per cent.) of the South Carolina Pliocene (Conrad’s Miocene)
bivalve mollusca are still living. There remains, therefore, no
question regarding the relative ages of the two formations.

An examination of the fossiliferous strata exposed in sections
at various points on the western shore of Chesapeake Bay, in

1880.] NATURAL SOIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

Anne Arundel and Calvert Counties, on the Patuxent River, near
Benedict, and on the St. Mary’s River, St. Mary’s County, tend
to show, moreover, that the series of deposits intermediate between
the Eocene of Fort Washington and the Pliocene of the south-
east extremity of the peninsula belong to two different periods of
formation, an older and a newer; those belonging to the latter
period being characterized by a fauna, the proportion of living
forms in which is far in excess of that in the former. Sections
of the newer deposits are exhibited in Calvert County, near Cove
Point, on the Patuxent River, below Benedict, at about water
level, on the same river, further north, in the deposits above the
Perna beds, and more especially on the St. Mary’s River, St.
Mary’s County. The older deposits are best shown in the oyster
beds, rising a few feet above tide-water, at Fair Haven, Anne
Arundel County (which point was considered by Conrad as the
northern termination of the peninsular Miocene formation), in
similar beds, also only a few feet above water level, at a point
about twenty miles further south (‘‘ Colonel Blake’s,” of Conrad),
in the sections exhibited by the Calvert Cliffs, and in the Perna
beds on both banks of the Patuxent River. There is, further,
strong, although not conclusive evidence, for considering the beds
containing Perna maxitlata and Ostrea percrassa as the lowest
of the series.

The following tables exhibit as nearly as possible the distribu-
tion of Lamellibranchiata in the deposits of both periods, those
of the newer being for convenience of comparison divided into
the Patuxent and St. Mary’s groups:

OLDER PERIOD.

1 Areca dipleura, 11 Corbula elevata,

(= A. calilpleura 7), 12 Crassatella melina,
2... “ . Marylandica, 13 5 turgidula,
3..:“ subrostrata, 14 Cytherea subnasuta,
4... °* triquetra, 15 Isocardia Markoei,
5. Artemis acetabulum, 16 Leda liciata,
6 Astarte varians, 17 Lima papyria,
is “. __exaltata, 18 Lucina Foremani,
8 Cardium craticuloides, 19 ‘** subplana,
9 = leptopleura, 20 “ erenulata,

10. Corbula idonea, 21 Mytilus ineurva,

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

22 Modiola Dueatelii, 29 Perna maxillata,

23 Ostrea percrassa, 30 Pholas ovalis,

24 Panopea porrecta (Goldfussi) (= P. costata ?)
25 Pecten Humphreysii, 31 Tellina lenis,

26 ‘© Madisonius, 32 Venus alveata,

27 Pectunculus parilis, 33 “ — staminea,

28 ES lentiformis, sa “Moriony 2

NEWER PERIOD.—I. PATUXENT GROUP.

1 Anomia Conradi, 13 Lucina Americana, E.,
(= A. ephippium ?), (= L. Floridana),
2 Arca idonea, St. M., 14 Mactra incrassata,
3 Artemis acetabulum, St. M., 15 Mya producta,
4 Astarte undulata, St. M. 16 Panopea Americana,
5 Cardita protracta, 17 4 porrecta (Gold-
6 Cardium laqueatum, St. M., fussi), St. M,,
7 Carbula idonea, St. M., E., 18 Pecten Madisonius, St. M., E..

8 Crassatella Marylandica, E., 19 Petricola centenaria,

9 Cytherea Sayana, St. M., 20 Pholas ovalis,
10 e Marylandica, (= P. costata 2), St: Me,
11 s albaria, 21 Tellina biplicata, E.,
12 Isocardia fraterna, St. M., 22 Venws Mortoni? St. M.

II. ST. MARY’S GROUP.

1 Amphidesma carinata,} 14 Corbula idonea,
2 re subovata,t 15 Cytherea Sayana,
3 Arca idonea, 16 : (Arlemis) concen-
o * “aratay trica,+
5 * stilicidium,t (= A. elegans ?),
6 Artemis acetabulum, 17 Isocardia fraterna,
7 Astarte undulata, 18 Lucina cribraria,+
8 ‘6 planulata,} 19* Mactra ponderosa,t
(= A. perplana?’), 20 “ subcuneata,t
a chy WiCA 7 21 ‘“« fragosa,}
10 Cardita granulata,+ 22 “¢ delumbis,+
11 Cardium laqueatum, 23 Ostrea Virginica,t
12 Corbula inequalis,+ 24 Panopzea porrecta,
1p 2S cuneata,t 25 Pecten Madisonius,

* Corbula cuneata*and Mactra ponderosa are also found in the newer
deposits of Calvert County, near Cove Point.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25

26 Pholadomya abrupta,t 30 Venus alveata,

27 Pholas arcuata, 31 “ — Mortoni,

(= P. costata), 32 “ tetrica,t
28 Saxicava rugosa,t 33 “« mercenaria,t
29 Solen ensis 2+ 34 ‘“« inoceriformis.t

Nore.—The italicized names represent species supposed to be
identical with living forms; those (in the Patuxent group) fol-
lowed by the letters St. M. and E., species common to St. Mary’s
and to Easton (Choptank River); and those (in the St. Mary’s
group) followed by a +, species peculiar to the locality.

A comparison of the foregoing lists will show at a glance, that
of the thirty-four bivalves belonging to the older formations, at
most only three (or 9 per cent.) are found to be living forms
(Pholas ovalis [= P. costata?], Venus alveata, and Venus Mortont),
and that only six (18 per cent.) and seven (21 per cent.) are com-
common respectively to the Patuxent and St. Mary’s exposures,
Viz. :

To Patuxent. To St. Mary’s.

Artemis acetabulum,* Artemis acetabulum,
Corbula idonea, Corbula idonea,
Pholas ovalis,* . Pholas arcuata (= costata),
Panopzea porrecta, Panopea porrecta,
Pecten Madisonius, Pecten Madisonius,
Venus Mortoni, Venus Mortoni,

‘* alveata.*

* There appears to be much confusion regarding the species of Artemis
found fossil in the Atlantic tertiary deposits, and their relation to the
forms now living on the Florida coast. In 1832 (‘Fossil Shells of
the Tertiary Formations,’ p. 20) Conrad characterized the species A.
acetabulum, which appears to have been until then confounded with the
A, concentrica, Con., non Born (A. discus, Reeve, ‘‘ Conchologia Iconica,’’
vol. vi, sp. 9), inhabiting the southern coast. No mention is there made
of its being found also in a recent state, but subsequently, 1838 (‘* Fossils
of the Medial Tertiary Formations,’’ p. 29), we tind the following statement :
‘«This fine species is very common in the localities named, and also occurs
recent on the Florida coast.’’ In the list of shells inhabiting the Florida
coast, prepared by the same author in 1846 (A. J. Science, 2d series, ii,
p. 393), only two species of Artemis are catalogued, A. elegans and A. con-
centrica, and it therefore appears highly probable that the statement con-
sidering A. acetabulum also as a living form was founded on a misconcep-
tion, the more especially, as an examination of the recent shells in the

3

im
o>

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

Deducting two or three species that are also found at Easton,
we still have left twenty-three (or 68 per cent. of the whole
number) that are not found in the later deposits.

Museum of the Academy fails to reveal anything answering to Conrad’s
original description. This species appears moreover to be identical with
the Venus concentrica described by Tuomey and Holmes in their work on
the Pliocene fossils of South Carolina (1857, p. 82), and to which Conrad,
apparently without good reason, applied the specific name of intermedia
(Dosinta [Artemis] intermedia) in his check list of Miocene fossils (Proc.
A. N.8., 1862, p. 575). The A. acetabulum is found fossil in the tertiary
deposits of Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina and South Carolina, and
must be carefully distinguished from the A. concentrica of Born, to which
it bears only a distant resemblance. Another fossil species is probably the
A, elegans, Con. (living on the Florida coast) ; one almost perfect speci-
men, which agrees in all essential respects with the recent forms, is in the
Academy Miocene collections, but, unfortunately, the locality whence it
was obtained is not given. In his account of the geology and organic
remains of the peninsula of Maryland (1830, J. A. N.§S., vol. vi, p. 212),
Conrad mentions the Cytherea (Artemis) concentrica, Lam., as occurring in
the St. Mary’s exposure, but as subsequently (‘‘ Fossils of the Medial
‘Yertiary,’’ 1838, p. 30), it is distinctly stated that the same does not occur
in the Miocene formation, it is highly probable that the original observa-
tion was erroneous. Certainly nothing corresponding either to the species
in question or to A. discus is to be found in the Maryland Miocene collec-
tion of the Academy.

The common species inhabiting the southern coast is not the A. concen-
trica of Born, with which it has been frequently confounded, and to which
it bears only a very slight resemblance, but the A. discus of Reeve (loc. cit.).
A third species, the A. (Dosinia) Floridana Con., is unquestionably very
closely allied to the last, from which it differs essentially only in the
greater obliquity of the pallial sinus. In other respects it agrees with the
figures and minute description of Born’s species as given by Agassiz in his
“‘Iconographie des Coquilles Tertiaires’? (Nouv. Mém. de la Soctété
Helvétique, 1845, vol. vii).

I am disposed to consider the various forms of Venus alveata and V.
tatilirata as mere varieties of one and the same species, a series of inter-
mediate stages seeming to link them together. The V. athleta constituted
by Conrad to embrace the V. athleta of Say, V. latilirata of Tuomey and
Holmes, and the V. paphia of Lamarck, appears likewise to be nothing
but a variety of the same form. The V. alveata is included by Stimpson
among the living mollusca of the Atlantic coast (Smithsonian Check
Lists, 1860), but this fact appears very doubtful in the opinion of Tryon
(** American Marine Conchology,’’ 1873, p. 160). It must be confessed,
however, that there exists a very striking agreement between the fossil
shell and specimens of the V. paphia, Linn., from St. Thomas, the main

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

On the other hand, the fossils of the newer deposits as exhibited
in the sections on the west bank of the Patuxent show a very
decided similarity to those of St. Mary’s, for out of the twenty-
two species of bivalves occurring there, no less than eleven (or
just 50 per cent.) are also common to the last mentioned locality.
There can, therefore, I believe, be no reasonable doubt that the
deposits exposed on the Patuxent River infmediately above the
Perna beds constitute a direct continuation of the highly fossili-
ferous strata bordering both sides of the St. Mary’s River. These
last number among their fossil fauna also about thirty-four species
of Lamellibranchs, the same number as is found in what we have
designated as the older group, but of these thirty-four, about
twenty-two (or, deducting Corbula cuneata and Mactra ponderosa,
twenty), or 65 per cent. are peculiar to the locality. Moreover,
of the entire number, about nine (or 27 per cent.) are still living
on the Atlantic coast. The dissimilarity of the two faunz cannot
fail to strike the least observant investigator, and Conrad has
dwelt at some length upon this curious manifestation (A. J.
Science, vol. xxviii, p. 282, and Bull. National Institution, 1841,
p. 176). .That paleontologist singularly enough (apparently not
having made any exact numerical estimates either of the living
forms, or of the forms found in one locality and not in the other)
explains the differences as due solely to variable local conditions.!

difference being a tendency on the part of the latter to lose the full solidity
of its ribs some distance before they reach the posterior slope. The V.
alveata exhibits a similar tendency, but not quite to the same extent.

“I have been unable to discover any description of the Pholas ovalis,
Con., nor is there any mention made of it either in the Miocene check
list prepared by Conrad in 1862, (Proc. A. N. §.), or in that of Meek,.of
1864 (Smithsonian Miscell. Collections). Ihave, therefore, only doubtfully
referred it to P. costata. .

1 Thus he states (A. J. 8. loc. cit.): ‘‘If our coast were now suddenly
elevated, we should find spots where the shells would consist chiefly of an
immense number of Modiola demissa mixed with Littorina littorea and
Melampas bidentatus ; these are found on the margin of the lagoons at
high water mark, the Modiola imbedded in a tenacious soil. At a little
distance would be found Venus mercenaria, Mya arenaria, Solen ensis,
Solecurtus Caribeus ; among these would be Ostrea Virginiana, Fusue .
cinereus, and a few of Pecten concentricus. Such is the group existing on
the sandy shore of the Estuaries. Hard by, would be a vast deposit of
oyster shells with Hchinus, and immense masses of Serpula. These live
on the bottom of the lagoons, which is composed of a mixture of sand and

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

This interpretation might very satisfactorily account for the phe-
nomenon as far as generic distribution alone is concerned, and,
indeed, it would even hold good in its bearings on a limited number
of species, but it would hardly apply to a case such as the present
one, where the specific dissimilarity is so vast in such a compara-
tively very limited geographical extent.

Now, if the supposition that the deposits in question were
deposited at two different periods be a correct one, and paleon-
tological evidence goes far to prove that they were, we should
naturally expect to find also some direct stratigraphical evidence
afforded by the superposition of the strata themselves.' The
following section was obtained by Conrad at a point on the Chesa-

mud. Then would be found another group of shells which live only. in
deep water, the Asiarte lunulata, Nucula limatula, N. proxima, Cardita
borealis, Pholas costata, in company with great numbers of Mytili. This
deposit we should recognize as having been formed in harbors, like those
of Newport and Charleston. . . . ”

It will be observed, that in the above conception Conrad has confined
himself entirely to generic and not specific distribution.

1 It may as well be remarked, that, although in the foregoing examina-
tion of the molluscous fauna I have dwelt exclusively upon the Zamelli-
branchiata, the Gasteropoda offer equal, if not greater support to the
general conclusion arrived at. On comparing the lists of geographical
distribution given by Conrad in the Bulletin of the National Institution
(pp. 181-7), it will be seen, that not a single recent form occurs among
the eighteen enumerated from the Calvert cliffs at ‘‘Hance’s;’’ and
further, that only two species, Voluta mutabilis and V. solitaria, are
common to the forty-two found at St. Mary’s. Of these last eight (or 19 per
cent.) were considered by Conrad to be recent forms :

Buccinum trivittatum, Natica duplicata,
lunatum, Dentalium dentalis,
ae quadratum, Fusus cinereus,

Natica heros, Scalaria clathrus.

Nearly all the species found on the west bank of the Patuxent also
occur at St. Mary’s, and the same can be said of those collected in Calvert
county near Cove point the southern extremity. Singularly enough, that
although three species of Turritella—T. indenta, T. exaltata, and T.
perlaqueata —were collected from Calvert cliffs in the upper portion of the
county, none of them appear to. have been found near Cove Point, where
‘‘vast quantities’? of a new species, 7. plebeia, ‘*the common species of
St. Mary’s River’’ (loc. cit. p. .182), appear suddenly to make their
appearance.

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

peake, near “ Beckett’s,” about twenty-eight miles south of Fair
Haven :

Feet in Thickness.

Sand, without shells.

Sand, with innumerable shells.

20 Mingled sand and clay, without fossils, or very rare.
3 Same as below, less numerous.
4 Sand and clay, with a group of shells like that w Hance’s. |

The shells obtained at Hance’s, about four miles further north,

were the following:

Bivalves.

Astarte varians,

“4. -exaltata,
‘Artemis acetabulum,
Arca subrostrata,
_ “ dipleura,
Cytherea subnasuta,
Cardium leptopleura,
Crassatella melina,
Corbula idonea,

* elevata,

Univalves.

Bonellia lineata,
Cancellaria biplicifera,
ls engonata,
Dentalium thalloides,
_Fissurella Marylandica,
.Voluta mutabilis,

‘Infundibulum perarmatum,

’Marginella perexigua,
Pleurotoma Marylandica,

Bivalves.

Isocardia Markoéi,
Lima papyria,
Lucina Foremani,

“« subplanata,

“« ~~ erenulata,
Pectunculus lentiformis,
Venus latilirata,

“« ~ Mortoni?

‘** staminea.

Univalves.

Pleurotoma bellacrenata,
Sealaria pachypleura,
Solarium trilineatum,
Sigaretus fragilis,
Trochus peralveatus,
Turritella indenta,

‘ exaltata,

2 perlaqueata,
Voluta solitaria.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

It will be at once noticed that in addition to the lowest fossil-
iferous stratum, extending to about seven feet above water level,
a second highly fossiliferous one manifests itself at a height of
about twenty-seven feet, in which were recognized among other
shells Artemis acetabulum and Pecten Madisonius. The mineral
character of this upper deposit is described by Conrad as being a
“ quartzose sand, very incoherent,” which is exactly what we meet
with in the arenaceous deposits on the west bank of the Patuxent
River, near Benedict, and which we have identified as equivalents
of the St. Mary’s deposits. They are described by Conrad as
being composed of an “arenaceous, fossiliferous stratum,” the
sand of which is “ quartzose and incoherent” (B.N. 1., p. 185).

We have thus exposed in one section two highly fossiliferous
strata, the upper of which shows a very decided analogy to what
we have designated as the newer group, and the lower of which
assumes a distinct personality for reason of its position, and the
paleontological characters impressed upon it. Proceeding from
this pomt southeastward, and therefore in the general direction
of the dip of the beds, we should naturally expect to meet a point
where our upper stratum, or its equivalent, would descend nearer
to the level of the Bay, and in fact we do find just such a point
near Cove Point, where “the group most characteristic of these
tertiary deposits, imbedded in sand,” descends to a height only
about fifteen. feet above water mark (B. N. I., p. 183), The
fossils found here are also nearly all found at St. Mary’s, and they
are, moreover, “highly ferruginous, as much so as many of the
crag fossils of Great Britain, which they greatly resemble, also,
in other respects”? (Conrad, loc. cit.). On the St. Mary’s River,
the southeasternmost extension of the formation, the same deposit
sinks almost to water level, as might well be expected on follow-
ing the general direction of the dip. Here, the Pliocene deposits,
well characterized by their fossils, make se appearance,

On proceeding from our first point almost due northwards, and
therefore at a considerable angle to the line of strike, we meet
with just the reverse phenomena met with on our southern
journey. At Fair Haven, where Conrad obtained the following

section,

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

Feet in Thickness.

Whitish Clay.

5 Clay, with Ostrea percrassa, Pecten Humphreysii.

the highly fossiliferous stratum found at water mark, at Beckett’s,
is probably represented by a bed of clay three feet in thickness,
“commencing at a height of five feet, and which contains ‘‘ great
numbers of black, water-worn, siliceous casts of small shells,
chiefly Turritella, the species not yet determined.” Below this
an entirely new deposit now makes its appearance, a bed of clay
‘of five feet thickness, characterized by Ostrea percrassa and
~Pecten Humphreysii. This last, therefore, probably represents
the most ancient post-Hocene deposit exhibited on the Chesapeake.
Ostrea percrassa and Pecten Humphreysii were also found by
“Conrad at Huntingtown, Calvert County, where in a “ depression
“or small valley” a race-way had been excavated through the
fossiliferous ‘‘ marls.” The lowest member of the section was
“ quartzose sand, with casts of Perna mawillata.” On the east
‘bank of the Patuxent River, moreover, near the mouth of St.
‘Leonard’s Creek, Conrad observed innumerable casts of Perna
maxillata imbedded in a stratum of fine siliceous sand, and rest-
ing on the fragmentary rock considered by him as the “ founda-
tion of the peninsula” (B. N. I., p. 184).

' We should naturally look for some deposit contemporaneous
with that occurring on the west bank of the Patuxent, at some
point northeast of that locality where a section may present itself.
This we find at Easton, on the Choptank, where the mol-
‘luscous fossil fauna corresponds very closely with that observed
on the former river. The deposits of the older period, on the
other hand, reappear in Cumberland County, New Jersey, in the
“ Miocene marl” of Shiloh, containing the following assemblage
of fossils (Cook, ‘* Geology of New Jersey,” 1868, p. 297):

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Bivalves.
Ostrea Mauricensis, Astarte Thomasii,

‘* percrassa, Venus Ducatellii,
Plicatula densata, Periploma alta,
Carditamera aculeata, Corbula elevata,

™ arata, Saxicava myeformis.

Crassatella melina,

Four species of the above are also found in Maryland, three of
which, Ostrea percrassa, Crassatella melina, and Corbula elevata,
are found, I believe, exclusively in the deposits designated as
those of the older period. None are recent forms.

The small percentage of living forms occurring in the “ older
deposits,’ as compared with that of the “newer,” Jeaves little
doubt for the inference that the deposits in question were formed
at two different periods, the latest of which clearly belongs to the
Miocene. A comparative examination of some of the peculiar
fossil forms of the older deposits, together with the extremely low
percentage of living forms, seems to indicate an age more nearly
Oligocene than Miocene, although perhaps not a single Eocene
species is represented. This last fact need not surprise us, however,
as the relationship of the Oligocene to the Miocene appears to be
greater in almost all the localities of its representation than to the
Eocene. The Eocene, moreover, of Maryland is represented only
by a very limited number of fossils, and Conrad, himself, has called
attention to the fact, that there appears to exist a greater amount
of difference between the Eocene and Miocene formations than —
obtains between the Secondary and Tertiary, or between the
Devonian and Carboniferous systems (B. N. I., p. 177). The fol-
lowing comparison may serve to throw some light upon the rela-
tive age of the deposits in question :

Perna maxillata, Lam.

This species agrees thoroughly with the figure and description
of the same given by Goldfuss in the “* Pectrefacta Germaniz ”’
(vol. ii, p. 106), and to which the locality Weinheim (Oligocene)
is assigned. The sub-Apennine species, formerly classed under
the same name, is considered by Deshayes to be distinct, and he
has applied to it the specific name of Soldanii (Lamarck, “ Animaur
sans Vertébres,” 2d ed., vol. vii, p. 79). A second species of Perna,
the P. Sandbergeri, Desh., also occurs in the Oligocene locality of

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

9

Weinheim (Sandberger, “ Conchylien des Mainzer Tertiarbeckens,’
p- 367).

Mytilus incurva, Conr.

This large species of Mytilus may perhaps be taken as the rep-
resentative of M. Haidingeri, Hirnes (‘‘Fossilen Mollushen des
Tertiarbeckens von Wien,” Abhand. d. k. k. geolog. Reichsanstalt,
iv, p. 356), found both in the Oligocene (Eggenburg) and Miocene
divisions of the Vienna basin. Rolle (Sitzungsberichte d.k. Akad.
d. Wissenschaften, 1859, p. 64) and Sandberger consider the J.
Haidingeri as the equivalent of M. Faujasi, Brongn., occurring at
numerous Oligocene localities of the Vienna and Mentz basins.

Isocordia Markoei, Conr.

This Isocardia is, it appears to me, erroneously referred by
Hirnes (loc. cit., p. 165) to the I. cor, L., from which it is very
readily distinguished by its relatively much greater height, and
greater development of the umbones. It is a singular fact, that
this species of [socardia was followed in the later period by the
I. fraterna,* Say, which is barely distinguishable from fossil
examples of the J. cor from Astigiana and Sicily.

It is worthy of remark, that Rolle (loc. cit., p. 81), as early
as 1859, only four years after Beyrich first applied the term Oligo-
cene to some of the middle Tertiary deposits of northern Germany,
hinted at the possible existence of the same formation on the
banks of the Patuxent, his conclusions being drawn from an
examination, among other fossils, of specimens of Lucina anodonta,
Say, Arca idonea, Conr., and Cardium laqueatum, Conr.

* On comparison with specimens from the English Crag this species will
be found to differ very broadly from the I. (Cyprina) rustica of Sowerby,
with which it has been confounded.

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1889.

CARCINOLOGICAL NOTES No. I.
BY J. S. KINGSLEY.

It is the intention of the writer in this series of notes to give
descriptions of new species, rectifications of synonymy, facts
relating to geographical distribution, and other matters of im-
portance concerning the Decapoda. Unless otherwise stated all
specimens are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia.

Genus PSEUDOTHELPHUSA Saussure.
(Potamia Latr. et Boscia Edw. preoc.)

Pseudothelphusa latifrons.
Potamia latifrons Randall, Journal of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, viii. p. 120.

Carapax smooth, regions and sutures indistinct. Frontal crest
very prominent, uninterrupted. Front reflexed, making with
the surface of carapax an angle of about 45°, its margin undu-
lating and its surface and margin granulate. From the front
arise processes which all but join the inferior margin of the orbit.
Superior margin of orbit crenulated. Anterolateral teeth more
prominent than in any other of the genus and extending back to
the posterior third of the carapax. Below, the carapax is every-
where granulate and especially so on the sub-branchial regions
and near the mouth. Inferior margins of orbits denticulate.
Chelipeds nearly equal. Anterior surface of meros granulate, as
are the outer portions of carpus and upper portions of the hands.
The dactyli with rows of small tubercles above.

The species is a true Pseudothelphusa, the antennze being as in
that genus, but the reflexed front gives it a peculiar appearance
and with the larger anterolateral teeth will readily separate it
from all other known forms. The emargination of the external
margin of the orbit is no more marked than in P. c/tilensis (Edw.
and Lucas) Smith, the type of which, by the way, is in the
Museum of the Academy.

Pseudothelpusa sinuatifrons (A. M.-Edw.) Smith.

The locality of this species was not known to Alphonse Milne-
Edwards. There are two males in the Academy’s collection from
San Domingo (W. M. Gabb),

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

Genus DILOCARCINUS.
Dilocarcinus pardalinus Gerstecker, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte xxii,
p. 148, 1856.
Gerstecker gives doubtfully South America as the habitat of
this species. There are specimens with the label “? Upper
Amazon, Dr. Wilson.”

Dilocarcinus spinifrons, nov.
~ Carapax regularly arcuate, regions obsolete, sides arcuate, armed
with four spines besides the spiniform angle of the orbit; the
margins of the spines finely serrate. Superior margin of the orbit
obscurely crenulate, inferior denticulate with a strong spine near
the interior angle. Front advanced, with about fourteen spines.
A spine at the anterolateral angles of the buccalarea. Chelipeds
sub-equal, meros with two spines at about the middle of the pos-
terior margin and a single one on the anterior margin at about
the middle, and one on the distal portion of the upper margin ;
the spine on the interior surface of the corpus long, slender, acute.
Hand with an acute spine above at the articulation of the dactylus,
fingers with the denticulations fine but acute. Ambulatory feet
less dilated than is usualin this genus, The spined front readily
separates this from all other species.
Upper Amazon, Dr. T. B. Wilson.
Genus THELPHUSA (including Geothelphusa Stm.)
Of this genus forty-five species have been described. The
localities from which I have examined specimens are marked with
‘an exclamation point (1).

Madras, Java.
Australia.

West Africa.
West Africa.

corrugata Heller.
crassa A. M.-Edw.

africana A. M.-Edw.
anchiete Capello.

andersoniana Wood-Mason. Burmah. cristata A. M.-Edw. East Indies(!).
angustifrons A. M.-Edw. _— Australia. dehaani White. Japan.

aubryi M.-Edw. berardi DeTTaan.

West Coast Africa (!); Natal (!). japonica Herklots.

aurantia Uerklots. denticulata M.-Edw. China.
pelit Herklots. depressa Krauss. Port Natal.
atkinsoniana Wood-Mason. difformis M.-Edw. Red Sea.
Northern India. edwardsii Wood Mason. Burmah.

austeniana Wood-Mason.
bayonica Capello.
bayonica var. o Capello.
berardi Sayigny.

Egypt, Nile (!); Red Sea.
chilensis (Heller) A, M.-Edw. — Chili.

India.
West Africa.
West Africa.

fluviatilis (Bosc.) Latr. Mediterranean
Region, Greece (!), Gaarda Sea(!),
(Museum Peabody Academy).

grapsoides White. Manilla.
? subquadrata Gerst.
goudoti M.-Edw. Madagasear.

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

guerini M.-Edw. India. obesa A. M.-Edw. Zanzibar.
hispida Wood-Mason. Burmah, _—obtusipes (Stm.) A. M.-Edw.
hydrodromus Gerst. Japan, Philippines.
indica Latr. India. perlata Edw. South Africa, Pt. Natal (!).
canicularis Westwood. philippena von Martens. Philippines.
? aurantia Gerstecker. picta von Martens. Philippines-
? rotunda Freycinet. planata A. M.-Edw. Bombay.
inflata M.-Edw. Pt. Natal. = ? guerini M. Edw.
jagori von Martens. Philippines. siamensis A. M.-Edw. Siam.
levis Wood-Mason. India. sinuatifrons M.-Edw. Unknown.
larnaudi A. M -Edw. Siam. stoliczkana Wood-Mason. Penang.
leschenaulti Edw. subquadrata Gerst.
India (!), Mauritius, Tahita. == ? grapsoides.
lugubris Wood-Mason. India. transversa von Martens. Australia,
margaritaria A. M.-Edw. West Africa, tumida Wood-Mason. Burmah.
nilotica M. Edw. Nile.

To this list I would add three more:

Thelphusa emarginata nov.

Carapax glabrous, longitudinally strongly arched. Post-frontal
crest continuous, nearly straight, obscurely crenulate, epibranchial
tooth obsolete, a tooth between the extremity of the post-frontal
erest and the angle of the orbit. Protogastric region very short,
front about one-fourth the width of carapax, slightly sinuate.
External angle of orbit slightly emarginate. Anterolateral
margin cristate; crest, however, soon becoming obsolete. Chelipeds
sub-equal, meros with the margins tuberculate and with a strong
spine on the distal portion. Upper and outer surface of carpus
with indistinct squame, inner portion two-spined, the proximal
spine exhibiting a tendency to become bifid. Hands with the
upper margin obsoletely tuberculate, fingers roughened, not
gaping. Ambulatory feet slender, compressed.

Is very near 7. depressa Krauss, but differs from that species in
the narrower and straighter front, the tooth just behind the angle
of the orbit, and in the non-gaping fingers of the chelipeds.

Length 34 mm., breadth 56 mm.

West Africa, Du Chaillu; Port Natal, Dr. T. B. Wilson.

The name is proposed on account of the emargination of the
orbit.

Thelphusa enodis nov.

Carapax smooth; post frontal crest wanting. Epibranchial
tooth very small. Front narrow, strongly curved downward, its
margin concave. Chelipeds unequal, hands with the inferior

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

margin regularly arcuate. Is very closely allied to T. levis, but
differs in the flatter carapax, the concave front, and the regularly
arcuate lower margin of the hands. In all other respects Mr.
Wood-Mason’s description and figures (Journal Asiatic Society of
Bengal, vol. xl, p. 201, Pl. xiv, fig. 1-6) would well apply to it.

Ceylon.
Thelphusa rugosa noy.

Carapax depressed, cervical suture and post frontal crest well
marked, the crest interrupted. Front nearly straight; proto-
gastric region nearly smooth; epibranchial tooth small, directed
inward, lateral portions of carapax with transverse ruge as in
many Grapsi, the margin of the anterolateral portion obscurely
crenulate. Chelipeds subequal; the outer surface of meros and
carpus with squamose rugze, the rugs on the hands indistinct.
Carpal joints of the first three pairs of ambulatory feet with the

sides cristate ; dactyli pointed.

Ceylon.
Length 26 mm., breadth 32 mm.

This species is nearest 7. denticulata, but will be readily
identified from that species by the more crenulated margin
between the orbit and the epibranchial tooth, and by the rug on
the lateral portions of the carapax.

Acanthocyclus gayi Edwards and Lucas.

The type of this species is in the museum of the Academy.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

DESCRIPTION OF A FETAL WALRUS.
BY HARRISON ALLEN, M.D.

The Academy is the possessor of a foetal walrus, which was
presented by Dr. I. I. Hays, and brought by him from the Arctic
region of eastern North America. I have thought that a figure
with measurements of this rare, if not unique, specimen would be
of value.

The specimen is straight, or nearly so, and it is by this simple
test distinguished from other embryos of Carnivora. There is
neither flexure of the head upon the trunk,
or the trunk upon itself. The limbs are
folded close to the trunk, this feature being
most pronounced in the inferior pair, which
are inclined upward upon the ventral surface
of the body, and carry between them the
rudimentary tail. The median margin of the
first toe of the anterior extremity bears a
small, rounded membranous lobe, or lappet.
The muzzle exhibits the future position of
the vibrissee by six rows of minute papille.
The muzzle projects slightly beyond the line
of the mouth. The position of the future
nostrils is seen by two slightly convergent
slits.

The vent is a semicircular slit-like opening
upon the lateral and posterior surfaces of a
rounded nipple-shaped organ, which is prob-
ably the future penis or clitoris.

The eye is closed, rather prominent, and
presents a palpebral fissure, which is directed obliquely upward
and forward.

The auricle is represented by a membranous fold laid close to
the head. The slit-like opening defining its position lies 33/’’
behind the eye, and extends slightly downwards and forwards.
The auricle extends in advance of this slit to the distance of 1/”,

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, at

where it ends in a minute elevation. A probe can be readily
inserted in the slit, and can be passed forward.
The color of the specimen is a dull white or waxy.
No trace of hair is anywhere visible.
Measurements.

‘Length of specimen, 1” 9”.

Length of head, 9”.

Width of body at widest part, 1”.

Length of anterior margin of anterior extremity, 44/”.
Length of posterior margin of anterior extremity, 2/”.
Length of anterior margin of posterior extremity, 4/’”.
Length of posterior margin of posterior extremity, 4/”
Distance between vent and navel, 7$/”’.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

ON THE NUDIBRANCHIATE GASTEROPOD MOLLUSCA OF THE NORTH
PACIFIC OCEAN, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THOSE OF ALASKA.

BY DR. R. BERGH, COPENHAGEN.

PART II.

DIAULULA, Bgh.

Diaulula, Bgh., Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp. II, ii), Heft xiii, 1878,
p. 567; Heft xiv, 1878, p. xxxv. Gattungen nordischer Doriden, Arch.
f. Naturg., xxxv, 1, 1879, p. 343.

Forma corporis subdepressa. Dorsum minutissime villosum, holo-
sericeum, molle. Tentacula digitiformia. Apertura branchialis ro-
tundata, crenulata; folia branchialia tripinnata. Podarium antice
bilabiatum, labio superiore medio fisso.

Armatura labialis nulla. Lingua rhachide nuda, pleuris multiden-
tatis, dentibus hamatis. Prostata magua; penis inermis.

In their general form the Diaululz! somewhat resemble the Disco-
dorides and the Thordise,? although their habitus still is peculiar.
The back is villous, as in these genera and especially as in the Thor-
dise, but finer and more velvet-like. The tentacles are finger-shaped,
smaller than in the Discodorides, larger than in the Thordise. The
branchial-slit is rounded, crenulated; the branchial leaves tripinnate.
The anterior margin of the foot bilobed, the upper lip broader, with a
median fissure. As in the Thordise, there is no armature of the
lip-disk. The radula nearly agrees with that of the Discodorides;
the rhachis is naked; on the pleure there is a rather broad series of
plates of the usual hook-shape. The stomach is enclosed in the liver
(not free, as in the Discodorides and in the Thordisex). As in the
Discodorides, there is a large prostate and an unarmed penis.

Only the following species appears to be hitherto known, from the
northern Pacific.

1. D. Sandiegensis (Cooper).
1 Diaulus, medicus, cf. Martialis, I, 48, p. 40.

2 Cf. my Malacolog. Untersuch. (Semper, Philipp II, ii), Heft xii, 1877,
p. 518, (Discodoris) ; p. 540 ( Thordisa).

——

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41

1. D. Sandiegensis, Cooper. Plate V, fig. 3-9.

Doris (Actinocyclus?) Sandiegensis, Cooper, Proc. of the California
Acad. of Nat. Sciences, ii (1862), 1863, p. 204;' iii (1863); 1868, p. 58.

Color corporis e brunneo lutescens, annulis nigris maculatus; vel
brunneus.

Habitat. -Oceanum Pacificum orient. (San Diego Bay; Santa Bar-
bara; Sitka Harbor; Puget Sound).

According to Cooper, numerous specimens of this species were
found from November to May among grass on mud flats in San Diego
Bay, at or near low water mark; according to Cooper, it is a very
“active” species; Cooper later obtained two specimens at Santa Bar-
bara Island, on rocks at low water. During the expedition to Alaska
a specimen was taken by Dall in Sitka Harbor, on alge, in August,
1865, at the depth of six fathoms (another in August, 1875, in Puget
Sound, by Dr. Kennerly, on algw, at low water).

. Through the kindness of Dall, I have seen the original (rather
sagt) drawings of this species by Cooper; a colored one represents
the back bright chocolate-brown, with six black rings, of which there
are two smaller ones between the rhinophoria; the rhinophoria, the
gill and the foot seem bright-yellowish ; one figure shows five, another
six branchial leaves.

b The length of the first specimen, sent to me preserved in spirits,

was about 22.0 mm., the height reaching 9.0 mm., and the breadth
13.0 mm.; the breadth of the foot reached 10.0 mm., the height of

the rhinophoria 2.0 mm., the branchial leaves 3.3 mm. The color
was uniformly brownish-gray ; nearly symmetrically on each side of
the true back was an annular black spot.

.. The form of the rather soft body elongate-oval, not much depressed.
The head quite concealed between the mantle and the foot; the
outer mouth had the form of a vertical slit; at each side a short
finger-shaped tentacle. The margin of the rather large rhinophor-
holes_rather prominent, crenulate; the rhinophoria strong, the club

! “Pale brownish-yellow, with large, annular, brown spots, irregularly
scattered, varying from twelve to twenty, or entirely brown. Surface
slightly rough ; sometimes a little tuberculated. Dorsal tentacles conical,
retractile ; branchiz large, rising in five parts, which become tripinnately
divided, expanding so as to cover the posterior third of the body like an
umbrella. Mouth probdscidiform, with two short lateral tentacles. Length,
34 inches ; breadth, 24 inches ; height, } inch.—Coorkrr, 1. ¢.

4

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

with about thirty leaves (on each side), The back all over minutely
and densely villous (fig. 3). The margin of the rather wide (5.0 mm.),
roundish branchial aperture like the margin of the rhinophor-holes,
prominent, finely crenulate; the branchial leaves (retracted) six in
number, very strong, tri- or quadripinnate. The anus strong, about 1.5
mm. high, cylindrical, closing the branchial ring posteriorly ; the renal
pore as usual. The edge of the mantle rather thick, projecting about
2:0 mm. from the body; the sides low. ‘The genital opening as
usual, with two distinct apertures at the bottom. The foot strong,
broad, somewhat narrower towards both ends; in the anterior margin
a strong furrow, towards the median line deeper and forming two lips ;
the superior broader and divided in the median line.

The cerebro-visceral ganglia kidney-shaped, the visceral larger than
the cerebral; the pedal of roundish contour, scarcely larger than the
visceral. The buccal ganglia of oval form, connected by a short
commissure; the gastro-cesophageal roundish, short-stalked, in size
about one-fifth of the former, with one very large and one large cell.

The eyes short-stalked, with black pigment and yellowish lens. The
otocysts scarcely smaller than the eyes, overcrowded with otokonia of
the usual kind. The leaves of the rhinophoria strengthened with long,
perpendicular spicula, calcified at the surface. The tentacula with a
mass of shorter, but otherwise similar spicules, lying irregularly.
The villi of the back closely set with perpendicular spicula (tig. 3).
The anal papilla with long, perpendicular spicules; the stalk of the
branchial leaves with many shorter spicula, irregularly situated; in the
leaves themselves were no spicules. In the interstitial connective
tissue large spicules were seen rather sparsely.

The oral tube was about 1.5 mm. long, wide, with strong longitudi-
nal folds. The bulbus pharyngeus only about 4.0 mm. long, by a
height of 2.0 mm., and a breadth of 4.0 mm,; the rasp-sheath very
prominent on the hinder part of the under side of the bulbus; the
inner mouth with a yellowish, not thin, cuticula. The tongue with
nine rows of teeth, in the rasp-sheath also eleven rows of developed
and two of not quite developed teeth, the total number thus being
twenty-two. In the posterior rows of the tongue the number of plates
was twenty-eight or twenty-nine, on each side, and seemed in the suc-
ceeding rows not to surpass thirty. The color of the teeth horn-
yellowish ; the height of the outermost 0.06 to 0.08 mm., the height
rising to about 0.18 mm. The form of the teeth as usual; the wing
rather narrow ; the innermost (fig. 5aa, b) not very different from the .

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

others (fig. 5, 6), the body of the outermost three or four (fig. 4aa, 7),
as usual, of reduced size.

The glandule salivales (5.0 or 6.0 mm.) long, in the anterior part
_ about one-third larger than in the rest, measuring 1.0 mm. in diameter,
yellowish ; in the rest of the length much narrower, whitish.

The esophagus is about 9.0 mm. long, rather wide. The stomach
is included in the liver, not spacious. ‘The intestine appears on the
surface of the liver in the usual manner, passing forwards, forming a
short flexure, and running straight backwards to the anal tube, which
has in its interior many fine longitudinal folds; the total length of the
intestine about 20.0 mm., with fine longitudinal folds through its whole
length. The cavity was empty. The liver yellowish, about 17.0 mm.
long, by a breadth of 8.0 mm., and a height of about 6.0 or 7.0 mm. ;
the anterior end truncate, the posterior end rounded; on the right side
of the forepart a flattened impression for the anterior genital mass.
The vesica fellea, as usual, behind and at the left side of the pylorus,
elongate-pyriform, grayish, taken together with its duct about 2.5 mm..
in length,

The heart as usual. The two gland. sanguinee as usual, whitish ;.
the foremost more triangular, about 3.5 mm. long; the posterior
broader, about 2.0 mm. long.

‘The gland. hermaphrodisiaca with a rather thick yellow layer
clothing the greater part of the surface of the liver (except the pos-
terior end); in the lobules of the organ were rather large odgene cells
and masses of zojsperms. The anterior genital mass large, com-
pressed, about 10.0 mm. long, by a height of 6.3 mm., and a breadth
of 3.0mm. ‘The ampulla of the hermaphroditic duct strong, grayish,
when unrolled about 25-0 mm, long, somewhat coiled on the anterior
end of the left side of the mass and on its inferior flattened edge be-
hind the large prostate ; it reaches a diameter of 12 mm. The male
branch of the ampulla (fig. 8a) thin, white, passing into the narrow
inferior end of the prostate, thus forms the fore-end of the whole
genital mass. The prostate (fig. 8b) is of dirty yellow color, flattened
and irregularly pyriform, the length about 6.3 mm., by a breadth of
as much as 3.0 mm.; the spermatoduct (fig. 8c) issuing from the
upper part of the posterior side of the gland, in its first thicker part
nearly as long as the prostate; in the rest of its length thinner, mak-
ing several coils and passing (fig. 9a) into the male organ. ‘The re-
tracted penis (fig. 8d) strong, about 2.5 mm. long, the preputium with
fine longitudinal folds (fig. 9), from the aperture upwards and nearly

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

filled by the glans, which had nearly the form of a human penis, with
a well developed head with round aperture ; this head seemed covered
with very small, low and rounded, soft papilla. The spermatotheca
were whitish, spherical, of the diameter of about 2.3 mm., filled with
epithelium, fatty matter and altered semen; the chief duct a little
longer than the spermatotheca, gradually passing into the simple
vagina, that was about half as much in length (and was filled with
sperma). ‘The spermatocysta of violet-gray color, somewhat flattened,
of oval outline, of the length of about 2.3 mm., filled with sperma.
The posterior half, or a little less, of the large mucous and albuminous
gland, chalk-white; the anterior, more than half, of grayish or (on
the left side) yellowish color; the structure as usual.

A variety of the species (according to Dall, it also belongs to this
species) was, moreover, obtained by Dr. Kennerly, in August, 1873,
on alge, at low water, in Puget Sound, Washington Territory
(fig. 6-9).

The single individual was rather large; the length 40.0 mm., by a
breadth of 28.0 mm., and a height of 13.0 mm.; the breadth of the
foot 15.0 mm., of the margin of the mantle 11.0 mm.; the height of
the rhinophoria 5.0 mm., of the branchial leaves nearly 5.0 mm. The
color of the upper side obscure olive-gray, with rather large (diameter
about 4.0 mm.) black and blackish spots; the under side yellowish,
The general form and the head, with the tentacles, as above described.
The openings of the rhinophor-holes as above, the club with about
twenty-five leaves. The branchial opening as above (diameter, 3.5
mm.); the retracted branchial leaves six in number; the anal tube
nearly 3.0 mm. high. The back villous, as in the typical individual.
The foot as above.

The peritoneum colorless, without larger spicula; but in the region
of the ventricle of the heart the pericardium is brownish.

The central nervous system as above; the proximal olfactory
ganglia bulbiform, a little larger than the buccal; the distal ones
smaller than the proximal, at the root of the club of the rhinophoria.
The buccal ganglia of oval form; the commissure between them
being about one-third of the largest diameter of the ganglia. ‘The eyes,
the octocysts, the leaves of the rhinophoria and the villi of the back as
above. :

The oral tube large, of a length and diameter of 40 mm... The
bulbus pharyngeus 4.0 mm. long, by a height of 4 and a breadth of
3.5 mm.; the sheath of the radula less prominent ‘than in the former

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPATA. 45

specimen ; the cuticula of the lip disk as above. The tongue with
ten rows of plates, further back eleven developed and two younger
rows, the total number thus twenty-three. In the posterior rows of
the tongue there were as many as thirty-four dental plates on each
side of the rhachis ; they resembled those above described (fig. 6, 7).

- The salivary glands yellowish, ribbon-shaped. The stomach as
above. The anteriorly proceeding part of the intestine 7.0 mm. long,
by a diameter of about 2.0 mm. ; the receding part about 20.0 mm.
long, by a diameter of 1.5 mm. In the stomach and the rectum were
pieces of a Keratospongia and different Diatomacea, The liver 25.0
mm. long, by a breadth and a height of 11.0 mm.; the anterior end
truncate, with a median deep and narrow slit for the c@sophagus and
for the intestine ; the right anterior half of the liver rather excavated,
- especially beneath ; the substance of the liver yellow.

The foremost glandula sanguinea about 4.5 mm. long, by a breadth
of 2.5 ; the posterior 4.0 mm. long, by a breadth of 2.5 mm.; both very
flattened (about 0.8 mm. thick), grayish-yellow. The kidney with its
whitish network, contrasting prettily with the yolk-yellow hermaphro-
ditic gland; the urinary chamber not wide; the tube on its floor thin.

The hermaphroditic gland clothing nearly the whole liver (with its
posterior end), as in the former specimen. The anterior genital mass
about 11.5 mm. long, by a height of 9.5 and a breadth of 5.0 mm., the
ducts also projecting 3.0 mm. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic duct
yellowish-white, about 35.0 mm. long, by a diameter of 1.25 mm., run-
ning across the upper part of the left side of the genital mass, and
forming several windings on the anterior part of the upper margin.

The large prostate as above (fig. 8b), dirty yellow; 7.5 mm. long,
by a diameter at the upper end of about 4.0 mm.; the part (fig. 8c),
from which the spermatoduct proceeds, much brighter than the rest of
the organ. The thin spermatoduct forming (fig. 8) a little coil at the
upper end of the penis; when unrolled about 12 mm. long. This last
(fig. 8d, 9) organ strong, about 4.0 mm. long, by a diameter of 1.5
mm.; the prominent orifice in the vestibulum (fig. 8e) with strong
longitudinal folds; the glans conical, filling nearly half (fig. 9) of the
cavity of the organ, the surface (under a power of 350) smooth. The
spermatotheca whitish, spherical, with a diameter of 3.5 mm.; the
spermatocysta short, sausage-shaped, about 4.0 mm. long, of reddish-
yellow color. The duct from the spermatotheca to the vagina rather
thick, 3.5 mm. long; the vagina larger than the penis, 6.0 mm. long,
by a diameter of 2.5 ; the inside with fine longitudinal folds, and with

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

sperma in the cavity. The mucous gland large, 9.0 mm. long, by a
height of 7.5 and a thickness of 4.0 mm.; whitish, yellowish chalk-
white and yolk-yellow; the duct rather short, with the usual strong
fold. The vestibulum with longitudinal folds.

JORUNNA, Bergh.

Jorunna, Bgh., Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp. II, ii) Heft x, 1876,
p. 414, note. Gatt. nord. Doriden, Arch. fiir Naturges., xxxv, i, 1879,
p. 346,

Corpus subdepressum ; dorsum minutissime granulatum, sub-asperum,
branchia e foliis tripinnatis formata ; tentacula digitiformia; poda-
rium sat latum, margine anteriore sulcatum, labio superiore latiore et
medio fisso.

Armatura labialis nulla. Radula rhachide nuda, pleuris multiden-
tatis, dentibus hamatis. Penis stylo armatus; glandula et hasta
amatoria.

This genus was established by the author on the D. Johnstoni (1876)
in reference to the results of the anatomical examination of Hancock
and Embleton; he regarded it as nearly allied to the Kentrodorides,
just founded by him.! After the present examination of the D. John-
stont by the author he is not entirely certain of a generic difference
between the Jorunne? and the Kentrodorides. The latter have been
examined only from rather insufficient material, and the basta has not
been seen in any of the species, only a papilla in connection with a
peculiar gland; still the Kentrodorides are of a quite different habitus,
very soft, and the upper lip of the anterior margin of the foot is more de-
veloped, while the innermost plate of the tongue is somewhat different
from the others. If not identical with the Kentrodorides, the Jorunne
are certainly very nearly allied to them.

The Jorunne are rather depressed; the back finely granulated,
covered with equal minute papillule; the retractile gill formed of tri-
pinnate leaves; the tentacles digitiform ; the foot rather broad, deeply
grooved in the front margin, and the upper lip of this larger and cleft
in the middle line. The lip-disk not armed, covered with a simple
cuticula. The rhachis of the radula naked, the pleure with many
hook-formed plates. In the vestibulum genitale are four apertures:

1 R. Bergh, Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp. II, ii) Heft x, 1876,
p.413 427, Tab. XLIX-LI.
2 Jorunna, Bjérnis filia. Laxdala-Saga. Hafnie, 1826, p. 21.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

‘one for the penis, which is armed with a stylus; another for a hasta
amatoria, through which opens a peculiar gland (quite as in the genus
Asteronotus) ;! a third for the vagina, and the fourth for the duct of
‘the mucous gland.

Only one species of the genus seems hitherto known, belonging to
the northern part of the Atlantic Ocean. The spawn of the species
is known from Alder and Hancock, but nothing else is known of the
biology of the animal.

1. J. Johnstoni (A. et H.).
Doris Johnstoni, A. et H. Oceanum Atlantic. septentr.

Jorunna Johnstoni (A. et H.), Plate VIII, fig. 19; Plate IX, fig. I-11.

Doris Johnstoni, Alder et Hanc. Monogr. Part I, 1845, fam. 1, Pl.5; Part
V, 1851, fam. 1, Pl. 2. f. 8-11.

Doris Johnstoni, Hanc. et Embleton, Anat. of Doris. Philos. Trans. 1852,
II}: p.212, 215, 216, 220, 238, Pl. XII, f. 2, 10; Pl. XIV, f. 9, 10;
Pl. XV, f. 1-2; pl. XVII, f. 2-3.

Doris Johnstoni, Forbes and Hanley, Hist. of Br. Moll., ITI, 1853, p. 564.

? Doris tomentosa, Cuv., Fischer. Journ. de Conchyl., 3me Sér., x, 1870,
p. 290-293; XV, 1875, p. 211, note.

? Doris tomentosa, C. Verany, catalogo. 1846, p. 16-21. Ver., Hane. et
Embleton, 1. ¢. 1852, p. 220.”

? Doris tomentosa, C. Philippi, En. Moll. Sic. L., 183, p. 104; Il, 1844, p.
10, tau. AVX, f. 9.

Color flavescens, dorso interdum maculis fuscis seriatis ornatus ;
rhinophoria fusco-maculata ; branchia albescens.
Hab. Oceanum Atlanticum septentr.

This species, that was first described by Johnston under the name
of D. obvelata (Miiller), was (1845) established by Alder and Han-
cock. Hancock gave a series of anatomical remarks upon this very
interesting form and of figures referable to it. Since then nothing
new seems to have been published about the species; but a few months
ago I (l.c.) gave a short notice of the generic characters of the
group.

Of this form I have only examined a single specimen, captured in
March, 1870, in the neighborhood of Hellebik, on the north coast of
Seeland (Denmark).

1 R. Bergh, Ueber das Geschlecht Asteronotus, Ehrbg. Jahrb. der Deut-
schen Malakozool. Ges., iv, 1877, p. 161-173, Taf. I-II.

* According to Hancock and Embleton (1. ¢., p. 220), the dart (hasta
amatoria) in Doris Johnston is straight, in D. tomentosa, Ver., curved.

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880

The specimen was of a uniform yellowish color; the rhinophoria
finely dotted with brown (but not the branchial leaves). The length
of the rather contracted and somewhat contorted individual was about
18.0 mm. by a greatest breadth of 10.0 anda height of about 7.0 mm. ;
the height of the (retracted) rhinophoria 2.5, of the tentacles nearly
1.5, of the (retracted) gill 2.5 mm. ; the greatest breadth of the mantle-
margin 3.5 mm., of the foot 5 0 mm.

The form is elongate-oval, the mantle-margin rather thick, not very
broad. The back covered all over with very minute granules, some-
times, especially on the middle of the back, crowded in irregular and
roundish small groups; the under side of the mantle-margin smooth.
The (contracted) openings of the rhinophor-holes appear as a simple
transverse slit, the granules of the back reaching forward to the open-
ing, those in this neighborhood not larger than the rest. The club of
the rhinophoria stout, with about thirty! broad leaves. The opening of
the gill-cavity small, transverse, triangular-crescentic, with the convexity
forwards (as contracted) ; the granules of the back reaching to the very
margin of the gill-slit, but not larger than the rest. The gill consisting
of eleven branchial leaves,” five lateral pairs and an anterior unpaired
leaf; the anal tube low, truncate, nearly central; the renal pore at its
right side. The head rather small; the tentacles digitiform, somewhat
flattened. The sides of the body nearly imperceptible; the genital
opening contracted.* The foot rather strong, somewhat pointed at the
end; the anterior margin with a deep furrow, the superior lip rather
strong and prominent, cleft in the median line.

The peritoneum with very fine dark points (brown-black) spread
everywhere; entirely without true spicules.

The central nervous system showed the cerebro-visceral ganglia
somewhat elongate, thicker and broader in the posterior part, nearly
not excavated in the exterior margin; the pedal ones of oval form,

‘larger than the visceral. The olfactory ganglia very short-stalked,
bulbiform, a little smaller than the buccal; a small optic ganglion, the
optic nerve short. At the inferior side of the posterior part of the
right visceral (fig l@) ganglion is a short-stalked (fig. 1b) ganglion
genitale giving off several nerves, one of them has at its root another
ganglion (fig. Ic). The common commissure not longer than the

1 Alder and Hancock mention merely ten to fifteen leaves.

+ Alder and Hancock mention fifteen leaves.

’ The representation of the penis (?) (1. c. Pl. 5, f. 3) by Alder and Han-
cock cannot be correct.

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

transverse diameter of the pedal ganglion, rather strong. The buccal
ganglia of roundish form, connected through a very short commissure ;
the gastro-wsophageal ganglia short-stalked, reaching scarcely one-
quarter of the size of the former, with one very large and some
smaller cells.'

The eyes with black pigment and shining, horn-yellow lens. The
otocysts at the slight emargination at the outer margin of the cerebro-
visceral ganglia, crammed with otokonia of the usual kind. The broad
leaves of the rhinophoria stiffened in the usual way by long, much
calcified spicula, perpendicular on the free margin of the leaves. The
skin of the back crowded with spicula,? mostly very large and much
calcified ; in the rather low (height 0.5 mm.) granules (fig. 2) crowded
erect spicules. In the interstitial tissue of the intestines true spicula
are neither many nor large.

The mouth-tube about 2.0 mm. long, strong, rather wide, quite as
usual. The bulbus pharyngeus 3.0 mm. long, with a height of 2.3
and reaching a breadth of 2.5 mm.; the rasp-sheath also projecting
1.0 mm. from the hindermost part of the under side of the bulkus. The
form of the bulbus and its retractors as usual; the lip-disk whitish,
clothed with a yellowish cuticula. The tongue of usual form; on the
shining horny-yellow radula eleven rows of teeth, further backwards
twelve developed and four younger rows; the total number of rows
thus twenty-seven. The teeth of yellowish color; the height of the
outermost 0.06, of the next 0.08 mm.; the height reaches at most
about 0.22 mm. The two foremost rows were rather incomplete, in
the fourth row were twenty-four, and the number of teeth then in-
creases to twenty-seven.! The rhachis (fig. 3a) rather broad. The
plates of the usual form,’ with the usual wing-like expansion of the
exterior part of the body and of the root of the hook (figs. 4, 5); the
first (fig. 3) with lower hook, which on the succeeding teeth slowly

1 This representation of the central nervous system in most points agrees
with that of Hancock and Embleton (1. ¢. p. 233, Pl. XVII, fig. 2, 3).

2 Collingwood (Annals and Mag. of N. Hist., 3 Ser., III, 1859, p. 462)
mentions the spicules of this species (from the estuary of the Mersey) as
“‘very elegant, consisting of a broad embossed plate with a double and
beautifully serrated edge, terminating abruptly in a blunt apex.”’

% Alder and Hancock mention twenty-four rows, whereof eleven were on
the tongue.

* Alder and Hancock mention twenty-five plates in the rows.

* Cf. my Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp. IT, ii), Neft XIV., 1878,
(Asteronotus), p. 636.

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

increases in height ; then the teeth keep the same height and decrease
again in the outer part of the rows (fig. 5); the four to six interior
teeth are more erect, with shorter body and thinner hook (figs. 5, 6).

The salivary glands long, thin, whitish.' The cesophagus about
6 mm. long, rather wide, with strong longitudinal folds.?, The stomach
small, included in the liver; the biliary apertures as usual.

The intestine issues through the liver behind the region of june-
tion of the first and second third of the liver; the first anteriorly pro-
ceeding part lodged in a groove on the superior side of the liver, not
passing beyond the anterior margin of that organ, about 2.5 mm. in
length ; the rest of the intestine about 10.0 mm. in length ; the diameter
of the intestine 0.8-1.3 mm.; the longitudinal folds rather strong.

The liver of yellowish color, more grayish on the surface; 9.0 mm.
in length, by a breadth of 5.5 and a height of 4.0 mm.; the posterior
end rounded; more than the anterior half of the under side, especially
its right part, is excavated (for the anterior genital mass) and behind
this is a deep transverse groove. The vesica fellea lying at the left
side of the offshoot of the intestine, rather small, in height about 1.25
mm., reaching nearly to the surface of the liver, nearly cylindrical.

The heart as usual. The sanguineous glands whitish, rather
flattened ; the anterior obliquely triangular with the point, as usual,
adhering to the under side of the junction of the two cerebral ganglia ;
in length 2.0 by a breadth of 1.5 mm.; the posterior transversely
elongate-oval, with a breadth of 3.5 by a length of 1.6 mm. The
renal syrinx melon-shaped, its largest diameter about 0.75 mm. ; its
free duct nearly three times as long; a strong continuation of it pass-
ing along the floor of the rather large renal chamber, to the region of
the pylorus.

The hermaphroditic gland spread in large groups of ramifications
over nearly the whole liver and by its brighter yellowish color some-
what contrasted with it; in its lobules were masses of zojsperms and
rather small ojgene cells. The anterior genital mass* in length 5.0 by
a breadth of 2.5 and a height of 4.0 mm.; the right side rather con+
vex, meeting the more flattened left side at the sharp superior margin,

1 They are in this way also mentioned by H. and E. (1. ¢., p. 215, Pl, XII,
fig. 2cc).

+ The dilatation on the esophagus mentioned and figured by H. and E.
(l. ¢., p. 215, Pl. XII, fig. 2d) could not be seen in the specimen examined
by me.

* Cf. the Pl. XIV, f. 9, of Hancock and Embleton.

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

the under side flattened. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic gland
resting on the superior posterior part of the genital mass, whitish,
making a large curve, about 5.0 mm. long, with a diameter of nearly
1.5 mm. The spermatoduct in its first part, as near as could be de-
termined, rather thick than thin, not very long, forming (fig. lle, 7e)
a little coil on the upper end of the penis. The penis (fig. 7f) cylin-
drical, curved, about 2.5 mm. long, by a diameter of about 0.8 mm. ;
the inside with many longitudinal folds ; at the upper end of its cavity
a low truncated conical prominence (fig. 116), with a rather wide
aperture (fig. 114), through which opens a little bag (fig. 11), whose
inside was clothed with a thin yellowish cuticula, and contained a
hollow, nearly colorless tube, that could be extended by tension ; it
was probably pointed (the point seemed broken off) ; its length was
about 0.9 mm. ; the spermatoduct opened (fig. lla) in the upper part
of this bag. Tlancock has (J. ¢. Pl. XIV, fig. 9e,10; Pl. XV, fig.
1, 2) seen the penis and the “stiletto,” but he too seems (1. c. p. 220)
not at all clear about these organs. At the side of the opening for
the penis in the vestibulum genitale was another aperture which led
into a bag, from whose bottom projected a hard, whitish, somewhat
compressed conical spur (fig. 7d, 10), that under the influence of nitric
acid grew more pellucid, but developed very little gas; through the
axis of the organ down to the fine aperture on the point, passes a
slender tube (fig. 10), the continuation of the fine coiled duct of the
gland of the organ.'! This gland (glandula hastatoria, fig. Te, 8d)
overlies the upper part of the vagina (fig. Ta,4); it is heart-shaped,
of a transverse diameter (breadth) of 2.0, and a thickness of 1.0 mm.;
the gland did not contain any larger cavity. The spermatotheca (fig.
8a) whitish, nearly spherical, having a largest diameter of 2.5 mm. ;
filied with fatty cells and detritus ; the two ducts (fig. 8c,e) as usual,
the vagina rather wide (fig. 7a, b), with longitudinal folds on the in-
side.. The spermatocysta yellowish, spherical, 1.5 mm. in diameter
(fig. 8), filled with zoJsperms; short-stalked. The mucous gland
not forming quite half of the anterior genital mass, consisting of a
smaller anterior biconvex part, and a large flattened wing-like poste-
rior part; the space between them nearly filled by the spermatotheca

! These organs, the gland and the spur, have also been seen (1. ¢., Pl.
XV, fig. 9) by Hancock, but he does not mention them (in the text, and
explanation of the figures). In another of his figures (fig. 10b) the spur
is designated (1. c., p. 248) as ‘male intromittent organ,’ and the (fig.
10e, f) true penis as ‘‘ penis-like organ furnished with a stiletto.”’

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

and the spermatocysta, the color of the gland yellowish-white, on the
left side of the anterior part a central yellow mass; the duct of
the mucous gland rather short.

All the former genera of Doridide belonged to the large group of
Doridide ceryptobranchiate ;' the following are to be registered in the
group of Dortdide eleutherobranchiate (D. phanerobranchiate).
This section is also characterized by the non-retractility of the gill,
by a sucking-crop connected with the bulbus pharyngeus and by a
peculiar armature of the tongue, consisting usually of a single large
lateral plate and a single or several outer plates. This group seems
chiefly limited to northern climes, and contains at present the genera
Akiodoris, Acanthodoris, Adalariu, Lamellidoris, Goniodoris and
Doridunculus,? also Ancula, Drepania® and Idalia.

AKIODORIS, Bergh

Akiodoris, Bgh. Gattungen nordischer Doriden, 1. ¢., 1879, p. 354.

Forma ut in Lamellidoridibus. Notheum supra granulosum.
Branchia non retractilis, e foliis tripinnatis non multis et ad modum
ferri equini positis formata. Caput latum, veliforme; tentaculis
brevibus, lobiformibus. Apertura rhinophoriales integra.

Discus labialis sine armatura. Ingluvies buccalis bulbo connata.
Radula rhachide quasi nuda; pleuris dentibus lateralibus depressis non
multis ; (12-13) quorum duo intimi fortiores, quasi subhamati, Penis
glande uncis simplicibus, furcatis vel palmatis armatus. Vagina in-
dumento valloso peculiari instructa.

The animals belonging to this group resemble externally especially
the Lamellidorides. The back is finely granulated; the head large,
veil-shaped, with short tentacles, which are lobate and pointed The
openings of the rhinophor-holes with plain margins, surrounded by
several larger papilla. The non-retractile branchia nearly horseshoe-
shaped, consisting of a mediocre number of leaves. The lip-disk

1 Cf. my ‘‘Gattungen nordischer Doriden,”’ 1. ¢. p. 341.

2 The genus Doridunculus of G. O. Sars (Moll. regionis arcticee Norveg.,
1878, p. 809. Tab. 27, fig. 2a-d, Tab. XIV, fig. 5), which externally ap-
proaches Goniodvris and other Doridide eleutherobranchiate in the char-
acter of the radula, is hitherto only known from the northeas‘ern part of
the Atlantic (Lofoten), and by a single species (D. echinulatus, 8.).

3 Inthe Ancule and Drepania the penis is armed as in so many Doridida
with a series of small hooks.

» £6o=

nee ae

a

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

without armature. The tongue with transverse thickenings of the
rhachis; the lateral plates somewhat depressed ; the two first different
from the rest, larger and with a denticle at the root of the hook ; the rest
without any such, the external quite without a hook. A sucking-crop
on the upper side of the bulbus pharyngeus, but sessile, depressed con-
ical, and not consisting of two symmetrical halves. The large
stomach free on the surface of the liver. The glans of the long
penis with a strong and quite peculiar armature, consisting of strong
hooks, partly simple, partly bifurcate and partly digitate, with strong
digitations. The vagina with a peculiar armature of high palisades.
This interesting genus externally most resembles the Lamellidorides,
both in reference to the nature of the back, to the form and size
of the gill and in the want of armature of the lip-disk ; the region of
the openings of the rhinophor-holes differ in the want of a glabella
and by the presence of a larger number of surrounding papillz. The
genital opening somewhat recalls the Acanthodorides, as do also the
(tripinnate) branchial leaves and the sucking-crop, but this is not
divided in two distinct halves as in this last genus. The armature
of the tongue is very different from that of the Lamellidorides,
Adalarizx and Aecanthodorides ; the large hook-formed lateral plates
of these genera are wanting, and in their places are two large de-
pressed lateral plates, with small hooks; the external plates somewhat
recalling those of the Adalarizx ; the rhachis rather broad, with
transverse thickenings of the cuticula, corresponding to the rows of
plates. In the very peculiar form of armature of the glans penis, and
by the peculiar clothing of the vagina, the Akiodorides differ from all
the above-cited genera.
_~ Only a single species of the genus is hitherto known, the new one,
that will be described below.

1, Ak. lutescens, Bgh., n. sp. Oceanum Pacificum.

1. Ak. lutescens, Beh., n. sp. PI. IV, fig. 3; pl. V, fig. 11-14: pl. VI, fig. 1-20;
pl. VI, fig. 1-8; pl. VIII, fig. 1-2.
‘Color lutescens.
. Habitat. Oceanum Pacificum septentrion. (Nazan Bay).

Of this form I have had a large single specimen for examination,
obtained in August, 1873, by Dall, on stony bottom, at low water, in
Nazan Bay, Atka Island, Aleutians.

According to Dall, the color of the living animal was “ yellowish-
white ;”’ preserved in spirits, it was of a uniform dirty yellowish color.

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

The length was 32.0 mm., by a breadth of 19.0 mm., and a height of
138.0 mm.; the breadth of the foot 12.5 mm., of the mantle-brim 3.0
mm.; the height of the rhinophoria 3.0 mm., of the branchial leaves
2.5 mm.; the length of the genital opening 2.25 mm.

The form was elongate-oval, somewhat larger than that of the Lam.
bilameliata. The papille of the back relatively smaller and more
rounded than in that animal. The openings of the rhinophor-holes
an oblique oval slit; the margins plain; several (six to eight) larger
papillae (of about 1.0 mm. in height) in the immediate vicinity of the
holes; the club of the rhinophoria with about thirty leaves. The
branchia with about ten leaves. The anal papilla low, with a stellate
aperture ; the renal orifice as usual; the interbranchial space crowded
with rather pointed and high papilla. The head and tentacles as in
allied forms. The genital papilla of oval form, with a large, longitu-
dinal, crescentic slit. The rather broad foot with the usual anterior
marginal furrow. The peritoneum colorless, without spicula.

The central nervous system more flattened than in allied forms ;
the cerebro-visceral ganglia reniform, a little broader in the anterior
part; the pedal ganglia less flattened than the former, larger than the
visceral ones, of oval form, on the outside of the cerebro-visceral. The
proximal olfactory ganglia a little smaller than the buccal ones, bulbi-
form ; distal ganglia could not be found. ‘The commissure not broad,
not short. The buccal ganglia of oval form, closely connected ; the
gastro-cesophageal roundish, rather long-stalked, in size about one-
sixth of the former, with one large cell and several (three or four) _
smaller ones.

The nervi optici rather long; the eyes with yellowish lens and
black pigment. The otocysts in the usual place, filled with otokonia
of the usual kind. The leaves of the club of the rhinophoria very
richly furnished with thick (diameter, 0.04 mm.) and long spicula,
more or less calcareous, and very often giving off a thick twig of
greater or less length (Pl. V, fig. 12); for the most part set perpen-
dicularly or obliquely on the free margin of the leaves. The axes of
the organs and the short stalk stuffed with strong and very much cal-
cified spicules. In the skin of the back a mass of spicula of the same
kind (Pl. IV, fig. 13) as above, or still more hardened ; the papilla of
the back solidified in the usual way (PI. V, fig. 11). In the interstitial
tissue fewer and smaller spicules.

The oral tube rather short, wide. The bulbus pharyngeus of usual
form, about 5.5 mm. long by a height of 4.5 mm., (and at the upper

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

part of the sucking-crop of 5.5 mm.), and a breadth of 4.75 mm. ;
the sheath of the radula projecting about 1.5 mm. backwards and
downwards. The lip-disk large, clothed with a thick yellow cuticula ;
the true mouth forming a narrow vertical slit. The cap-shaped suck-
ing-crop almost exactly as in Ac. pilosa, but more conical and with-
out external signs of duplication; on the inside clothed with a yellow-
ish cuticula, opening into the buccal cavity through a wide slit. The
tongue rather broad; on the fine reddish-yellow colored radula seven-
teen rows of teeth, also on the point of the tongue were traces of six
entirely vanished rows ; the two first rows very incomplete, reduced to
some external plates. Further backwards were seen forty-two devel-
oped and three younger rows, or, all in all, the animal presented sixty-
two rows of teeth. The most external plate of each row is quite
colorless, the next two or three pale yellowish, the following all of
horny-yellow color; the rbachis colorless. The length of the most
external plate about 0.035 mm., of the next about 0.05 mm., of the
following 0.07 mm.; the length of the second large plate about 0.2
mm., of the first 0.022 mm.; the breadth of the rhachis about 0.22'
mm. The rhachis thickened between the rows and forming arched
elevations between them teh Vi he. la. 3; PL VILE fo. Te)., The
first two plates rather large (Pl. VI, fig. 1bb, cc, 4-6; Pl. VIII, fig.
1b, ¢); with a short strong hook and a stout denticle at each side of
it, the outer denticle broader; the hook of the second plate somewhat
larger than that of the first; sometimes a slight crenulation on the
outer margin of the first plate (fig. 5). All the following ten or eleven
plates (Pl. VI, fig. 2e, f; Pl. VIII, fig. 2a, b) of the same type, by
degrees decreasing in size, consisting of a quadrilateral basal part,
from which (Pl. VI, fig. 7-13), in most of them, rises a strong, short,
broad hook ; the two or three outmost plates (Pl. VI, fig. 2/; Pl. VII,
fig. 2) formed of the basal part alone; the rest with the hook gradu-
ally more developed.

The salivary glands yellowish-white, flattened, ribbon-shaped, of
about 10.5 mm. in length, reaching to the cardia, where they
are agglutinated one to another; the breadth in the foremost part
about 0.75 mm, in the middle 1.5 mm., the posterior part again some-
what narrower; the duct of the gland rather short.

The esophagus rather wide, about 13.0 mm. long, the inside with
rather strong longitudinal folds ; it opens into the stomach, which lies
free in a cleft on the upper side of the liver. This organ (PI. VI, fig.
17a) is of oval form, of about 6.5 mm. largest diameter; the inside

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

with rather strong longitudinal folds; the pylorus (fig. 17) in the
neighborhood of the cardia. The intestine advancing from the stom-
ach to the fore-end (fig. 17) of the liver, in this part about 10.0 mm.
long; furming a knee and retrograding to the anal nipple in a length
of 23.0 mm. The contents of the stomach were indeterminable animal
matter, mixed with some diatomacez.

The liver 20.0 mm. long by a height of 10.0 mm. and a breadth of
about 12.0 mm.; the posterior end rounded ; a little more than the an-
terior balf of the under side obliquely flattened (by the anterior genital
mass) showing the cardiac end of the oesophagus and the root of the
hermaphroditic duct. On the anterior part of the upper surface is a
cleft for the stomach and for the biliary sac; the color of the surface
and of the substance of the liver is grayish-yellow. The biliary sac
(fig. 17c) lying before the stomach, on the right side of the intestine,
large (as the stomach), somewhat flattened, grayish, of rounded out-
line and about 4.5 mm. largest diameter; the contents, as in the
stomach.

The heart as usual. The sanguineous gland whitish, entirely cover-
ing the nervous system, about 6.0 mm. long, by a breadth of 4.5 anda
heigit of only 1.0 mm.

The hermaphroditic gland yolk-yellow, covering the upper side of
the liver with a thick layer; in its lobes large ojgene cells and masses
of zo’sperms. The anterior genital mass large, about 14.0 mm. long
by a breadth of 9.0 and a height of 11.0 mm., flattened and a little ex-
cavated on the left side, with an excavation on the fore side, the right
side very convex. The hermaphroditic duct whitish, rather thin
(diameter about 0.75-1.0 mm.), passing straight over the left side of
the genital mass to its anterior end, without formation of any (distinct)
ampulla. The first part of the spermatoduct whitish, forming several
long windings on the upper part of the forepart of the mass and pass-
ing into the yellowish (Pl. VI, fig. 18a) continuation ; this, with its
numerous coils, forms a large flattened layer on the fore-end of the
right side of the mass; it then rather suddenly passes into a much
thinner whitish continuation (fig. 18b) about 6 mm. long, that slopes
(fig. 18¢) into the penis, which (retracted) was lying on the lowest
anterior part of the right side of the mass. The penis was cylindrical,
of the length of 11.0 mm. by a diameter of 1.5 mm.; the truncated,
cylindrical, yellowish (under a magnifier nodulous) glans forming
(Pl. V, fig. 13, 14) a prominence of the length of nearly 1.0 mm. in
the vestibulum. This glans was partly covered on the outer side

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57
(fig. 13, 14), but especially on the margin of the wide, gaping orifice
and on its inside for a length of about 4.0 mm. (Pl. VII, figs. 2-4),
with rather crowded and apparently irregularly set claws. The claws
were very strong and for the most part broad and high (fig. 3, 4),
even reaching a height of about 0.3 mm. (fig. 4). In the interior of
the glans, especially in its posterior part (fig. 5c), the claws were less
broad and simply uncinate or bifurcated, otherwise mostly broader and
with digitations of the margin. The body of the claws was plain or
curved ; the end simply pointed, bi- or trifurcate or with digitations,
sometimes very strangely formed. They consisted of a cuticula and
its matrix; very often, especially on the outside of the glans, the
euticula was torn off and the (fig. 20) rounded or pointed naked matrix
was left. The whitish spherical spermatotheca (Pl. VI, fig. 19a) was
about 3.5 mm. in diameter, laterally communicating through a short
_ petiolus adhering to tne upper end of the vagina, with a sinuosity into
which opens the elongate, yellowish spermatocysta (fig. 194), which had
a length of about 2.0 mm., and from which issues the long duct of the
mucous gland (fig. 19¢). The grayish vagina very strong (fig, L8e),
about 7.0 mm. long, elongate-conical; the lowest part wide, having a
diameter of about 3.25 mm.; the walls thick, with a very peculiar
internal lining, consisting of cylindrical palisades (Pl. VII, fig. 6-8)
of a height of about 0.4 by a greatest diameter of 0.07—0.08 mm. ;
between the larger were seen smaller and very small ones. The pali-
sades seemed to be densely clothed (fig. 8) with cilia, and showed a
nearly colorless axis (fig. 6, 8) up to their points ; the axes were often
denuded (fig. 6) after the sheath has been torn away. This lining
continued up to the superior end of the vagina, but not beyond it.

The mucous gland large, whitish, and yellowish-white ; the anterior
half yolk-yellow, denuded on the fore-end of the genital mass ; the duct
short.

A variety (Pl. VI, fig. 14-20) of this species has also been found
by Dall, in July, 1873, at low water, in Kyska Harbor (Aleutians).
According to Dall the color of the living animal was “ yellowish.”” The
animal preserved in spirits was of a uniform light yellowish color. The
length about 18.0 mm. by a breadth reaching 8.0 mm. and a height of
6.0 mm. ; the breadth of the foot at the fore-end 5.0 mm., the margin
of the mantle freely projecting 1.5 mm. ; the height of the rhinophoria
1.5 mm., of the branchial leaves 1.5 mm. Around the plain margins
of the rhinophor-holes seven to nine large conical tubercles ; the club

of the rhinophoria with about twenty leaves Around the branchial
5

[9 4]

5 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF L1880.

ring, as well as in the centre of it around the vent, rather large conical
tubercles 1.5 mm. in height; the branchial leaves, fifteen in number,
as far as could be determined.

The oral tube strong, 4.5 mm. long, wide. The bulbus pharyngeus
about 5.5 mm. long, by a height of 3.0, and a breadth of 3.75 mm. ;
the rasp-sheath about 1.75 mm., freely projecting, bent upwards. The
cuticula of the lip-disk yellowish. The tongue with about thirty-five
rows of plates (fig. 14-16) ; further backwards, twenty-five developed
and four younger rows; the total number of rows sixty-four. On the
posterior part of the tongue fourteen plates, the number increasing
backwards to fifteen or sixteen. he five anterior rows very incom-
plete, only represented by 1, 7, 9, 10, 12 plates (on each side). The
plates asabove. The breadth of the rhachis reaching to about 0.17 mm,
The glandule salivales 6.0 mm. long. The stomach (fig. 17a). about
4.0 mm. long. The contents of the digestive cavity a mass of sponge.
The vesica fellea (fig. 17¢) about 2.5 mm. high, with strong folds on
the inside. ‘The anterior genital mass quite as above, also the sper-
matotheca and the spermatocysta (fig. 19), the penis (fig. 18, 20), and
the vagina (fig. 18, 19).

LAMELLIDORIS, Alder et Hancock.

Lamellidoris, A. et H., Monogr. Brit. Nudibr. Moll., Part VII, 1855, p. xvii.

Lamellidoris, A. et H., R. Bergh, Malacolog. Untersuch. (Semper, Philipp.
Il, ii), Heft xiv, 1878, p. 603-615.

Lamellidorts, A. et H., R. Bergh, Gatt. nord. Doriden, 1. c., 1879, p.
362-365.

Corpus vix depressum, nothzo granulato. Branchia (non retracti-
lis) e foliis (multis) simplicita pinnatis, ut plurimum in formam ferri
equini dispositis, formata. Caput latum, semilunare, angulis tentacu-
laribus. Aperture rhinophoriales, margine integro; tuberculis anticis
2—3, calvitie postica. :

_Cuticula aperture oralis infra asserculis duobus incrassata, et ante
-annulus papillarum angustus. Lingua rhachide lamellis humilibus in-
structa; pleuris dente interno hamiformi permagno et externo com-
presso lamelliformi unco minuto predito armatis. Ingluvies buccalis
(suctoria) petiolo bulbo pharyngeo connata, tympaniformis.
Penis apice (glande) curvatus, non armatus. Vagina brevis.

The genus Lamellidoris was established (1855) by ‘Alder and Han-
cock, to receive two small groups of Dorididx, one with the D. bilam-
ellata as type, to which especially the name of the group is here

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

restricted; and the other, characterized by a more depressed form and
the naked rhachis of the tongue, with the D. depressa, A. et H., as
type. Hancock has given some anatomical remarks on the typical
form (D. bilamellata, L.); but nothing else had been since made
known about these animals! until my just cited notice and those of G.
V. Sars.”

The Lamellidorides approach the Acanthodorides, but differ even
here, externally, by the coarsely granulated surface of the back and
by the larger number of the branchial leaves, which are set in the
form of a horseshoe ; the openings of the rhinophor-holes, the tenta-
cles as well as the genital opening are also of a different shape.
More notable still are the anatomical differences; the Lamellidorides
want the armature of the lip-disk, which is found in the other group -
the armature of the tongue is quite different (1, I—1—I, 1), and the
buccal crop is connected with the bulbus pharyngeus by a stalk. The
penis is quite different from that of the Acanthodorides, and without
true armature ; the vagina is short. After all the Lamellidorides are
much more allied to the Adalarie.

The form of the body, as in the Acanthedorides, not very depressed.
The back covered all over with semi-globular and short club-formed
papillz. The openings of the rhinophor-holes with plain margins and

' According to H. & A. Adams (the Gen. of Recent Moll., II, 1858, p.
657), Lamellidoris is a synonym of ‘‘ Onchidoris, Blv.,’’ which name is
employed by Adams for a ‘group, whose type should be D. pusilla, A. et
H. (that scarcely belongs to the true Lamellidorides). Cf. also Gray,
Guide I, 1857, p. 207.

The genus Onchidoris of Blainville (Man. de Malac., 1825, p. 489,
Pl. XLVI, f. 8.), ought to be rejected entirely, as founded very likely only
on bad observation ; the genus figures with nearly impossible characters,
both in relation to the tentacles (‘quatre tentacules comme dans les Doris,
outre deux appendices labiaux’’) and to the anus*(‘*médian a la partie
inférieure et postérieure du rebord du manteau’’). The type of the genus
Blainyille found in the British Mus. (London), where it seemed to have
disappeared, at least it was not to be found in the collection of nudi-
branchiates which I looked over in May, 1873 (while, on the contrary, I
found the long-lost type of the genus Linguwella, Blv., in his original glass,
and so have re-established the denomination Zingwella for the much later
(1861) Sancara, Bgh. Cf. my Malacolog. Unters., Heft vi, 1874, p. 248).
Later, Mr. Abraham (1. c. p. 225) seems to have found the original speci-
men again.

2G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv., 1878, p. 306. Tab. XIII, figs. 5, 6;
Tab. XIV, fig. 2, 3.

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

commonly two larger papilla before and a bare space behind them.
The gill (not retractile) consisting chiefly of several (usually 20-30)
tripinnate leaves, set in the form of a horseshoe. The head large,
veil-formed (semilunar), with produced and pointed side-parts, which
are adherent to the foot nearly to the point. The genital openings
not being a slit, but on a large tubercle.

The cuticula of the oral aperture is thickened below, near the median
line, into a ledge; and on the outside is a ring of hard papille.
The buccal crop, connected through a petiolus with the foremost part
of the upper side of the bulbus pharyngeus, is drum-shaped; on the in-
side clothed with a strong cuticula. The tongue has on the rhachis
short compressed lamellz, on each side of these is a very large up-
right plate with large compressed body and a hook which on the inside
is either plain or denticulated ; at the outside of this plate is another,
compressed but much smaller and with a little rudimentary hook. The:
salivary glands forming a short, coiled mass at each side of the root
of the cesophagus. The cesophagus without diverticle at its origin.
The spermatoduct (as in the Acanthodorides) very long; the penis
short, its glans curved and clothed with a rather thick cuticula, but
otherwise not armed. The spermatocysta imbedded in the mucous
gland ;! the vagina short.

About the biological relations of the animals belonging to this
zroup very little is hitherto known. Where the species occur, they
seem to be rather abundant in individuals (ef. about the Lam.
bilamellata, Collingwood, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3 S. III, 1859, p.
463). The spawn of several species (L. bilamellata, L. diaphana, L.
inconspicua, L. aspera, L. depressa, L. pusilla) has been described
by Alder and Hancock, and that of a single species (ZL. muricata) by
Sars, Meyer and Moebius, etc. The first stages of the development
of this last form have been followed by Sars ?

_ The group seems limited to the northern part of the Atlantic and
of the Pacific. To the same belong with certainty some properly ex-
amined species, and, besides, several others mentioned in the litera-
ture can, with more or less probability, be referred to it.

' The spermatocysta has not been seen by Alder and Hancock. Cf. 1l.c,
1852. Pl. XIV, fig. 8 (p. 219).

2 Archiv. fiir Naturges, 1840 p. 210, Tab. 7.

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPAIA. 6]

A.
1. L. bilamellata (L.). Oc. Atlant.
2. L. varians, Bgh., n. sp. Oc. Pacif.
3. L. hystricina, Bgh., n. sp. Oc. Pacif.
4, L. muricata (O. Fr. Miller), Oc. Pacif.
5. L. diaphana (Ald. et Hane.). Oc. Atlant.

D. diaphana, A. et H., Monogr. Part ii, fam. 1, Pl, 10; Part vii, Pi.
46 suppl. fig. 9.
6. ZL. aspera (A. et H.).1 Oc. Atlant.
D. aspera, A. et H., 1. ¢., Part v, fam. 1, Pl. 2, fig. 15; Part vi, fam.
1, Pl. 9, fig. 1-9; Part vii, Pl. 46, suppl. text ; Pl. 48, suppl. fig. 2.

B.

7. L. eparsa (A. et H.). Oc. Atlant.
D. sparsa, A. et H., 1. c., Partiv, fam. 1, Pl. 14; Part vii, Pl. 46,
suppl. text.
8. ZL. depressa (A. et H.). Oc. Atlant.
D. depressa, A. et H., 1. ¢., Part v, fam. 1, Pl. 12, fig. 1-8; Part vii,
Pl. 46, suppl. fig 12.
? Villiersia scutigera, d’Orb., Mag. de Zool., 1837, p. 15, Pl. 109, fig.
1-4.
9. L. ineonspicua (A. et H.). Oc. Atlant.
D. inconspicua, A. et H., 1. c., Part v, fam. 1, Pl. 12, fig. 9-16; Part
vii, Pl. 46, suppl. fig. 13.
10. L. oblonga (A. et H.). Oc. Atlant.
D. oblonga, A. et H., 1. c., Part v, fam. 1, Pl. 16, fig. 4-5; Part vii,
Pl. 46, suppl. fig. 10.
11. ZL. pusilla (A. et H.). Oc. Atlant.
D. pusilla, A. et H., 1. ¢., Part ii, fam.1, Pl. 13; Part vii, Pl. 46,
suppl. text ; app. p. iii.
12. L. luteocincta (M. Sars).? Oc. Atlant.
13. L. (?) ulidiana (Thomps.). Oc. Atlant.
D. ulidiana, Th., Ann. Mag., Nat. Hist., xv, 18, p. 31.
D. ulidiana, Th., Ald. et Hane., 1. ¢., Part vii, p. 42, app. p. ii.
14. ZL. (?) tenella (Agassiz). Oc, Atlant.
D., tenella, Ag., Gould, Rep. on the Inv. of Massachusetts, ed. Binney,
1870, p. 229, Pl. xx, fig. 289, 290, 293.
15. ZL. (?) pallida (Ag.). Oc. Atlant.
D. pallida, Ag., Gould, 1. ¢., p. 229, Pl. xx, fig. 284, 287, 288, 291.

! According to Mérch (Synopsis Moll. mar. Daniw, Vidensk. Meddel. fra
naturh. Foren. i Kbhvn., 1871, p. 179) this species ought to be identical
with the D. muricata of Meyer and Moebius; but this is, of course, im-
possible.

* The organs of the bulbus pharyngeus of this species have just been
figured by G. O. Sars (Moll. reg. aret. Norv., 1878, Tab. xiv, fig. 3).

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

16. DL. (?) diademata (Ag.). Oc. Atlant.
D. diademata, Ag., Gould, 1. ¢., p. 230, Pl. xxi, fig. 298, 300, 301-3804.
17. L. (?) grisea (Stimps.). Oc. Atlant. Gould, 1. c., p. 232, Pl. xx, fig.
292,295.
18. ZL. (?) derelicta (Fischer). Oc. Atlant.
D. derelicta, F., Journ. de eonchyl., xv, 1867, p. 7.
19. Z. (2) tuberculata (Hutton). Oc. Pacif. (Nova Zeland.).
Onchidoris tuberculatus, Hutton, ef. Abraham, 1. c., p. 226.
20. L. (2) eubalia (Fischer). Oc. Atlant.
Doris eubalia, F., Journ. de conchyl., xx, 1872, p. 10.

1. L. bilamellata (L.), var. pacifica, Plate V, fig. 10; Plate XI, fig. 3-9.

Color albido-flavescens, maculis fuscis plus minusve variegatus.
Dentes laterales margine levi.
Hab. Oc. Pacific. sepentr. (Mar. Beringi).

Six specimens of this variety of the Atlantic species were taken by
Dall, in Bering Sea (Hagmeister Id.), in August, 1874, at low water,
on a grave] beach. Three were sacrificed for the anatomical examin-
ation.

According to Dall, the color of the living animal was “yellowish-
white with brown maculz.”

The length of the specimens preserved in spirits was 11—-13.0 mm.
by a height of 4.5-5.5 mm. and a breadth of 6-10.06 mm.; the height
of the rhinophoria 1.75-2.2, of the branchial leaves 1-1.2 mm.; the
breadth of the foot at the fore-end about 5-8.0 mm.; the margin of
the mantle projecting freely about 1.5-2.0 mm. The color of the
individuals on the back was yellow-white, marmorated with light
reddish-brown, this marbling always occupying the spaces between the
tubercles, which are nearly white (or light yellowish) ; the branchial
leaves of the same reddish color; the club of the rhinophoria yellowish-
white ; the under side of the body yellowish-white or whitish.

The form was elongate-oval. The head flattened, nearly semicircu-
lar, with the tentacular edges a little prominent. The vicinity of the
posterior margin of the rhinophor-holes plain, at the anterior two
large erect tubercles; the club of the rhinophoria with about twenty
leaves, the stem rather short. The back covered all over with semi-
globular and short club-shaped rounded tubercles of different sizes,
mostly small, mixed with many larger ones 0.75 mm, in diameter ; the
larger tubercles mostly showing a spinous surface (PI. V, fig. 10)! when
magnified,

1 Cf. my ‘‘Malacolog. Unters.’’ (Semper, I, ii) Tab. LXVIII, fig. 15-16.

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

The openings of the rhinophor-holes and of the branchial area (fig.
36b) surrounded by large and small tubercles which also were spread
over the central part of it (fig. 3). The branchial Jeaves (fig. 3aa) were
about twenty-four or twenty-five in number, set in a transverse reni-
form ring; the leaves in the front part much larger than the rest.
The anus as usual, scarcely projecting. ‘The under side of the margin
of the mantle quite smooth. The genital openings always quite con-
tracted. The foot large, with a fine line along its anterior margin.

The cerebro-visceral ganglia short-reniform; the pedal ones not
much smaller, of oval form, set nearly at a right angle to the inferior
face of the former; the olfactory ganglia bulbiform or ovoid. The
buccal ganglia rather flattened, of roundish contour, a little larger than
the olfactory ones; the commissure between them very short; the
gastro-cesophageal ganglia not very short-stalked, roundish, in size
about one-quarter of the buccal ganglia, with three large cells. The
three commissures very distinct, the sub-cerebral and the pedal con-
nected throughout most of their length; the visceral thin, not giving
off a genital nerve.

The eyes with black pigment, yellowish lens; the nervus opticus
nearly as long as halt the breadth of the cerebral ganglion. The
otocysts as large as the eyes, crowded with otokonia of the usual kind.
The leaves of the rhinophoria without spicules ; the axis of these organs,
on the other hand, were filled with such spicules, partly cireularly and
concentrically arranged. The tubercles of the back stuffed with ordi-
nary spicules (fig. 10) in the usual way, the larger spicules mostly very
prominent on the surface

The oral tube as usual. The bulbus pharyngeus of the usual form,
about 2.0 mm. long ; the lip-disk with a rather thick yellowish cuticula,
and inwards with the same belt of (about ten to fifteen) rows of small
denticles as in the L. hystricina (cf. below) ; the sheath of the radula
somewhat bent upwards, freely projecting behind the bulbus for as

_ great a length as that of the bulbus itself. The tongue (in the three

individuals) with ten or eleven series of plates, in the sheath ten or
eleven developed and three younger rows ; the total number of rows being
thus twenty four or twenty-five. The plates light yellowish in their
thicker parts, otherwise nearly colorless. The length of the median
plates reaching about 0.12 mm., the height of the external ones
0.10 mm. The median (fig. Ta) and exterior plates (fig. 75) quite as
usual ; the large ones of the usual forms (fig. 76), sometimes, especially

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

the foremost, with rather obtuse point (fig. 9). The buceal crop (fig.
4, 5) as large as the bulbus, of quite the usual form, rather petiolate.’

The salivary glands forming (on each side) a large, thick, whitish
mass between the bulbus and the central nervous system (with the
glandule sanguine).

The esophagus rather wide. The stomach and the intestine as
usual. The liver as usual, much flattened on the right anterior half.

The heart rather large. The gland. sanguinex large, whitish, cover-
ing the upper side of the central nervous system, the foremost part in one
individual very narrow. ‘The renal syrinx about 1.0 mm. long, with
strong longitudinal folds, its clothing as usual.

The anterior genital mass 4—4.5 mm. long by a breadth of 1.25—-1.5
and a height of 3-3.3 mm., yellow-white, plano-convex ; the anterior,
and partly the superior portion formed by the coils of the whitish sper-
matoduet ; in one individual one coil embraced the sheath of the radula.
The first part of the spermatoduct strong, when unrolled about 25.0 mm.
long; the succeeding part of the length of 45.0 mm., thinner; the
rest about 7.0 mm. in length, stronger, nearly as in the first part. In
the beginning of this last part the true spermatic duct was rolled up in
tight coils, the remaining part of its length was nearly straight. The
penis about 1.5 mm. long, with the usual glans in the interior. The
spermatotheca (fig. 6a) spherical, its chief duct nearly twice as long as
the bag, the vagina short (fig. 6e). The spermatocysta appeared
pyriform (fig. 62)

In color this form seems to differ from the typical one, as that is
represented by Alder and Hancock (Monogr., Part vi, 1854, fam. 3,
V1.9); in the anatomical relations no specific differences could be
detected.

A specimen of another variety was obtained by Dall, on a gravel
beach, at low water, in June, 1874, at Port Etches (Prince William
Sound. According to Dall, the mantle was of “brown” color.

The specimen had a length of 13.0 mm., by a breadth of 8.0 mm.,
and a height of 5.0 mm.; the height of the leaves of the gill was
about 1.0 mm. The color of the back was brownish and yellowish;
that of the gill, as well as of the rhinophoria, yellowish. The number
of leaves of the gill was about thirty.

The bulbus pharyngeus about 1.75 mm. long, by a height of 1.5 mm.;
the sheath of the radula nearly as long as the bulbus; the buccal crop

1 In one specimen the form of this organ was entirely as figured in my
Malacolog. Untersuch. (Semper, Reisen). Tab. LXV, fig. 2.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

a little larger than the bulbus. The radula brownish-yellow, with
nine rows of teeth, further back fifteen developed and two younger
rows, the total number being twenty-six. The teeth quite as above,
- dark, horn-colored in their thicker parts ; the median ones reaching a
height of 0.16 mm. The salivary glands as above-mentioned.

The biliary sac uncommonly small. The black contents of the
rectum consisting of undeterminable animal matter, mixed with larger
and smaller pieces of small crustacea. The liver much flattened on
the right anterior half.

The anterior genital mass large, about 7.0 mm. long, 5.0 mm. high,
and 3.0 mm. thick. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic duct whitish,
forming a long ansa, about 5.0 mm. long. The spermatoduct shorter
than in the other form, otherwise, with the penis, as in that form.
The spermatotheca yellowish, short, sac-shaped, of a largest diameter
of 3.0 mm.; the spermatocysts about 0.3 mm. long, pyriform. The
mucous gland chalk-white and brownish-gray.

Of another variety, Dall, in August, 1872, obtained six specimens,
in Sanborn Harbor (Shumagin Ids.), on stony bottom, at low water.

According to Dall, the color of the back of the living animal is
“red-brown, with whitish papille.” The color of the backs of
the specimens preserved in spirits was rather uniformly, dirty brown-
yellowish, commonly much lighter on the middle, the papille whitish ;
the gill and the rhinophoria of the color of the back ; the under side
of the whole body yellowish; more whitish on the mantle. The
length of the animals varied from 18.0 to 25.0 mm., by a breadth of
11.0 to 16.0 mm., and a height of 8.0 to 120 mm.; the breadth of
the foot 7.5 to 12.0 mm.; the height of the rhinophoria reaching 3.0
mm., that of the gill 2.0 mm. The form as usual. The lorseshoe
shape of the gill very pronounced, the number of leaves, twenty-eight
to thirty. The gill was surrounded by higher papilla, which, in the
largest specimen, reached the height of about 2.5 mm.; the space
inclosed by the gill closely set with similar papillw, the largest (as
large as the above mentioned) in the periphery. ‘The gill can be so
deeply drawn back in its groove, that these external and internal
papilla shut over and quite conceal it; the papille of the centre
smaller; a crest or some few papillx in the median line go from the
anus backwards, between the incurved ends of the gill. The anus
small, very slightly prominent ; the renal pore on the right side. ‘The
openings of the rhinophor-holes as usual, before them the two usual
papilla, behind them a bare space. The papille of the back quite as

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

in the previously examined form, the largest (in the largest specimen)
reaching the height and the diameter of about 1.5 mm., those in the
neighborhood of the gill somewhat larger.

Two smaller individuals were dissected, the larger being harder than
these and not so snitable for that purpose. The peritoneum was
colorless.

The central nervous system just as in the former specimens, but the
buccal ganglia smaller than the olfactory, and the gastro-esophageal
short-stalked.

The eyes as above. The otocysts, under the glass, very distinct as

-chalk-white points on the hinder and outermost part of the cerebral
ganglia. The leaves of the rhinophoria without spicula. The skin
and the papille of the back as above or still more crowded with very
hard spicula.

The oral tube large, (in both individuals) about 2.5 mm. long. The
bulbus pharyngeus of the usual form, (in both individuals) about 3.0
long, by a breadth of 1.8 mm, and the height nearly the same; the
sheath of the radula projecting straight backwards 2.0 mm.» The
buccal crop, lying to the left side of the bulbus, somewhat compressed,
of about 3.0 mm. largest diameter, the stalk nearly half as long as
the largest diameter of the crop. The tongue with ten rows of teeth,
further backwards also eleven or twelve developed and three younger
rows, the total number thus being twenty-four or twenty-five. They
were entirely as in the form first examined.

The salivary glands, the pyloric part of the intestine, with its biliary
sac, and the liver as usual. The sanguineous gland whitish, much
flattened, covering the whole upper side of the bulbus pharyngeus and
the central nervous system; a flattened cavity in its interior, ‘The
hermaphroditie gland, through its more reddish color, contrasting with
the grayish color of the liver.

The anterior genital mass 11.0 to 12.0 mm. long, by a height reach-
ing 7.0 to 8.0 mm., and a breadth of 4.0 to 4.5 mm. The ampulla of
the hermaphroditic duct lying transversely on the lowest and most
anterior part of the back of the mucous gland, rather straight or
forming nearly a circle, about 5.0 to 7.0 mm. long, whitish. The
spermatoduct making many coils on and before the anterior part of
the mucous gland; the first part about 35.0 to 45.0 mm. long, the
second nearly 25.0 mm. long; the penis about 1.5 to 2.0 mm., pro-
jecting freely from the vestibulum, conical; the glans seemed rather
short. The spermatotheca of about 3.0 mm, diameter, whitish. The

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67.

apermatocysta (fig. 6b) quite imbedded in and concealed by the mucous
gland, only a part of its chief duct free on the surface of this last ;
the spermatocysta scarcely shorter than the spermatotheca, pear-shaped,
incurved ; the duct to the mucous gland (fig. 6d) passing from the end
of the bag, the other strong, longer (fig. 6c), opening in the duct of
the spermatotheca, where it begins to be wider (vagina); the vagina
(fig. Ge) rather wide, but short. The mucous gland whitish, yellowish
and dirty yellow.'

2. L, varians, Bgh. PI. XI, fig. 13, 14; Pl. XIII, fig. 1.
L. varians, B. R. Bergh, Malacol. Unters. 1. c., 1878, p. 613, 614.

Color ccerulescens vel albescens vel flavescens.

Dentes laterales margine interno denticulati fere usque ad apicem.
Hab. Oc. Pacif. (Ins. Kyska).

Of this species six specimens were taken by Dall, in July, 1873, at
Kyska Island, on sandy ground, at a depth of 9-14 fathoms. Four

specimens were sacrificed to the anatomical examination.

According to Dall the color of the living animal is “bluish.” The
animals preserved in spirits were of a uniform whitish color, so too
the rhinophoria and the branchia. ‘Their length was 9-12.0 mm. by
a breadth of 5.3-7.0 and a height of 5-4.5 mm.; the breadth of the
foremost part of the foot 3.6-5.0 mm. The height of the rhinophoria
reached about 2.2 mm., of the branchial leaves 1.0 mm.

The form almost entirely as in the typical form and as in the Z.
hystricina, ‘jhe head as in the last species ; also the openings of the
thinophor-holes, with their (mostly three) larger tubercles, set with
equal spaces ; the club of the rhinophoria with about twelve to fifteen
rather thick leaves. The tubercles of the back as in the L. hystri-
cina ; the number of larger ones much exceeding that of the smaller,
which are scattered between them. The branchial disk as in the Z.
hystricina, also the branchial leaves, whose number did not surpass
twelve to twenty. The foot as usual.

The central nervous system (fig. 1) nearly as in the Z. hystricina.
The cerebro-visceral ganglia of roundish or oval form, as also the
pedal ones which were not much smaller than the former. The com-

"In my ‘‘Malacolog. Unters.’’ (Semper, Philipp. II, ii, Heft xiv, 1878,
_p. 606-613 ; Tab. Ixiv, fig. 13, 14-19 ; Tab. Ixv, fig. 1-5, 6-13) I have given
some anatomical pin dikes on the ty bial L. bilameliata and on the Green-
landic variety (D. liturata, Beck).

-68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

missura pedalia nearly as long as the diameter of the pedal ganglia ;
the subcerebral lying rather close up to the pedal; the visceral quite
free, much thinner. A very short-stalked smaller ganglion (fig. le)
connected with the under side of the right visceral ganglion, gives off
a nerve that swells into a new ganglion, which sends out three nerves
(N. genitalis). The olfactory ganglia short-stalked, spindle-shaped.
The buccal (fig. 1d and the gastro-cesophageal ganglia (fig. le), nearly
as in the L. hystricina; the commissure between the first extremely
short, the gastro-cesophageal somewhat smaller.

The nervi optici one to one and a-half times as long as the diameter
of the cerebral ganglia; the eyes with black pigment, yellowish lens.
The otocysts (fig. 1) lying rather backwards, a little smaller than the
eyes; the otokonia of the usual form, in number about fifty. The
leaves of the rhinophoria without spicula. In the skin were almost
no spicula and no larger or calcified ones on the surface of the rigid
papilla of the back, which thus were rather smooth. In the intersti-
tial connective tissue small calcified cells, but no larger spicula.

The mouth-tube as in the ZL. hystricina. The bulbus pharyngeus
as in that species, but the sheath of the radula shorter and less
prominent, bent upwards, sideways or down and forwards. On the
interior part of the nearly colorless labial disk, the usual belt of
(about twelve to fifteen) rows of small denticles. The tongue strong,
rather long, with curved superior and nearly straight inferior margin.
In the mature radula twelve to fourteen or sixteen rows of teeth,
further backwards fifteen or sixteen to eighteen rows of developed,
and three of partly developed teeth; the total number of rows thus
thirty, thirty-one or thirty-five to thirty-seven. The median plates
(fig. 14) of nearly the usual form, in the under side rather excavated,
with ‘thickened margins. The large lateral plates (fig. 13) formed
nearly as in the L. hystricina, but larger, reaching a height of 0.12
mm.; the denticulation of the interior margin of the hook stronger,
with more (about twenty) denticles and reaching farther out towards
the end of the hook. The exterior plates nearly of the same form as
in the last species, reaching to the height of about 0.6 mm.

The sucking-crop quite as in the former species.

The salivary glands much smaller than in the former species, re-
duced to a large, scarcely lobed, whitish mass on each side of the
root of the esophagus.

The csophagus somewhat spindle-shaped. The stomach included
in the liver. he intestine issuing from the liver behind its middle.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

The liver of grayish-white color, of the length of about 9.5 mm. by
a breadth of 4 and a height of about 3.75 mm.; the hinder end
rounded, the fore-end rather truncated, the anterior one-third on the
upper and right side flattened by the anterior genital mass.

The heart and the renal syrinx as usual; the median renal cham-
ber continued to the fore-end of the liver. The sanguineous glands
connected on the upper side of the central nervous system to a flat-
tened whitish mass.

The glandula hermaphrodisiaca clothing the upper side of the liver,
and scarcely distinct from it in color; in its lobules were large ojgene
cells. ‘The anterior genital mass compressed, plano-convex ; 4.0 mm.
long, by a height of about 3.3 and a breadth of 1.2 mm. The albumi-
nous gland on the left side of the mass and forwards, yellowish, very
finely gyrated on the surface; the mucous gland whitish, pellucid.
The spermatoduct as well as the (3.0 mm. long) penis as in the Z.
echinata, ‘The spermatotheca rather small, spherical.

L. varians, var.

To this same species belonged certainly five specimens of a Lam-
ellidoris, which were taken by Dall in July, 1873, at Unalashka
Island (Aleutians), at the depth of sixty fathoms on mud and stones.
Nevertheless, the color of these animals in the living state was, accord-
ing to Dall, ‘‘ yellowish-white.”’

The size and the particular measures accorded with those of the
more typical individuals, referred to above.

The central nervous system as just mentioned, so even the eyes and
the otocysts. The bulbus pharyngeus of the usual form ; on the tongue
eleyen rows of teeth, farther backwards twenty-six developed and four
not quite developed rows, the total number thus forty-one. The plates
quite as formerly described. ‘The sucking-crop quite as in the typical
form, also the salivary glands. The whitish sanguineous gland entirely
covering the central nervous system. The penis as usual.

Two specimens of another variety of this form were gotten by Dall,
in July, 1873, at Kyska Island, on sandy bottom, and at a depth of
nine to fourteen tathoms. In a living state they were, according to
Dall, of yellowish color.

The length of the animals preserved in spirits was 8.5 to 9.0 mm.,
by a breadth of 6.0 mm., and a height of about 3.5 mm. The color
was uniformly whitish or yellowish-white. One individual was dis-
sected,

T0 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

The central nervous system was as above mentioned, and also the
eyes (their nervi optici rather long), and the otocysts (the number of
the otokonia about one hundred). The bulbus pharyngeus as usual;
on the tongue sixteen rows of teeth, farther backwards eighteen rows
of developed and four of younger teeth; the total number of ‘rows,
thirty-eight. The plates as above; the length of the median plates
0.05 to 0 058 mm.; the height of the anterior large lateral plates
about 0.14 mm., of the posterior about 0.17 mm.; the number of den-
ticles on these plates mostly fifteen to twenty. The vesica fellea was
at the left side of the pylorus.

3. L. hystricina, Bergh.
LL. hystricina, Bergh, Mal. Untersuch., 1. ¢., 1878, p. 614, Tab. Ixviii,
fig. 17-23.

Color ccerulescens.

Dentes laterales margine interno denticulati sed non usque ad
apicem.

Habitat. Oceanum Pacificum (insula Kyska).

One specimen of this species was found by Dall, at Kyska Island
(Aleutians), on rocky bottom, at a depth of ten fathoms, in June,
1873. According to Dall, the color of the living animal is bluish.

The specimen preserved in spirits was 9.5 mm. in length, reached |

a breadth of 60 mm., and a height of the true body (without the
papillae) of 3.5 mm.; the breadth of the foremost part of the foot
was 5.3 mm., the height of the rhinophoria was about 2.1 mm., of the
branchia about 1.2 mm., of the dorsal papillae 1.2 mm. The color
was uniformly whitish. |

The form was oval, the back not very convex. The head rather -

large, formed like a velum, that is radiately folded, and has its side
parts connected with the ends of the anterior margin of the foot; in
the middle of the hinder part of the under side of the velum is a trans-
verse slit, in which the small mouth-pore opens. The opening of the
rhinophor-holes was nearly round, with the margin rather thin, here
were three papilla of the same kind as on the back; the rhinophoria
stout, the club with about twenty leaves. The back covered all over
with mostly stout, club-shaped papille, apparently set without order,
and extending nearly out to the very margin of the mantle, which is
thin and has on the upper side smaller, cylindrical or club-shaped
papilla. The papille all firmly adherent to the skin, the spicules shin-
ing through all over on the back and in the papilla. The branchial

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

disk rather large, at the margin set with about fourteen papilla, irregu-
larly alternating in size. ‘The branchia composed of twelve small
leaves of the usual kind. The centre of the disk and the anus as
usual. The foot somewhat shorter and narrower than the back,
broader in front, with the anterior margin rather straight, rounded
posteriorly.

The cerebro-visceral ganglia showed the visceral part a little larger
than the cerebral, the pedal somewhat smaller than the visceral; the
four commissures as usual; the offshoot of the nerva genitalis could
not be determined. The buccal ganglia rounded, connected through a
short commissure ; the gastro-cesophageal having about one-quarter of
the size of the latter.

The eyes with very rich black pigment ; the nervus opticus not short.
The otocysts as large as the eyes, filled with otokonia of the usual
kind. Inthe thin leaves of the rhinophoria no spicula. In the skin
of the back and in the dorsal papillz an enormous amount of irregular
or rounded particles, often coalescing together in larger, irregular
lumps, which very often were crowded together in irregular heaps ; in
the papille also were long, strong and very much calcified spicula,
often of uneven surface, whose points, as usual, often projected on the
surface of the papillae. In the interstitial connective tissue, including
the ends of the different ducts of the genital organs (vagina, mucous
gland duct), masses of large and long (as much as 0.9 mm..), calcified
spicula.

The mouth-tube was about 1.0 mm. long, rather wide, with strong,
longitudinal folds. The bulbus pharyngeus of usual, irregular form,
the bulbus proper of the length of about 1.75 mm.; the sheath of the
. radula, nearly as long as the bulbus, curved downwards. The labial
disk oval, at the inner margin of darker color, and there showing
(fig. 17) a narrow belt of small, yellowish denticles, of a height of
0.007 to 0.015 mm. ;! this belt seems continued a short space up in
the mouth that is otherwise, like the rest of the buceal cavity, clothed
with a rather thick, yellowish cuticula. ‘Ihe tongue rather long and
narrow, in the groove on its back sixteen rows of teeth, in the sheath
eighteen developed and six undeveloped rows, the total number conse-
quently forty. The color of the true lateral teeth yellowish, the others
nearly colorless ; the height of the outer pseudo-plates about 0.075 mm.
‘Lhe median pseudo-plates elongate, narrow (fig. 21); the true (lateral)

1 In the outer mouth was found a little Caprella, of the length of 3.0 mm.

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

teeth strong, finely denticulated (with six to eight denticles) on the
inner side of the hook, and with a strong, rounded prominence at
the base of this (fig. 18a, 19, 20); the external pseudo-plates with
the usual curved points (fig. 186). Irregularities in the form of the
last were often observed (fig. 23).!

The crop entirely as in the typical species, the largest diameter
1.3 mm.

In the stomach indeterminable animal matter and a little, undeter-
minable worm, of the length of 2.0 mm.

The hermaphroditic gland as usual; the lobules filled with sperma.
The anterior genital mass rather large, measuring in length 4.5 mm.,
in height 2.5 mm., and in breadth 2.3 mm. ; the left side flat or a little
excavated, the right rather convex. The mucous gland, as well as
the albuminous gland, white and yellowish-white. The spermatoduct
not very long, but rather strong, continued in the very strong penis,
that (retracted) forms the fore-end of the whole mass. The penis has
a length of about 3.5 mm., by a diameter of 1.3 mm.; the inferior
end rather constricted ; the superior three-quarters of the organ com-
pact, perforated through the axis by the dense coils of the spermato-
duct proper; the inferior one-third hollow, including the curved and
pointed glans.

2. L. muricata (Miiller). Plate IX, fig. 18; Plate XI, fig. 10-12.

Doris muricata, O. F. Miller. Zool. Dan. Fas, III, 1789, p. 7, Tab.
LXXXYV, f. 2, 3, 4.

Doris muricata, Miller. Sars, (forma £) Lovén, Ind. Moll. Scand. 1846,
p. 5.

Doris muricata, Meyer und Moebius. Fauna der Kieler Bucht, I, 1865,
p. 73-75, Taf. Ve, fig. 1-8.

? Lamellidoris muricata, Miller. G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv.,

1878, p. 307, Tab. XIII, fig. 6.

Color flavidus vel luteo-albus.
Dentes laterales magni hamo denticu’ato sed non usque ad apicem.

Hab. Oc. Atlanticum septentr.

The original specimen on which Miiller founded his Doris muricata.
does not exist, and by his incomplete description it is now completely
impossible with full certainty to determine what species was meant by
his description. In future the species described by Meyer and Moebius

1 From the presence of only one individual, the examination of the radula:
was extremely difficult and limited, as also that of the genital organs.

1380. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73
and by me ought to be called by that name. To the same is without
doubt to be referred the second variety (f) of the D. muricata
(Miller, Sars) of Lovén (the first being the D. Lov/ni of Alder).

Of this form, and under that name, I have had two well conserved
specimens for examination, kindly sent me by Mr. Friele, of Bergen,
and caught in the neighborhood of that place.

The individuals (preserved in spirits) were of light yellowish color.’
The length 9-10 mm. by a breadth of 5-6.0 and a height of nearly
3.0 mm.: the breadth of the foot reaching 3.5 mm.; the height of the
rhinophoria 1.5, of the branchial leaves 1.0 mm. ‘The form of the
animal as usual; the warts of the back not large, mostly truncate,
clavate. The openings for the rhinophoria as usual, with two tubercles
before them, or one on each side; the club with about fifteen to twenty
leaves.2, The branchial leaves about twelve to fourteen, as far as could
be determined ;3 the space inclosed by the gill covered with the usual
tubercles ; the anus presenting the ordinary features. The head rather
large, the side parts adhering to the foot throughout their whole length.
The genital groove with three openings; a foremost round, a median
spalt-formed, and a posterior large and round.

Both individuals were dissected ; the peritoneum was colorless.

In the central nervous system the cerebro-visceral ganglia appeared
rather short, reniform; the pedal ones of roundish form, somewhat
larger than either of the former ; the commissures rather short. The
olfactory ganglion short-stalked, nearly spherical, situated rather
posteriorly on the upper side of the cerebral ganglia, and nearly as
large as the buccal ones. The buecal ganglia of oval outline, con-,
nected by a short commissure ; the gastro-cesophageal nearly spherical,
in size about one-quarter of the former, short-stalked: a secondary
ganglion lying above the last on the cesophagus.

The eyes not short-stalked; with rich black pigment aud yellow
lens. The otocysts a little smaller than the eyes, filled with otokonia
of the common kind. In the leaves of the rhinophoria rather few but
large spicula of the same kind as in the skin, more or less perpendicu-
lar on the free margin; the axes of the club like the stalk still more
richly endowed with smaller and larger spicules. Under thie glass the

' According to Lovén the color is yellowish; to Meyer and Moebius white
or yellowish-white. the rhinophoria orange-colored.
* According to Meyer and Moebius the club of the rhinophoria has but
nine or ten leaves.
* Meyer and Moebius mention eight leaves as nearly constant.
6

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

skin between the warts, as well as the warts themselves, showed the
white spicules everywhere shining through ; the spicules often project-
ing from the surface of the warts The spicules for the greater part
very large, long, and reaching a diameter of at least 0.05 mm.; they
were strongly calcified, mostly straight or slightly curved, the surface
nearly even. In the interstitial tissue were rather many spicules, but
(as in the rhinophoria) less calcified than in the skin.

The mouth-tube rather wide. The bulbus pharyngeus of nearly
usual form, about :1.6 mm. long; the sheath of the radula, moreover.
projecting backwards about 0.4 mm., bent somewhat upwards or down-
wards; the lip-disk with a rather thick yellowish cuticula ; the sucking-
crop large, larger than the true bulbus, to which it adheres by a very
short petiolus. The tongue with nine rows of teeth, further back
twenty to thirty-two developed and three younger rows; the total
number of rows, thirty-two to forty-four.! The yellow median plates
(fig. 10a) about 0.05 mm. long, of the usual form. The large lateral
plates yellow, of about 0.12 mm. height; the form as usual; the hook
with about fifteen to sixteen fine denticles, and a strong tooth at the
inside of the base (fig. 1050). The external plate colorless, about 0.04
mm. in height, with the usual rudiment of a hook (fig. 10c, 114).?

The salivary glands white, rather thick, making two or three short
coils at the sides of the esophagus. The csophagus as usual. The
intestine emerging from the liver at about the middle of its length’;
the biliary sac (fig. 18) is at the pyloric part of it, situated deeply,
scarcely showing itself on the surface of the liver and opening (fig.
+18) into the stomach close to the pylorus. The liver about 6.5 mm.
long by a breadth of 3.0 mm. and a height of 2.0 mm., deeply excay-
ated in the anterior third of its right side, and of light yellow color.
The sanguineous gland much flattened, whitish, heart-formed, of about
1.5 mm. largest diameter. The renal chamber rather wide, the tube
on its floor strong.

1 Meyer and Moebius (1. c. p. 73) mention twenty-nine rows ; Alder and
Hancock thirty.

? The representations of the external plate by Meyer and Moebius (1. c.
fig. 2, 6) are not natural. Alder and Hance. (1. ¢., Part VU, p. ii, Pl. 46,
supplem. text) mention two external plates in their D. muricata (as in their
D. diaphana) ; either the D. muricata of A. and H. must be another species,
or they must have fallen into error from the particular view which is some-
times had in certain positions of the hind ends of the large lateral teeth
with the external ones.

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

The lobes of the hermaphroditic gland without developed sexual
elements. The anterior genital mass about 2.5—-3.0 mm. in length by
a height of 2.0 mm. and a breadth of 1.0-1.5 mm. The ampulla of
the hermaphroditie duct of yellowish color, rather thick (—0.75 mm.
diameter), making a wide curve. about 2.5 mm. long. ‘The spermato-
duct long; its first part thinner, about 9.0 mm. long, then through a
stricture of the length of nearly 1 mm., passing into the thicker part,
which in its last half increases in thickness, and, all in all, has the
length of about 6.0 mm. by a diameter of 0.75 mm.; the last part
(fig. 12e) passes into the penis', in whose cavity (fig. 1265) the glans
(fig. 12a) projects as a short club, the proper seminal duct passing
down to the gland in nearly continual cork-secrew windings, and often
shining through the walls of the external coat. The spermatotheca
whitish, nearly spherical, of about 1.3 mm. diameter, filled with sem-
inal matter and detritus ; the spermatocysta elongate, nearly twice as
long as the former, yellowish, deeply imbedded in the mucous gland,
filled with ripe semen; its duct somewhat longer than the cysta. The
vagina short.?, The mucous gland yellowish and yellow.

The species approaches to the ZL. hystricina and L. varians (ot
the Pacific ), but differs entirely in its colors; still the possibility can-
not be denied that further investigations may show both the Pacific
“species” to be merely varieties of the old Lamellidoris muricata
of the Atlantic.

ADALARIA, Bergh.

Adalaria, R. Bergh. Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp. IJ, ii). Heft
XIV, 1878, p. xl.
Adalarta, R. Bergh. Gattungen nord. Doriden, 1. c. 1879, p. 360.

Forma corporis fere ut in Lamellidoridibus. Nothewum papillula-
tum vel subgranulosum. Branchia (non retractilis) e foliis vix mul-
tis, in formam ferri equini ut plurimum dispositis formata. Caput ut
in Lamellidoridibus, latum, semilunare, tentaculis vix ullis vel brevis-
simis lobiformibus. Aperture rhinophoriales integre, tuberculis
anticis 2-3, calvitie postica.

Discus labialis non armatus. Lingua rhachide lamellis depressis
instructa ; pleuris dente laterali interno hamiformi majore et serie

‘ The exserted penis is figured by Meyer and Moebius (1. c. taf. fig. 4
and mentioned as cylindrico-conical.

* The upper end of the vagina seemed to present a particular diverticle.

T6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

dentium externorum sat applanatorum preditis. Ingluvies buccalis
bulbo pharyngeo petiolo connata.
Penis glande parva inermi. Vagina brevis.

The genus has been established by the author (1878) to receive
the D. proxima and its allies. The Adalarie externally approach
nearest to the Lamellidorides ; their branchial leaves are also dis-
posed mostly in horseshoe form, but fewer in number. The head and
the tentacles are more as in the Acanthodorides. ‘The back is nearly
as in the Lamellidorides, but the granules are sometimes more pointed.
The opening for the rhinophoria as in the Lamellidorides, with plain
margin ; before them two to three tubercles, behind them the glabella.
The lip-disk only covered by a strong cuticula. The armature of the
tongue approaching to that of the Acanthedorides. The rhachis of the
tongue carries depressed small yellow plates; at each side of these a
large hook-formed yellow plate, and further outwards a series of
smaller, nearly colorless plates, of which the inner ones are more
compressed, the rest depressed. The sucking-crop as in the Lamelli-
dorides, through a petiolus fixed to the bulbus. The salivary glands
as in the Lamellidorides. The cesophagus wider at its root. The
penis unarmed ; the vagina short.

The Adalarig are Lamellidorides with a tongue resembling that of
the Acanthodorides ; they form a sorteof connecting link between these
two groups.

Of the typical species, the spawn is known (through Alder and
Hancock) and some few notices have been published about their
biology (through Meyer and Moebius); Sars mentions! the swimming
of Ad. Lovéni.

The genus seems to belong to the northern oceans ; only five species
seem hitherto known.

1. Ad. prozima (A. et H.). Oc. Atlanticus sept.
Ad. pacifica, Bgh., n. sp. Oc. Pacif.
. Ad. virescens, Bgh., n. sp. Oc. Pacif.

. Ad. albopapiilosa (Dall). Oc. Pacif.
. Ad. Lovént (A. et H.). Oc. Atlant. sept.

Ot # Co to

—

, Adalaria proxima (Alder et Hancock). PI, IX, fig. 12-15.
Doris prozima, A. et H. Monogr. Part VI, 1854. Fam, 1, Pl. 9, figs.
10-16 ; Part VII, 1855. Pl. 46, suppl. f. 8.
Doris prozima, Meyer u. Moebius, Fauna der Kieler Bucht, I, 1865.
P. 69-71 ; taf. V b, fig. 1-8.

1 Sars, Bidr. til Soedyrenes. Naturhist. 1829, p. 17.

— |

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Color flavus vel e rubro flavus.
Dentes laterales (magni) hamo edentulo ; externi numero 10.
Hab. Oc. Atlant. septentr.

Of this form I have had for examination three specimens of nearly
equal size, kindly sent me by Prof. Moebius in Kiel, and caught in
the neighborhood of that town.

The individuals were of a uniform whitish color, the liver shining
reddish-gray through the foot. Alder and Hancock have already re-
marked this shining through of the liver. The length was 7.0-8.0 mm..
by a breadth of 5.0-5.5, and a height of about 3.5 mm. ; the height of
the rhinophoria about 1.25, of the branchial leaves 0.75 mm. The
form nearly as in the Ad. pactfica, also the tubercles (fig. 12) of the
back and the surroundings of the rhinophor-holes; the branchial
feaves nine to ten in number. The number of branchial leaves ac-
cording to Alder and Hancock is eleven, according to Meyer and
Moebius eight or nine. The rhinophoria with about fifteen to twenty
jeaves. The lateral parts of the head nearly connate with the foot.
and only slight traces of true pointed tentacles. The foot as in the
next species.

The three individuals were anatomically examined. The peritoneum
colorless.

The central nervous system as in the Ad. pacifica, but less de-
pressed. The eyes and otocysts as in that species; the last with
about 200 otokonia of very varying diameter, reaching about 0.02
mm. The spicula of the skin as described by English and German
authors ; a rather large quantity spread in the skin of the head.

The bulbus pharyngeus (with the crop) of the length of about 1.4
mm., by a height of 1.5 and a breadth of 0.8 mm.; the crop making
about half of the bulbus; the lip-disk with strong yellowish cuti-
cula; the sheath of the radula a little prominent, bent more or less
upwards. The tongue narrow and pointed, with seven to nine rows
of teeth, further backwards thirty or thirty-one rows of developed and
three of younger teeth; the total number thus amounts to forty or
forty-three.!

The teeth as in the Ad. pacifica. The large lateral yellowish, the
rest nearly colorless. The length of the median teeth about 0.025 to
0.03 mm. ‘The large lateral (fig. 13bb, 14) showed the prominence

' Alder and Hancock notice forty-one, Meyer and Moebius thirty-nine
rows of plates.

T3 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

at the inside of the root of the hook quite as in the Ad. paciftca.
The external teeth (fig. 15) only nine or ten in number,! fewer than
in that species, always absent on more than half the tongue.

The salivary glands as in the next species, also the cesophagus, the
stomach and the intestine. The liver also of nearly the same form,
the inferior part of the posterior end continued as a little cone; the
surface (especially of the back part) yellowish-white; the substance
yellow. The vesica fellea in its usual place, small. The heart as
usual, also the sanguineous gland. The renal syrinx and the urinary
chamber as usual.

The anterior genital mass rather compressed, of angular-roundish
outline, of about 1.75 mm. largest diameter. The spermatoduct seemed
shorter than in the next species, especially the second part; the penis
short. The spermatotheca pyriform ; the spermatocysta of more oval
form, having only about one-quarter of the size of the former, and filled
with sperma. The mucous gland whitish and yellowish.

2. Adalaria pacifica, Bergh, n. sp., Pl. IX, fig. 17; Pt. X, fig. 1-3; Pl. XI, fig. 19.

Color lutescens.
Dentes laterales (magni) hamo edentulo; externi numero 19d.
Habitat. Oceanum Pacificum (Unalashka).

Of this species Dall caught three specimens, in September, 1874, at
Unalasbka, on a bottom of mud and shells.

According to Dall, the color of the living animal is “ yellowish ;”
the specimens preserved in spirits were of a uniform yellowish color.
The length of the two larger specimens about 12.0 to 14.0 mm., by a
breadth of 8.0 to 9.0 mm, and a height reaching 4.5 to 5.0 mm.;
the breadth of the foot 6.0 mm., the height of the rhinophoria about
1.5 mm., of the branchial leaves 1.2 mm.

The form as in the Ad. prowxima, a little broader anteriorly. The
back covered all over with a mass of rather stout, subglobose and sub-
petiolate tubercles quite as in the typical species, mixed with much
fewer smaller ones. ‘The larger ones, under magnification, showing
the perpendicular spicula shining through, while other spicula were
detected irregularly scattered in the intervals between the tubercles.
The rhinophor-holes nearly without projecting margin; the adjoining
part of the back, behind, smooth; immediately before the holes, on

1 The number of external plates is, according to Alder and Hancock,
ten, to Meyer and Moebius, eight or nine.

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

the contrary, two or three larger tubercles ; the club of the rhinophoria
with about thirty leaves. The branchial area surrounded by larger
tubercles. The branchial leaves in number, eleven or twelve; imme-
diately before the two hindermost was the slightly prominent anus, and
at its right side the renal pore; in the space between the anus and
the branchial leaves, three or four larger and two or three smaller
tubercles. The head large; the tentacles short, pointed. ‘The foot
broad, rounded behind, a little broader in front; the furrow on the
anterior margin very indistinct. ‘The three individuals were all dis-
sected. The peritoneum was colorless.

The central nervous system rather flattened; the cerebral ganglia
larger than the visceral, which were lying at their outer margin and
were a little larger than the pedal ones; the proximal olfactory ganglia
bulbiform, less large than the buccal ones, which were of short, oval
form, connected through a very short commissure ; the gastro-cesopha-
geal ganglia short-stalked, rounded, nearly half as large as the former,
with-a very large cell. The subcerebral and the pedal commissures
connected, the visceral free.

The eyes with coal-black pigment, yellow lens; the nervus opticus
in one individual with black pigment. The otocysts, under a mag-
nifier, very distinct as chalk-white points at the hinder margin of the
cerebral ganglia, nearly as large as the eyes, filled with ordinary oto-
konia. In the leaves of the rhinophoria scanty, scattered spicules,
_perpendicular on the free margin, not much more calcified than in the
skin; in the stalk of the organ the spicules larger and less scanty.
The skin, especially its tubercles, with many long spicules and calcified
cells and groups of such cells; the form of the spicules different from
that of the Doris proxima,as figured by Alder and Hancock (Monogr.,
Part vi, fam. 1, Pl. 9, fig. 15), and by Meyer and Moebius (I. c., figs.
8, 9), much less calcified, more straight and of more uniform shape.
In the interstitial connective tissue of the chief ducts of the anterior
genital mass were scattered large spicules.

The mouth-tube wide, about 1.3 mm.long. The bulbus pharyngeus
of rather compressed form, about 2.0 mm. long; the sheath of the
radula strongly projecting from the hinder end, nearly as long as
the bulbus, more or less curved upwards; the lip-disk oval, with a
yery strong yellowish cuticula, The tongue with ten or eleven rows
of plates, further back twenty-nine to thirty-four rows of developed
and three of younger plates; the total number thus forty-two, forty-
three, forty-seven. The median plate (Pl. IX, fig. 7a; Pl. X, fig. 1)

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

yellowish, of a length of about 0.045 mm., with a median furrow
along the upper side and with thickened margins. ‘The large laterals
horn-yellow in color, reaching the height of about 0.1 mm. (PI. IX,
fig. 176; Pl. X, fig, 22a), hook-shaped, with a strong, rounded prom-
inence at the inside of the root of the hook (fig. 17). On each side
(Pl. X, fig. 24, ¢) of the two large plates (in two individuals) con-
stantly fifteen smaller, nearly colorless plates of a length of about
0.06 mm. These plates were all somewhat depressed ; the five inner
ones smaller, somewhat compressed (fig. 2, 3a, 15); the others (fig. 2, 3)
broader, with the upper edge broad and irregularly toothed ; the outer-
most (fig. 2c) a little smaller than the adjoining plates. The bases in
each of these (fifteen) plates large, forming nearly half, or at least
making more than a third of the size of the whole plate.? The trop
of the bulbus of the usual form, as large or a little larger than the bulbus
itself; with a very short stalk with strong longitudinal musculature,
its aperture opening immediately behind the lip-disk.

The salivary glands large, white, very elongate, in their foremost
part broader, and with several coils filling the space left between the
crop, the bulbus and the esophagus.

The cesophagus long. The stomach small, enclosed in the liver;
the intestine rather short, forming its knee behind the fore-end of the
liver, ‘The large posterior visceral mass about 9.0 mm. long by a
breadth of 4.3 and a height of 3.5 mm.; the posterior end somewhat
pointed, though rounded; the fore-end broader, perpendicular, somewhat
flattened on the right side; the color of the ‘surface (hermaphroditic
gland) ash-gray, the interior (the liver) brown or black brown, or
quite yellow.

The heart as usual. The sanguineous gland irregularly reniform,
situated somewhat more towards the left side, rather thick, whitish,
covering the central nervous system and a large part of the bulbus
pharyngeus from above. The renal syrinx as usual.

The hermaphroditic gland without developed sexual elements. The
anterior genital mass proper rather small, compressed, of about 2.5 mm.
largest diameter, but the loop of the spermatoduct (and the penis)
nearly as large as the rest of the mass. The spermatoduct long,
in its first part white, rather strong ; nearly as long as the second in
which it passes through a stricture; this last part is thicker, cylindrical,
elongated, about 5.0 mm. long, passing without exact limits into the

1 In both individuals the three to five foremost rows were without the
smaller plates, and the following two or three very incomplete in this respect.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 8]

short penis. The spermatotheca pyriform, about 1.3 mm. long; the
spermatocysta not having one-fourth of the size of the last; both

empty. The mucous gland whitish and yellow-whitish.

This seems even externally to differ somewhat from the typical form,
of which it nevertheless may prove to be but a variety. Neither Alder
and Hancock, nor Meyer and Moebius saw more than eight to (nine)
ten external plates on the tongue of Ad. proxima, while this Pacific
form always presented fifteen.

3. Adalaria virescens, Bgh.,n. sp. Plate X, fig. 4, 5.

Color virescens.
Dentes laterales (magni) hamo edentulo ; externi numero 15.
Hab, Oc. Pacific. septentr. Unalashka.

s
Of this species Dall found four specimens at Unalashka, on gravel,
in a depth of nine to fifteen fathoms, in September, 1874.

According to Dall the color of the living animal was ‘ greenish,”
and the animals preserved in spirits showed remains of the same color
as a uniform grayish green. The length of these was 11.5—12.0 mm.,
by a breadth of 8.0 mm. and a height of 5.0 mm,; the height of the
rhinophoria about 2.0, of the branchial leaves about 1.0 mm.

The form, as well as the rhinophor-openings, were quite as usual ;
the club of the rhinophoria with about thirty-five leaves. The gill not
large, with nine to twelve leaves; the space within the gill as usual,
also the arms and the renal pore. The back covered with granula-
tions and short clubs. The head, with the tentacule and the genital
opening as usual,

Three individuals were dissected ; the peritoneum was colorless.

The central nervous system showed the cerebral ganglia larger than
the visceral, which were lying on the outside of and behind the former,
very distinct from them; the pedal ones being intermediate in size
between the cerebral and the visceral ganglia. On the exterior part of
each cerebral ganglion a little short-stalked ganglion (gang. opticum ?)
was easily visible under a hand magnifier. The (proximal) olfac-
tory ganglia bulbiform, short-stalked, a little larger than the buccal
ganglia, which were short-oval, connected through a very short com-
missure ; the gastro-cesophageal being about one-fourth to one-fifth of
the size of the former, In the neighborhood of the penis a little oval
ganglion (g. penis) having a largest diameter of about 0.25 mm.
(fig. 5), containing only rather small cells,

$2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF { 1880.

The eyes with black pigment ; the otocysts with not very many and
not much calcified otokonia. No distal olfactory ganglion, as far as
could be seen; no spicula in the leaves of the rhinophoria. ‘The skin
as in other species ; the spicula projecting on the surface of the granu-
lations of the back.

The bulbus pharyngeus about 1-1.5 mm. in length; the sheath ot
the radula projecting 0.75-1.0 mm., bent upwards ; the sucking-crop a
little larger than the bulbus itself, short-stalked ; the lip-disk as usual.
The tongue compressed, rather prominent, with six, eight, and nine
rows of teeth, also further back twenty-four, thirty-two and thirty-three
developed and three younger rows; the total number of rows thus
being thirty-five, forty-one, forty-five. The median plates, the large
lateral and the (fifteen) external ones scarcely different from those of
the last species.

The salivary glands rather strong, with two or three short coils fill-
ing the space at the sides of the wsophagus (fig. 4), white. The
esophagus (fig. 4a) wide in its upper part, the rest narrow. The an-
teriorly proceeding part of the intestine 2.0 mm. long, the other retro-
ceding part *.0 mm. long; no biliary sac could be found either at the
pylorus or higher up. The liver about 90 mm. long by a breadth of
4.2 and a height of 4.0 mm.; of brownish-gray color ; the anterior end
truncate, inclined downwards and backwards ; the anterior one-third of
the right side flattened for the anterior genital mass ; the posterior end
somewhat pointed, rounded at the point.

The sanguineous gland whitish, covering the anterior end of the
bulbus pharyngeus and the foremost part of the central nervous system
or this last and the hinder part of the bulbus.

The anterior genital mass about 3.5 mm. long by a breadth of 0.75
and a height of 1.5 mm., a very large part of it formed by the thick
part of the spermatoduct. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic duct
about 2.0 mm. long, rather thin, whitish. The spermatoduct long ;
the first part thinner, about 8.0 mm. long; the rest making a large
curve, about 5.5 mm. long, about three times as thick as the first, with
a diameter of 0.6 mm. ; the spermatoduct proper making many coils in
its interior course downwards to the penis, which shows a little un-
armed glans in the bottom of its orifice; in one individual the penis
was exserted as a conical prominence of the height of 1.0 mm. The
spermatotheca pyriform, about 1.0 mm. long, of grayish color; the
spermatocysta a little less large, spherical; the vagina rather short.
The mucous gland rather small.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

Even this species might perhaps be merely a variety of the former ;
still it is of a quite different color and the back much more coarsely
eranulated.

4 Adalaria albopapillosa (Dall), Pl. IX. fig. 16; Pl. X, fig. 9-11.

Alderia (? 2) albopapillosa, Dall, Amer. Journ. of Concb., vii, 2, 1872,
p. 137.

Color pallide flavescens, papillis dorsalibus niveis.
Dentes laterales (magni) hamo basi denticulato.
Habitat. Oceanum Pacificum septentrion. (Sitka).

Of this curious animal Dall caught three specimens [in company
with the Doris (Archidoris) Montereyensis and the Molidia ( Her-
missenda) opalescens], in July, 1865, on alge, at the depth of six
fathoms, at Sitka (Alaska).

According to the drawings of Dall, the color of the living animal is
very pale yellow,! the back all over covered with chalk-white papillz ;
the length was 3, the breadth 2 lines. The three original specimens
preserved in spirits were of a length of 5.5 to 7.0 mm., of a greatest
breadth of 4.0 to 4.5 mm., and a height of 2.75 mm. ‘The color was
uniformly translucent grayish and yellowish whitish. The form of the
‘animal was oval, the mantle a little larger than and hiding the rest of
the body. ‘lhe back convex, covered all over with a multitude of
cylindrical or fusiform, relatively rather large papilla, reaching to the
height of a full millimetre, and with some few small ones spread
between them. The rhinophor-openings at their usual place, having,
as usual (with retracted organs‘, thin margins; before them always
two larger papille, behind them a little naked space.* The club of
the (yellowish) rhinophoria with about twenty-five leaves. The gill
rather small; the branchial leaves (yellowish), as usual, set in horse-
shoe form, lower or at least not higher than the dorsal papilla, in
number, ten to twelve; the anal papilla rather low, with one of the
ordinary papillw before and one behind it; the space between the

' “Of an opaque white, the remainder of the animal except the eyes,
being translucent yellowish.’’—DaLu.

2 Dall did not detect the retracted rhinophoria (‘tentacles none’’) ; the
‘black eyes sessile on the anterior surface of the body, near the mantle
margin,’’ did not exist in the figure, but in one individual two black sand-
particles were lying there. The true eyes of the animal could not be de-
tected through the skin, and were lying more baekwards,

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1889.

branchial leaves and the anus otherwise naked.! The genital open-
ing as usual. The foot rather large, with a very fine furrow in the
anterior margin. The head as usual; the tentacles relatively rather
large

The three individuals were dissected. ‘The peritoneum was color-
less.

The central nervous system quite as in the former species, the vis-
ceral ganglions lying outside of the cerebral; no distal olfactory
ganglion could be detected; the buccal ganglia connected through a
commissure at least as long as the diameter of the ganglion; the
gastro-cesophageal ganglia and the eyes as in the former species.
The otocysts could not be detected. In the leaves of the rhinophoria
the spicula much more scanty. In the skin the same kind of not
much calcified spicula as in the former species; the papille of the
back very richly endowed with such, and commonly with a mass of
them projecting with their points (Pl. IX, fig. 16) on the surface of the
papillie. |

The bulbus pharyngeus as in the former species; the length about
1.5 mm., two-fifths of which is the straight, backwards projecting
sheath of the radula; the cuticula of the lip-disk as usual; the
buccal crop somewhat compressed, with rather long pedicel. The
tongue with nine or ten rows of plates, farther backwards sixteen or
seventeen developed and three younger rows; the total number of
them, twenty-nine or thirty. The median plates (fig. 9a, 10a) nearly
as in the former species, or a little shorter. The large lateral plates
(fig. 9b, 10b) rising to the height of 0.12 mm., yellow; their form as
in the former species, but at the inside of the hook at its root were
three to six or seven to eight small denticles. The external lateral
plates (fig. 10cd, 11) farther backwards, in number constantly eight ;
the outermost (fig. 11a) very small, the others as in the former species.

The salivary glands, as far as could be determined, were as in the
last species; so also the cesophagus and crop; also the stomach and
the intestine, which seemed to have the usual bag (pancreas, biliary
sac) at the pyloric part. The sanguineous gland flattened, grayish,
cordate. The liver of brownish-gray color.

In the hermaphroditic gland no ripe elements were found, and the
anterior genital mass was very small

' According to Dall, the ‘‘anus is terminal under the edge of the mantle.”
This was erroneous. He did not see the gill, but regarded the dorsal Waees
as ‘‘ branchial appendages.”’

1880: } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

The species is easy to distinguish from the former, by its color and
especially by the denticulated hook of the large lateral plates.

5. Adalaria Lovéni (Alder et Hancock). Pl. X, fig. 6-8.

Doris muricata? O. F. Miller, Sars, Bidr. til Sdedyrenes Naturh.,
1829, p. 15. Tab. Il, fig. 7, 8.

Doris Lovéni, Alder et Hanc. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3 Ser., X, 1862,
p. 262.

Lamellidoris Lovént, Friele et Arm. Hansen, |. ¢. p. 3.

Lamellidoris Lovéni, G. O. Sars. Moll. reg. arct. Norv., 1878, p. 364.
Tab. XIV, fig. 1.

’ Lamellidoris muricata (Miull.) Abildgaard. Morch, Faunula “Moll.
Ins. Faréens. Naturh. Foren, Vidsk. Meddel., 1867, p. 75.!

Doris muricata, Miller, Sars (4), Lovén, Ind. Moll., 1846, p. 5.

' Doris muricata, M. Sars. Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken, 1851, p. 75.

Color dorsi et rhinophoriarum e brunneo lutescens, paginz inferioris
et branchiz lutescens.

Dentes laterales (magni) hamo edentulo; externi (linguwe)
numero 12.

Hab. Oc. Atlant. septentr.

This species was first noticed by Sars, who hesitatingly regarded it
as perhaps the Doris muricata of Mueller. It is, moreover, the prin-
cipal form of the Doris muricata (* Mueller, Sars”) of Lovén (his
second variety being the true ZL. muricata); has been established
(1862) as a species by Alder and Hancock, and has as such been
adopted by Friele and Hansen, as well as by G. O. Sars, who lately
gave figures of the teeth on the tongue. The species has been much
confounded with the “ D. murtcata,” which is a Lamedlidoris ; it is
certainly distinct from the Ad. proxima, and seems also to differ from
the other described species.

Of this form I have had fifteen individuals for examination, kindly
sent me by Mr. Friele, of Bergen, and dredged in the neighborhood of
that place.

' According to Moreh (Rink, Gronland, I, 1857. Tilleeg 4, p. 75), the J.
muricatu, Sars, should be the D. litwrata, Beck ; this last is a mere variety
of the Lamellidoris bilamellata, and with this should, on the other hand,
according to Morch (Faunula Molluse. Isl. Naturh. Foren. Vidensk. Med-
del., 1868, p. 203), the D. prozima of Meyer and Moebius be synonymous,
which belongs to the quite different genus, Adalaria, An example more—
if such were needed—of the way in which the Nudibranchiata have been
synonymized and systematized.

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

The color of the animals preserved in spirits was uniformly yel-
lowish. The length was 13-15.0 mm., by a breadth of 8.5-9.5 and a
height of 4-5.0 mm.; the breadth of the foot 6 mm.; the height of
the rhinophoria about 2.5 mm., of the branchial leaves 1.0-1.3 mm: ;
according to M. Sars the height of the rhinophoria is four to five times
that of the tubercles of the back, (1. ¢. p. 16, also in one of his figures
fig. 7). The form as usual; the back covered all over with large
rounded tubercles, which rose to the height of 1.5 mm., and were of
a similar breadth; they were sessile or more or less subpedunculate,
sometimes set in indistinet longitudinal rows; between the larger
tubercles everywhere were smaller ones of different sizes; on the
margin of the back were tubercles of middle size or smaller; the
spicula rather indistinct between and in the tubercles. The rhinophor-
openings as usual, two large tubercles before them; the club of the
organs with about twenty-five leaves. The gill with eight to twelve
leaves ; according to M. Sars, the number of branchial leaves is ten—
to Lovén, eight toten. A large (high) tubercle between the hindermost
leaves, before it the low anal papilla, and to the right side the renal
pore; some few smaller papilla were spread over the space between
the anus and the branchial leaves. ‘The head large, broad; the short
tentacule pointed. The genital opening as usual.

Six individuals were dissected. The peritoneum was colorless.

The central nervous system rather flattened, especially the visceral
ganglia, which lay on the outer side of and behind the cerebral ones,
which were a little larger; the pedal ones larger than either of the
other ganglia, situated perpendicularly upon the former. The proxi-
mal olfactory ganglia bulbiform, a little smaller than the buccal ones :
no distal could be found. The length of the commissures equal to the
largest diameter of the pedal ganglia; the subcerebro-pedal about
three times as thick as the visceral. ‘lhe buccal ganglia of oval form,
connected through a short commissure ; the gastro-cesophageal about
one-sixth of the former in size, with one very large cell.

The eyes with black pigment, yellow lens ; the nervus opticus about
as long as the largest diameter of the cerebral ganglion. ‘The otocysts
of the same size as the eyes, situated externally at the junction of
the cerebral and the visceral ganglia; with about fifty ordinary
otokonia, but among them four to six larger ones, of a diameter of
about 0.025 mm. The leaves of the rhinophoria nearly without
spicula ; in the axes, and especially in the stalks, on the contrary, an
enormous quantity of large spicula, in great part transversely situa-

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

ated. In the skin a rather large quantity of spicula. The broad
centres of the warts of the back chalk-white in transverse section, om
account of the mass of strong spicula which ascend in bundles through
the axes of the warts, their peripheral parts being free from spicula.
The spicula, for the most part, staff-shaped or cruciate, reaching a
diameter of about 0.08 mm.; small and large rounded ones were
also very common; the spicula mostly very strongly calcified. In the
interstitial tissue calcified cells were seen scantily.

The mouth-tube was 1.5 mm. long; the bulbus pharyngeus about

1.5 mm. long, the sheath of the radula projecting about 0 75 mm..
bent upwards; the sucking-crop nearly as large as the proper bulbus,
short-stalked. The lip-disk with the cuticula rather thick, especially
at the inferior median line, here sometimes prominent and reminding
one of the two blades in the Acanthodorides. The tongue (in the six
individuals examined) with seven to nine rows of teeth; further back-
wards twenty-nine, thirty-one, or thirty-four (in three individuals)
developed, and three younger rows; the total number of rows was
thus forty-two to forty-six. The median plates (fig. 8a) and the large
lateral (fig. 6aa, 7, 85) ones quite as in the Ad. Pace fica, also the ex-
ternal ones (fig. 6, 8c), but the number of those rever surpassed ten
or twelve ;! frequently all gone from the tongue, and only existing in
the two to four posterior rows; the height of the large lateral plates
rising to about 0.09 mm.
_ The salivary glands, as usual, white. The osophagus somewhat
wider in its first part; the stomach as usual; the liver of usual form,
its substance of yellow color; on the first quarter of the right side an
impression for the anterior genital mass. ‘The vesica fellea rather
smaller, on the right side of and a little behind the pyloric part of the
intestine, with its upper end appearing on the surface of the liver;
the duct nearly as long as the bag, opening in the stomach.

The sanguineous gland of subquadratic form, the largest diameter
about 2.3 mm., very much flattened, whitish. The tube on the floor
of the renal chamber rather strong.

The hermaphroditic gland clothing the liver with a thin, whitish-
gray layer. The anterior genital mass small, nearly undeveloped,
much compressed, of about 1.75 mm. in length, the height a little less.
The ampulla of the hermaphroditic gland thin, otherwise as usual,

' According to Friele and Hansen (1. c. p. 3) the number of external
plates is twelve ; the figure of these authors (Tab. II, fig. 1) is rather bad.
G. O. Sars has eleven to twelve external plates in his figure.

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

The spermatoduct as usual, also the penis.!. The spermatotheca and
the spermatocysta as usual. The mucous gland very small, whitish
and yellow.

ACANTHODORIS, Gray.

Acanthodoris, Gray, Figs. of Moll. Animals, iv, 1850, p. 103, Guide Moll.
Brit. Mus. 1857, p. 207.

Acanthodoris, Alder and Hancock, Mon. Brit. Nud. Moll., vii, 1855, p. 43,
app. p. xvii. G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norvegiw, 1878, p. 308,
Tab. xiv, fig. 4.

Acanthodoris, R. Bergh, Gattung. Nord. Doriden, 1. c., 1879, p. 356-360.

Forma corporis subdepressa. Notheum supra sat grosse villosum.
Branchia (non retractilis) e foliis tripinnatis non multis et in orbem
positis formata. ‘

Caput latum, veliforme ; tentaculis brevibus, lobiformibus. Margo
aperturzeum rhinophorialium lobatus. .

Discus labialis armatura e hamulis minutis formata et infra cuticula
incrassata prominenti instructus. Lingua rhachide nuda; pleuris an-
gustis dente laterali, hamiformi permagno et dentibus externis minutis
(4-8).

Ingluvies buccalis bulbo pharyngeo connata.

Penis armatura e hamulis minutis formata instructus. Vagina
longissima.

The genus Acanthodoris was established by Gray, to receive the
Doris pilosa with its non-retractile gill. Alder.and Hancock adopted
the genus, made an anatomical examination of the typical form and
gave it natural characters, which were then adopted by Gray. In,
several new malacologieal publications of a systematic nature the genus
has been omitted, and in the last twenty years no new information haa
been published, until G. O. Sars lately gave some notes on the bulbus
pharyngeus.

The Acanthodorides approach the Lamellidorides, yet differ ex-
ternally in the scattered soft villosities of the back and in the smaller
number of the leaves of the gill, which are arranged in a circle.

Internally they differ still more, in the presence of a strong, oral
armature, in a different dentition (4+8+1+0+1+8+4), by a pecu-

' Sars (1. c’ p. 16) mentions and figures (fig. 8) the penis as ‘‘a large,
white, conical’’ organ.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. &9

liarly armed penis and by the imbedding in the pharyngeal bulbus of
the buccal crop.!

The Acanthodorides are not much depressed. The back is covered
with soft villi or papilla ; the openings for the rhinophoria have lobed
margins. The gill is not retractile, and consists of several (generally
seven to nine) tripinnate leaves, quite distinct from one another.?

The labial disk is provided with a densely set armature of small
hooks, passing backward on the cuticula of the mouth. This last also,
in the lowest part of the mouth, at each side of the median line is
thickened and projects like two thin, lancet-shaped blades over the
bare space left between the lower parts of the prehensile collar.* The
form of the bulbus pharyngeus is as in the Lamellidorides, but the
buccal crop is imbedded in the upper wall of the bulbus, opening into
it through a slit, and is not connected with it by a short stalk.

The tongue is not broad, but nearly fills the buccal cavity, with a flat
furrow for the radula. This last has a naked rhachis, with a low and
narrow, longitudinal fold. The pleure contain a very large, com-
pressed, upright, lateral plate, with a large body and a rather short,
strong hook, denticulated or plain along the inner margin; at the
onter side of the large plate are several (four to eight) small, external
plates (increasing in number backwards). The salivary glands long,
thicker in their foremost part. The esophagus with a little, crop-like
diverticle at its root. Above the pyloric part of the intestine opens a

1 The genus Calycidoris, of Abraham (Notes on some new genera of
Nudibranchiate Moll., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., xviii, 1876, p. 132;
and Revision of the Anthobranchiate Nudibr. Moll., P. Z.S., 1877, p. 224),
which is said to be allied to the Acanthodorides and Lamellidorides, still
differs by its ‘‘subretractile’’ gill, with simple pinnate leaves, and does
not possess external plates on the radula. The genus is very probably
apocryphal ; in the phanerobranchiate Doridide it often happens that the
gill appears as if more or less retracted in a cavity. A single new species
is mentioned, of unknown habitat, the C. Guntheri, Abr., 1. c., p. 133, Pl.
vi, fig. 1.

* Alder and Hancock mention and figure (1. ¢., Pl. 15, fig. 2, 3) the
branchial leaves as ‘‘ united at the base ;’’ so do Meyer and Moebius (1. c.,
p. 65); thisis not the case. The leaves are quite isolated, but there are
usually one or two foliola standing between them, which might simulate a
coherence of the leaves (ef. also Pl. xv, fig. 6, A. and H.).

3 These thickenings of the cuticle have been regarded, both by Alder
and Hancock, and more lately by Meyer and Moebius (1. c., p. 64, taf. v
A, fig. 8, K 9), as “‘jaws,’’ but have hardly anything in common with those
organs properly so called.

7

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

little sac, which seems to be homologous with the biliary sac (pancreas,
autt.) of other Dorididex. Alder and Hancock, therefore, have de-
nominated that part of the digestive tract as “stomach,” although it
in no essential respect differs from the rest of the intestine, and is
just like that part in the Chromodorides, and should be undoubtedly
regarded as the pyloric part of the intestine, when that sac opened
lower down, as in the Chromodorides,! in the cavity, which is included
in the liver, and seems to be the true stomach. The spermatoduct and
the chief duct of the spermatotheca (vagina) are of very considerable
length ; the former consisting of two different parts, a superior softer,
and an inferior very muscular part, internally clothed with an arma-
ture, which is continuous through the penis. This last is rather short,
the superior part solid and projecting as an armed glans into the in-
ferior, hollow part (preputium). ‘The armature consists of rows of
hooks continued in the interior of the organ, and, as mentioned above,
farther upwards; quite like that of the Polyceridx,? Phyllidiidz*
and Doriopside.*

About the biological relations of these forms very little is yet known
and that only with reference to the typical species, through Alder and
Hancock, as well as Meyer and Moebius. The spawn is figured by
Alder and Hancock (1. ¢., Pl. 15, fig. 9), and by Meyer and Moebius
(1. ¢., fig. 13, 14) ; about the development nothing is yet known.

The few known species of this genus seem limited to the northern
parts of the Atlantic and of the Pacific.

1. Acanthodoris pilosa (O. F. Miller). Oceanum Atlanticum et Pacificum.
Doris pilosa, Cuv.
Doris stellata (Gm.), Cuy.®

1 Cf. my Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp., II, ii), Heft xi, 1877, p.
464-494 ; Neue Nacktschnecken der Siidsee, ii, Journ. der Mus, Godeffroy,
Heft viii, 1875, p. 72-82; idem, iv, 1. c., Heft xiv, 1879, p. 1-21.

2 Cf. my Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp., II, ii), Heft xi, 1877
(Trevelyana, Nembrotha).

3 Cf. my Bidr. til en Monogr. af Phyllidierne, Naturh., Tidskr. 3, R. V.,
1869 ; Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp., II, ii), Heft x, 1876, p. 877-
387.

4 Cf., 1. c., Heft x, 1876, p. 384-387; Journ. der Mus. Godeffroy, Heft
viii, 1875, p. 82.-94.

5 According to Fischer (Note sur quelques especes du G. Doris, décrites
par Cuvier, Journ. de Conchyl. 3 sér. x, 1870, p. 290), the Doris stellata,
Cuv., and the D. levis, Cuy., are identical with his D. pilosa, and this with
the typical form of Miiller.

The D. stellata of Philippi seems a quite different form, a Platydorts-

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91

Doris laevis, Cuy.
? Doris fusca, O. F. Mill., Zool. Dan. (deser.).!
? Doris tomentosa, Lovén, Index Moll. 1846, p. 4.
2. A. subguadrata (Ald. et Hanc.). Oceanum Atlanticum.
; Doris subquadrata, A. et H. Monogr., Part. V, 1851, fam. 1, Plate
16, f. 1-3; Part VII, 1855, p. 43, and III, Pl. 46, Suppl. f. 14.
? (D. stellata, Cuv. ?). Lebert, Beob. iiber die Mundung einiger
Gasteropoden. J. Miiller, Arch., 1846, p. 444-446, Taf. XII, fig.

10-13.”
3. A. caerulescens, Bgh., n. sp. Oceanum Pacificum.
4. A. ornata, Verrill. Notice of recent additions to the mar. fauna of the

eastern coast of North Amer. XXXVIII; Amer. Journ. of Sc. and
Arts, XVI, 1878, p. 313. Oc. Atlant.
5. A. stellata (Gm.), Verr., 1. ¢., p. 318, D. bifida, Verr. Oc. Atlant.
6. A. citrina, Verr., 1. ¢., p. 313. Oc. Atlant.
1. Aw ? mollicella, Abraham, 1. c., 1877, p, 228, Pl. XXX, fig. 1-4. Oc.
Pacificum.
8. A, ? globosa, Abr., 1. c., 1877, p. 228, Pl. XXX, fig. 5-9. Oc. Pacif.

1. Acanthodoris pilosa (0. F. Miiller). Plate X, fig. 12-15; Plate XI, fiz. 1-2;
Plate XII; Plate XIII, fig. 2-5.

Acanthodoris pilosa (O. F. Miller), Alder and Haneock. Monogr. Br.
Nudibr. Moll., Part V, 1851, fam. 1, Plate I, f. 1, 3-5, 12; Plate 2,
f. 2-6; Plate 15; Part VII, 1855, Plate 46; Suppl. Plate 48, f. 1.

Doris pilosa (O, F. Miller), Meyer und Moebius, Fauna der Kieler Bucht,
I, 1865, p. 63-67 ¢. tab., taf. V, A. j

Color paginz superioris corporis albus vel luteus vel fuscus vel
griseus vel rubro-brunneus vel niger.

Dentes radulz hamo pro parte denticulato.

Hab. Oceanum Atlantieum septentr., Pacific. septentr.

| Platyd. Philippii, Bgh.). Cf. my Malacolog. Untersuch. (Semper, Philipp.
II, ii.). Heft. xii, 1877, p. 507. ’

' It is in most cases a quite useless task to try to elucidate the species of
Dorides of the elder authors ; their examinations were all too superficial
and their descriptions don’t contain the data necessary for their verifica-
tion, The best way would be to wholly cancel these names (D. fusca, M.;
D. levis, L., ete.) which have given later authors so much trouble. On the
Doris fusca of O. Fabricius, Mérch has even formed a genus Proctaporta
(Rink. Groénland. I, 1857. Tillag. 4, p. 78), that must be cancelled, too.

* The short statements of Lebert about form and color of the animal
examined by him can scarcely entirely prohibit the identification of it with
the species described by Alder and Hancock. The figures of the (tongue)
teeth given by Lebert, rough as they are, suffice, on the other hand, to
secure the identification with the D. subguadrata, or at least with a nearly
related species,

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Of this species I have had a lot of specimens for examination, all
preserved in spirits; partly (two) from the neighborhood of Bergen
(Norway), kindly sent by Mr. Friele, partly (one) from the Frith of
Kiel, sent by Prof. Moebius; but particularly (seventeen) from the
coast of Denmark (Striib, lille Balt. )

The individuals varied much in color. The variability of the color
is noted by Alder and Hancock. They were whitish, or whitish sprinkled
with brownish, or dark (bluish) gray, or yellowish, or brownish, or
reddish-brown on the back, with whitish or yellowish sides and foot.
The length reaching 12.0 mm., by a breadth of 8.0 and a height of
5.0 mm.; the foot then about 4.0 mm. broad, the branchial leaves
reaching to the height of about 1.0 mm.

The back covered all over with the soft, slender, conical and pointed,
erect (or curved) papill of very different sizes, most of them small ;
between these are larger ones ;! some of the largest divided into two
or three points, and some of them connate and forming small crests,
divided above into two or three points. The margins of the sheaths
of the rhinophoria rather prominent, divided into several (six to eight)
smaller and larger pointed lobes ; the club of the rhinophoria with about
twelve to twenty leaves.2, The branchia, in both Norwegian specimens,
with eight tripinnate leaves, otherwise with seven to nine (as men-
tioned by Meyer and Moebius). The anal papilla low, with several
papillula and a star-shaped aperture; on a low crest, issuing from its
posterior, is a strong papilla. The head and the tentacles (Plate X,
fig. 145) as figured by Alder and Hancock (1. ¢., Plate 15, fig. 1).
The anterior margin of the foot with a fine transverse furrow (Plate X,
fig. 14a). The genital opening is a longitudinal slit (Plate XI, fig. 2).

The peritoneum was mostly of reddish-brown color.

The central nervous system showed* the cerebral ganglia rounded-
triangular, not much flattened, a little larger than the more rounded
visceral, which lie behind and on the outside of them and show a slight
notch in the outside; on the inferior side of the visceral ganglia the
pedal ones are set nearly perpendicular on the latter, connected by the

' Alder and Hancock, also Meyer and Moebius give eighteen to twenty
leaves. Cf. the figures 7-8 of Meyer and Moebius.

? Collingwood (Ann. Mag. N. H., 3 ser. vi, 1859, p. 463) remarks that it
“ when not in motion, bears a great resemblance to a miniature hedgehog.”’

* The representation of the system given by Hancock and Embleton (On
the anatomy of Doris, Philos. Transact. MDCCCLII, Plate 17, f. 8) is not
very like nature.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93

three distinct commissures, which are nearly as long as the diameter
of the ganglia. From the outer part of the right visceral ganglion
issues a nerve nearly as long as the transverse diameter of the whole
central nervous system and swelling to a rather large ganglion (gangl.
penis) at the root of the penis; this ganglion contains only rather
small cells and gives off three or four strong and several thinner nerves
(Plate X, fig. 15). The part of the brain which gives off the nervus
opticus, simulates a ganglion. The proximal ganglia olfactoria bulbi-
form, somewhat smaller than the buccal ganglia, but much larger than
the distal ganglia olfactoria; the buccal ganglia flattened, rounded, con-
nected by a rather short commissure; the ganglia gastro-cesophagalia
rounded, having about one-fifth of the size of the last, containing one
very large cell and a few smaller.

The eyes with black pigment and yellowish lens. The otocysts
lying at the hinder part of the cerebral ganglia, as large as the eyes;
with numerous small otokonia, which in the specimens from Kiel,
were not much calcified. No trace of spicula in the leaves or other
parts of the rhinophoria. The spicula of the skin were, so to speak,
limited to the margins of the mantle and of the foot; in the last they
were chiefly arranged perpendicularly or obliquely against the margin,
except that in the foremost and hinder part of the sole some few spic-
ula were seen scattered.

The amount of spicula in the skin seems to vary notably in the
Acanthodoris pilosa, as seems to be the case in general in different
forms of Doridide, especially, as far as hitherto knowa, in the Poly-
ceratide (Polycera, Ancula). (Cf. Meyer and Moebius, Fauna der
- Kieler Bacht, I, 1865, pp. 52, 60.) Frey and Leuckart (Beitr. zur
Kenntn. wirbellose Thiere, 1847, p. 145) described a very regular
position of the spicula, but not, as it seems, in accordance with nature.

In the margin of the mantle the spicula were arranged as figured by
Alder and Hane.,].¢., Part VII, Pl. 48, supplem. fig. 1, only more con-
centrically at the transition from the margin to the side of the body; a
marrow belt of spicula crossed the back before the region of the gill.
Some spicula were also seen in the tentacles. Thé spicula reached a
notable length (at least 0.6 mm.), in old individuals they were more
calcified than in younger ones. The skin was filled with unicellular
glands, especially in the dorsal papille.!

The mouth-tube was wide and strong, about 1.5 mm. long; the
bulbus pharyngeus in the largest individuals about 2.75 mm. long, by

' Cf. the (not very good) fig. 6 by Meyer and Moebius.

$4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

a breadth of 2.0 and a height of about 3.0 mm.; the sheath of the
radula projecting backward nearly 1.0 mm. ; the lip-disk sometimes
surrounded by a ring of black pigment. The armature of the lip-
disk entirely as shown (PI. XII, figs. 1-4, 10-11) by me in the form
from the Pacific, also the crop (PI. XIII, fig. 2) of the bulbus.?
The tongue in the eight specimens examined was provided with five,
seven, eight, nine rows of plates, farther backwards also sixteen to
twenty developed, and three younger rows; the total number amount-
ing thus to from twenty-seven to thirty.2, The large lateral teeth® yellow
in the body, especially in the anterior-inferior part, with commonly five
to eight denticles on the inside of the hook ; sometimes, especially in
the younger plates, the number of denticles rose from eJeven to fifteen,
sometimes the three to four outermost denticles were much larger than
the rest, sometimes the denticulation was quite irregular; the height
of this plate reached 0.4 mm. ‘The outer plates (Pl. XI, fig. 1) com-
monly four to six, seldom seven to eight; in a series of four on the
hinder part of the tongue, the outermost measured about 0.05, the next
0.09, 0.11, 0.125 mm.; they were quite colorless, compressed, with
the upper side flattened, and rather erect.

The salivary glands as in the purple-colored form from the Pacific.
No constant dilatation of the middle of the oesophagus (as figured,
Pl. I, f. 12g, by Alder and Hancock), but a strong, particular one at
the root as figured (1. c. Pl. I, f. 12f) by Alder and Hanvock and by
me (Gatt. nordischer Doriden, 1. c. Taf. XIX, fig. 14c). The
stomach as in the Pacific form; the intestine sometimes dilated in its
first part, sometimes absolutely of the same caliber as the rest, and
neither externally vor internally different from it; a little bag
(biliary sac) which has been noticed by Alder and Hancock (I. e. Pl.
I, fig. 12), opening into the right side of this part of the intestine.
The posterior visceral mass (liver) flattened and excavated on the
anterior-inferior right half. The sanguineous gland whitish, convexo-
concave, short and irregularly kidney-formed, with the excavation

} The first specimens of the Northern Atlantic left at my disposition
being too smal! and too few for a thorough examination, I am obliged to
refer to my examination given herewith of the form from the Pacific. Cf.
moreover my figures in ‘‘Gatt. nord. Doriden,’’ 1. c, Pl. XLX, figs, 10, 11.
The crop is rather well figured by Alder and Hane. (1. c. Pl. I, f, 12¢).

2 According to Meyer and Moebius, the number of plates (‘tof the
radula’’) is thirty-one, to Alder and Hancock, twenty-seven.

* Cf. my Gattungen nordischer Doriden, 1. ec. Taf. XEX, fig. 12.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

forwards, transversely situated, with a largest diameter of 3.0 mm.
The renal chamber and the syrinx as in the form from the Pacific.

The hermaphroditic gland as in this last variety, its white color con-
trasting with the hue of the liver, The anterior genital mass of short
pyramidal form, with the point outwards, about 4.75 mm. long, the
breadth and the height a little less. The ampulla of the hermapbhro-
ditic gland yellowish-white, forming a single ansa, about 4.0 mm. long,
by a diameter of 0.75 mm. lying on the upper part of the back of the
mucous gland. The spermatoduct yellowish, about 15.0 mm. long,
constricted a little above the middle of its length; strong, sloping into
the penis, which is about 1.0 mm. long. The armature of the penis
entirely as in the form from the Pacific, continued backwards in the
interior of the spermatoduct for a length of 6.0 mm.; the hooks
rising to the height of about 0.035 mm., nearly colorless.' ‘The sper-
matotheca (Pl. XIII, fig. 5a) spherical, of a diameter of about 2 0
mu1a., greenish or whitish ; the spermatocysta (fig. 5b) much smaller,
pyriform, yellowish ; both filled with sperma. The chief duct (the
vagina, fig. 5dd) very long, with several (four) longitudinal folds, which
are folded again transversely ; the structure seemed to resemble en-
tirely the form from the Pacific ; in the cavity was more or less sperma.
The mucous gland yellow and yellowish-white; the fold of the duct
with brownish-gray points, but no black pigment on the lower part of
the vagina or penis.

_Qne specimen of this typical form, with “brown mantle,” and in
all respects agreeing with the Atlantic, was dredged by Dall at Kyska,
in June, 1873, on rocky bottom at the depth of ten fathoms.

An individual of a (in living state) “ yellowish-white ”’ variety was
dredged by Dall in Popoff Strait (Shumagin Islands), on rocky bot-
tom at a depth of six fathoms.

The animal preserved in spirits was 10.0 mm. long, by a breadth of
6.0 and a height of 4.5 mm.; the rhinophoria 1.5 mm. high, the gill
1.0 mm., the foot 3.0 mm. broad. The color yellowish-white. In the
club of the rhinophoria about thirty leaves; nine branchial leaves ;
the anal papilla with three small protuberances; the renal pore very
distinct on the right side. The genital opening very wide; the bul-
bus pharyngeus 2.0 mm. long; the tongue with seven rows of plates,
the total number of these twenty-six (16 + 3); five external

oe
? The armature of the penis has been first seen by H. Friele and G.
Armauer Hansen (Bidr. til Kundsk. om de Norske Nudibranchiar. Christi-
ania, Vidsk..Selsk. Forh., 1875, extras, p. 4).

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

plates. The diverticle of the w@sophagus nearly as large as the true
bulbus. The spermatoduct and the penis as usual, also the vagina;
the spermatotheca of 1.6 mm. largest diameter. No trace of pig-
ment on the vagina or penis, and the peritoneum was colorless.

Another variety of the species, with “brown mantle and yellowish-
white papilla,” was dredged by Dall, in Yukon Harbor (Shumagins),
in August, 1874, on sand and stones, at a depth of six to twenty
fathoms.

The individual preserved in spirits was 9.0 mm. long, by a breadth
of 6.5 mm., and a height of 4.5 mm.; the breadth of the foot 4.0 mm.,
the height of the gill 1.5mm. The back of the animal densely brown-
dotted, especially the circumference of the gill and the free area left
in the middle of the gill; the dorsal papille all whitish; the stalk of
the rhinophoria and the inferior part of the club densely dotted with
brown, also, in a somewhat slighter degree, the outside of the branchial
leaves. The under side of the mantle and the upper side of the margin
of the foot and, in a slighter degree, the sides of the body and the sole
of the foot dotted with an enormous quantity of brownish-gray points.
The form as usual. The gill with nine leaves, of which the two pos-
terior were much smaller than the others.

The central nervous system as usual; the otocysts very conspicuous
under the magnifier as chalk-white points. The mouth-tube 2.0 mm.
long. The bulbus pharyngeus 2.0 mm. long; the sheath of the radula
projecting 2.0 mm., bent downwards. The armature of the lip-disk
(Pl. XII, fig. 10, 11) very like that of the var. ulbescens (ef. Pl. XIII,
fig. 4). ‘Che buccal crop as usual. The tongue with nine rows of
plates; the total number of rows, twenty-five (13+3). The large
lateral plates as usual; the denticulations rather long and somewhat
irregular. The number of the external plates (fig. 12) reaching to six.

The salivary glands, the cesophagus with its diverticle, the pyloric
part of the intestine with its bag (biliary sac), and the liver, as usual.
The sanguineous gland rather large, covering, besides the central
nervous system, the whole of the bulbus pharyngeus.

In the lobes of the hermaphroditic gland, masses of zoisperms. The
anterior genital mass of the usual form; the ampulla of the herma-
phroditic duct somewhat larger. The spermatoduct as usual; so, too,
the penis, with its armature; the length of the glans about 0.5 mm.
The spermatotheca and the spermatocysta as usual ; also the chief
duct (vagina), the cavity of the last filled with sperma. The mucous
gland yellowish-white and in the centre (albuminous gland) brownish-

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

yellow. Very scanty black pigment on the inferior part of the vagina
and of the penis; the peritoneum of the back, on the contrary, very
dark brown.

2. Acanthodoris pilosa (0. F. Miiller), var. albescens, Pl. X, fig. 14, 15; Pl. XI, fig. 2;
Pl. XII, fig. 13-16.

Color flavescente-albidus.
Hamus dentium (lingua) edentulus vel parce denticulatus.
Habitat. Oceanum Pacificum septentrion. (Aleutian Islands).

Two rather large specimens of this variety have been dredged by
Dall, in June and July, 1873, at Kyska Harbor (Aleutians), on sand
or on rocky bottom, at a depth of nine to fourteen fathoms.

According to Dall, the color of the living animal was ‘“ yellowish-
white;” that of the specimens preserved in spirits was so, too, but
very likely much more whitish. The length was 16.0 or 17.0 mm.,
by a breadth of 6.5 to 8.0 mm., and a height of 6.5 mm.; the height
of the rhinophoria 2.5 to 3.0 mm., of the gill 3.0 to 4.0 mm.; the
breadth of the foot 5.0 or 6.0 mm., the length of the genital opening
2.0 or 3.0 mm. The form as in the typical D. pilosa; the rhinophoria
showed about twenty-five broad leaves in the club; there were nine
branchial leaves ; the anal papilla very low; the renal pore rather large.

The central nervous system as previously described. The distal
olfactory ganglion small; a large (diameter, 0.4 mm.) ganglion penis
(fig. 15). The eyes with rich, coal-black pigment ; the otocysts visible
under a lens as chalk-white points, with about one hundred and fifty
otokonia.

The bulbus pbaryngeus 3.5 mm. long, with the sheath of the radula
projecting 1.3 to 1.5 mm.; the height of the bulbus, with the crop,
4.0 to 4.5 mm.,, its breadth 2.5 to 3.0 mm.

The older elements of the lip-plate (Pl. XII, figs. 13, 14) agreeing
in form with those of the typical species, but oftener showing a granu-
lated interior ; the said elements reaching a length of about 0.04 mm.
The diameter of the disk and mouth about 3.0mm. The breadth of
either half of the disk 0.66 mm.

The tongue showed nine or ten rows of teeth; the whole number of
rows, twenty-nine (16 orl7+3). The large lateral teeth were as in the
typical species, reaching 0.65 mm, in height (Pl. XII, fig. 15, 16),
without or with only a very slight denticulation of the hook (fig. 15).
The number of the outer teeth, three to five.!

* Cf. my Gatt. nordischer Doriden, 1. ¢c., Taf. xix, fig. 13.

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

The salivary glands deeply imbedded in the cavity for the esophagus
at the fore-end of the liver. The cesophagus with its rather large
(1.5 mm. long) diverticle, the stomach, the intestine with its little
(1.0 mm. long bag, as above. The liver 7.0 to 9.0 mm. long, 5.0 to 6.0
mm. broad, 5.0 to 6.25 mm. high, of yellowish-gray color. ‘The san-
guineous gland of irregular, oval form, of a largest diameter of 4.0
mm., by a thickness of 1.0 mm., and of grayish color. The renal syrinx
about 0.75 mm. long.

The anterior genital mass 6.0 or 7.0 mm. long, 4.0 to 6.0 mm. high,
and 3.0 or 4.0 mm. thick. The ampulla as usual; also the (about
40.0 mm. long) spermatoduct and the (nearly 2.0 mm. long) penis,
with its armature; the hooks often set in pairs. The spermatotheca
(diameter, 4.0 mm.) and the spermatocysta (diameter, 1.5 mm.) as
above; the chief duct, with the vagina (about 23.0 mm. long, by a
diameter of 0.4 to 1.0 mm.), as usual, and also its internal cellular
clothing (Pl. X, fig. 13); the yeliow nucleoli somewhat brighter ; the
cavity nearly filled with sperma. The mucous gland as usual. No
black pigment on the inferior part of the vagina or on the penis.

3. Acanthodoris pilosa (0. F. Miiller), var. purpurea, P}. XII, fig. 1-9.

Color e purpureo brunneus et flavescente-albidus.
Habitat. Oceanum Pacificum septentrion. Insule Aleutians (Una-
lashka).

Only two specimens of this species were dredged by Dall, in Sep-
tember, 1874, on mud and stones, at a depth of about sixty fathoms.

The color of the living animal was, according to Dall, © purple-brown
and yellowish-white.” The length of the animals preserved in spirits
was 24.0 or 25.0 mm., by a breadth of 9.0 or 10.0 mm., and a height
of 7.5 mm.; the foot 6.0 mm. broad; the height of the rhinophoria
about 3.0 mm., of the branchial leaves 2.3 mm. The color of the
back reddish-brown; the stalk of the rhinophoria brownish, the club
yellowish ; the branchial leaves yellowish-white, the last brownish at
the rhachis; the under side of the mantle margin, with the sides of
the body, the head and the foot, yellowish-white, dotted with brownish-
gray all over, the color much more scanty on the sides of the foot and
still more so on the head and on the sole of the foot.

‘The form was somewhat elongate. The back covered all over with
pointed, rather (0.75 mm _ ) high, digitiform, soft papillae and with inter
mixed smaller ones. ‘he margin of the rhinophor-holes with several
pointed, projecting, digitiform processes; the stout club of the rhino-

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

phoria with about twenty leaves. The branchial leaves strong, (in both
individuals) eight in number, the two hindermost separated by a narrow
crest, which rises into a larger papilla; before this the anal papilla,
covered with some papilla, at its right side is the renal pore; on the
space before it were several smaller papille. The under side of the
free margin of the mantle (about 2.0 mm, broad) smooth. The head
large, the tentacles short. The genital opening a rather large, cres-
centic orifice. The foot rounded behind.

The peritoneum was richly dotted on the back with brownish-red.

The central nervous system nearly quite as in Ac. pilosa; the
proximal olfactory ganglia of oval form, true distal ones could not be
detected in the root of the rhinophoria, but only a fusiform swelling of
the nerve, with scattered nervous cells. The subcerebral and pedal
commissures connected, the visceral isolated. The buccal ganglia
larger than the olfactory, of oval form, connected by a commissure
nearly as long as each ganglion; the gastro esophageal ganglia de-
veloped on the side of the nerve, which is a little longer than the
ganglion, and in size about one-fifth of the former; the contents one
very large cell, three or four smaller and several quite small ones.
On the upper part of the penis the large ganglion genitale, of about
the diameter of 0.3 mm., rounded, partly covered with black pigment,
consisting of only rather small cells; in the first parts of the nerves
given off from the ganglion, one or two rows of nervous cells of the
same kind as in the ganglion.

The eyes with black pigment, yellow lens; the optic nerve rather
long. As chalk-white points the otocysts were situated on the hiader
part of the cerebral ganglia, where they touched the pedal ones; they
were filled with solid, yellowish otokonia of about the usual form and
size, but, in both respects, rather irregular. In the leaves of the
rhinophoria no spicula. In the margin of the mantle and of the foot
almost no spicula at all, but everywhere in the skin, especially on the
back and the papilla, were an enormous quantity of large and small
glandular openings. In the interstitial connective tissue were hardly
any calcified cells at all.

The mouth-tube was about 2.3 mm. long, wide, with a glandular belt
on the outside, not closed below; on the inside lined with a yellowish
cuticula. The bulbus pharyngeus strong, about 4.0 mm. long, and
the sheath of the radula projecting nearly 1.0 mm, from the posterior
part of the under side, directed straight backwards or downwards ; the
height (through the buccal crop) 4.0 mm., the breadth 2.5 mm. The

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1889.

buccal crop making nearly half of the whole bulbus, and of the usual
form ; the walls very thick ; the compressed and rather small cavity
communicating through a long cleft with the anterior half of the
small buccal cavity. The lip-disk (fig. 1) of rounded contour, clothed
throughout its whole breadth (on each side to about 0.5 mm.) with the
light, horn-yellow colored armature ; the lowest part of this, as usual
in the Acanthodorides, injured or wanting; the breadth of the belt
decreasing towards the upper end, where it is interrupted in the middle
line, also at the lower end. The armature (fig. 2bb, 3b, 4) composed
of hooks, whose points are directed forwards (towards the opening of
the mouth), nearly like, but still differing a little from those in the
typical Ac. pilosa, reaching the height of about 0.04 mm., yellowish,
with rounded, bifid or irregularly cleft points. The lancet-shaped
(fig. la, 2a, 3a) blades at the inferior angle of the mouth as usual.
The tongue with nine or ten series of plates, farther backwards
thirteen to fifteen developed and three undeveloped series; the total
number in this way, twenty-five to twenty-eight. The large lateral
plates relatively larger than in the Ac. pilosa, and (fig. 5, 6) less
thick in the anterior-inferior part of the body, with relatively larger
hook; the denticulation of this last much weaker and much more
irregular; in one specimen generally two to four denticles, sometimes
only a few very insignificant ones or none at all (fig. 6); and this was
the case with the other specimen, in which only some few plates showed
two small denticles.!. The outer lateral plates as in the typical form,
scarcely more than from four to six.

The salivary glands whitish, rather strong at their short first part,
in the rest of their length thin (fig. 7), accompanying the esophagus
to the cardia; the duct rather short (fig. 7a).

The esophagus forming a little crop,” with thin walls and longitu-
dinal folds on the inside; in the rest of its length rather thin. The
stomach rather small, with the usual biliary apertures. ‘The intestine
(fig. 8a) somewhat inflated in its first part, with many rather strong
folds and one particularly thick; a little over the point, where it
appears on the surface of the visceral mass, on the right side, a little,
scarcely pedunculated bag (fig. 8b), of the length of 1.0 to 1.25 mm.,
with fine, longitudinal folds; the rest of the intestine (fig. 8c) some-
what narrower; the total length of the intestine about 12.0 to 13.0

1 Although very like the plates of the Atlantic form, they still bore a
somewhat peculiar aspect.
2 Cf. my Gattungen nordischer Doriden, 1. c., Taf. xix, fig. 14.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

mm., by a diameter of 1.0 to 1.5 mm. The contents of the stomach
and of the intestine indeterminable animal matter, mixed with an
enormous quantity of different and partly very handsome forms of
Diatomacez, with some polylhalamia and some small copepoda, and
fragments of the same.

The liver about 9-9.5 mm. long by a breadth (at the forepart) of
6.5-5.5 and a height of 6.25-6.0 mm.; the posterior half somewhat
pointed, the anterior notably flattened and excavated on the right side ;
around the cardia the liver appeared naked (not covered by the her-
maphroditic gland) of (greenish) gray color, in sections it was yel-
lowish.

The ramifications of the aorta nearly as in the typical Doridide,'
the root of the posterior aorta still longer and the Art. syringis renalis
stronger and more ramified. ‘The sanguineous gland yellowish-white,
rather flattened, of irregular triangular form, lobulated, about 3.5 mm.
long.

The renal chamber large ; the yellowish-white renal syrinx about
0.75 mm. long, its tube somewhat more than twice as long, imme-
diately continuous with the tube on the floor of the renal chamber.

The hermaphroditic gland easily distinguishable from the liver
through its more whitish color ; the secondary (ovigerous) lobes rather
small; in the lobes zodsperms and large odgene cells. The anterior
genital mass of plano-convex heart-shape with the point down and
backwards; the length about 5.0 mm. by a breadth of 4.0 and a height
of 5.0mm. The ampulla of the very thin and white hermaphroditic
duct resting on the upper posterior part of the mucous gland, yellow,
short and thick (4.0 mm. long by a diameter of about 1.25 mm. form-
ing a simple ansa. The vas deferens yellowish, strong, resting upon
the upper side of the genital mass with its large coils and freely de-
scending before its anterior margin to the penis, constricted about the
(fig. 9c) middle of its total length (30.0-35.0 mm.). ‘The penis forming
the end of the spermatoduct somewhat thicker, about 2.0 mm. long,
somewhat curved ; its lower part hollow, the rest solid and prominent
in the cavity of the former as a cylindrical glans of the length of about
06mm. The glans with about ten series of yellowish hooks, which
from a rather large basis raised to the height of about 0.04 mm.; the
continuation of the armature reaching through the interior of the glans
and of the spermatoduct nearly up to the stricture of the last, but the

1 Cf. my Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp.) Tab. XLVIII, fig. 11.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

number of series here smaller, about five to eight. The spermatotheca
whitish, forming an oval bag of 3.0 mm. largest diameter ; the sperma-
tocysta yellowish, of 1.3-1.5 mm. largest diameter, the ducts as in the
typical Ac. pilosa The chief duct, too, very (about 25.0 mm.) long,
rolled up in many coils, partly spiral, the diameter varying between about
0.3 and 0.75 mm.; the last fourth of the duct (vagina) with scattered
black pigment, somewhat narrower and with a rather strong retractor
muscle at its commencement; the interior of this duct with some few
strong longitudinal folds, clothed with a cuticula, and under the same a
very fine layer of round and angulated cells with a large round or oval
nucleus of the diameter of about 0.4 mm. and a rather large yellow
nucleolus (Pl. X, fig. 13). In the cavity of the vagina more or less
sperma.! The mucous gland yellowish and white ; the central mass
(albuminous gland) yellow; the duct with scattered black pigment on
the outside (also on the outside of the lower part of the penis), with
the usual fold. The vestibulum genitale with black pigment on the
folds, the same pigment was seen in the lowest part of the cavity of
the penis and of the vagina and on the folds of the duct of the mucous
gland. .
A very similar animal, but “with brown mantle,’ was dredged by
Dall in Kyska Harbor (Aleutians) in July, 1873, on sand, at a depth
of nine to fourteen fathoms.

It was of large size; the length 21.0 mm., by a breadth of 11.0 and
a height of 9.0 mm.; the margin of the mantle 2.0 mm. broad, the foot
§.0 mm. broad; the height of the rhinophoria and of the gill 38 mm.;
the genital aperture 3.0 mm. broad. The color dirty brown on the
upper side ; the rhinophoria and the branchial leaves yellowish, dotted
with grayish, especially on the stalk of the rhinophoria; the sole of
the foot yellowish, the under side of the animal whitish ; the under
side everywhere with an enormous quantity of gray and black dots.
The number of branchial leaves nine.

The peritoneum black-brown; the central nervous system, eyes,
otocysts, as previously deseribed. The bulbus pharyngeus of the
length of 4.5 mm. by a breadth of 5.0 and a height (with the crop)
of 4°75 mm.; the sheath of the radula projecting 1.25 mm.; the crop
alone of the height of 2.3 mm. and 3.25 mm. broad. The lip-disk as
above, the thickenings in the lowest part of the mouth 1.2 mm. long,
of which nearly half freely projected. On the tongue nine rows of

1 The length of the spermatoduct and the duct of the spermatotheca
(vagina) was much more considerable than in the typical form.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1038

plates, farther backwards eighteen developed and three younger rows,
the total number thirty; the plates denticulated as previously men-
tioned, the height of the large plates rising to 0.7 mm.; the number
of external plates four to five. The cesophageal diverticle of a largest
diameter of about 3.0 mm. The pars pylorica of the intestine of about
4.5 mm. length, with higher folds than in the rest of the intestine, which
had a length of about 15.0 mm. ; the bag at the first part of the intes-
tine 1.5mm. long. The liver 12.0 mm. long by a breadth of 8.0 and a
height of 6.0 mm. The sanguineous glands whitish, 5.0 mm. long by
a breadth of 6.0 mm. and 2.0 mm, thick, convexo-concave, the fore-end
flattened (by the buccal crop), the hinder end with two transverse fur-
rows (produced by two coils of the spermatoduct ; the anterior genital
mass 8.0 mm. long by a breadth of 3.5 and a height of 7.5 mm. The
ampulla of the hermaphroditic duct 5.0 mm. long, whitish. The coils
of the spermatoduct and of the vagina in this individual covering the
upper side of the mucous gland, and ascending to the back between
the pharyngeal bulbus and the liver; a coil of the former embraced
the sheath of the radula. The first part of the spermatoduct 12.0 mm.
long, the last of the length of about 25.0 mm; the penis about 3.5 mm.
long, the armature as usual. The spermatotheca nearly spherical, of
3.5 mm. diameter ; the spermatocysta yellowish, round, with a diameter
of 1.5 mm.; the chief duct (vagina) 33.0 mm. long with a general
diameter of 1.2 mm. ; the structure of the wall as above; the last, nar-
rower part (from the m. retractor downwards), 5.0 mm. long. ‘lhe
vestibulum, as well as the inferior part of the vagina and of the penis,
with very scanty black pigment.

4. Acanthodoris cerulescens, Bgh., n. sp. Plate XIII, fig. 6-7; Plate XIV, fig. 16.

Color paginz superioris corporis cxrulescens.
Dentes radulz hamo per totam fere longitudinem denticulato.
Hab. Mare Beringianum (Nunivak Island),

‘One specimen of this species was found by Dall at the north end of
Nunivak Island, Bering Sea, in July, 1874, on stony bottom, at the
depth of eight fathoms.

According to Dall, the color of the living animal was bluish. The
animal preserved in alcohol had the length of 14.0 mm. bya height of
5.0 and a breadth of 8.0 mm. ; the length of the foot was 12.5 mm. by
a breadth of 6.5 mm.; the height of the rhinophoria 2.0, of the bran-
chial leaves 1.5 mm. The color uniformly yellowish-white, with the
back of a slightly bluish hue.

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

The form elongate-oval. The back covered all over with irregular
(the greatest height reaching about 1.5 mm.), conical, rather soft and
flexible papilla, in general larger than in the typical species. The
margin of the rhinophor-holes thin, somewhat prominent, with two
anterior strong tubercles and a posterior much smaller one; the stalk
of the club rather low, the latter with about twenty-five to thirty leaves.
The branchia consisting of nine to ten leaves, the adjacent border set
with several strong tubercles; the branchial leaves quite isolated at
their base, apparently simply pinnate. The anus prominent, before
the same a small tubercle, behind it a much larger one. The margin
of the mantle rather thin, on the upper side covered with a mass of
smaller and larger papilla and tubercles, the under side smooth. The
head broad, flat, with prominent rounded, flattened tentacula. The
foot broad, rounded behind.

The central nervous system as in the typical species ; the buccal
ganglia rounded, the commissure between them very short. The eyes
with black pigment and yellow lens. The otocysts a little smaller
than the eyes, with numerous otokonia of the usual form, and reaching
a length of 0.03 mm. The leaves of the rhinophoria without spicula ;
in the axes of the organs large, molecularly calcified cells and groups
of smaller calcified cells. In the papille of the skin of the back were
no spicula at all, on their surface the usual large quantity of glandular
cells ; in the skin beneath the papille cells and groups of cells as in the
case of the rhinophoria.

The mouth-tube rather wide, with strong cuticula. The bulbus
pharyngeus formed apparently as in the typical species; the lip-plate
composed of many rows of rather low (the height rising to about
0.02 mm.), very (fig. 6) finely striated columns. The tongue with ten
rows of teeth; further back, twenty-six developed and three undevel-
oped rows; the total number thus thirty-nine. The lateral plates
large, yellow, of usual form, with a series of -denticles along nearly
the whole of the inner margin of the hook (fig. 16a). The external
plates colorless, eight in number; somewhat depressed (fig. 7, 16),
obliquely rising from the cuticula of the tongue (fig. 7), of nearly equal
size excepting the outermost (fig. 166), which is much smaller.

The salivary glands seemed of the usual form. The oesophagus and
the stomach as usual. The intestine issuing from the liver at the
middle of its length on the left side, rather short. The liver of the
length of about 9.0 mm. by a breadth and a height of about 4.2 mm. :

=

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

the right anterior half excavated (on account of the anterior genila
mass); the color brownish-gray.

The heart and the sanguineous gland as usual, also the renal cham-
ber and the renal syrinx.

The hermaphroditic gland by its yellowish color contrasting with
the liver, clothing the under side, part of the left side, and its right
anterior half. The anterior genital mass rather compressed, about
6.0 mm. long by a breadth of 2.0mm. ‘The ampulla of the hermaphro-
ditic duct rather short, sausage-shaped, about 2.3 mm. long, curved
and whitish. The larger part of the penis was gone, but hooks were
seen in the remaining part as in the typical species. The sperma
totheca rather large, bag-shaped, about 3.5 mm. long; the vagina
rather wide, about 10.0 mm. long. ‘The mucous gland white, and the
albuminous gland yellowish-white.!

This species seems very distinct from the typical one, by its color
and by the different form of denticulation of the large plates of the
tongue.

POLYCERATIDZ.

This large family, so rich in generic forms, was found represented
in the northern Pacific only by two generic types, Polycera and
Triopha.

POLYCERA, Cuvier.

Polycera, Cuvier, (1812?), Regne-anim., 1817, ii, p. 390.2 Regne-anim.,
ed. 2, iii, p. 52.

Themisto, Oken, Lehrb. der Zool., 1815, p. 278.

Cufea, Leach, Moll. Britann. Synopsis, 1852, p. 21.

Polycera C, Ald. and Hane., Observ. on the genus Polycera, Ann. Mag.
of Nat. Hist., vi, 1841, p. 337-342, Pl. IX.

Liniacia, O. Fr. Miller, Zool. Dan., i, 1781, p. 65-68.5

Phanerobranchus, A. Frédol (Moquin-Tandon), Le monde de la mer, 1864,
Pl. xii, figs. 1, 2.

‘ The anterior genital mass was so hardened and altered, that the nature
of its different components could not be determined with certainty.

? According to a note of Hermannsen, under the genus Them#sto, Oken,
(Ind. Gen, Malacoz. primordia, ii, 1849, p. 572), the genus Polycera was
established by Cuvier, 1812, [but this is probably a typographical error,
since, under the genus Polycera itself, he indicates only the year 1817—
Dat, } (ef., l. ¢., p. 314).

> Limacia, Hartm., Neue Alpina, i, 1821, p. 208 (Arion, Fér.).

8

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Limbus frontalis digitatus vel tuberculatus. Branchia 5—7-foliata.
Appendices dorsales (extrabranchiales) 1-3. Tentacula brevia, lobi-
formia.

Lamellz mandibulares laterales fortes, sat applanate. Radula
rhachide nuda; pleuris dentibus lateralibus hamatis duobus (margine
levi), interno minore, externo majore, et dentibus externus 4-8.

Prostata magna; pleuris ut in omnibus Polyceratis.

The genus Polycera was established by Cuvier (1812 ?), to receive
the Doris quadrilineata of Miiller and (in 1830) allied forms; a few
years afterwards (1815), and not knowing the genus of Cuvier, Oken
formed his Themisto, nearly identical with the Polycera of Cuvier.*
The Cufxa of Leach (1852), is entirely congeneric with the genera
of Cuvier and Oken, as is also very likely the Phanerobranchus of
A. Frédol (Moquin-Tandon). The Limacia of O. Fr. Miller (1781),
contains a whole series of different Nudibranchiata, among them the
D. quadrilineata, and, as first-named species, the D. verrucosa; the ;
name cannot therefore be employed here.

Although, through Cuvier and Alder (1841), their external char-
acters were somewhat made known, still Polycera, like so many
other Nudibranchiata, remained very superficially known, until the
large monograph of Alder and Hancock,’ that first really unveiled
their external and internal structure, although Frey and Leuckart?
had given some anatomical notices of these animals. Lately more
light has been spread over the northern species of the group, through
the investigations of Meyer and Moebius,’ and of G. O. Sars.4

The true Polycera shows a form of body common to the whole
family. The well-developed frontal margin is more or less curved in

* A careful search has failed to find any other ground for supposing that
Cuvier described the genus Polycera in 1812, or at any date before 1817, so
that the 1812 of Hermannsen is almost certainly merely a misprint. The
name Themisto, of Oken, if congeneric, should therefore take precedence.
—DAaLL.

1 Alder and Hancock, Monogr. Brit. Nudibr. Moll., Part 2, 1846, fam. 1,
Pl. 23; Part 4, 1848, fam. 1, Pl. 24; Part 5, 1851, fam. 1, Pl. 22; Part 6,
1854, fam. 1, Pl. 17 (anat. !) ; Part 7, 1855, Pl. 46 supplem. figs. 20, 21.

2 Frey and Leuckart, Beitr. zur Kenntn. wirbellose Thiere, 1847, p. 66-
70, taf. i, fig. 12, 18.

3 Meyer and Moebius, Fauna der Kieler Bucht, i, 1865, p. 49-57, m. 2
taf. und taf. iv, A, B.

* G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv., 1878, p. 312, 313, Tab. xiv, fig. 14-16.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

the middle, with its free margin tuberculated or digitate. The frontal
veil is continued in amore or less tuberculated ridge, that limits the true
back, and posteriorly ends in a single strong or in several smaller
dorsal (branchial) appendices on the outside of and behind the region
of the gill. The true back with longitudinal rows of more or less

-developed connected tubercles, sometimes forming low longitudinal
ridges. The number of leaves in the club of the rhinophoria is not
large. The gill is composed of a moderate number (five to seven) of
leaves, which are either simply pinnate or composite (bi- or tripinnate).
The tentacles are small, flattened or auriculate. The jaws or man-
dibular plates in form somewhat recall those of the —Zolidiida, strong,
flattened, sometimes with a peculiar superior process. The rhachis of
the radula naked ; on the pleure two large hook-formed lateral teeth,
of which the outer is much larger than the inner; at the outside of
the laterals are four to eight, somewhat flattened uncine. A large
prostate gives the genital apparatus a particular feature ; the arma-
ture of the penis is of the usual kind.

About the biological relations of Polycera very little is known, as
usual among the Nudibraxchiata. The spawn of the most common
northern species is known, and a part of the developmental history
has been investigated by Ray Lankester.!

A small number of species have been described by different authors
in the course of years. Alder and Hancock (Monogr. part 7, 1855,
p. 45, XVIII) established and rather well characterized two groups
of Polycera; aceording to these authors Gray soon after (Guide I,
1857, p. 213) denominated these groups Polycera (typical) and Pal/o,
which perhaps might be conserved as subgenera.

I. POLYCERA (stricte).

Margo limbi frontalis digitatus. Folia branchialia simpliciter pin-
nata ; appendices dorsales (branchiales) singule majores.
Lamellz mandibulares processu superiori aleformi.

1. P. quadrilineata (O. F. Miller). M. Atlanticum ; Mediterraneum.
2. P. horrida, Hesse. Journ. de Conchyliol.,3S., XII, 4, 1873, p. 345. M.
Atlanticum.

? Ray Lankester, Contrib. to the Developm. hist. of Moll. Philos.
Trans., MDCCCLXXYV, p. 29, Pl. 10, f. 1-9.

Meyer and Moebius have, moreover, given a figure of the shell of the
embryo of their Pol. ocellata (1. c., fig. 10).

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

3. P. plebeia, Lovén. Index Moll., 1846, p. 6.1. M. Atlanticum.

4. P. doriformis (Quatref.). Phanérobranche doriforme. Moquin-Tandon
(pseud. A. Frédol) Le monde de la mer., 1864, Pl. XII, fig. 1. M.
Mediterraneum. :

5. P. canteriata (Quatref.) Phanérobranche a chevrons. Moquin-Tandon
(do) l. ¢., pl. XU, f. 2. M. Mediterraneum.

II. PALIO, Gray.

Margo limbi frontalis tuberculatus. Folia branchialia bi- vel tri-
pinnata ; appendices dorsales (branchiales) minores, complures.
Lamelle mandibulares simplices (sine processu superiori).

§. P. Lessontt (d’Orb.). Pol. ocellata, A. et H. M. Atlanticum.

7. P. pudica, Lovyén. Ind. Moll., 1846, p. 6. M. Atlanticum.

8. P. pallida. Bgh.. n. sp. M. Pacificum.

9. P. dubia, Sars. Bidr. til Séedyrenés. Naturh., 1829, p. 18. Tab. 2,
fig. 5, 6. Lovén, Ind. Moll., 1846, p. 6. M. Atlanticum sept.

10. P. ? Cookii, Angas. Journ. de Conchyl., 3 S., IV, 1, 1864, p.58; Pl. V,
f.6. M. Pacificum.

11. P. ? Capensis, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Uranie. Zool., 1824, p. 417;
Pl. 66, f. 4. M. Capense.?

P. pallida, Bgh., n. sp. Plate XV, fig. 14; Plate XVI, fig. 1-9.

Color flavescens. Branchia sexfoliata.

Lamellx mandibulares fere ut in Pol. Lessonit, sed magis elongate.
Armatura lingualis fere ut in Pol. Lessonit; dentes externi 5.

Hab. Oc. Pacificum septentr.

Of this form Dall dredged a single individual in June, 1873, at
Kyska Harbor (Aleutians), at the depth of ten fathoms on rocky
bottom. According to Dall, the color of the living animal was “ yel-
lowish-white.”

The length of the animal preserved in spirits was 7.0 mm., with a
height of 4.0 and a breadth of 3.0 mm.; the height of the branchial
leaves about 1.0 mm., also that of the rhinophoria ; the breadth of the

1 “ Viridifusea, sulphureo maculata, papillis frontis 10, branchiali
utrinque una postica majore ; 11 mm. Bohus,’’ Lovén.

This, as well as the other new Polycera of Lovén, has not since been
seen (Cf. G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv., 1878, p. 313).

2 Of the three (not too naturally represented) ‘‘Polycerz ”’ of A. Frédol
(Moquin-Tandon), the one (l.c. Pl. XII, fig. 6) seems to be the Pol.
Lessontt, the other two (fig. 3, 4) belong undoubtedly to the genus
Thecacera.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

foot 2.0mm. The color of the animal whitish, that of the rhinophoria
and the branchial leaves more yellow; the margin of the foot white.

The form as usual. The head rounded, with a prominence on the
upper lateral part; the mouth a vertical slit. The margin of the
rhinophor-grooves plain. The stalk of the rhinophoria nearly as high
as the club, cylindrical; the club rather flattened, with about fifteen
leaves; before the rhinophoria a low transverse frontal veil with
scarcely more than two prominences ; the veil continued backwards as
a rather indistinct prominent line on each side of the smooth rounded
back; the pericardial region a little prominent; behind the middle of
the length of the back, the gill with six tripinnate leaves in a slight
eurve ; behind them the quite low anal nipple, and towards the right
side the renal pore; behind the gill a little flattened space with a slight
erest on each side with three papillae. The sides of the body rather
high. In the region of the anterior angles of the foot the genital
papilla with the everted penis (without its recurved point, 0.75 mm.
high), and below it a folded lamella, the duct of the mucous gland. The
foot rather narrow, of nearly the same breadth; the rounded anterior
angles somewhat prominent; a fine furrow in the anterior margin.

The intestines indistinctly appearing through the walls of the body.
The peritoneum colorless, nearly without spicula.

The central nervous system (fig. 1) very depressed; the cerebral
ganglia of rounded-triangular form, a little larger than the more
rounded visceral (fig. la); the pedal ones more pyriform, a little
Jarger than the last; the (proximal) olfactory ganglia bulbiform, not
quite as large as the buccal ones, which were (fig. 1b) of rounded form,
connected by a not very short commissure; the gastro-cesophageal
ganglia of about one-eighth of the size of the former, rounded.! The
three inferior (subcerebral, visceral, and pedal) commissures (or at
least the visceral one) free.

The eyes (fig. 1) short-stalked, with black pigment and pale yellowish
lens. The otocysts (fig. 1) in their usual place, very short-stalked,
with about eighty otokonia of the ordinary kind. In the stalk of the
rhinophoria some scattered yellowish thick spicula, of the same kind
as in the skin of the back; none, on the contrary, in the leaves of the
club. In the skin sume scattered, yellowish, thick, straight or curved
spicula, mostly of about 0.15-0.3 mm. in length, and of the usual
form. In the interstitial tissue very few larger spicula.

1 In the other species of Polycera I have examined, I never saw gastro-
cesophageal ganglia, nor any in Zuplocamus or in Plocamopherus.

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880

The oral tube whitish, of about 1.0 mm. length, wide. The bulbus
pharyngeus clear brownish-yellow, somewhat pyriform, with oblique
flattened posterior end, in length about 1.6, by a height of nearly 1.3,
and a breadth of 1.5 mm.; the sheath of the radula a little prominent
downwards, and to the left from the hindermost part of the under side of
the bulbus. The lip-disk clothed with a brownish-yellow cuticula, that
is continued into the two mandibular plates behind the lip-disk at the
entrance of the oral cavity, the form of the mandible could not be
determined with certainty ; a yellowish cuticula clothes the rest of the
cavity. The tongue with ten rows of plates, further backwards six
developed and two younger rows; the total number eighteen.!. The
rhachis (fig. 2) not very narrow. The plates yellow. The length of
the first plate about 0.11, of the second 0.20, of the inmost of the ex-
ternal plates 0.14, of the following 0.12, 0.10, 0 08 and 0.06 mm. (all
from the hinder part of the sheath). The first lateral plate (fig. 2aa,
5, 6) formed somewhat as in the P. Lessonzi, the hook still smaller ;
the second of the same form, but larger (fig. 266, 3), the hooks much
larger, especially the anterior, which is broader and excavated (fig. 7).
More outwards five external plates (fig. 2ec), all with a crest, which is
larger in the two innermost; adjoining the outermost of these plates
several longitudinal folds of the lingual cuticula, which sometimes
simulate one to two plates more (fig. 2).

The salivary glands whitish, elongate. The cesophagus rather wide,
the stomach inclosed in the liver. ‘The intestine appearing at the
middle of the length of the liver a little to the left, at the bottom of a
deep and large cavity in the upper side of the liver; the pyloric part

1 According to Alder and Hancock (Monog. Part VII, 1855, Pl, 41 sup-
plement, fig. 20, 21), the number of rows was fifteen in the Polycera quad-
rilineata, sixteen in the P. ocellata, thirteen in the P. Lessondi ; Alder and
Hancock saw (1. c.) four external plates in the Pol. quadrilineata, five in
P. ocellata, and six in P. Lessonti. Meyer and Moebius saw five to seven
external plates in their Polycera ocellata, whilst the number of rows (1. c.
Pl. 50) is noted as thirteen to fifteen; in the P. quadrélineata they found
four to five external plates and twelve to thirteen rows. In four specimens
of Pol. quadrilineata I saw six to eight rows on the tongue, more back-
wards six to seven developed, and one not quite developed row ; the total
number of rows was fourteen to fifteen. In all specimens there were but
four external plates. In four specimens of Pol. Lessonii I saw nine to ten
rows on the tongue, more backwards eight to seven or five developed,
and a single not developed row; the total number of rows was sixteen to
eighteen. In all the specimens there were eight external plates.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 111

of the intestine rather wide, its curve reaching to the bulbus pharyn-
geus. The liver about 5.0 mm. long by a breadth of 3.5 and a height
of 3.25 mm. ; the form conical, the posterior end rounded, the anterior
much broader, flattened and adjoining another flattening on the infe-
rior part of the right side of the organ ; the color was yellowish.

The sanguineous gland of quadrangular form, of a diameter of about
1.5 mm., whitish.

The hermaphroditic gland with its yellowish-white lobes covering
nearly the whole surface of the liver: in the lobes large oigene cells.
The anterior genital mass of the length of about 4.0 mm. by a height
of 3.0 and a breadth of 1.5 mm. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic
duct resting on the inferior margin of the genital mass, whitish,
straight, of the length of 3.0 mm by a diameter of about 0.5 mm.
At the anterior end of the ampulla a flattened body (prostate) that
freely projects before the anterior margin of the rest of the genital
mass ; it was of about the same length as the ampulla, but nearly twice
as broad; the cavity of the organ rather large and the walls rather
thin. The prostate slopes gradually inte the thin but strong spermato-
duct, which is about 6.0 mm. long and terminates in the penis, which
was short, conical (fig. 8a, 9), about 0.75 mm. long, and terminated
in a somewhat flexible, yellowish glans (fig. 8, 9, 14), of the length of
about 0.37 mm. by a diameter at the base of about 0.09, and at the
point of 0.037 mm.; through the largest part of its length it was
covered with (in all about twelve) series of small chitinized crests,
which did not surpass the height of about 0.0025 mm. (fig. 14); the
armiture only continued through a short part of the interior of the
spermatoduct. The spermatotheca spherical ; the spermatocysta pyri-
form, filled with sperma. The cordate mucous gland whitish and
yellowish-white (fig. 80).

This species approaches to the Pol. Lessonii, but seems even dif-

ferent in color from that and the other Atlantic forms, and also differs

in the slight development of the frontal veil and of the lateral crests of
the back, as well as in the number of the external plates of tongue,
and' in the nature of the armature of the penis.

' The armature of the penis of Polyc. quadrilineata (hitherto the only
species in which an armature has been described) as figured by Friele and
Hansen (1. ce. Tab. II, fig. 3) is very different from that of the Pacific spe-
cies, and that difference has been confirmed by my examination of typical
specimens,

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {1880.

TRIOPHA, Bergh, n. gen.

Forma corporis fere ut in Triopis, sicut quoque margo fronta-
lis; margo dorsalis appendicibus nonnullis nodosis vel breve
ramosis. Tentacula compresso-poculiformes (auriformia) ; rhino-
phoria retractilia, clavo perfoliato. Branchia quinquefoliata,
foliis tripinnatis. :

Os lamellis duabus fortioribus e baculis minutis compositis
armatum. Lingua rhachide dentibus spuriis (4); pleuris denti-
bus lateralibus 3-4 (corpore processu aleformi et hamo ap-
planato instructis) et serie dentium externorum (10-11) armatis.

Prostata ?

This interesting form, that forms a link between Polycera
and YVriopa on one side, and the Huplocami on the other, ap-
proaches more nearly to the latter than to the former.

In the exterior, the Triophe! resemble the Trivpe, but still
differ in some points sufficiently. The appendices of the back
are more composite; the tentacles seem different from those of
the Triope (which have them folded lengthwise and obtuse at
the end; see for comparison, Pl. XV, fig. 12); they are com-
pressed cup-shaped or auriculate. The gill contains five leaves.
Whilst the 7riope want an armature of the true mouth,? the
Triophe are provided with two strong plates (composed of
densely set staffs). Whilst the rhachis of the tongue in the
Triope is naked, the Triophe show four false plates, (“* bosses” of
Dall, simple thickenings of the base membrane of the radula),
here; instead of the two peculiarly formed lateral plates on the
pleurz in the Triopa, the Triophe have three or four lateral
plates (with a wing-like process of the body and a depressed
hook) ; with, on the outside of these, a series of (ten to eleven)
uncinal plates, nearly as in the 7riope. After all, the Triophe
are closely allied to the Colg@,‘ and essentially differ from these

1 Having at first and rather superficially examined the exterior, I first
regarded the animal as a Triopa, and called it so [s. part I, p. 128 (72),
and the Plates (XIV, XV)].

2 See for comparison Pl. XIII, fig. 19.

’ See for comparison Pl. XIV, fig. 21, 22.

4 The diagnosis of the Colgz would be:

Forma corporis fere ut in Triopis. Vaginz rhinophoriales calyciformes
oblique ; rhinophoria retractilia, clavo perfoliato. Tentacula auriformia.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

only in the armature of the tongue, which in the Colg@ exhibits
only a single series of (false) rhachidian plates and (on each
side) two lateral plates in form approaching those of Polycera.
The nature of the prostate is unknown; the armature of the
penis not differing much from that ordinary in the large group of
the Polyceratide.

Although somewhat approaching to the Huplocami in the form
of the appendices of the back, in the armature of the true mouth
and of the pleurz of the tongue, the 7riophe still entirely differ
in the form of the tentacles, in the number of the branchial
leaves and very likely in the nature of the prostate.

The Triophe have hitherto been only found in the Pacific
Ocean.

1. Tr. modesta, Bgh. n. sp. Oc. Pacificum.
2. Tr. Carpenteri, Stearns. Proc. of the Cal. Acad. of Sci., April 7, 1873,
p- 2, fig. 2. Oc, Pacificum (California).

Tr. modesta, Bgh.n. sp. Pl. XIV.*fig. 17-20; Pl. XV, fig. 1-10.

? Triopa Carpenteri, Stearns. 1. c. p. 2, fig. 2,

Color e flavido albescens. Appendices dorsales pauce; folia
branchialia 5.
Hab. Oc. Pacif. septentr.

Of this form Dall has obtained a single individual at Yukon
Harbor (Shumagins), in August, 1874, at a depth of six to
twenty fathoms, on a bottom of sand and stones. The color of
the living animal was, according to Dall, * yellowish-white.”

The animal preserved in spirits was of whitish color; the
dorsal appendices, the gill and the rhinophoria more yellowish.
The length of the animal 16.0 mm., by a height of 7.0 and a

Dorsum papilligerum, presertim margo frontalis et dorsalis. Branchia
pauci (4-5. foliata.

Mandibule triangulares, fortes. Radula fere ut in Polyceratis, dentibus
lateralibus (2) et externis (7), sed preterea dentibus medianis (spuriis)
instructa.

Merely one species of the genus is yet known, one of the first described
Nudibranchiata, the Doris lacera of Abildgaard (Zool. Dan. IV, 1806,
p. 23, Tab. CX XXVIII, fig. 3, 4), which has been found too on the coast
of America (Cf. Verrill, notice of recent addit. to the Mar. Fauna of
North Am., XXXVIII. Amer. Jour. of Sc. and Arts, XVI, 1878, p. 211).

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

breadth of 5.5 mm.; the height of the branchial leaves 1.25, of
the rhinophoria 2.0 mm.; the breadth of the foot 3.5 mm.

The form as usual. The head flattened in front, semilunar ;
the tentacles compressed-cup-shaped, rather short (about 1.0 mm.
long), truncated at the end, longitudinally folded and open at
the outer side. The frontal margin not projecting much, with
many smaller and larger short digitations and crenulations; in
front in the median line were two small conical papille before
the region of the rhinophoria. The margin of the rhinophor-
holes somewhat projecting, smooth: the (deeply retracted) rhino-
phoria with rather short stalk ; the club with thirty-five to forty
rather broad and thin leaves. é

The back rounded over from side to side, without certain. limits
between it and the sides of the body. At the lateral parts
of the back (on each side) five appendices; the first standing 9
little behind the end of the frontal margin; the next about in
the middle of the space between the first and third; this last a
little before the region of the gill; farther backwards were also
two similar ones. The appendices were club-shaped, with simple
or composite nodosities spread upon their bodies, and especially
at their bases; the third was the largest, reaching the height of
about 2.5 mm.; all the others.a little smaller, and all of about
the same size. Much smaller, conical or club-formed simple
papillee were scantily and irregularly scattered on the back. The
gill consisting of five strong, tripinnate, quite separate leaves, a
single anterior and two lateral pairs. The anal nipple nearly
in the centre of the posteriorly open branchial circle, a blunted,
nearly cylindrical prominence, about 0.5 mm. in height; at its
base on the right side and a little forwards was the very distinct
renal pore. The sides of the body rather high and smooth ; the
genital opening a short longitudinal slit lying rather forwards,
with two openings at its bottom. The foot not very narrow, of
nearly the same breadth throughout its whole length; the anterior
border emarginated in the middle, with a fine line.

The intestines did not shine through the integuments. The
peritoneum was colorless, without spicula.

The central nervous system (Pl. XV, fig. 1) flattened; the
cerebro-visceral ganglia (fig. la) reniform, a little narrower at
the fore-end ; the pedal ones (fig. 1bb) rounded, scarcely larger
than the visceral; the large commissure (fig. 1) as usual; small

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

optic ganglia (fig. 1). The proximal olfactory ganglia (fig. 1c)
bulbiform, the n. olfactorii not very long; the distal olfactory
ganglia inverse pyriform. The buccal ganglia (fig. ldd) ovoid,
connected nearly without commissure; the gastro-cesophageal
ganglia small (fig. le), with one large cell.

The eyes (fig. 1) with coal-black pigment and yellow lens.’
The otocysts at the usual place on the under side of the cerebro-
visceral ganglionic mass, crowded with otokonia of the usual
kind (fig. 1). In the leaves of the rhinophoria no spicula; in
the axes and in the stalk, on the contrary, spicula of the same
kind as in the skin or often larger. The skin with few and
small spicula and calcified rounded cells, here and there lying in
groups. The marginal dorsal appendices covered all over with
above-mentioned nodosities; at their points perhaps a similar
(but empty) bag as in the typical species (Cf. Pl. XIII, fig. 16,17).

The anal tube large, 3.0 mm. long. The bulbus pharyngeus
strong, of the length of 4.0 by a height of 3.0 and a breadth of
3.3 mm.; the radula-sheath projecting about 1.0 mm. from the
hinder part of the under side of the bulbus. The lip-disk rather
convex, with vertical oral slit (Pl. XV, fig. 2), clothed with a
pale yellow cuticula, that behind the oral slit on each side is con-
tinued in a triangular, brownish-yellow lip-plate of a greatest
breadth of 1.0 mm (fig. 3), narrow at the inferior end, broader
at the superior, and composed of simple, somewhat curved, erect
staffs (fig. 4,5) about 0.18 mm. in height (fig. 4). The tongue
broad; in the amber-yellow radula, thirteen rows of plates,
further backwards in the sheath, six developed and two younger
rows; the total number thus twenty-one. The three foremost
rows of the tongue very incomplete, reduced to the outermost
(four to five, six to seven, nine to eleven) uncinal plates. The
rhachis rather broad, bearing two quadrangular thickenings of
the cuticula (Pl. XV, fig. 6a) of the length of about 0.18-0.2
mm., more thickened and yellowish in the anterior margin, other-
wise colorless. At the outer side of these median plates is a
somewhat shorter and narrower plate (fig. 6bb), of yellowish
color; in the posterior rows (Pl. XIV, fig. 20) much broader.
The three succeeding plates brownish-yellow, hook-shaped, all
nearly of the same form and of the same but outwardly slowly

? Alder and Hancock (1. c. part VI) also saw small optic ganglia in the:
Triopa clavigera.

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AOADEMY OF [ 1880.

decreasing size (Pl. XV, fig. 6ed); the fourth lateral plate, on
the tongue especially, with a small hook (fig. 7a) that is more
developed backwards, and in the four youngest rows is developed
quite (Pl. XIV, fig. 17) as in the three plates mentioned. On the
lateral parts of the pleurz ten to eleven external (uncinal) plates,
the four to five interior (fig. 7, 8ab, 10; 17bc) with a more devel-
oped crest, the rest (fig. 7b) narrower.

The salivary glands (Pl. XV, fig. lla) nearly as long as the
duct (fig. 11b); both together about 5.5 mm. long, descending
along the whole back side of the bulbus pharyngeus ; the gland
whitish, smooth.

The cesophagus rather long (6.5 mm.), and wide especially
in the posterior part (diameter 2.0 mm.), entering into the inferior
part of the liver; with rather strong and numerous folds; the
contents (as in the intestine) spongiary masses and different Ra-
diolariz of adiameter of 0.09 mm. The intestine issuing from the
liver a little before the middle of the upper side of this organ ;
the anteriorly proceeding part reaching the anterior margin of
the liver and about 4.5 mm. long by a diameter of 1.5 mm.; the
retrocessive part 7.0 mm. long by a diameter of 0.75 mm. ‘The
liver divided by a deep furrow from the right margin into two
halves of nearly equal size; 6.0 mm. long by a breadth of 3.75
and a height of 3.4 mm.; the posterior extremity rounded ; the
anterior half of the inferior side obliquely flattened; the color
yellowish-gray ; the cavity of the interior rather small.

The pericardium of oval form, large, having the length of
3.5mm. The sanguineous gland whitish, of the length of 2.5 mm.
by a breadth (at the anterior end) of 2.6 mm, The renal syrinx
short-pyriform; the tube of the organ strong.

The hermaphroditic gland not much developed, paler than
the liver, with large odgene cells. The anterior genital mass
small, about 1.5 mm. long by a height of 0.75 and a breadth of
about 0.5 mm. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic duct yellow-
ish, rather long, forming corkscrew-like windings. The sperma-
toduct not long, passing into the short penis. This, with its
armature of very minute hooks, the spermatotheca, the spermato-
cysta and the vagina, as far as could be determined, as in the
typical Triopa.! The gland whitish.

1 See for comparison, Pl. XV, fig. 13.

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

This species may perhaps be the Triopa Carpenteri of Stearns;
it has, like that, five branchial leaves, and does not differ much in
the number of the dorsal appendices (six) or the form of the
frontal margin; but the dorsal nodosities of the last species are
orange-colored, and the rhinophoria, the dorsal appendices, and
the branchial leaves tipped with orange. Through the great
kindness of Mr. Dall I have seen a drawing of the animal of
Stearns, from specimens secured after those he had described,
but they do not give more details than the original description ;
and Stearns seems not to possess the original specimens, which
very likely are lost forever. On the other side,it must be remem-
bered that Sars (Beretn. om en i Sommeren, 1849, foretagen
zoolog. Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken, 1851, p. 74) found “ the
young individuals of Zriopa lacera (M.) entirely white, also on
the tentacles and gills, merely the liver shines brownish through
the skin.”

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

An asterisk denotes that the drawing is by camera lucida, the
fraction denotes the magnification.

The serial numbers of the plates (Part I, plates i—viii, Part IT,
plates ix—xvi) are solely referred to throughout the text. As
Part II appears in another. volume of the Proceedings of the
Academy, the plates of Part II have been for that reason renum-
bered with a second set of numbers, Plate ix being Plate i, Plate x
being Plate ii, etc.,in the new volume. The serial numbers re-
ferred to in the text, follow the new numbers for Part II in
parentheses throughout this explanation.

PuateE I (1X).

Jorunna Johnstoni (A. and H.).

1. a, stalk of the (b) gangl. genitale; c, gangl. genit. secunda-
rium,* 23%.

2. Granules of the back, stiffened by spicula,* 29°,

3. Part of the middle of the radula, with the two innermost
lateral plates; a, rhachis,* #$°.

4. The hook of a plate from the back,* 2°,

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

5. Outer part of two series of plates with 8 plates,* 232; aa,
outermost.

6. Outer part of another series with 3 plates,* *}°.

7. a—b, vagina; c, gland. hastatoria; d, opening of the bag of
the spur; e, spermatoduct; /, penis,* 4,5.

8, 9. Spermatotheca; c, its chief duct; d, gland. hastatoria; b,

spermatocysta; e, duct to the mucous gland,* 45.

Duct of the gland. hastatoria; b, the bag of the spur; ec,

opening of the bag,* 2}°.

11. a, spermatoduct ; b, opening of the bag at the bottom of the
penis ; in the interior a dart (?),* 39°.

10. a

“

Adalaria proxima (A. and H.).

12. Tubercles of the back.

13. A part of the rhachis from above; a, median plates; bb, large
lateral plates,* 252.

14. Part of the radula, obliquely, from the side, the hooks of the
large lateral plates of both sides,* 77°.

15. Two series of (9) external plates; a, the innermost; b, the
outermost,* 77°.

Adalaria albopapillosa (Dall).

16. Part of the surface of a tubercle of the back,* *?°.

Adalaria pacifica, Bergh.

17. a, median plate; b, large lateral plates from the side,* 37°.

Lamellidoris muricata (O. Fr. Muller).

18. The vesica-fellea; a, its duct.

PuatE II (X).

Adalaria pacifica, Bergh.

1. Median pseudo-plate (or boss), from the upper side,* #2.

2,2. Part of the radula, with series of (5-7) lateral plates; a—a,
1-2 complete rows of (15) external plates, and 1-2 incom-
plete rows; bb, innermost plates of the row; ce, outer-
most,* 27°. ‘

3. Outer part of a row with 9 erect plates; a, innermost,* 77°.

1880.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119

10.

E.

12.
13.

14,
15.

a

Adalaria virescens, Bergh.

. a, esophagus, with its dilatation; 6, salivary gland; c, its

duct.

. Ganglion penis,* 23°.

Adalaria Lovéni (A. and H.).

. Median part of the radula from above, with (aa) large lateral

plates; 6b, innermost part of two rows of external plates,
with 1-5 plates,* 27°.

. Large lateral plate, from the side,* *}°.
. Piece of the left part of the radula;* 77° a, two median

pseudo-plates or bosses; b, large lateral plates; c, two in-
complete rows, with 6-7 plates.

Adalaria albopapillosa (Dall). -

. a, (2) median pseudo-plates ; bb, (2-3) large lateral plates of

both sides,* 77°.

a, (3) median pseudo-plates ; bb, (2-4) large lateral plates of
both sides; c, innermost part of three (right) rows of ex-
ternal plates, with 3-4 plates; d, (left) row of T external
plates,* 772.

Four outermost plates of a row; a, outermost,* 7?°.

Acanthodoris pilosa (O. Fr. Miler).

End of the everted penis; a, opening,* 27°.
Epithelium of the vagina,* 23°.

Acanthodoris pilosa, var. albescens (Pacifica).

a, anterior margin of the foot; b, edge of the tentacle.
Ganglion genitale from the penis,* +/°.

PuaTE III (XI).

Acanthodoris pilosa (Muller).

. Three external plates; a, outermost,* 252,

Acanthodoris pilosa, var. albescens.

The genital opening with its everted margin ; a, the two fore-
most apertures.

-

L3.
14.

. Elements of the aikinrimubee 150)
. Lateral plate, from the side,* 33°,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

Lamellidoris bilamellata (L.) var. Pacifica.

3. Part of the branchial area with (aa) some branchial leaves ; bb,

some of the larger surrounding tubercles. In the centre
the anal nipple, the renal pore and interbranchial tubercles.

. The sucking crop, from the edge.

The half of the same, from the inside; a, stalk.
a, spermatotheca ; b, spermatocysta; c, duct of the last; d,
duct to the mucous gland; e, vagina.

. a, two median pseudo-plates; 6, a lateral plate; cc, three

external plates,* 23%.

. External plate from the side,* 72.

Two of the foremost lateral plates with blunted end,* 77°.

Lamellidoris muricata (Muller).

. a, Median pseudo-plate shining through the left of the lateral

plates, bb; c, three external plates,* 7°.
750

. aa, Basal edge of three lateral plates ; b, external plates,* 74°.

a, Glans penis; bb, preeputium ; c, spermatoduct,* 17°.

Lamellidoris varians, Bergh.

Lateral plate from the side,* 77°.
Median pseudo-plate, from above,* 2}.

Adalaria Pacifica, Bergh.

. Innermost part of two rows of external plates,* 7$°; a, two

innermost; 6, the third failing (in the anterior row); e¢,
eighth.

PuatTeE IV (XII).

Acanthodoris pilosa (O. F. Muller), var. purpurea.

. Labial disk, with (a) the lancet-formed blades projecting in

the lowest part of the mouth proper.

. The lancet-formed blades (a) with the adjoining part (6) of

the armature of the mouth,* 1°.
a, The right lancet-formed blade; 6, the adjoining part of the

armature,* 359,
5
1

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

6. The hook of a plate, from the side.* 23°.

7. Salivary gland; a, duct; b, posterior end.

8. a, pars pylorica intestini; b, vesica fellea; c, intestinum
descendens.

9. Part of the vas deferens, with its stricture,* 19°.

Acanthodoris pilosa (M.) var. brunnea albopapillosa.

10. ab, Lancet-formed blades from the under side,* 19°.

1]. a, Part of left; b, of right lancet-formed blade; c, adjoining
part of the armature of the mouth,* 77°.

12. aa, Upper part of three lateral plates ; bb, two series of exter-
nal plates; from the sheath of the radula,* 27°.

Acanthodoris pilosa (M.) var. albescens.

13. Elements of the armature of the mouth,* 72°.
14. Isolated element,* 77°.

15. Upper part of a lateral plate, from the outside,* *7°.
16, Upper part of a lateral plate, from the inside,* £

PuateE V (XIII).

Lamellidoris varians, Bergh.

1. The central nervous system, obliquely, from the under side,
* 55> a, ganglia cerebro-visceralia; bb, ganglia pedalia; c¢,
gangl. penis and gangl. genitale; d, ganglia buccalia; ee,
ganglia gastro-esophagalia. The eyes and the otocysts

visible.

Acanthodoris pilosa (M.), var. albescens.

2. The bulbus pharyngeus, from the side; a, cuticula and the
* Jancet-formed blades; bb, mm. retractores bulbi; ec. the

sucking-crop; d, salivary gland, above this the right buccal
and gastro-cesophageal ganglion ; e, the sheath of the radula
J, the crop of the wsophagus; g, continuation of the mso-
phagus.

3. Lateral plates, from the outside,* 29°.

4. Part of the armature of the spermatoduct, with its hooks,* °°

9

_
te

i~

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Acanthodoris pilosa (M.).

5. a, spermatotheca; b, spermatocysta; ec, duct to the mucous

gland; dd, duct to the vagina.

Acanthodoris cerulescens, Bergh.

. Part of the armature of the mouth,* 77°.
. External plates, from the side ;* 74° a, innermost.

Chromodoris Dalli, Bergh.

. The upper part of a branchial leaf,* 12°.

. Part of the lip-plate, from above,* 73°.

. Elements of the lip-plate,* 772.

. Part of the rhachis, with three (bosses or) false plates,* 77°.

12.

3. The 13th plate, from the side,* 77°.
. The 9th plate, from the side,* 772.

a, false plate, obliquely, from the side,* 472.

Triopa eclavigera (O. Fr. Muller).

. Tubercles of the back.
. Vertical section of one of the appendices of the back; a, bag

at the point..

. Elements of this last bag.
. Spicula of the skin.*
. Lowest part of the mouth, with its cuticula; a, the free

margin,* 29°,

. Hindermost part of the bulbus; a, tongue; 5, sheath of the

radula..

PuateE VI (XIV).
Chromodoris Dalli, Bergh.

. The buccal (a) and gastro-cesophageal (b) ganglia,* 19°.
2.

Part of the median portion of the radula; a, false plates, on
each side the 2~3 innermost (lateral) plates,* 7}°.

. Outer part of two series of plates with 11 plates; a, outer-

most; b, eighteenth,* 7}.

. a, spermatotheca; b, spermatocysta; c, duct to the vagina ;

d, duct to the mucous gland,* 4°.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHEA. 123

Chromodoris Californiensis, Bergh-

an

- Hinder part of the body, from the under side, with 6 knots
on the mantle-margin; a, foot,* 73°.

6. Upper median part of the true mouth,* 47°.

7. Part of 4 series of hooks of the lip-plate, from above,* 73°.
8-10. Elements of the same, in different positions,* 73°.

11. Three innermost plates; a, the first,* 77°.

12. One of the largest plates,* 77°.
i3. Hook of 3 larger plates, obliquely, from the foreside,* 7?°.
14. Four outermost plates ; a, outermost,* 77°.
15. Two irregular outermost plates; a, outermost,* 73°.

Acanthodoris cerulescens, Bergh.

16. Series of plates; a, two lateral plates; 6b, the outermost of
the external plates,* 29°.

Triopha modesta, Bergh.

17. Part of one of the hindermost series of plates (in the sheath),
with (a) 4 lateral plates and (b, c) 2 external plates,* 29°.

18. a, second and 6, third large lateral plates, from above and
from the back,* 27°.

19. a, fourth; 0, fifth plate (as in fig. 18 from the tongue),* 2?°.

20. Outer false plate of the rhachis (from the sheath),* 222.

- Triopa clavigeru (M.).

31. a, second lateral plate; 5, two external plates,* 77°.
22. First lateral plate,* 27°.

PuaTE VII (XY).

Triopha modesta, Bgh.

1. Central nervous system,* *°; a, ganglia cerebro-visceralia ;
bb, pedal ganglia; c, ganglia olfactoria proximalia ; dd,
buccal ganglia ; e, gangl. gastro-esophagal.
2. The labial disk with the true mouth.
. Upper commissure of the lip-plates,* 55.
. Elements of the lip-plate,* 27°.
. Upper ends of two elements,* 73°.

Vm Ww

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

6. Median part of a series of the teeth; a, (false) median plates
of the rhachis; bb, external plate of the same; cc, first
lateral plate; d, third lateral plate,* 27°.

7. Continuation of the former; a, fourth plate; b, outermost
plate,* 33°.

8. Four (inner) uncinal plates; a, the second ; pp the fifth,* 27°.
9. First lateral plate,* 25°.
10. Seventh and eighth eeonal plates,* 232.
11. Salivary gland; a, gland; b, duct,* 4%.

Triopa clavigera (M.).
12. Tentacle.
13. Part of the armature of the penis.* 732.

Polycera pallida, Bergh.

14. The glans penis,* 732.

PuateE VIII (XVI).

Polycera pallida, Bergh.

1. Central nervous system, from the upper side,* 5°; aa, visceral
ganglia; b, ganglia buccalia and gastro-wsophagalia.

. Part of the radula with two rows; aa, interior; bb, exterior
lateral plates ; cc, uncinal plates,* #}2.

3. Exterior lateral plate, from the side,* 3}2.

4. Under side of the iyi lateral plates :* aa a 5, as in fig. 2,
* 350°
5 i

ho

5. First lateral plate, from the side,* *?°

6. The same, from above,* #22.

i. Hook of the second lateral plate,* 27°.

8. Genital papilla and everted penis with its glans; 6, prominent
fold of the duct of the mucous gland.

9. Glans of the penis, with the end of (b) the spermatoduct,*
339; a, point of the glans.

Archidoris Montereyensis (Cooper).

a Large lateral plate, from the side,* 332.
. Outer part of two series of plates with 4 plates; aa, outer-
most,* 332,

wt

1380. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. _ 12:

Aphelodoris Antillensis, Bergh.
(Cf. Malakozodélog. Blitter, N. S., i, 1879, p. 107-113).

12. a, ganglia buccalia, with b, ganglia gastro-wsophagalia; ¢,
secondary ganglion,* 2°.

13. Median part of two series of plates ; aa, innermost ; bb, second
plates,* 275°.

14. A large lateral plate,* 77°.

15. Outermost double plates of two series,* 7°.

16. Outer part of two series with two plates ; aa, outermost,* 7}

17. The sixth plate from the outer margin of the radula,* 27°.

18. Outer part of three series with 3 plates; a, outermost,* 47°.

Polycera Holbilli (Mill.).

19. The genital papille, from the front.
20. The same, from the side.
21. First lateral plate, from above,* 27°.

JANUARY, 1880.

ERRATA FOR PART I.

On account of the inability of the author to read the proofs,
and from certain obscurities in the manuscript, some errors crept
into the first part of this paper, and the arrangement of the para-
graphs was somewhat confused by the printer.

The delicacy and beauty of the plates in their original state,
laying been destroyed by the printer, the present ones have been
steel-surfaced, to avoid, if possible, a similar misfortune.

The specific name Californiensis ( Chromodoris) was substituted
in the printed text for Calensis, which appeared on the plate and
in the manuscript under the idea that the latter was intended
merely as an abbreviation. _

The following list of errata has been received from the author ;
it is believed that the present concluding part of the paper is
much less in need of such corrections.

Page 128 ( 72), line 15: for Triopa modesta, B., read Triopha modesta, B.
“ 129 ( 73), line 22: for mandibule read . Mandibule.
*€ 130 ( 74), line 2: for genus read penis.
** -132.( 76), line 30 : a comma to be put before the parenthesis, and
the comma after the parenthesis to be cancelled.

126

Page

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

135 ( 79), line 11:

185 ( 79),

138 ( 82), line 5
140 ( 84),

141 ( 85), line 1:
141 ( 85), line 3:
: for 2 w. pl. read w. 2 pl.

141 ( 85), line 34

141 ( 85), line 35:

: for ab read ob.

: for denticalis read denticulis.

line 16:

: for 3 R. J. read 3 R. I.

27 : for Dentes median read D. mediani.
27: for altamen read attamen.

: for mantle read muzzle.

: for anal read oral.

: for Animal read Color animalis.

141 ( 85), line 41
142 ( 86), line 6
144 ( 88),
145 ( 89), line 9
145 ( 89), line
145 ( 89), line 2
146 ( 90), line 22
147 ( 91), line 11
150 ( 94\, line 4
150( 9

154 ( 98), line 15

155 ( 99), line 8
156 (100), line 11
156 (100), line 16

156 (100), line 19 :
156 (100), line 38 :

159 (103), line 20
159 (103), line 26

160 (104), line 1
161 (105), line 33
161 (105), line 38
162 (106), line 17
163 (107), line 33
163 (107),

line 18:

30 ( 79), line 19:
136 ( 8), line 5:
136 ( 80), line 17:

4), line 3:
152 ( 96), line 27:
153 ( 97), line 17 :
1538 ( 97): line 27:
: for cucculata read cucullata.
154 ( 98), line 19:

line 9:
165 (109), line 25:

[1880.

for dentibus medianis denticulati read dentibus
medianis denticulatis.

for caducous read not caducous.

a semicolon is needed before ‘the foot.’’

the comma after ‘‘laterales’’ to be cancelled.

a comma is needed after 1,57’; the comma after
‘“yhinophoria”’ to be cancelled.

: for Plate I. fig. 9, read Pl I. fig. 9-12.
line 39:

for (fig. 11, one to four) read (pl. I. f. 11; pl. TT,
f;124);

for The intestines are read The intestine is.

for anal papillae read anal papilla.

for 2te Heft read 2tes Heft.

for M. retractoris read M. retractor.

before Dendron. Dalli, B., insert 2.”
for side, the read side. The.

for Dalzell read Dalyell.

for Tr. glauce read Tr. glamae.

for Duvancelia read Duvaucelia.

: for of the papillz read of the papilla.
: for is contracted read was contracted.
: for The larger mucous gland read The larger

opening of the mucous gland.

for before which read , below which.
for in the hinder, part read between the inast
parts.

: for The cardia were wide, etc., read the cavity

was, etc.

: for but backward at the front.and end réad bent

backward at the frontal end.

: for Fig. 65 a read 15 a.

: for bulbus, and read bulbus, or.
: for Beitr. read Bidr.

: for dentates read dentatis.

: for leaves 80 read leaves 8,

for Fig. 6, 7, reaé@ Fig. 10, 11.
for Fig. 1-7 read Fig. 8-14.

t
-Y

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Page 166 (110), line 19 : for Fig. 1 read Fig. 8.
“* 167 (111), line 4: for Fig. 2 read Fig. 9.
‘* 167 (111), line 6: for Fig. 3 read Fig. 10.
“* 167 (111), line 15: for Fig. 4 read Fig. 11.
‘* 167 (111), line 16: for Fig. 1 a read Fig. 2a.
‘€ 167 (111), line 16: for Fig. 5 read Fig. 12.
‘* 167 (111), line 19 : for Fig. 4, 5, read Fig. 11, 12.
‘« 167 (111), line 23: for Fig. 6, 7, 8, read Fig. 13, 14, 3 b.
** 168 (112), line 5: for Plate XII read Pl. XIV.
*€ 168 (112), line 6: for punctus read punctis.
‘¢ 170 (114), line 5: for Fig. 13 read Fig. 15.
“© 170 (114), line 24: for latiuin read latum.
** 170 (114), line 26: for minutissimus read minutissimis.
‘* 170 (114), line 33 : for the gills read the gill.
*€ 171 (115), line 34: for Branchie read Branchia.
‘* 172 (116), line 17: for Samso read Samso.
‘« 173 (117), line 30: substitute a semicolon for the period.
“ 173 (117), line 31: substitute a period for the semicolon.
*€ 175 (119), line 23: for 1.3 read 13.
“¢ 175 (119), line 23 : for 7.7.0 read 7-7.8.
‘* 175 (119), line 24 : for the light read the right.
“* 176 (120), line 7: for individual read individuals.
“* 176 (120), line 21: for leg read bag..,
‘ 177 (121), line 1: for branchiz read branchia.
‘* 177 (121), line 32 : for of the right hand are read of the right hand
one, is.
** 180 (124), line 10 : for spermatocysts read spermatocyst.
‘€ 180 (124), line 33 : substitute a semicolon for the period.
‘* 183 (127), line 3: fore read a.
“* 183 (127), line 18: for (F.) read (O. F. Mill.)
‘* 183 (127), line 21: for inside read outside.
‘« 183 (127), line 23: for the same read the same from the inside.
‘€ 184 (128), line 13: for d read a.
«* 184 (128), line 16: for b read a.
*¢ 186 (130), line 12: for of read f.
** 186 (130), line 26: for 2. read 2, 2.
‘« 186 (130), line 33: for e read c.
** 187 (131), line 27 : for to the twelfth read to 4, the twelfth.
** 188 (132), line 12 : for cuticle read skin.

R. BERGH.,

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880

=

FEBRUARY 3.
Mr. MEEHAN, Vice-President, in the chair.

‘Twenty-one persons present.

FEBRUARY 10.
The President, Dr. RusCHENBERGER, in the chair.
‘Twenty-six persons present.
The death of Adolph E. Borie, a member, was announced.

Sartorius Muscle of the Gorillaa—Mr. Howarp A. KELiy
deseribed the sartorius muscle in the right leg of the Gorilla
troglodytes (young), from the Ogode river Ww. est. Africa, partially
dissected, and described by Dr. Chapman in the Proce. Acad. Nat.
Sci., Phila., 1879.

The muscle is 10 inches long, and 4 inch broad. Tendinous for
about + inch at its origin, and its insertion. It arises from the
iliac bone at the beginning of the middle third of the distance
from between the anterior superior spine of the ilium, and the
symphysis pubis. Its insertion is on to the inner face of the tibia
(which is 53 inches long), 3 inches below the knee joint.

Six inches from its origin the muscle is reinforced by a museular
slip inch in breadth. This slip arises at the lower part of the
middle third of the femur, between the origin of the quadriceps
extensor, and the insertion of the adductors, it joins the sartorius
muscle opposite the knee joint.

tn consulting the literature on the myology of the Gorilla, no
reference to any such slip has been found. Among: all the
numerous anomalies recorded of this muscle, in the human sub-
ject, no corresponding variation has been found.

Fesruary 17.
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.

Thirty-three persons. present.

A paper entitled “ Description of a New Crustacean from the
Upper Silurian of Georgia, with remarks upon Calymene Clin-
toni,’ by Anthony W. Vogdes, was presented for publication.

Germination in Acorns.—Mr. THoMas MEEHAN referred to

some interesting facts in the germination of Quercus virens, as
brought to his attention by W. St. J. Mazyck, of Georgetown,

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

South Carolina. It was generally known that in this species the
cotyledon did not divide into two lobes as usual in acorns, but
seemed to be of one solid mass, without any trace of a division.
In germination, however, two petioles were developed as in other
acorns, but instead of these being very short, indeed nearly
sessile, as in the ordinary white oak, they were produced appar-
ently in the much advanced specimens sent by Mr. Mazyck to 14
inches in length before the plumule and hypocotyledonary portions
of the embryo commenced their growth. In respect to the latter,
a small ovate, striate tuber, apparently as one might judge from
the shrivelled specimens on hand, nearly one-fourth the size of the
acorn was formed, and from this tuber the radicle proceeded, and,
afterwards, the plumule on its upward growth.

Mr. Meehan said he had since examined sprouting acorns of
Quercus alba, Q. rubra, Q. arenaria, and . prinoides, noticing a
very slight tendency to a tuberous condition, only in the last
named. But in regard to the lengthening of the petioles, he was
surprised to find a variation in each species. In Quercus pri-
noides, the petioles were nearly an inch in length.

He believed the discovery would be of great value to systematic
botanists in the determination of species in this very difficult
genus, and should examine and report after an examination of
many other species, but thought proper to call the attention of the
Academy to the matter in this early stage that due credit might
be recorded to Mr. Mazyck for his interesting discovery.

Mr. Epw. Porrs, at the request of Mr. Meehan, had made
sections of both the acorn and the spindle-shaped radicle, with the
result of finding the cell structure of the latter an almost exact
counterpart of that in the nut: 7. e., sub-spherical cells of uniform
size, gorged with starch grains. So similar were they that it
would be nearly impossible for an observer to say which he was
éxamining but for the cortical tissue surrounding the root. It
seemed that the food supply of the young plant had been thus
withdrawn from a position exposed to hot sun and drying winds,
to one protected by the earth and in the direct line of growth.
No line of specialized cells could be discovered in the sections of
the nut, indicating the possibility of a separation as in other
species into two cotyledons; so that to all intents and purposes it
might be called monocotyledonous.

FEBRUARY 24.
The President, Dr. RuscHensBerGer, in the chair.
Twenty-nine persons present.

A paper entitled “ Carcinological Notes, No. 3,” by J. S. Kings-
ley, was presented for publication.

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

The death of John Rice, a member, was announced.

R. 8S. Huidekoper, M. D., David Townsend, John B. Wood,
Thos. Miles, Frances Emily White, M. D., and John 8. Capp were
elected members.

The following were elected correspondents :—Robert. Caspary,
of Konigsberg, Agostino Todaro, of Palermo, J. KE. Bommer, of
Brussels, Teodoro Caruel, of Pisa, H. T. Geyler, of Frankfort-on-
the-Maine, Robert Schomburg, of Adelaide, and A. Inostranzeff,
of St. Petersburgh.

MARCH 2.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-eight persons present.

The death of Wm. Maxwell Wood, M. D., a correspondent, was
announced.

On a Filaria Reported to have come from a Man.—Prof. Lripy
exhibited a large thread-worm, which had been submitted to his
examination by Dr. J. J. Woodward, U.S. A. It was recently
presented to the Army Medical Museum, at Washington, by Dr.
C. L. Garnett, of Buffalo, Putnam Co., West Virginia. Accom-
panying the specimen, is the copy of a letter from Dr. Garnett to
Dr. Woodward, from which the following is an abstract : ‘‘ During
the winter of 1876, a man,a common laborer, aged about: fifty,
presented himself to me for treatment having a gleety discharge
from the urethra, with a burning sensation during and after mic-
turition. Previously, he had been treated for gonorrhea, and I
prescribed accordingly. The patient not improving, applied to
other practitioners. In April, 1878, he came to me with a round,
vivid-red worm, twenty-six inches in length, (the specimen you
now possess) which was alive and very active in its movements,
instantly coiling up like a watch-spring on being touched. Having
no work on helminthology for reference, the only description I
found which appeared to answer to the worm was that of Strongy-
lus gigas, in Niemeyer, vol. II, p. 47. The patient is an illiterate
man, with no motive for deception. He informed me that he dis-
covered the worm protruding from his penis and drew it out
without pain or difficulty. He was in much agitation and alarm
about the occurrence, fearing, as he said, that “there might be
more behind that one.” For afew days’ previous to its passage,
his urine was of a milky hue and some time subsequently of a yellow
cast and slightly tinged with blood and mingled with mucus. The
man is truthful, and no doubt exists in my mind, or in the minds
of his neighbors as to the correctness of his statements. I regret

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

exceedingly that I did not appreciate the scientific interest of the
subject, and send you the specimen in a fresh state, but the busy
routine of a country practitioner’s life leaves no time for the study
of other than subjects of practical value in one’s every day ex-
perience.”

The worm preserved in alcohol is much coiled, of a clay color
and opaque, or only feebly translucent, but more so at the head end.
If it is really a human parasite, it appears to differ from all those
heretofore described, and also seems different from other known
parasites. It certainly is neither Lustrongylus gigas, nor is it the
Guinea-worm, Filaria medinensis, though nearly related to this.
Its characters are as follows: Body long, restiform, nearly uni-
formly cylindrical, smooth, shining, elastic,
tough, without evident annulation other than
transverse wrinkling, with the anterior ex-
tremity evenly tapering in the continuous
head, the end of which is rounded and smooth
or without appendages of any kind; the pos-
terior extremity not tapering, with the caudal
end incurved, bluntly rounded, without ap-

Fig. 1. Fig.2. pendages and imperforate or without evident
cage ePhalic extremity; 2. anal or genital aperture. Mouth a terminal

audal extremity ; the diago- 2 z LF

nal marking indicates the pore without lips, papillae, or armature of any
the integanieat. Wve dame Kind. Pharynx cylindrical, and opening into
ters. a straight cylindrical intestine, apparently
ending ina blind pouch. Generative organs unobserved. Length
of worm, 26 inches, greatest thickness, 1°5 mm. Width of head
just behind the rounded extremity, 0°375 mm.; opposite the com-
mencement of the intestine, 0°625 mm.; at the middle, 1:5 mm.:
at the incurved caudal extremity, 155 mm. Length of cesopha-
gus, 1°125.

The worm, of exceedingly simple character, is clearly neither a
Gordius nor a Mermis, and though apparently more nearly allied
to Filaria,a more intimate knowledge of its structure may prove
it to be different. For the present it was proposed to distinguish
it with the name of FILARIA RESTIFORMIS.

On Rochelia patens.—Mr. J. H. Reprietp remarked at the
meeting of the Botanical Section, that Rochelia patens was
founded by Nuttall, upon a plant collected by Wyeth on Flat
Head River, in the Rocky Mountains, and was described in the
Journal of the Academy, Ist series, Vol. VII, p. 44, in 1834.

Dr. Gray in the Synoptical Flora of North America, II, p. 197,
remarks concerning the plant that it may be an Hritrichium, but
has not been identified, nor was it in the Academy’s Herbarium.

Mr. R. stated that this specimen had been recently found among
the Academy’s specimens of ELchinospermum, and had been pro-
nounced by Dr. Gray to be Echinospermum floribundum, Lebm..
a species widely diffused in Western North America.

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

The following report upon the plants introduced through the
medium of the Centennial Exhibition was read :

REPORT ON PLANTS INTRODUCED BY MEANS OF THE INTERNATIONAL
EXHIBITION, 1876.

The committee appointed on the 10th of October, 1876, at the re-
quest of the United States Centennial Commission, to examine and
report upon the subject of the introduction of insects* and plants
through the medium of foreign exhibits, respectfully reports that
it has delayed reporting on the plants till now in the belief that
some solitary plants might be overlooked, which producing seed
and increasing in following seasons, might be then discovered by
their greaternumbers. But only those named in the list have been
found, and only in isolated specimens showing no disposition
whatever to spread and remain with us. So far, therefore, as the
object of the committee appointment is concerned, it may be said
in effect that no plant has been introduced, to our knowledge,
by the agency of the exhibition.

It is but justice to say that the plants have been collected by
our esteemed fellow member, Mr. Isaac Burk, whose familiarity
with the botany of Fairmount Park, rendered him particularly
fitted to detect any new introduction. Some of the few plants
named are from the western portion of our country, others from
Europe, and a few from Japan.

Lepidium sativum, L. Killingia pumila, Mx.

Bunias Erucago, L. Fimbristylis miliacea, Muhl.
Crepis tectorum, L. Cyperus diandrus, Torr.
Centaurea nigra, L. Triticum villosum, Beand.
Hypocharis radicata, L. Triticum clavatum, Stedl.
Desmodium tomentosum, D. C. Leucea Langsdor fiana, Steudl.

Oycloloma platyphylla, Mogq.
Respectfully submitted.
Joun L. LEeConre,
Gero. H. Horn,
JosepH LeEIpyY,
J. GreBons Hunt,
THomAs MEEHAN,

Committee.

*The report upon the insects was printed in the Proceedings of the
Academy of Natural Scienees of Philadelphia, for 1576, page 267.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

Marcu 9.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-three persons present.

Mammary Glands of Bats.—Dr. H. ALLEN exhibited specimens
of bats dissected to show the position and peculiarities of the
mammary glands. These bodies have been described as_post-
axillary and two in number. For Desmodus this account is cor-
rect. For Phyllorhina, Nycteris and the common red bat of this
country (Atalapha (= Lasiurus) noveboracensis) it is incorrect.
In the first two the glands answering to the axilla are low down
and have their nipples on a line with the middle of the clavicle. Inthe
common red bat the gland answering to the so-called post-axillary
is outside and below the axilla, but on a line withit. It occupies,
indeed, the lower third of the side of the chest and borders upon
the inferior line of the chest. In addition to this there is con-
stantly present a pectoral gland situated as in Quadrumana and
the human species. These glands resemble one another in general
appearance and size, being circular in form, without hair, of a
dull yellow color, possessing a well-developed nipple, and meas-
uring 3 lines in diameter.

It is interesting to observe that the specimens of non-lactating
bats show no external signs of mammz. The mammary regions are
covered with fur of the same character as seen elsewhere.
Neither in a female with embryos 2 lines in length is there any
external development. If such a specimen be dissected, the
locality of a rudiment of the gland can be detected by the posi-
tion of a small circle of thin, dark skin with a central white spot,
such structures representing the patch of modified skin and nipple
ready to receive the future developing active gland. No mam-
mary structure in this stage is anywhere visible, nor is there any
subcutaneous fat. Dissection of the body of the lactating female
on the other hand shows the mamma to be as large as the external
conformation, and the pectoral and lateral thoracic regions to be
occupied by a large but sharply limited mass of fat, which runs
up into the axilla and encroaches upon the dorsal surface of the
trunk. The rest of the under surface of the animal is without fat.
It is likely that there exists in the bat the same provision noted
in analogous structures of many lower animals,—namely, the
presence of secondary sexual characters (among which the milk
gland may be placed) which practically disappear in the periods
between sexual activity.

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

Marcu 16.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.
Thirty-five persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘Carcinological Notes, No. IV,” by J. S.
Kingsley.

The death of Dr. Wm. M. King, U. 8. N., a member, was
announced, .

March 23.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
One hundred and fifteen persons present.

The following papers were presented for publication :—

“On the Gestation and Generative Apparatus of the Elephant,”
by H. C. Chapman, M. D.

“On a New Species of Hemitripterus from Alaska,” by W. N.
Lockington.

The death of Hector Tyndale, a member, was announced.

MARCH 30.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the chair.
Thirty-eight persons present.

The death of Jacob Stauffer, a correspondent, was announced.

Paris Haldeman, Geo. B. Heckel and Emlen Physic, M. D., were
elected members. ;

The following were ordered to be printed :—

PROC. A. N. S, 1880,

KINGSLEY ON

:
CE

LASIMI,

PROC. A. N. S. 1880, PL,

KINGSLEY ON CELASIMI.

ta}

+4 thay i are bb a8 asaya AREA

AS euch Halas L
AEA AS tile RAL atgolnen ab hoe habe. Dae ed Re
Haeogiass'? galley te 4 97 $9 et 4 SAB dere ee HA f
Sets fBF og Shaan HSHSHhHS SaH
loidaneny od Ip eGhW ans 4H Bee +h B 8
SHH 2 Rey Hi ee Seats + othessn WBnsee nie
Giagpuieg haqiay tage 1A eaa alt asnaipasiid yids VOR
13348 Gina AE wa besnhaa tigen toa ay Boia
is ewer HSS asa Swel 3h sl pe Raga eee
Salsas dpaditiors Hie MAR Sebel StqesOt ae
anide agide qanisis 4 wee ah mags ‘pet 34 46 Seb apie
aiphin oid ii
SRR soleeenid funssqaah chia gliaiarss teint AF
tg BARS splhegtalei - ee S49 46 GM Gu cd pee ws
adits BhiS Sasa f Rahs 344 7A BSG 2a) SSS
hugs rte Bos +t & anit fie Hetehe XS aes Ayia a.
Hieagis GuSwiednt sacitesste. Aan aid 44 SOMSIRR TES
FagGw sth BiH SECC -Bageiaae Gh sdeus pale ws
285 2848 2a | sf aagiucrcdus oapaus luset sohs Biles ‘
We Sisbawt ies 4 va Sohyigay @hensiaae pb say OS
gtaHS-o Uiaiys: sab" Geb 9 Migrated eobotaded ¥ § - a
igtelk .SIBREG 24) hoe geaesinma & iy vss oa
wefed bas sade aiechaHush dosh hinameiialadcin i
pe} Gas tar -ceeegyy Sth Es spialigs 5) brie
{a Hees Bot thes it Bek Sih} Spe ae 3 hak Vid
-(emeieacey 4:

ee
ic aad oe seca

His Rasy Bus Saas hakrerait 4

eek. Sosaliae ‘betoneiioias ey es | ‘hese agile
neers gore BRAS wan'Gt [yube ar oety sokigags sone.
ike i Petar hig Larksh ie = Sabb Se es - | 206
ped onset mS EE RO aD: OR
ses PBA ceil ‘ena eiial oe ipo

sh bits ti

7

me a
~>

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

CABCINOLOGICAL NOTES, No. II.—_REVISION OF THE GELASIMI.
BY J. 8. KINGSLEY.

I have endeavored in this paper to straighten out the species of
the “ Fiddler Crabs,” basing my work on the large collections of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and of the
Peabody Academy of Sciences at Salem, Mass. My material has
been ample, embracing more than half the known forms, among
which are types of Smith, Guerin, Eydoux, Leconte and Say,
with other specimens from Guerin’s collection which were identified
by comparison with the types of Milne Edwards. I have reduced
considerably the number of specific forms, and in so doing I have
been actuated not by any desire to overturn the work of others,
but merely to arrive at the true limits of the species. A similar
reduction in other genera must be made, and will be made, by
any one who attempts to study the forms of the whole world, and
does not limit himself to those of a small portion of its surface.
Among the important features of this paper is the extension of
the range of many forms, which has been accomplished either
by finding new localities among the specimens studied, or by a
union of two or more so-called species which bore different names
in different portions of the world.

I have endeavored to give descriptions and figures of all known
forms of Gelasimi, and when possible I have taken them from the
specimens themselves; when I had no specimens, I have given a
description compiled from some other .carcinologist, and have
followed it by the initial of his name. The same remark will
apply to the figures. Localities from which I have examined
specimens are followed by an exclamation point (!), and the
museum in which the forms are preserved is indicated by an
abbreviation ; these abbreviations are: Phila. Acad., Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Pa.; Peab. Acad., Peabody
Academy of Sciences, Salem, Mass.; U. C., Union College,
Schenectady, N. Y.

Genus GELASIMUS Latreille.

Cancer (pars.) Linne, Herbst, Fabricius, De Geer. Ocypoda (pars) Bosc,
Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces, ii, p. 240 (1828)'; Latreille,

‘ T have never seen a copy of the first edition of this work published in
the “‘An X” of the first French Republic (1802-3 of accepted chronology),
and my references are either quoted from the second edition by Desmarest,
or at second hand from Milne Edwards, or some other author.

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF f1880.

Histoire des Crustaces et de la Insects, vi, p. 27, “‘ An. X1’’ (1803-4.)
Ueca Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc., London, xi, p. 309 (1815). Gelastmus
Latreille, Nouvelle Dictionnaire d’Histoire Naturelle, xii, p. 517
(1817) ; Henri Milne-Edwards, Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces, ii,
p. 49 (1837) ; Annales des Sciences Naturelles, III serie, xviii, p.
144 (1852) ; Dana, Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expe-
dition, pp. 312 and 315 (1852) ; Hess, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,
xxxi, Pt. II, p. 145 (1865); Alphonse Milne-Edwards, Nouvelle
Archives du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, xi, p. 271 (1878) ;
Gonoplax (pars.) Lamarck, Histoire Animaux sans Vertebres, v. p.
255 (1818).

The genus Gelasimus belongs to Cyclometopa (Ocypodoidea ot
Dana), family Macrophthalmidx (Dana), and sub-family Ocypo-
dine of the same author. It is characterized by the rhomboidal
carapax, broader in front, the elongate ocular pedicels, the eyes
proper being placed at the extremity, and by the great inequality
of the chelipeds in the male.

In my studies I have found the characters derived from the
larger cheliped of the male to be the most constant, while the
relative proportions of the carapax, the front and the margins of
the orbit, are of but slight importance and very variable.

But two species ever referred to this genus by authors, are
now referred to other genera; Gelasimus cordiformis forming
the type of the genus Helecius of Dana, and Gelasimus tel-
escopicus Owen, which belongs to the genus Macrophthalmus.

The genus may be divided into two groups, possibly of sub-
generic value, according as the front between the eyes is wide or
narrow, and the wide fronted section again according as the male
abdomen is seven or five jointed.

§ A. Front very narrow between the eyes.

1. Gelasimus maracoani Latreille. PI. ix, f. 1.

Ocypoda maracoani Latreille, Hist. Crust. et Ins., vi, p. 46 (1803).

Gelasimus maracoani Latreille, Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., xii, p. 519 (1817) ;
Desmarest. Consid. (pars) p. 128 (1825); Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust.,
ii, p. 51 (1837); Ann. Sci. Nat., ILI, xviii, p. 144, pl. III, f. 1 (1852) ;
Dana, U. S. Ex. Ex. Crust., p. 318 (1852) ; White, List. Crust. Brit.
Mus., p. 35 (1847). Gonoplax maracoani Lamarck, Hist. An.
Sans Vert., v, p. 254 (1818). Gelasimus armatus Smith, ‘Trans.
Conn. Acad., ii, p. 123, pl. ii, f. 5, pl. iii, f. 4 (1870) ; Report Pea-
body Acad. Sci., iii, p. 91 (1871).

Regions distinct, each branchial ornamented with a longitudinal
ridge, from which branch off smaller ones. Ischium of larger

eS es ee

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

cheliped with a prominent tooth below; meros with a tooth on
posterior margin at the articulation with the carpus, otherwise
smooth and rounded, its upper and lower margins with spiniform
teeth which are more prominent above ; carpus elongate, with in-
distinct tubercles. Hand very large, compressed, externally
tuberculate on the basal portion, above with several teeth like
those of meros, inferior margin proximal.y tuberculate, outer sur-
face of thumb with large shallow puncte, the lower portion being
marginate. Occludent margin with three rows of tubercles, the
middle one forming a prominence at the basal two-fifths, the other
rows undulating, extremity contorted, acute; inner surface nearly
smooth, with a tubercular ridge running from the articulation of
_dactylus to the middle of lower margin of the palm; dactylus
lamellate, externally granulate, lower margin nearly straight,
upper margin arcuate, basally tuberculate, tip acute and nearly at
right angles with occludent margin, inner surface nearly smooth,
somewhat concave, with a longitudinal tuberculate ridge near the
occludent margin.

Bahia, Brazil! Dr. Wilson. Natal! [?] Dr. Wilson (labeled G.
natalensis). South America! (Phila. Acad.) West Coast of Nicara-
gua! MecNiel (Smith’s types in Peab. Acad.). Cayenne (Latr.
Edw.), Brazil (Latr. White), West Indies (White), Rio Janeiro
(Dana).

The only differences between Smith’s types and specimens
from other localities, are the more crowded spines on the
upper border of the meros and the more sparse tuberculation of
the basal portion of the hand, characters surely not of specific
importance.

2. Gelasimus heterccheles Kingsley. PI. ix, f. 2.

Seba, Thesaurus, iii, pl. xviii, f. 8 (1758); Cancer vocans major
Herbst, Naturgesch. Krabben und Krebse, pl. i, f. 1 (after Seba)
(1790). Ocypoda heterocheles Bose, Edit. I, ‘‘tom. ii, p. 197, 1802”’
(teste Auct.) ; Edit. IT, i, p. 250 (1828) ; Cancer uka Shaw, Natur-
alist’s Miscellany, XIV, pl. 588 (after Seba).' Gelasimus maracoant
(pars) Desmarest, 1. ¢., p. 123 (1825). Gelastmus platydactylus Edw.,
Hist. Nat. des Crust., ii, p. 51 (1837) ; Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xviii, p.

'T have been unable to ascertain the date of this volume. The first
volume of the series bears the date 1790, the twenty-fourth (and last)
1813, but no others are dated ; it would, however, seem probable that the
fourteenth volume appeared in 1803, while the ‘An X,’’ in which Bose’s
first edition appeared, embraced parts of 1802 and 1803,

10

~
eX]
io 8)

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

144, pl. iii, f. 2 (1852) ; Saussure, Revue et Magazin de Zoologie, II,
vy, p. 862 (1853); Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad,,. ii, p. 122 (1870).
Gelastmus princeps Smith, 1. ¢., p. 120, pl. ii, f. 10, pl. iii, f. 3-8¢
(1870) ; Report Peab. Acad., iii, p. 91 (1871) ; Lockington, Proc.
California Acad., vii, p. 145 (1877).

Carapax transversely nearly flat; meros of larger cheliped
rounded posteriorly, its lower margin crenulate, its upper pro-
duced into a broad, arcuate, laminiform, dentate crest; carpus
elongate, externally tuberculate, inner margin crenulate, the inner
surface with one or two tubercles. Hand large, compressed, palmar
portion swollen, upper and lower margins tuberculate, external sur-
face of palm tuberculate, of thumb smooth, except a crenulated
ridge below. The inner surface smooth, with a tuberculate ridge
running from the lower margin at the base of the thumb obliquely
upward and backward, and meeting a similar ridge from the base
of the dactylus; occludent margins of thumb with three rows of
tubercles, (the middle the most prominent) and somewhat angulated
beyond the middle. Dactylus with the upper margin and outer
basal portion tuberculate, the occludent margin rather prominent
in the middle.

Mexico! (Guerin-Meneville). Jamaica! (Dr. Wilson) Phila. Acad.
Cayenne, Edw. W. Coast Nicaragua! (MeNiel, Smith’s types
Peab. Acad.). Lower California (Lockington). Mazatlan (Saus-
sure).

Seba’s figure represents the carapax as granulate and the front °
rather broad (in these respects he has been followed by Herbst
and Shaw), otherwise his figure answers well. Bosc says that the
species is black! Smith’s types agree well with the Jamaica
specimens which I have seen, except that the meral crest in the
Nicaraguan specimens is more distinctly dentate.

3. Gelasimus bellator White. PI. ix, f. 5.

Petiver, Opera, i, Pl. 78, f. 5 (1767) ; Gelasimus bellator White, Cata-
logue British Museum Crustacea, p. 36 (1847) ; (sine descr.) Voyage
of H. M. S. Samarang, Crustacea, p. 49 (1848); Edw., Ann. Sci.
Nat., III, xviii, p. 146 (1852).

Carapax arcuate, front but little enlarged below the eyes.
Meros of larger cheliped posteriorly with an oblique rounded
ridge, its upper and lowet margins crenulate, the former even
denticulate ; earpus externally polished, above granulate, inner
yaargin dentieulate, outside of palm and basal portion of dactylus
granulate, inside of palm granulate but without tubercular ridges

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 139

except a short curved one near the occludent margin; thumb ex-
ternally margined below, its occludent margin forming a promi-
nence at the distal third; dactylus with the margins nearly
parallel, the occludent one with scattered larger tubercles, tip
acute.
Australia ! (Dr. T. B. Wilson) Phila. Acad. Luzon (Petiver) Phii-
ippines (White).
4. Gelasimus styliferus, Edw. PI. ix, f. 4.
Gelasimus platydactylus Edw., Ill. Edit. Regne Animal, Crustaces, pl.
xvili, f. 1 a (without date). Gelasimus styliferus Edw., Am. Sci. Nat.
IH, xviii, p. 145, pl. iii, f. 3, (1852); Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii,
p. 118, (1870).

A species very near @. platydactylus, but having the marginal
crest’ of the arm less developed and the eye stalks terminated by
a small stylet as in the Ocypodas (Edw.). Is possibly but a variety
of heterochelos.

Guayaquil, Equador, (Edw.).
5. Gelasimus heterophthalmus Smith. PI. ix, f. 5.
Gelasimus heterophthalmus Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. ii, p. 116, pl.
ii, f. 6, pl. iii, f. 1 (1870) ; Rep. Peab. Acad. Sci. iii, p. 91 (1871).

Meros of larger cheliped with posterior margin rounded, the
inferior crenulate, superior with a broad crest, carpus with the
upper outer surface granulate, elsewhere smooth. Hand inflated,
basal portion of palm externally granulate, thumb punctate, with
an external elevated ridge. Inner surface of palm smooth, with
two rows of tubercles much as in G. heterocheles. Fingers com-
pressed, the thumb with a deep emargination at the base and a prom-
inent tubercle just beyond, occludent margin of finger nearly
straight.

Gulf of Fonseca, West Coast of Nicaragua ! MeNiel (Smith’s types
in Peab. Acad.).

This species is closely allied to G. heterocheles. When I exam-
ined the specimens, the prolongations of the ocular peduncles
described by Prof. Smith were broken off.

6. Gelasimus heteropleurus Smith. PI. ix, f. 6.
Gelasimus heteropleurus Smith, Trans, Conn. Acad., ii, p. 118, pl ii, f
7, pl. iii, f, 2(1870) ; Rep. Peab. Acad., iii, p. 71 (1871).
Carapax but slightly convex, one side produced laterally. One
eye with a stylet about as long as the cornea, similar to those
found in certain Ocypodx: Meros of larger cheliped with the

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1889.

margins denticulate, the upper one produced distally into a crest,
carpus granulate above. Hand externally granulate on the basal
portion, the upper and lower margins denticulate; the inner sur-
face of the palm has an oblique line of tubercles running obliquely
upward and backward from the lower margin at the base of the
thumb to near the articulation with the carpus. Fingers short,
compressed, the thumb with the lower margin regularly arcuate ;
the upper margin of dactylus nearly straight as are the occludent
margins of each.
Gulf of Fonseca |! MeNiel (Peab. Acad., Smith’s types).
7. Gelasimus cultrimanus White. PI. ix, f. 7.
Gelasimus vocans Edw., Annales des Sci. Nat., III, xviii, p. 145, Pl.

Ill, f. 4 (1852) ; Stimpson, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1858, p. 99 (1858) ;

Heller, Reise der Novara, Crustacea, p. 37 (1865); Hilgendorf, in

van der Decken’s Reise, p. 83 (1867); Alphonse Milne-Edwards,

Nouv. Arch. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., ix, p. 272 (1873). Gelasimus

cultrimanus White, Catalogue Brit. Mus. Crust., p. 35, sine descr.

(1847) ; Voyage of the Samarang, Crust., p. 49 (1848). Gelasimus

nitidus Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exped. Crust, p. 316, Pl. X, f. 5 (1852).

Carapax smooth, arcuate. Meros of larger cheliped with an
oblique ridge on the upper posterior surface which gradually dis-
appears before the articulation with the carpus; the inner margin
somewhat cristate, distally with a prominent tooth and sometimes
traces of a second; carpus externally granulate, a portion near
the articulation with the meros smooth, inner surface with a strong
spiniform tubercle. Palmar portion of hand swollen and exter-
nally granulate, granules larger below. On the inner surface there
is an oblique tubercular crest near the lower margin but not ex-
tending to it, and a second near the occludent margin. Thumb
with an impressed line on the outer surface, the lower margin
granulous, the occludent margin broadly excavate ; this excava-
tion is sometimes regularly curved, but generally shows traces of
a division into two sinuses; the distal fourth bends abruptly
downward to meet the inferior margin. Finger granulate above
near the base, occludent margin nearly straight.

Philippines? Dr. T. B. Wilson (Phila. Acad.) ; Moreton Bay, Aus-
tralia! E. Wilson (Phila. Acad.); Coast of Malabar! Guerin’s
Collection (Phila. Acad.). This specimen (labelled “G. crassi-
manus Coll. Mus.’’) has the excavation of the thumb of the larger
cheliped plainly divided into two parts. Java, Malabar (Edw.) ;
Nicobars (Heller); Zanzibar (Hilgendorf) ; New Caledonia (A.
M.-Edw.).

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 14]

There is a considerable confusion regarding this species. Ed-
wards considers this as the Cancer vocans of Linne. Linne in
his tenth edition p. 625, 1757) quotes Rumphius, Pl. XIV, f. E.;
and Catesby’s Carolina, ii, Pl. XXV. Rumphius’ figure (of a
specimen from Amboina) represents a form with the fingers regu-
larly tapering, and resembling (@. tetragonon more nearly than any
other species with which I am acquainted, but the figure. is not
accurate enough to have any systematic value. Catesby’s figure
is the well-known Ocypoda arenaria of North America. Linne
(in the Ameenitates Academici, vi, p. 416) gives a description,
which does not at all apply to this species, and quotes in addition
Maregrave, Piso, Rumphius, Catesby, and Seba, in the order
given, showing a still greater confusion. In his 12th edition, p-
1041, Gronovius and Petiver are added to the list, but no hints
showing what should be regarded as the Cancer vocans. As there
exists such confusion, it is impossible to apply the name vocans,
with certainty, to any species, and for that reason I have thought
it best to allow it to lapse into synonymy and take the first recog-
nisible description for this species.

8. Gelasimus marionis Desmarest. PI. ix, f. 8.

Gelasimus marionis Desm., Consid. sur le Crust., p. 124, Pl. XIII, f.
1 (1825) ; Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xviii, p. 145 (1852).

Carapax smooth, and with each margin terminated by an acute
angle directed forward; an }-shaped impression on the carapax.
Ocular peduncles slightly enlarged at the extremity, and without
a terminal point. Inferior border of the orbit crenulate. Right
hand greatly larger than the left, greatly compressed, basally
granulate ; finger straight, its sides smooth, its occludent margin
granulate ; thumb arcuate below, with its internal border broadly
excavate in the middle, and armed with fine teeth. Length, 8
lines; breadth, one inch (Desmarest).

Manilla (Desm.). Malabar (Edw.).

I have not seen any form corresponding to this description or
figure.

9. Gelasimus dubius Stimpson.
Gelasimus dubius Stm., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1858, p. 99.
Carapax and front as in G@. cultrimanus. Inferior margin of

orbit crenulate, externally angulate. Meros of larger cheliped
spinulose, hand stout, externally granulate or tuberculate; in-

(42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {1880.

ternally with crests as in G. cultrimanus, but less prominent.
Digits rather broad, externally suleate; inner margin nearly
straight, irregularly dentate, two or three teeth larger than the
others (Stm.).

Loo Choo (Stm.).

10. Gelasimus forcipatus White. Pl. ix, f. 9.

Gelasimus forctpatus White, Catalogue Brit. Mus. Crust., p. 36, stne
descr. (1847) ; Voyage Samarang Crust., p. 50 (1848). Gelasimus
coarctatus Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xviii, p. 146, Pl. III, f. 6
(1852); Heller, Crustaceen Sud. Europas, p. 100 (1863); Alph.
Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., [X, p. 272, Pl.
XII, f. 4 (1878).

Carapax convex, narrowed behind. Meros of larger cheliped
externally granulate, its margins denticulate. Carpus granulate,
inner margin produced but without a prominent tooth. Palm
externally granulate, its upper border slightly margined, its lower
tuberculate; on the inside a few tubercles in a curved line near
the base of the dactylus, and an oblique line from the lower
margin runs up to the articulation with the carpus, dactylus
granulate at the base, otherwise the hand and fingers are smooth.
Thumb regularly tapering, with an external impressed line, its
occludent margin regularly arcuate, with generally a prominent
tubercle near the middle. Dactylus with a prominent. distal
dentate lobe.

[?] Odessa ! Guerin (Phil. Acad.). Philippines! Drs. Wilson and
Burroughs (Phil. Acad.). Australia / E. Wilson (Phil. Acad.).
Borneo (Adams and White). Odessa (Edw.). New Caledonia
(A. M.-Edw.).

I have united these two nominal species from an actual com-
parison of specimens. In the collection of Guerin-Meneville now
in the possession of the Philadelphia Academy, is a specimen
labelled ‘“* Gelasimus coarctatus Edw., Cat. Mus., Paris, Odessa,”
and which was probably one of the original specimens which was
the foundation of Edward’s description. I am strongly inclined
to doubt of the authenticity of the locality “Odessa,” as I have
been unable to find any other authority than that of Edwards.
Marcussen in his Fauna of the Black Sea (Archiv. fur Natur-
geschichte xxxiii, pp. 358-363, 1867) does not mention it. His
subsequent paper and that of Uljanin, I have not seen. Heller
merely quotes from Milne-Edwards.

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143

11, Gelasimus arcuatus De Haan. PI. ix, f. 10.
_ Ocypode | Gelasimus) arcuata De Haan; Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, p.
538, Pl. VII, f. 2 (1835). Gelasimus arcuatus M.-Edw., Ann. Sci.
Nat. III, xviii, p. 146 (1852) ; (?) Krauss, siid Afrikanische Crus-
taceen, p. 39 (1843) ; A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch. du Mus., ix, p. 273,
(1873).

Carapax with sides carinate, carina acute, scarcely granulate ;
inferior margin of orbit granulate. Meros of larger cheliped,
above concave, below flat ; internally with an acute granular ridge.
Carpus externally convex, above flat, hand twice the breadth of
the carapax , fingers compressed, smooth, externally longitudinally
sulcate (De Haan).

Japan (De Haan). New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.). [?] Natal Bay
(Krauss).

12. Gelasimus tetragonon Ruppell. PI. ix, f. 11.

Seba Thesaurus, iii, Pl. XTX, f. 15. 2 Cancer serratan Forskal, Deser.
Animalium, etc., p. 87 (1775). Cancer tetragonon Herbst 1. c., i, p.
257, Pl. XX, f. 110 (1790). Gelasimus tetragonon Ruppell, Beschrei-
bung und Abbildung 24 Krabben des rothes Meeres, p. 25, Pl. V,
f. 5 (1830) ; Edw., Hist. Crust., ii, p. 52 (1837) ; Ann. Sci. Nat. III,
xviii, p. 147, Pl. III, f. 9 (1859); White, Cat. B. M. Crust, p. 36
(1847) ; Guerin, Voyage Coquille, p. 10 (1839') ; Heller Reise der
Novara, p. 37 (1868) ; Hilgendorf in yan der Decken, p. 84 (1867) ;
Kossman Reise nach rothen Meeren, p. 52 (1877). Gelusimus
duperreyt Guerin, 1. c., Pl. I (1826); Dana, U.S. Ex. Ex. Crust., p.
817 (1852). Gelasimus desjardinti Guerin, MS. Gelasimus tetra-
gonon var spinicarpa Kossmann, |. c., p. 52. Kossman gives a
reference to a paper by Poulson, but as the title is written in Russian
I have not been able to verify it.

Carapax strongly arcuate, front not expanded below the eyes.
Meros of the larger cheliped with the upper margin terminating
distally in a strong spine, carpus smooth, the inner margin acute,
its basal portion sometimes expanded into a strong tooth. Hand
compressed, externally finely granulate, a shallow pit with coarse
puncte near the base of the thumb; internally granulate but
without tubercular ridges; thumb with two prominences on the
distal half; the finger regularly tapering.

Mauritius! Dr. Wilson, Guerin’s Collection ; Tongatabou / Wilkes
Expedition ; Tahité/ A. Garrett ; Sandwich Is! Dr. W. N. Jones

' The title page of the volume bears the date 1830, but the introduction
to the Crustacea and Arachnida is dated ‘15 Novembre, 1838,’ so that it
is probable that the volume did not appear complete until 1839. The
plates bear date 1826.

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

(Phila. Acad.); Tahiti and Sandwich Is./ A. Garrett (Peab.
Acad.) ; Red Sea and Nicobar Is. (Heller); Zanzibar (Hilgen-
dorf) ; Bourbon (Edwards) ; New Caledonia (A. Milne-Edwards).

13. Gelasimus acutus Stm.

Gelasimus acutus Stm., Proc. Phila. Acad., 1858, p. 99.

Carapax narrowed behind, anterolateral angles prominent, acute,
marginal line distinct. Front narrow, not constricted, inferior
margin of orbit crenulate, externally acute, internal suborbital
lobe convex; a crest on the sub-hepatic region parallel to the in-
ferior margin of the orbit, the included surface smooth. Larger
hand coarsely granulate, a tubercular ridge on the inner surface.
Fingers not longer than the palm, externally sulcate, inner margin

dentate, median tooth larger, but no sub-terminal tooth (Stimpson).

. Macao (Stimpson)..
14. Gelasimus forceps Milne-Edwards. PI. ix, f. 12.

Gelasimus forceps Edw., Hist. Nat. des Crust., ii, p. 52 (1837); An-
nales des Sciences Naturelles, III serie, tome xviii, p. 148, Pl. III, f.
11 (1852); White Cat. Brit. Mus. Crust., p. 36 (1847).

Carapax narrowed behind, lateral angles prominent, acute ,
orbits below with two denticulate margins. Meros and carpus
smooth, the lower margin of the meros crenulate, upper cristate,
finely dentate ; hand smooth or indistinctly granulate, fingers
long, slender, finely denticulate, the thumb with a distal lobe
(Edwards).

Australia (Edwards, White).

I have not forms referable to the two foregoing species.

15. Gelasimus longidigitum (nov.). Pl. ix, f. 13.

Closely allied to forceps in shape of carapax, orbits below with
a simple smooth margin. Meros and carpus smooth, the inner
margin of the carpus acute,crenulate. Basal portion of the hand
externally obscurely granulate; internally with an oblique tuber-
cular ridge, and a few tubercles near the base of the fingers.
Fingers compressed, long, finely denticulate, and narrower near
the base than at the middle point.

Moreton Bay, Australia ! KE. Wilson.

16. Gelasimus smithii (nov.). PI. ix, f. 14.

Carapax gibbous, front narrow; meros with a strong, oblique
ridge on the upper outer surface, the inner upper margin produced
into a prominent vertical crest. Carpus externally nearly smooth,

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145

the inner margin slightly produced and denticulate. Palm exter-
nally granulate above, smooth below, its upper margin granulate
and indistinctly indicated by an impressed line on the outer sur-
face, and its inner surface smooth, without tubercular ridges,
except one at the base of the fingers. Fingers long, slender,
slightly compressed and regularly tapering, the extremity of the
dactylus somewhat expanded and excavate.
Natal! E. Wilson (Phila. Acad.).

Named in honor of my friend Prof. S. I. Smith, of Yale College,
who has monographed the American species of this genus.

17. Gelasimus urvillei M.-Edw. PI. ix, f. 15.
Gelasimus urvillei M.-Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xviii p. 148, Pl. II,
f. 10 (1852).
Resembles closely @. forceps, but has the medio-frontal sulcus
nearly linear, and the fingers shorter, the anterior border of the
meros of the larger cheliped obtuse and granulate (M.-Edw.).

Vanikoro (M.-Edw.).
18. Gelasimus dussumieri M.-Edw. PI. x, f. 16.

Gelasimus dussumierit M.-Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., IIT, xviii, Pl. 1V, f. 12,
(1852)? Hilgendorf in van der Decken’s Reise in Ost Afrika,
Crustaceen, p. 84, Pl. IV, f. 1 (1867); Alph. M -Edw., Nouv. Arch.
du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. LX, p. 274 (1873).

Resembles closely G. urvillez, but the accessory sub-orbital lobe
is less marked, the median sulcus of the front entirely linear and
the anterior border of the meros of the larger cheliped denticu-
late. Chela very large, G. rubripes is closely allied, but appears
to be distinguished by the form of the fingers of the larger hand,
the larger tubercles of the carpus, etc., (Ex. auct.).

Malabar and Samarang (Edw.); New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.) ;

Zanzibar (Hilgendorf).

19. Gelasimus rubripes Jacq. and Lucas. PI. x, f. 17.

Gelasimus rubripes Jacquinot and Lucas, Voyage des Astrolabe et Zelee
Crustacea, p. 66, Pl. VI, f. 2 (1853) ; Heller, Reise der Novara Crus-
taceen, p. 38 (1867).

Orbits granulate above and below, carpus of larger cheliped
with the external portion granulate, its margins finely denticulate.
Hand prominently granulate, internally smooth except fine granu-
lations at the origin of the thumb; below strongly dentate, finger
smooth except at the base where it is granulate; the inner margin
of the thumb with three large teeth, the intervals between which

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

are finely denticulate. Thumb smooth below its inner margin
with several rows of granulations and a prominent tooth near the
middle (J. et L.).
Unknown (J. and L.) Nicobars (Heller).
20. Gelasimus signatus Hess. Pl. x, f. 18.
Gelasimus signatus Hess, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, xxxi, p. 146, Pl.
VI, f. 6 (1865).

* Front between the eyes not so small as a G. variatus, cheliped
one and a half times the breadth of the body; arm, carpus and
hand bright red, fingers white. Arm below with two rows of
pearly tubercles, fingers with an elevation at the middle of the
inner border, distally arcuate and pointed ”’ (Hess).

Sydney, Australia (Hess).
21. Gelasimus crassipes White. Pl. x, f. 19.
Gelasimus crasstpes White, Cat. B. M. Crust., p. 36, sine descr. ;
Adams and White, Voyage Samarang Crustacea, p. 49 (1848).

? G. brevipes Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xviii, p. 146 (1852).

“ Carapace very much arched, suddenly narrowed behind, front
with a lobe without narrow stalk. Four hind pairs of legs thicker
and stronger than in the other species ” (Ad. and White).

Philippine Islands (White).

There have been described three other species * belonging to

the narrow-fronted section, one of which has been made the type
of the genus Acanthoplax by Milne Edwards. A fourth species
from Bahia, Brazil, is in the collection of the Philadelphia
Academy. So far as 1 am aware these are all females and are
represented by only a single specimen each, and as I am strongly
inclined to consider them the females of well-known forms I omit
descriptions of them.

* Gelasimus insignis Smith, Trans. Conn, Aecad., ii, p. 126 (1870).
Acanthoplaz insignis Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., HI, xviii, p. 151, Pl. IV,
f. 23 (1852) ; Archives des Museum, vii, p. 162, Pl. II, f. 1 (1854),—
Chili (Edw.).

Gelasimus ornatus Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 125, Pl. II, f. 9,

Pl. ILf, f. 5 (1870) ; Report Peabody Acad. Science, ili, p. 91 (1871). —
West Coast Nicaragua! MeNiel (Peab. Acad.).

Acanthoplax exeellens Gerstiicker, Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, xxii,
p. 188 (1856).— No locality.

1880.) — NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

§$ B. Front broad between the orbits.
* Male abdomen seven-jointed.

22. Gelasimus vocator Martens. PI. x, f. 20.

Cancer vocator Herbst, Bad. iii, h. iv, p. 1, Pl. LIX, f. 1 (1804).

Gelasimus vocans Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 54 (1837); Ill. Edit.
Régne Animal, Crustacea, Pl. XVIIL, f. 1 (no date) ; White, Cat. B.
M. Crust., p. 36 (sine synon.), 1847.

Gelasimus vocans (pars) Gould, Invertebrata of Mass, p. 325 (1841).

Gelasimus vocans var. a Dekay, N. Y. Fauna Crustacea, p. 14, Pl. VI,
f. 10 (1844).

Gelasimus palustris Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xviii, p. 148, Pl. LV, f.
13 (1852) ; Stimpson, Annals N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist., p. 62 (1860);
Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 127 (1870).

Gelasimus pugillator Leconte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
1855, p. 403.

Gelasimus brevifrons Stimps., Ann. N. Y. Lyceum, vii, p. 229 (1860) ;
Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 131 (1870); Lockington, Proc.
Cal. Acad., vii, p. 147 (1877).

Gelasimus sp. Saussure, Memoirs Société Phys. et Hist. Nat. Genéve,
xiv, p. 440 (1858).

Gelasimus vocator Martens, Archiv fiir Naturgesch., xxxv, p 1 (1869 ;
xxxvili, p. 104 (1872) ; Kingsley, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1879, p. 400.
Gelasimus pugnaz, mordaz et rapaz Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, pp.

131, 135, 134, Pls. II, f. 1, 2, 3, IV, 2, 3, 4 (1870).
Gelasimus affinis Streets, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1872, p. 131.
Gelasimus crenulatus Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad., vii, p. 149 (1877).

Carapax smooth, meros of the larger cheliped with its margins
denticulate or tuberculate, carpus externally granulate, internally
with an oblique tubercular ridge. Hand tuberculate, its inner
surface with a ridge running up from lower margin to carpal
groove; in front of this are scattered granules. Thumb straight,
extremity obliquely truncate, finger strongly arcuate, longer than
the thumb.

East Coast of America, from Cape Cod! to Para, Brazil! West Indies!

and Aspinwall! West Coast of Mexico! Panama!

The localities from which I have examined specimens number
over thirty and embrace several hundred specimens. I find in
the Guerin Collection two specimens from Mauritius which closely
resemble Cuban forms.

This is, without much doubt, the species intended by Herbst ;
Edwards quotes the Cancer palustris of Sloane as this species,
but aside from the fact that his History of Jamaica was published
in 1725, and his name is therefore ante-Linnean (and is also poly-

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1880.

nomial), Sloane gives not the slightest description, but says that
it agrees perfectly with the figure of Marcgrave which is the G.
maracoant of authors. I think that any one studying as I have
large series of specimens, will agree with me in uniting these
various forms under one specific name, as the characters which
separate them are variable and not of specific importance. Prob-
ably G. minax should also be included here, as suggested by
Professor Smith.

23. Gelasimus minax LeConte. PI. x, f. 21.

Gelasimus minax LeConte, Proc. Phila. Acad., vii, p. 408 (1855) ;
Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 128, Pl. Il, f. 4, Pl. IV, f. 1
(1870); Rep. U. S. Fish Commission for 1871-72, p. 545 (1875) ;
Kingsley, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1879. p. 400.

Carapax strongly arcuate longitudinally, the branchial regions
granulate anteriorly. - Meros of larger chelipeds, with the upper
and lower margins tuberculate as is the upper portion of carpus ;
inner margin of carpus with prominent tubercles, its inner surface
with an oblique tubercular ridge. Palm cristate above, externally
with large depressed tubercles above, smaller below, inner surface
also tuberculate and with a ridge of tubercles running obliquely
up from the lower margin at the base of the thumb to the depres-
sion into which the carpus folds, and a second curved one near the
base of the fingers. Fingers long, slender, regularly tapering,
finger longer than the thumb and distally strongly arcuate.

Beesley’s Point, Dennis Creek, N.J.! 8. Ashmead (Phila. Acad.,
LeConte’s types) ; Bluffton, 8. C. / Dr. Mellichamp (Peab. Acad.) ;
Northampton Co., Va.! H. E. Webster (Union College); New
Haven, Conn., and St. Augustine, Fla. (Smith).

24. Gelasimus annulipes M.-Hdw. PI. x, f. 22.

Gelasimus annulipes M.-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., II, p. 55, Pl. 18, f.
10-13 (1837) ; White, Cat. B. M. Crust., p. 36 (1847) ; Edw., Ann,
Sci. Nat. III, xviii, p. 149, Pl. IV, f. 45 (1852) ; Dana, U.S. Ex.
Ex. Crust., 317 (1852) ; Heller, Reise der Novara, Crustacea, p. 38
(1867); Hilgendorf in Baron Decken’s Reise, p. 85 (1867) ; Monats-
berichte Berliner Akademie, 1878, p. 803; Kossmann, Reise nach
rothen Meeren, p. 53 (1873); Spence Bate in J. K. Lord’s Natural-
ist in Vancouver. Gelasimus macrodactylus Edwards and Lucas in
D’Orbigny’s Voyage, 27, Pl. XI, f. 3 (1843) ; Nicollet in Gay’s Hist.
Chili Zool., iii, 165 (1840); Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xviii, 149
(1852). Gelasimus lacteus Krauss, Sud. Af. Crust., p. 39 (teste Hil-
gendorf). Gelasimus pulchellus Stimpson, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1858,
p. 100. Gelasimus annulipes var albimnana Kossmann., l.c.. Gelast-
mus rectilatus Lockington, Proc. California Acad. Sci., p. 148
(1877).

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149

Carapax transversely nearly flat; inferior margin of orbit
crenulate. Meros of larger cheliped smooth, angles rounded,
carpus the same with a few obsolete granulations on the upper
surface. Hand smooth, sub-marginate below, an oblique row of
tubercles on the inner surface, running up and back from near the
lower margin half way to articulation with the carpus, and two
similar curved lines near the articulation of the dactylus. Thumb
regularly tapering, a prominent tubercle near the middle, extremity
sub-excavate. Dactylus distally strongly curved, extending
slightly beyond the thumb.

Australia! E. Wilson; Singapore! Dr. McCartee (Phila. Acad.) ;
Zanzibar ! (C. Cooke) ‘‘N. W. Boundary Survey, A. Campbell,
Commr., Dr. C. B. Kennerly’’ ! (Peabody Acad.) ; Seas of India
and Asia (Edw.); Ceylon, Nicobars Madras (Heller); Mozam-
bique Inhambeni (Hilgendorf) ; Pondicherry (White) ; Valparaiso
(Edw. and Lucas); Vancouver (Bate); Lower California (Lock-
ington) ; Tahiti (Stm.) ; Red Sea (Kossmann).

25. Gelasimus lacteus DeHaan. PI. x, f. 28.

Ocypode (Gelasimus) lacteus DeHaan, Fauna Japonica Crust., p. 54,
Pl. XV, f. 5 (1835). Gelasimus lacteus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III,
xviii, 150, Pl. IV, f. 16 (1852) ; Stm., Proc. Phila. Acad., 1858, 100;
Miers, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1879, p. 36.

Carapax longitudinally strongly arcuate, transversely nearly
flat; antero-lateral angles prominent; meros of larger cheliped
externally granulate, a constriction of the upper margin near the
articulation with the carpus, lower crenulate or even denticulate.
Carpus externally smooth, inner edge acute denticulate ; hand ex-
ternally finely granulate, above more plainly so; a crenulated
ridge near the inner lower margin and one or two near the fingers.
Fingers elevated, strongly compressed, the thumb suddenly nar-
rowed near the apex.

Japan! E. Wilson ; Pondicherry ! Dr. T. B. Wilson (Phila. Acad.) ;
Japan (DeHaan) ; China (Edw. Stm.).
26. Gelasimus splendidus Stm.
Gelasimus splendidus Stm., Proc. Phila. Acad., 1858, p. 99.

Inferior margin of orbit crenulate, externally rounded. Larger
hand nearly smooth, internally with an oblique tubercular crest.
Crest at the base of the fingers nearly obsolete. Fingers long,
slender, slightly denticulate. Thumb with the apex excavate

(Stm.).
Hong Kong (Stm.).

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

I have not seen this species; it, however, appears to be very
near annulipes.
27. Gelasimus minor Owen.

Gelasimus minor Owen, in Beechey’s Voyage of the Blossom; Ap-
pendix ; Crustacea, p. 76, Pl. XXIV, f. 2 (1831).
Oahu, Sandwich Is. (Owen).

This species is very near the annulipes of Edwards, the only

difference being the larger teeth of the fingers of the cheliped.

28. Gelasimus triangularis A. M.-Edw.
Gelasimus triangularis A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch. du Mus., TX, p. 275,
(1873).

Is distinguished from cultrimanus, forcipatus, arcuatus, tetra-
gonon, dussumiert, perplexus et latreillet by the carapax greatly
larger in front and smaller behind; the lateral angles are spini-
form and directed strongly forward, the front between the eyes is
large and rounded. Larger cheliped externally smooth, palmar
portion long and proximally inflated. Inner surface with a gran-
ular ridge, inner margin of fingers dentate, finger a little longer
than the thumb. This species is allied to G. minor by the form
of the hand, but is distinguished by the more triangular carapax
(A, M.-E.).

New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.).
29. Gelasimus gaimardi Edw. PI. x, f. 23.
Gelasimus gaimardt Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat. III, xviii. 150, Pl. LV, f. 17,
(1852) ; Heller Reise Novara, Crust., p. 38 (1867).

Very near annulipes, but having the front more prolonged and
more rounded below and the external [internal 7] crest of the hand
obtuse and not denticulate, resembling that of (. /atretllet (Edw).

Tongatabou (Edw.) ; Tahiti (Heller).
30. Gelasimus panamensis Stm. PI. x, f. 24.
Gelasimus panamensis Stm., Ann. Lyc., VII, p. 63 (1860) ; Smith,
Trans. Conn. Acad., II, 1387, Pl. IV, f. 5 (1870).

Carapax depressed. Anterior and inferior margins of the meros
of the larger cheliped crenulated, posterior rounded. Carpus very
short, smooth; hand smooth externally and internally, fingers
regularly tapering.

Gulf of Fonseca! MeNiel |Peab. Acad.).
31. Gelasimus pugillator.
Ocypoda pugillator Bosc., Hist. Nat. Crust., Edit. I, i, p. 197, 1802-3,
(teste Auct.) Edit. II, i, p. 250 (1828); Latr. Hist. Crust. et Ins. vi,
47 (1808-4). Ocypoda pugillator (pars.\, Say, Jour. Phila. Acad. J,

1880] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

71 and 448 (1817-18). Gelasimus pugillator Latr., Nouv. Dict. d’-
Hist. Nat. Edit. II, p. 519 (1817) ; Desmarest Consid. 123 (1825),
Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat. tom. cit. p. Pl. IV, f. 14 (1852) ; Stm. Ann.
N. Y. Lye. VII, p. 62 (1859) ; Smith Trans. Conn. Acad. II, p, 136,
Pl. IV, f. 7 (1870); Rep. U. 8S. Fish Comm. 1871-72, p. 545 (1875).
Gelasimus vocans (pars,), Gould, Invertebrata of Massachusetts, p.
$25 (1841); Dekay, N. Y. Fauna, Crust., 14, Pl. VI, f. 9 (1844).

Carapax polished, swollen, nearly quadrate. Meros of the
larger cheliped with the outer surface rugose, upper and lower
margins crenulate. Carpus granulate externally, its inner margin
acute; hand inflated, the basal portion granulate and margined
above and below; inner surface rounded, granulate, but without
any trace of a tuberculate ridge except one formed by a continua-
tion of the inner margin of the thumb. Thumb nearly straight.
a ridge on the outer surface, a large tubercle near the middle of
the inner margin, the extremity obliquely truncate. The finger is
longer than the thumb, regularly tapering and distally strongly
arcuate. Thereis a specimen in the collection of the Philadelphia
Academy from Surinam which appears to be intermediate, in the
characters of the hand, between this and @. vocator. The fingers
are shorter, the deans on the outside of the palm much more
prominent ee in typical pugillator, and there are traces, though
faintly indicated of a tubercular ridge on the inside of the
palm.

New Jersey! T. Say, Wm. Wood; Manatee River! 8. Ashmead ;
Mauritius! Guerin’s Collection; Greenpoint, L. I. / 8. F. Baird;
Boston Harbor! J. H. Slack (Phila. Acad.) ; Nantucket and Key
West, Fla.! A. S. Packard; Bluffton, S. C.! Dr. Mellichamp ;
Savannah, Ga. / no collector’s name given (Peab. Acad.) ; Beaufort,
N. 0.! H. E. Webster (Union College) ; New Haven, Conn., Eg-
mont Key and St. Augustine, Fla, (Smith); South Carolina and
Cayenne (Edvw.).

$2. Gelasimus chlorophthalmus Edw. PI. x, f. 26, 27.

Gelasimus chlorophthalmus Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust. [1, 54 (1837) ; Ann.
Sci. Nat. tom. cit. 150, Pl. IV, f. 19 (1852); McLeay in Smith’s
Zool. 8. Africa, p. 64 (1888) ; White, Cat. B. M. Crust., p. 36 (1847 :
Guerin, Iconog. Crust., Pl. IV, f. 3; Hilgendorf in Decken’s Reise
Crust. p: 85 (1867); Monatsberichte Berlin Akad., 1878, p. 803;
Gelasimus marionts Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 53 (1837); Gelasi-
mus perplecus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat. tom. cit., 150, Pl. IV., f. 15
(1852) ; Heller, Novara Crust. p. 38, Pl. V, f. 4 (1867); A. M.-Edw.
Nouv. Arch. Mus. IX, 274 (1873) ; teste Hilgendorf.

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

Carapax arcuate. Larger hand small, joints all smooth, fingers
short, frequently shorter than the palm; the ridges on the inside
of the palm either smooth or obsoletely granulate ; fingers dentic-
ulate, regularly arcuate.

Island of Bourow! Guerin’s Collection (Phila. Academy); Mauritius
(Edw., White); Zanzibar, Mozambique and Mascarenes (Hilgendorf );
Juva |Edw.), Ceylon and Madras (Heller); New Caledonia (A. M.
Edw.).

I also understand that Maillard found this species at Reunion,
but I have not seen the work.

Hilgendorf from an actual comparison of specimens says that
the perplexus and chlorophthalmus of Edwards are thesame. The
G. stenodactylus of Lockington (Proce. California Acad., vii, p.
148, 1877), from West Coast of Lower California, would appear
from the description and a rough figure of the hand sent me by
the author to be near this species; it certainly is not stenodactylus
of Edwards and Lucas.

33. Gelasimus subcylindricus Stimpson. PI. x, f. 29.

Gelasimus subcylindricus Stimpson, Ann. N. Y. Lyc., vii, p. 63 (1859);
Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 137, Pl. IV, f. 6 (1870),

Carapax obscurely granulate. Margins of meros of larger
cheliped granulous. Hand internally without tubercular ridge
except two or three parallel curved rows near the base of the
fingers, externally granulate. Fingers closely resembling those
of G. vocator, the common east coast form (Smith).

Matamoras on the Rio Grande (Smith, Stm.).
34. Gelasimus latreillei Elw. Pl. x, f. 31.
Gelasimus latreillei Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xviii, p. 150, Pl. IV, f.
20 (1852) ; A. M. Edw, Nouv. Arch. Mus., ix (1873).

Carapax smooth, lateral angles far behind the front. Greater
cheliped smooth; meros with the upper and posterior margins
rounded, the upper ending in a prominent tubercle, the lower
crenulate and prominent. Inner upper margin of carpus minutely
crenulate, the others rounded. Hand cristate above, externally
microscopically granulate, internally with a smooth ridge near
the lower margin, no tubercles present; fingers slender, slightly
compressed, regularly arcuate, with fine tuberculations on the
occludent margins, the extremity of the thumb subexcavate. .

Philippines! Dr. T. B. Wilson (Phila. Academy); Isle of Borabora
(Edw.); New Caledonia (A. M. Edw.).

2-2 Jorunna Johnstont (AetH), 12-15 Adalaria’ prowima (Ace)
J6. Ad. albopapillosa (D.). 17. Ad. pacttica; B18. Lamellid. muricata.(M.

B® Rerg “Zévendal

_

—
.

Dallis Bupl: in Maska. (Prov. ANS. Philad, 1880. Il) Wadubr PL X

a
1
Binns
5

BR Bergh:
_ 1-3. Adalaria’ pacitica, B. 4-3. Ad. virescens, B.

Levenidal
4 6-8. Ad. Lovent (A ee H!
9-4. Ad. albopapillosa’ (D.). 42-15. Acanthod . pilosa (IM)

“ual! 0,
3

‘a> .
*
~
ie OO ae
Aare os 5
gory! al

ae Rm oad 4 =?
~
~
"

tok ‘
'’ Pa
rene

——
* fa : c

XM >
2 *
,

+ :
te hows Aa ay
=e ie
™ a oh 40! 4

= oee e ae 4 el
oo ty aie
¥
-

Nudiér Fl AT

-

1—2.Acanthod pilosa (M.. JO —12. L. muricata | M./.
39. Lamellid. bilamellata (L.). I3-—1g. L. varians, B
1S. Ad. pacttica ,#B. Tipendad

or PR.

A

~~
4

| Watts Bupt. in dtaska. (Proc. AN.S, Phitad.1EG0.IV/ Nudebr Pl. 0.
tieate 2. 3

a

1—Ib6. Acanthodoeris pilosa | M.) var.
BR Bergh : Lévendal

» site ae a) es

ue A!
a
\
*
es’
‘
wm
~*~
.
~ e -
P
%
. \
.
nil
-
* 2
~~ us >
*
7 ‘
- "|
A
7 a ie
J
y eo ¥ ia as
oN y-
¥ D) >
+ Ts ..
_ P
~ - 17.
a M4 a
S rl & ae = .
‘s ql 4
‘ - -- ~
Vv ~ > a
om BS
> gt od
% ~ .
“ Ve
y a =

SO Be &. #“$ % ‘e ie det, ‘wears tere, =
“sy vo, Tes ities sone OR cre ta oe Lon 7” i

/ Proc. ANS. Philad. 1880. V/ Vudibr PL. XU
r 2. ;

Cd

1. Lamellid. varians, B. 2—5. Acanthod. pilosa M). 6—7. Ae. coerulescens. £.
B Beryh 8-14. Chromod Dalle, B. 43 —20. Triopa clavigera |i’.

Levendal

, + ae £
~ a ad ‘ - *
a 4 ” ~ e 5
« * a .
nJ - F ; r i ¢
a - : . Poa ,
ww 5 - oe ve
a , y ‘ - er
; ; >
=. } -
‘ i 5 —s
.. . ‘
gel -
m ee ae ee .
¢ Jy | peer tf } )
wa , iu i !
J | y
< =" "- i
— « ‘ te ‘ fa f ‘ |
o * f . aw 1 ‘
” ~ h ; ‘3
.
x yt + | 4
. ~e ~~. Lr i : *
“ i I
7 , o ‘ :
» ‘ , I
— = a 4)
: ‘ \) \ :
a ; . « oo _ —
z =
- va . a - \
mF Sen atl Pg ie a
\ .
A | \
‘ - a : Sf oy tee ”
>» » : LS
. a ‘
r : ‘
. s 4 4*v eta \
ford . a be id . ’ ‘
“ ' ’ , sy

s

a.”
a

se
MA eeepc
—“*

~~

“=
=e =

*

TA Se

‘ded
‘pale a

ss Ewa 4
-

Dalle Bupl. in Alaska.

L—§. Chr. Dalki. B.

(Proc. ANS. Phitad. 1660. VI) Nudibr. Pt. XIV

5-15. Chr. Calensis, B. IO. Ace. cocriulescens.

17~— 20. Trtepa modesta, B. 21—22. Ir. clavigera (M/.
\

Sas

a

*
aor

2
*. 30 viel’

al

*

,*

.. Ae

aA. yi: \ 4

-

“SA

pete Reel. m-tlaka. / Proc, A.W.S.Philad. 180.VI{-. Wudibr. P) X7

. Triopa modesta, B. uw—13. Tr clavigera
22. Wy. Fol. pallida. B.

os

s 4 , ~~
.. ed 4 * % a 2 3
~
»
a
~
.
J .
‘
J 4
: ’
‘ fi
‘ j
y ,
¥ , ¥
tf
sis
'
~~ .
: ‘
J
Sd
> te”
é ’ Ms
~~
é a ~ *
)
- i =
4 = ri
c <— oN
. 2 Q oe
© ix a ra
= “
4
ral -
= — ¥ 2 \ k
= / er "
rf
7 , -
- , - —
nn tiie Se ae
2s /> ;
7 - -
‘ ‘ yA y “ \ é -
P wre "
2 , 7 f poe ae
7 4 - *

) oa
& ey?
F d ‘
: ‘ . r 7
~ i
Hore ™~ / j P
~ ™ r
a :——— h
— oe
; al S yh) freee

373) Sarco sy eet Avion. eo
B) PeKe. aed. oS ay

Dalis EBupl. in Alaska. (Froc ANS. Phitad.J820. VI] /-— Nudiebr. Pl XF1

1—@9.folyec. pallida, B. Jol. Archid . Montereyensis | C.).
t2—18. Aphelod. Antill, B. 49— 21. Folye. Holbolli | M).

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153
35. Gelasimus tangieri Hydoux. PI. x, f. 30.
Gelasimus tangiert Eydoux, Magazin de Zoologie, 1835, elvii, Pl. XVII:
Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., 1852, p. 151, Pl. IV, f. 21; Heller, Crustaceen
des siidlichen Europas, p. 101 (1863).

Carapax transversely nearly flat, the sides of the branchial
regions strongly arcuate; above everywhere granulate; lower
margin of orbit bimarginate. Meros of larger cheliped externally
roughened, the upper margin produced into an arcuate crest
which is fringed with hairs, the lower margin with two rows of
tubercles. Carpus elongate, externally with prominent tubercles,
an oblique ridge on the inner surface with a slender obtuse spine
at about the middle. Palm margined above, and armed with
spiniform tubercles, externally with depressed tubercles, inferior
margin denticulate to the tip of the thumb; internally a row of
tubercles near the base of the fingers, a second runs obliquely
upward from the lower margin, meeting a third running backward
from the articulation of the finger, elsewhere internally smooth.
Fingers elevated, strongly compressed. Dactylus with the upper
margin and outer basal surface tuberculate; the rest of the outer
surface finely granulate. Occludent margins of both fingers with
three rows of tubercles, the margin of the finger regularly arcuate,
that of the thumb with a prominence near the middle. Meral
joints of the ambulatory feet denticulate above and below.

Tangier ! Guerin’s Collection (Eydoux’s Types); West Africa! (Du-
chaillu); [?] Bahia! E. Wilson (Phila. Acad.); Cadiz and Coasts of
Morocco (Edwards).

Edwards’ figure is very poor.

36. Gelasimus perlatus Herklots. Pl. x, f. 25.

Gelasimus perlatus Herklots, Additamenta ad Faunam, p. 16 (1851 ;
Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xviii, p. 151 (1852); Hilgendorf, Monats-
berichte Berlin. Akad., 1878, p. 806.

Carapax arcuate in both directions, above with patches of
granules more prominent on the anterolateral portions. Larger
cheliped much smaller than is usual in the genus. Meros granu-.
late, the posterior margin rounded, the anterior produced in an
arcuate crest; carpus and hand externally granulate. Hand
cristate above, internally without tubercular ridges, fingers com-
pressed.

Guinea! E. Wilson (Phila. Academy); Boutry, West Coast of Africa
(Herklots); Loando, Chinchoro, Liberta (Hilgendortf ).

11

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

This species is closely allied to tangieri, but. differs in the pro-
portionately smaller cheliped without tubercular ridges. on the
inner surface and in the more sparse tuberculation of the carapax.

* * Male Abdomen five-jointed.

37. Gelasimus stenodactylus Edw. et Lucas. PI. x, f. 33-55,

G lasimus stenodactylus Edw. and Lucas, in D’Orbigny’s Voyage
Crust. p. 26, Pl. XI, f. 2 (1843); Nicollet in Gay’s Hist. of Chili,
Zoologie iii, p. 165 (1849); Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. III, xviii, 149
(1852). Gelasimus gibbosus Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., I, p. 141,
Pl. II, f. 11, Pl. IV, f. 8 (1870), Lockington, 1. c. Gelasimus lepto-
‘dactylus et poeyt Guerin MS.

‘Carapax smooth, transversely flat, the regions strongly gibbous.
Meros.and carpus of larger cheliped elongate, meros smooth, its
angles rounded, carpus externally unconspicuously granulate, its
inner margin acute denticulate. Hand externally smooth: or
granulate, a tubercular ridge on the inside of the palm, running
obliquely from the lower margin to the groove in which the carpus
folds. Fingers much longer than the palm, internally denticulate.

Mexico! Cuba! Brazil! Guerin’s Collection (Phila. Acad.) ; Gulf
of Fonseca! McNiel (Peab. Acad.); Gulf of California! W.N.
Lockington (Brown University) ; Valparaiso (Edw. and Luc. ).

Of the following species I can say but little. I have not seen
specimens which would answer to the descriptions and figures,
while the descriptions are so meagre that I cannot decide regard-
ing their affinities.

38. Gelasimus variegatus Heller, Verhandlung der Zool. Bot. Gesellschaft, Wien,
1862, p. 521.

““G. annulari affinis sed brachium chelipedum ad marginem super-
iorem carinatum et dentatum, index dactylo paulo brevior acumin-
atus. Madras.”

This is described as one of the specimens collected by the
Novara in her voyage around the world, but in Dr. Heller’s final
memoir on the Crustacea of that expedition, this species is not
mentioned.

39. Gelasimus variatus Hess, Archiv. fiir Naturgeschichte, XXXI, 146, Pl. VI, f. 7
(1865). Pl x, f. 32.
Cephalothorax smooth, greatly swollen. Front between the
eyes small. Greater cheliped of male somewhat longer than the
breadth of the carapax. There is a large triangular depression at

'

1880. ] NATTRAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15%

o

the base of the index finger; the index finger is somewhat bent,
the thumb is straight; both are tuberculate on the inner margin.
Sydney, Australia.
40. Gelasimus porcellanus White, Cat. B. M. Crust., p. 36 (sine deser.), Adams and
White, Voyage of the Samarang, Crustacea, p. 50 (1848), Edw., Ann. Sci.
Nat., III, xviii, p. 151 (1852).

“Eye pedicels very long, frontal portion of carapax not nar-
rowed at the base; hind part of carapax much longer than the
sides. _ Fore-legs with the lower claws thickened at the end, the
inner margins of both claws with four larger tubercles amongst
the smaller crenules. Hab., Borneo.” (Adams and White.)

41. Gelasimus inversus Hoffmann, Rech. Faun., Madagascar, p. 29, PJ. IV, f. 23-26.
Madagascar.

I have never seen this work, the quotation being taken from the
Zoological Record.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

1. G. maracoani. 19. G. brevipes (after Milne-Edw.).
2. G. heterocheles, 20. G. vocator.

3. G. bellator. 21. G. minax (drawn from type).

4. G. styliferus (after Milne-Edw.) 22. G. annulipes.

5. G. heterophthalmus. 23. G. gaimardi.

6... G. heteropleurus. 24. G. panamensis.

7..G. cultrimanus. 25. G@. perlatus.

8. G. marionis (after Desmarest). 26. G. chlorophthalmus.

9. G. forcipatus. 27. G. perplexus (after Edwards).
10. G. arcuatus. 28. G. lacteus.

11. G. tetragonon. 29. G. subcylindricus (after Smith),
12. G. forceps (after Milne-Edwards). 30. G. tangieri (from type).

13. G. longidigitum. 31. G. latreillei.

14. G. smithit. 32. G. variaius (after Hess).

15. G. urojilei (after Milne-Edw.). 33. G. stenodactylus (from Brazil).
16. G. dussumieri (after Milne-Edw.). 34. G. stenodactylus (after Edwards
17. G@. rubripes (after Hombron et et Lucas).

Jacquinot), 35, G@, stenodactylus (from Mexico).

18. G. signatus (after Hess).

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

APRIL 6.
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.
Forty-two persons present.

The death of Wm. Theodore Reepper, a correspondent, was
announced,

AprRIL 13.
The President, Dr. RUscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-eight persons present.

A paper entitled ‘‘ Description of a New Species of Catosto-
mus (C. eypho), from the Colorado River,” by Wm. N. Locking-
ton, was presented for publication.

The death of M. Laporte, Count de Castelnau, a correspondent,
was announced.

Remarks on Pond Life.—Prof. Leidy remarked, that at the
invitation of Mr. Joseph W. Griscom, he had recently visited
some little ponds in the vicinity of Woodbury, New Jersey,
which were remarkable for the profusion of minute invertebrate
life. The ponds occupy hollows in the woods, and consist mostly
of accumulated rain water, though several are likewise supplied
by springs. Several are completely dried up during the summer.
Mr. Griscom says they continue rich in animal life even during
the winter.

Of animals, entomostracans are exceedingly numerous and
varied. Among some of the most beautiful and conspicuous were
noticed abundance of Branchipus, of which two species from
the same locality have been recently described by Mr. Ryder,
under the names of Chirocephalus holmanii and Streptocephalus
sealii. There are also wonderful multitudes of many species of
copepods, ostracods and cladoceres, several of which are con-
spicuous for their large size and bright red color.

In one of the ponds a bright green Hydra was frequent, and in
another a pinkish one was abundant. These appear to be the
H. gracilis and H. carnea of Agassiz, but it is a question whether
they are not the same as the H. viridis and H. fusca of Europe.
Some of the Hydras were of a bright red color, and Mr. Griscom
intimated that this was due to the pinkish variety feeding on red
entomostracans. This was confirmed by some of the pink ones
which were brought home and kept in a jar with abundance of

be |
-1

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1

red Cyclops, becoming, after a few days, as a result of feeding on
the latter, of the same orange-red hue. Subsequently, when food
became scarce, the red Hydras lost their bright color.

In one of the ponds, the stems of rushes and dead branches of
trees were invested with a bright grass-green stratum, consisting
of a bright green Vorticella, prob: ably the V. fasciculata of Miiller.
The green color is dependent on chlorophyl granules, as an
element of the structure, and not on food. The body of the
animal ranged from 0°108 mm. long by 0:06 mm. broad, to 0712
mm. long by 0:09 mm. broad. A few measured were 0°15 mm. long
by 0102 mm. broad at the peristome. In a large active bunch,
most of them measured 0:09 mm. long and broad. The pedicels
were from five to eight times the length of the body.

In another pond, the water was rendered turbid from the pro-
fusion of Volvox globator. Ina bay of this pond filled with dead
leaves, a portion of water taken into a jar appeared opalescent
from the quantity of minute white flakes it contained. These, on
examination, proved to be Spirostomum ambiguum. In the same
pond, the Spatterdock, Nuphar advena, was just about unfolding
its leaves, and many of these were thickly invested with a clear
jelly, dotted with bright green spots. These proved to be Stentor
polymorphus. On the under side of a few open leayes on the sur-
face of the water, were many spots of bright green and dull red-
dish. The former consisted of groups of the green Vorticella
before mentioned, the other consisted of attached groups of a
lilac- or amethystine-colored Stentor, probably S.igneus. Similar
groups of this Stentor were observed on a floating log, which had
been in the water since last year, as it exhibited attached many
statoblasts of a Plumatella. Ehrenberg describes S. tgneus as
bright yellow or vermilion; Stein as blood red, or often lilac-
colored, or vermilion to brownish red. Ehrenberg found it at-
tached to Hottonia. Stein says he never saw it fixed, but always
swimming.

The Woodbury variety which might be named S. amethystinus,
was abundant and inyariably found in conspicuous groups, visible
to the unaided eye, and when detached, though the animals swam
about actively, they were not only disposed to become fixed, but
they actually gathered together in groups. They all contained an
abundance of chlorophyl, apparently derived from food, but the
exterior structure was invariably of a distinct amethystine hue,
dependent on fine molecules. The color was more pronounced in
the longitudinal bands approaching the peristome. The nucleus
was spherical.

In the attached state, when the animal was fully extended and
presented a trumpet shape, it was 0°6 mm. long by 0°18 mm. wide
at the peristome. This was a common size, but some measured
were 0°84 mm. long. In the conical form, when swimming, indi-
viduals ranged from 0°27 to 0°42 mm. long. In the most con-

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

—T
or
DBD

tracted condition of oval shape, they measured 0°18 mm. long by
0°15 mm. broad. The nucleus, 0°03 mm. in diameter.

Ehrenberg and Stein give "for 8. igneus one-sixth of a line
length, so that the variety indicated would appear to be much

longer,

APRIL 20.
Mr. THomAs Merrnan, Vice-President, in the chair.

Twenty-nine persons present,

APRIL 27.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.‘

Thirty-four persons present.

Lionel 8. Beale, of London, was elected a correspondent.

May 4.
Mr. THomas MEEHAN, Vice-President, in the chair.

Twenty-eight persons present.

May 11.

The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.

Twenty-two persons present.

The following papers were ordered to be printed in the
Journal of the Academy.

“The Terrestrial Mollusea inhabiting the Cooks or Harvey
Islands,” by Andrew Garrett.

“The Placenta and Generative Apparatus of the Elephant,”
by Henry C. Chapman, M. D. :

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

May 18.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Twenty-six persons present.

A paper entitled ‘On the Structure of the Orang Outang,’’ by
Henry C. Chapman, M. D., was presented for publication.

The death of Wm. Logan Fox, a member, was announced.

A fine portrait in oil, by Uhle, of Isaac Lea, LL. D., was pre-
sented to the Academy, and the following resolution was unani-
mously adopted :

Resolved, That the thanks of the Academy be presented to
Dr. Isaac Lea, for his gift of an admirable portrait of himself,
which has been long desired by the society, and especially by the
senior members, who are cognizant of his valuable contributions
to science, as well as towards the prosperity of the Academy.

May 25.
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-two persons present.

The ‘* Proceedings of the Mineralogical and Geological Section
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, for the
years 1877, 1878 and 1879,” was presented for publication.

Henry 8. Gratz, R. S. Peabody, Mrs. R. S. Peabody and Wil-
liam Barbeck, were elected members.

Adolf E. Nordenskiold of Stockholm, Carl Ochsenius of
Marburg, Oscar Hertwig and Richard Hertwig of Jena, were
elected correspondents.

The following were ordered to: be printed :—

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE ORANG OUTANG,
BY HENRY C. CHAPMAN, M.D,

Various parts of the Orang, Simia satyrus, L., have been dis-
sected, described, and figured by Tiedemann,! Owen,? Sandifort,?
Cuvier, Schroeder van der Kolk and Vrolik,’ Rolleston,® Selby,’
Huxley,’ Bischoff,’ Barnard,!” Langer,!! Gratiolet,!* Spitzka,'? and
others. It was hardly to be expected, the subject having been
investigated by such eminent observers, that I could hope to find
anything particularly new to science. It occurred to me, how-
ever, that it might not be altogether useless to bring to the notice
of the Academy a general resumé of the results of my dissection
of the Orang that died at the Philadelphia Zoological Garden in
February last, more especially as the memoirs referred to below
are scattered through the journals, and are often limited to descrip-
tions of certain parts of the animal only, such as the brain, mus-
cular system, ete.

My Orang was a young male, supposed to be about three years
old. The following measurements were taken: From vertex to
rump, 16 inches ; upper extremity, 204 inches ; arm, 7 inches ; fore-
arm, 8 inches; hand, 55 inches; lower extremity, 174 inches;
thigh, 5 ae leg, 6 inches; foot, 64 inches. Whatstruck me at
once was the iepeeh of the upper extremity, it being 3 inches longer

' Tiedemann, Zeit. Phys. Darmstadt, 1827.

2 Owen, Proc. Zool. Soc., i, 1830, 1831.

* Sandifort, Ontleerhundige Beschryving, Leiden, 1840.

* Cuvier and Laurillard, Planches, 1849.

° Schroeder van der Kolk and Vrolik, Verhandelingen Kon. Nied. Inst.,
1849; Verslagen Kon. Acad., 1862.

6 Rolleston, Nat. Hist. Rev., 1861.

7 Selby, Nat. Hist. Rey., 1861.

* Huxley, Med. Times, 1864.

9 Bischoff, Munich Abhand. 1870.

0 Barnard, Proc. American Assoc., 1876.

1 Langer, Sitzungsberichte, Wien, 1879.

Gratiolet, Plis Cerebraux des Primates, no date.

% Spitzka, Journal of Mental and Nervous Diseases, 1879.

Notre.—I regret that when dissecting the Gorilla I was unacquainted
with Mr. Macalister’s valuable paper in the Proceedings of Royal Irish
Academy for 1873.

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

than the lower one,the Orang agreeing nearly in this respect with the
Gorilla! which I dissected, the difference in the extremities in that
animal being 34 inches, whereas in the Chimpanzee? I found only
a difference of 13 inches. The foot in the Orang, however, was
3 inch larger than the hand, whereas in the Gorilla the hand was
Linch larger than the foot; in the Chimpanzee the difference in
this respect was inch in favor of the foot. The foot in the Orang,
however, resembled superficially a hand much more than it does
in the Gorilla. Indeed the distinctness of hand and foot super-
ficially is more marked in the Gorilla than in the other anthro-
poids. I found the thoracic, abdominal and pelvic viscere per-
fectly healthy. The animal seemed to have died from congestion
of the brain; there was also some cerebritis. As the osteology
of the Orang has been thoroughly described by Prof. Owen? and
others it will not be worth while for me to dwell on that part of
its organization. I will pass therefore to the muscular system,
and more particularly to that of the extremities, as being the
most interesting as compared with man.

Muscular Systems.—In Prof. Bischoff’s* paper on the Gorilla an
excellent figure is given of the muscles of the face of the Orang,
froma preparation by Rudinger. These muscles were described
by Prof. Owen,’ but not figured. The same facial muscles are
found in man and the Orang with the exception that there is but
one zygomaticus possibly corresponding to the zygomaticus minor
of. man, though on account of its size it may represent both the
zygomaticus major and minor. The facial muscles in the Orang
are not as well differentiated as in man, rather hanging together. I
noticed that the digastricus had only the posterior head. There
was nothing peculiar, however, about the sterno cleido mastoid,
omohyoid, or the scaleni. The omocervicalis or elevator clavicule
passed from the transverse process of the atlas to the acromial
end of the clavicle, as I found it in the Chimpanzee and in the
Gorilla. The pectoralis major arose in three portions: the first,
from sternum and first intercostal space ; the second, from sternal
part of third, fourth, fifth, and sixth ribs, and the third from costal

1 Proc. of Acad. of Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1878.
2 Proc. of Acad, of Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1879.
5 'Trans. of Zool. Society, 1835.

* Beitrage, Munich Abhand., 1879.

5 Proc. of Zool. Society, i, 1830, p. 28.

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

portion of fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh ribs. This distinction in
origin is partly visible even in man. There was nothing notice-
able about the pectoralis minor or subclavius, supraspinati or
teres. The latissimus dorsi, as in all monkeys, gave off the slip
the latissimo condyloides, which, however, in the Orang scarcely
reached the condyle, and was pierced by the ulnar nerve. The
biceps, triceps, and brachialis anticus were well developed, and
the external cutaneous nerve passed through the coraco-brachialis
asinman. The anterior aspect of the forearm was quite human.
The pronator radii teres arose by two heads, between which passed
the median nerve. The flexor carpi radialis and ulnaris and the
palmaris longus were well developed. The flexor sublimis did not
differ from that of man. The flexor profundus was rather sepa-
rated into two portions, one for the under and the other for the
remaining fingers. There was no trace of a flexor longus pol-
licis either as a distinct muscle or asa slip from the flexor pro-
fundus. The abductor, flexor brevis, adductor and opponens
pollicis, abductor flexor brevis, and opponens minimi digiti, and
the lumbricales were all present. As regards the back of the fore-
arm, the supinator longus arose higher than in man. The supi-
nator brevis, and extensor radialis longior and brevior, extensor
ossi metacarpi pollicis and exterior secundi internodii pollicis did
not differ from those in man. The absence of an extensor primi inter-
nodii pollicis was noticeable, as was also the fact of the extensor
indicis giving a slip to the middle finger and the extensor minimi
digiti one to the ring finger, making eight tendons supplying the
back of the fingers with the four from the extensor communis
digitorum. The interossei were the same as in man. Briefly, the
upper extremity of the Orang in its muscles differed essentially
from that of man in the absence of the flexus longus, and primi
internodii pollicis and in the presence of the additional tendons
to the ring and middle fingers. The Orang agreed with the
Gorilla in not having a flexor longus pollicis, but disagreed with
it in having the pronator radii teres arising by two heads, in the
presence of a palmaris longus, in the additional tendons for ring
and middle fingers, and in not having the extensor primi internodii
pollicis. As compared with the Chimpanzee, the Orang agreed
in reference to the pronator radii teres and palmaris longus, but in
the extensor ossi metacarpi pollicis being single, and in the
absence of the flexor longus pollicis as a slip from the pro-

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

fundus, and in the presence of the additional extensor tendons it
differed.

As might be expected from the elongated form of the pelvis and
the absence of the round ligament of the hip-joint in the Orang, the
elutei muscles differ somewhat from those of man. ‘The gluteus
magnus (Pl. 12, ¢) in the Orang—not as large or as fleshy as its glu-
txeus medius—is inserted together with the tensor vaginz femoris,
which is scantily developed, if at all, into the fascia lata of the thigh,
the gluteus medius being inserted into the great trochanter. Parallel
with the lower edge of the gluteeus medius (Pl. 12, ¢),is seen a small
muscle rising from the edge of the great sciatic notch, and inserted
into the great trochanter (P1.12,b). This muscle seems to corres-
pond to part of the pyriformis in man, the sacral portion of the
muscle not being developed in the Orang. The gluteus minimus
is represented by a muscle arising from the external edge of the
ileum, and passing almost vertically downwards until inserted into
the great trochanter, close to the pyriformis (Pl. 12, a). At first
sight this muscle seems much displaced if it is the gluteus mini-
mus, but if one can imagine the ileum (PI. 12, d) in the Orang to
be widened outwardly to the same extent as seen in man, there
would be little or nothing anomalous about the muscle. From
the position of the glutzeus minimus in the Orang, it would seem
that this muscle would supplement, to a certain extent, the want
of the ligamentum teres, which, it will be remembered, is absent
in this ape.

In the Chimpanzee there is so little that is peculiar about the
gluteus minimus that I had no difficulty in identifying it, and the
same can be said of the Gorilla. In the account of the Chimpan-
zee by Traill' however, the glutzus minimus is described as a
distinct new muscle, the scansorius; the muscle I have described
as pyriformis, Traill regarded as the gluteus minimus, the pyri-
formis, according to Traill, being absent. Since then, this so-
called scansorius muscle has been referred to by Bischoff, Owen,
Huxley and others, asa distinct muscle. With all deference to
such eminent anatomists, I cannot see any essential difference
between the seansorius of Traill, and the gluteus minimus in man.

1 Wernerian Transactions, p. 18, 1821.

2 On looking up the literature upon the anatomy of the Orang, I find
that in 1876 Prof. Barnard, op. cit., considered the scansorius as being
homologous with the gluteus minimus, and mentioned in his paper that

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

The obturators, gemelli and quadratus femoris, were well de-
veloped. There was nothing peculiar about the muscles of the
thigh either on the anterior or posterior surface; the rectus
arose, however, only from the inferior spine of the ileum. In
the leg anteriorly, I noticed the tibialis anticus divided into
two tendons; otherwise, the muscles were as in man. The
peroneus longus and brevis were well developed, but there was
no peroneus tertius. The soleus, as usual in monkeys, had only
the plantar head, and there was no trace of a plantaris, although,
according to Sandifort, it is present. The flexor longus digi-
torum supplied the perforating tendons for the second and fifth,
the flexor Jongus hallucis those for the third and fourth digits.
There was no slip from the longus hallucis for the big’ toe,
that muscle, therefore, except from its origin, scarcely deserves
that name. The flexor brevis digitorum supplied the perforated
tendons for the second and third toes. Those for the fourth
and fifth came off from the flexor longus digitorum. The
tendon for the fifth toe was not perforated. There was a connect-
ing slip between the third and fourth tendons. The external head
only of the flexor accessorius was present. In addition to the ab-
ductor, flexor brevis and adductor of the hallux, there was a well-
marked opponens hallucis. The lumbricales for the second and
fifth digits came from the flexor longus digitorum, those for the
third and fourth digits from the flexor longus hallucis. The ab-
ductor and flexor brevis minimi digiti were well developed, but
there was no transversus pedis. The interossei were like those
of the hand. Briefly,as compared with man, the leg and foot of the
Orang differ in the absence of the peroneus tertius, plantaris, flexor
longus hallucis and transversus pedis, in the fibular origin of the
soleus, and external origin of accessorius only, in the distribution
of the perforating and perforated tendons for the toes, in the inter-
ossei,and in the presence of an opponens for the big toe. In this
latter respect the Orang differs not only from man, but from all the
other monkeys and anthropoids, the foot having a very hand-like
appearance, as compared with that of the Gorilla and Chimpanzee.
The foot of the Orang differs further in the absence of a special

Prof. Humphrey held essentially the same opinion. I was not aware, until
I had finished my dissection, of the views previously published by these
anatomists, and am glad to have been able, independently, to come to the
same conclusion.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

flexor for the big toe. This is supplemented toacertain extent by the
opponens, and in a partly developed accessorius. The perforated
tendon for the fifth toe in the Gorilla came from the flexor longus
hallucis, whereasgin the Chimpanzee and Orang it is supplied by
the tendon of the longus digitorum. If Prof. Huxley’s canon be
accepted that the distinction between a hand and a foot consists
in the latter possessing tarsal bones, the peroneus longus and
brevis, the short extensor and short flexor muscles, then the pos-
terior extremity of the Orang terminates ina foot. It appears
to me, however, that the difference between the hand and foot in
man, the Gorilla, Chimpanzee, and the lower monkeys, is greater
than that observed between the corresponding members of the
Orang.

Alimentary Canal, etc.—It is usually stated that the uvula is
absent in the Orang, and, on looking into the mouth, at first sight
this appears to be the case, as it does not hang down as in man
between the pillars of the fauces—nevertheless it exists. I found
it pointing directly backwards in a straight line from the posterior
palatine spine... It contained the azygos uvule muscle. Prof.
Bischoff! mentions also finding the uvula in the Orang. The cir-
cumyallate papillz of the tongue are disposed in the form of a
A, as in man; I found this to be the case in the female Chimpan-
zee,” of which I gave an account, and also in a male which [ had
the opportunity recently of dissecting. The salivary glands with
their ducts were well developed, the submaxillary being very
large both relatively and absolutely, as compared with man. The
stomach in the Orang (PI. 13, fig. 1) is not so human in its form as
that of either the Gorilla or the Chimpanzee, the cardiac portion, two-
thirds of the stomach, being more elongated and constricted from the
pyloric part, which was tubular. The greater curvature measured
6 inches, the less 4. The small intestine was 8 feet 4 inches in
length, the large 4 feet. The constant presence of valvulze con-
niventes in the small intestine of the Orang appears even at the
present day questionable by some anatomists. In speaking of
these folds occurring in the Gorilla, Bischoff refers to Owen not
finding them in the Orang, while they are said to exist by Sandi-
fort, Mayer and Barkow. As to his own opinion on the subject,
he expresses himself as follows: ‘“ Die beiden jetzt auf’s Neue

1 Beitrage sur Gorilla, p. 37. 2 Op. cit., p. 57. * Op. cit., pp. 40, 41.

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | 1880.

von mir untersuchten Diinndirme des Orangs aus Dresden und
aus der hiesigen Zoolog. Sammlung, sowie der eines Zweiten
Chimpanzee aus Dresden, zeigen keine Spur der genannten Fal-
ten. Ich halte nach alle diesem ihre Gegenwart beim Orang und
Chimpanzee fiir zweifelhaft; beim Gorilla, wenn eleich in
schwacher Entwicklung, fiir gewiss; individuelle Verscheiden-
heiten sind doch in einem solehen Punckte nicht wahrscheinlich.”
I found indications of valvule conniventes in the Orang, but of
the most rudimentary character as compared with man. In places
they run parallel with the long axis of the intestine (PI. 14, fig. 2),
then transversely as in man (PI. 14, fig. 3), then again as at first,
and afterwards again transversely. They are found in parts of the
jejunum and ileum. The valvulz conniventes I found very well
developed in the male Chimpanzee (PI. 14, fig. 4), but not at all in
the female. I noticed in the Orang the villi and solitary glands ;
the Peyer’s glands were very well developed. I counted fifteen,
some of which measured 4 inches in length. The czecum and ileo-
colic valve did not differ from the same parts in man. The ver-
miform appendix attained a length of 64 inches absolutely, and
was relatively much larger than that of man, reminding one of
the condition of this structure in the human embryo. As regards
the large intestine, the only noticeable peculiarities were the
large size of the solitary glands, and the fact that the mucous
membrane of the ascending colon was thrown into well-marked
longitudinal folds, with transverse connecting ones, exhibiting
quite a reticulated appearance (PI. 14, fig. 1). This is not the
case in the Chimpanzee. The peritoneum was disposed as in
man. The transverse colon was connected with the stomach,
as was also the case in the Chimpanzee, and Prof. Bischoff?
noticed that this obtains also in the Gorilla. Asis well known, the
transverse colon in the monkeys can be raised entirely without
drawing up with it the stomach, with the exception sometimes
of the Macacques, in which I have noticed a slight peritoneal
connection between pyloric part of stomach and colon, indi-
cating a beginning of a gastrocolic omentum? I did not notice
anything peculiar about the spleen or pancreas. The quadrate lobe
of liver was absent; the spigelian lobe, however, was very well
developed; the hepatic duct opened at a little distance from the
pancreatic. I found in the small intestine, five fine specimens of

1 Op. cit., p. 39.

a ey

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

the Ascaris lumbricoides, and one in the large, and in the cecum
a Trichocephalus dispar. 1 believe this is the first time these
entozoa have been found in the same anthropoid. According to
Diesing! the Trichocephalus is found in the Orang, and Cobbold?
states that Murie sent him an Ascaris from the Chimpanzee.
Respiratory System.—In the Orang, as in the Gorilla and Chim-
panzee, particularly in the males, the ventricles of the larynx are
prolonged into the so-called laryngeal pouches. In young speci-
mens of the anthropoids, these pouches; though not so well devel-
oped as in the adults, can usually, however, be perfectly identified.
In dissecting my Orang, after removing the skin in the cervical
region, I noticed what appeared to me to be the laryngeal pouches,
and by passing a tube into one of the ventricles of the larynx, the
pouch of that side could be readily inflated. On tracing, however,
the anterior wall of the pouch downward, I noticed that it was
attached to the front of the sternum and clavicle, and on opening
the pouch and following its posterior wall, I found it attached to
the back of the sternum and first rib. Thus the interior of the
pouch corresponded with the space between the two layers of the
cervical fascia in man, usually filled with fat and absorbent glands,
but in the Orang it is empty and communicating with the interior
of the larynx. The pouch was not lined with mucous membrane,
resembling the remaining fascia, which was indeed continuous with
it. Supposing that my dissection really represented the true rela-
tion of these parts, then, morphologically speaking, the laryngeal
pouch in the anthropoids would be homologous with and replace
the two layers of the cervical fascia in man, so familiar to the
surgeon. There was nothing especially noticeable about the vocal
cords, epiglottis or trachea. The lungs (PI. 13, fig. 2), however,
were not divided into lobes as in the Gorilla and Chimpanzee.
Vascular System.—I did not notice about the heart anything
especially different from the human. In reference to the origin
of the vessels, however, the innominate gave off the left carotid
and, continuing an eighth of an inch then divided into the right
carotid and right subclavian, the left subclavian coming off sepa-
rately from the aorta (Pl. 13, fig. 2). In the Gorilla and male
Chimpanzee I found the disposition of these vessels the same as
in man, which is the case in the Orang, according to Sandifort. In
the female Chimpanzee there were two innominates, a long and a

1Helm., vol. ii, p. 534. * Entozoa, p. 291.

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

short one, the latter dividing into left carotid and subclavian.
The arteries and veins of the extremities did not differ from those
of the Gorillaand Chimpanzee. I found in the Orang, as in them,
the “long saphenous artery” accompanying the nerve and vein
of same name. The mesenteric vessels exhibited loops along the
borders of intestine.

Genito-urinary Apparatus.—The general appearance of these
structures resembled strikingly those of man (PI. 15). The
kidney measured 1} inches in length, and exhibits only one
papilla. The ureters were 5 inches long. The bladder was 2
inches in length and 1 in diameter. The testicles measured ¢ of
an inch in length, and were situated near the inguinal canal. The
cavity of the tunica vaginalis testes was shut off from the general
peritoneal cavity. The vas deferens was 4 inches in length, the
seminal vesicle 1 inch; the seminal duct was very short. The
caput gallinaginis was well developed, as was also the prostate.
The penis measured 2 inches in length, the glans was of cylindri-
calshape. There was no bone in the penis. The Cowper’s glands
were relatively large.

Nervous System.—The brain of the Orang has been figured by
Tiedemann, Sandifort, Schroeder van der Kolk and Vrolik, Gra-
tiolet, Rolleston,etc. On account, however, of the few illustrations
extant, and of the importance of the subject, I avail myself of the
opportunity of presenting several views of my Orang’s brain (PI’s
16 and 17), which was removed from the skull only a few hours after
death. The membranes were in a high state of congestion, and a
little of the surface of the left hemisphere had been disorganized
by disease, otherwise the brain was in good condition. It weighed
exactly 10 ounces. The brain of the Orang in its general contour
resembled that of man more than those of either of the Chimpan-
zees which I examined. In these the brain was more elongated.
The general character of the folds and fissures in the brain of the
Orang, Chimpanzee, and man are the same, there are certain
minor differences, however, in their disposition in all three. The
fissure of Silvius in the Orang runs up and down the posterior
branch pursuing only a slightly backward direction, the anterior
branch is small. The fissure of Rolando, or central fissure, quite
apparent, is, however, situated slightly more forward in the Orang
than in man. It differentiates the frontal from the parietal lobe.
The parieto-occipital fissure is well marked, bordered externally

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

by the first occipital fold it descends internally on the mesial side
of the hemisphere, separating the parietal from the occipital lobes.
In the Orang, the parieto-occipital fissure does not reach the cal-
carine, being separated from it by the “‘ deuxieme plis de passage
interne ” of Gratiolet, or “ untere innere Scheitelbogen-Windung”
of Bischoff. I have noticed this separation as an anomaly more
than once in man.

According to Bischoff, this disposition obtains in the Gorilla,
and seems to be usual also in the Chimpanzee. In the female Chim-
panzee, however, on the left side I found the parieto-occipital
fissure passing into the calcarine, as in man. The frontal lobe is
easily distinguished from the parietal by the fissure of Rolando,
and from the temporal by the fissure of Sylvius. In the Orang it
is higher, wider, and more arched than in the Chimpanzee. The
anterior central convolution in front of the central fissure runs
into the post-central convolution above and below, as in man. It
is difficult, however, to identify the three frontal convolutions
seen in man and the Chimpanzee, the frontal lobe of the Orang
dividing rather into two convolutions, the middle one being badly
defined. This is due somewhat to the length of the pre-central
fissure, which is as long as the fissure of Rolando, extending
farther upward than in man. There was nothing particularly
noticeable about the base of the frontal lobe; on the mesial
surface it ran into the parietal. The part above the calloso-
marginal fissure in the Orang is not as distinctly divided into
convolutions as in man, though these are not constantly present
even in all human brains. The parietal lobe is separated from
the frontal by the central fissure, from the occipital and temporal
incompletely, by the parieto-occipital and Sylvian fissures. The
posterior-central convolution is well defined. The parietal fissure
in the Orang is more striking than that of man, resembling the
Gorilla’s; it is twice as long as the corresponding fissure in the
Chimpanzee, extending from the transverse occipital fissure, as is
sometimes the case in man, almost into the fissure of Rolando. It
is unbridged and without a break, and divides the parietal. lobe
completely into upper and lower parietal lobules. The upper.
parietal lobule is bounded externally by the parietal fissure ;.
posteriorly it is separated from the occipital lobe, internally by
the parieto-occipital fissure ; externally it is continuous with the
occipital lobe, as the first occipital gyrus, anteriorly it is. sepa-

12

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

rated from the posterior central convolution more completely
than in man, by a fissure which runs parallel with the. central
fissure. There is in the Orang, also, a fissure running parallel
with the parietal, which subdivides the upper parietal, lobule into
inner and outer portions. The precuneus, or the space on the
mesial side of the parietal lobe between the parieto-occipital
fissures and the ascending branches of the calloso-marginal, is
well defined. The lower parietal lobule in the Orang divides
naturally into the supra-warginal and angular gyri. The supra-
marginal fold curves around the upper end of the posterior
branch of the fissure of Sylvius and runs into the superior tem-
poral gyrus. The angular gyrus, which is very evident, arches
around the first temporal fissure, and becoming continuous with
the second occipital fold, passes then into the upper temporal
gyrus. The occipital lobe, separated from the parietal, internally,
by the parieto-occipital fissure, is continuous with upper parietal
lobule through the first occipital gyrus, and by the second
occipital gyrus with the angular. There are no sharp lines of

demarkation between the occipital and temporal lobes. In the.

occipital lobe of my Orang the transverse occipital fissure was
present, and received the parietal fissure. The calcarine fissure
was well marked, but was separated in the Orang from the parieto-
occipital fissure by the ‘deuxieme plis de passage interne” of
Gratiolet, the ‘‘ untere innere Scheitelbogen-Windung” of Bischoff.
The cuneus of the Orang is therefore somewhat different from that
.of man. Jn man IJ have seen these two fissures separated as an
anomaly. The calearine passed into the hippocampal fissure, so
that in the Orang, as in monkeys generally, the gyrus fornicatus
was separated from the hippocampal gyrus , whereas in man these
convolutions are continuous. This disposition has been noticed
in the Hylobates, in Ateles, and in one Chimpanzee, where
the calearine did not reach the hippocampal. The first. occi-
pital gyrus is very well developed, and, as the late Professor
Gratiolet observed, is one of the most striking convolutions in
the brain of the Orang. It rises so to the surface that the
internal perpendicular fissure or external part of the parieto-
occipital fissure is almost entirely bridged over, the operculum so
characteristic of the monkey almost disappearing. It is. con-
tinuous with the upper parietal lobule arching around the parieto-
occipital fissure. This convolution comes to the surface in the

— Ue

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

Hylobates and Ateles almost to the same extent as in the Orang,
but it is more developed in the latter than in the Chimpanzee. It
is called also the “ premier plis de passage externe,” by Gratiolet,
the “ obere innere Scheitelbogen-Windung,” by Bischoff, the “ first
annectant @yrus,” by Huxley, and “ first bridging convolution,”
by Turner. The second occipital convolution connects the occipital
lobe with the angular gyrus. In my Orang it was partly concealed
by the first occipital. It was not, as superficial asin man. The
third occipital gyrus is Continuous with that part of the temporal
lobe below the first temporal fissure. I noticed, also, in my
Orang the “ quatrieme plis de passage” of Gratiolet. On the
mesial ‘side of the occipital lobe in my Orang, was well seen the
‘“‘deuxieme 'plis de passage interne” of Gratiolet, the ‘ untere
innere Scheitelbogen-Windung ” of Bischoff, which separates the
calearine from the parieto-occipital fissure; and in both the
Orang and Chimpanzee, more especially on the left side, I had no
difficulty in recognizing the “ premier plis de passage interne ” of
Gratiolet, its convexity turning inwards, while that of the first
occipital gyrus, or the “premier plis de passage externe,” turns
outward.’ These two convolutions, the first occipital gyrus and
the’ “premier plis de passage interne,” in my Orang were con-
tinuous. They are regarded as one by Bischoff, forming his
“ obere innere Scheitelbogen-Windung,” but as two by Gratiolet,
constituting his “ premier plis de passage externe et interne.”
The temporal lobe in the Orang is much less convoluted than in
man, or even in the Chimpanzee. The first temporal fissure and
_ first temporal convolution are well marked, but the second and
third are badly defined. The fusiform and lingual lobes are sep-
arated by the inferior occipito-temporal fissures, the collateral
fissures‘of Huxley. The island of Reil was perfectly covered in
both the Chimpanzee and the Orang by the operculum, but was
not convoluted in my Orang. The surface in places was slightly
roughened. I noticed, however, three or four convolutions in
the Chimpanzee. On making a section of the left hemisphere of
the Orang I noticed that the corpus callosum was relatively
smaller than in man, but that the ventricle exhibited an anterior,
middle and posterior cornu, the corpus striatum, trnia semi-
cireularis, thalamus opticus and fornix were well developed, the
hippocampus major with corpus fimbriatum were perfectly evident,
and the hippocampus minor larger relatively than in man. I did

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

not see a trace of the emmenentia collateralis; this iso often,
however, absent in man,

The cerebellum in my Orang was relatively larger than that of
man, but smaller than that of either the Chimpanzees I have dis-
sected, and was just covered and no more by the posterior lobes
of the cerebrum. This relation is still retained in my Orang,
though the brain has been lying in alcohol for three months since
it was taken out of the chloride of zine in which it was placed
until the pia mater could be removed. During this period it) has
been subject to the conditions, such as the want of the support of
the membranes, the effect of pressure, etc., urged by Gratiolet,
Huxley, Rolleston, Marshall, ete.,as sufficient to explain why
after death the cerebellum was uncovered by the cerebrum in the
Orang and Chimpanzee, as held by Owen, Schroeder van der
Kolk and Vrolik, and Bischoff. Every anatomist: knows that
the brain after removal from the skull, especially without: the
membrane, if left to itself, very soon loses its shape. It is abso-
lutely necessary therefore to examine the brain in situ,‘and after
removal from skull to place it in some hardening fluid in which it
will float. Even with these precautions, through the change of
the surroundings, shrinkage, ete., the brain is always somewhat
altered. It happens, however, that I have had lying in alcohol
for some years a number of human and monkey brains. Among
the latter, examples of the genera Cebus, Ateles, Macacus, Cyno-
cephalus, Cercopithecus, ete., taken out of the skull sufficiently
carefully, bat preserved in the rudest manner without: any
regard to the above precautions. Now, while all of these brains
have somewhat lost their natural contour, they are not so changed
that in a single one, human or monkey, do I find the cerebellum
uncovered by the cerebrum, and in every instance the posterior
lobes overlap the cerebellum to a greater extent than I ‘find is the
case in my Orang. If the cerebrum and cerebellum in the Orang
and Chimpanzee invariably bear the same proportion. to each
other as they do in man and the monkeys, why should not the
brain of an Orang or Chimpanzee, after lying in alcohol for some
years, exhibit the cerebellum covered by the cerebrum as in them?
Why should it be necessary to replace the brain of the Chimpan-
zee or the Orang in the skull, to make plaster casts, etc., if there
is no diference between their brains and those of man and. the

— oe

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

monkeys, for there is no necessity of having recourse to such
measures to prove that the cerebellum is covered in the latter?

In the account I gave of the female Chimpanzee,' [ stated that
I found the-cerebellum uncovered. I had the opportunity a short
time! since, of verifying that statement in the male, noticing in
situ that the cerebellum was uncovered by the posterior lobes,
This was found to be the case by Mr. Arthur Browne, the Super-
intendent, of the Phila, Zool. Garden, in a third Chimpanzee
which died there. .With all deference to Prof. Marshall’s? photo-
graph of a plaster cast. of the brain of a Chimpanzee, and how-
ever it may truthfully represent the relations of the cerebellum in
his specimen, I must say that it would be simply monstrous if
accepted as an illustration of either of mine, and with profound
respect for Prof. Huxley’s* opinion regarding the interior of the
skull being a guide for the determination of the proportion between
posterior lobe and cerebellum, I find it anything but a safe one as
regards the anthropoid apes. For the space between posterior lobes
of brainand dura mater and bone, both posteriorly and laterally, I
find. very variable in situ, due to the state of the blood vessels and
amount of fluid in arachnoid and subarachnoid cayities. In speak-
ingof the Gorilla, Prof. Bischoff observes, p. 100,‘ Das es bei
ersterem am wenigsten von oben Hinterlappen der grossen Hemi-
sphire bedeckt wird und bei der Betrachtung des Schiidel gewiss von
oben mit seinem hinterem Rande sichtbar wird.” And in reference
tothe Chimpanzee,’ p. 95,“ Die Hinterhauptslappen des grossen
Gehirns bei diesem Affen wie bei dem Menschen das kleine Gehirn
uberzogen und von oben fast ganz bedecken.” And Vrolik® states,
p. 7, of the Orang: ‘Ce lobe posterieur ne se prolonge pas autant
que chez ’homme; il ne recourve pas si bien le cervelet du moins il
ne cache pas completement surtout vers les cotes.”” The fact of the
cerebellum being covered by the posterior lobes in my Orang and
that figured by Gratiolet, aud. but slightly uncovered in that. of
Vrolik’s, is no more strange than that Bischoff? should find it
covered ini one Hylobates, and Prof. Huxley * having stated it to
be uncovered in another.

J. did not observe, anything particularly noticeable about the

' Proceed. of Acad., 1879. ? Natural History Review, 1861.
* Man’s'place in Nature, p. 97. * Das Gehirn des Gorillas, 1877.
®’Gehirn des Chimpanzee, 1871. ® Amsterdam Verslagen, Deel 13, 1862,

7 Beitrage zur Hylobates, 1870. * Vertebrate Anatomy, p. 411,

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1880.

pons or medulla, except that in the latter the olivary bodies are
not as distinct as in man. As regards the peripheral nervous
system it was essentially the same asthe human. As the brainof the
Ovang which I have just endeavored to describe is the property
of the Academy, the animal haying been bought and presented by
Mr. Wm. S. Vaux, and as it was desirable to preserve it in its
present condition, I could not make use of it to examine. the
structure minutely. I would refer. those interested in the his-
tology of the anthropoid brain, to Dr. Spitzka’s paper.

What can be inferred from the general organization of the
Orang as to its relation to the other primates? The Orang like
man has twelve ribs, whereas the Gorilla and Chimpanzee have
thirteen; on the other hand the carpal and tarsal bones are nine
in number in the Orang, while the Chimpanzee and Gorilla agree
with man in having eight. The upper extremity of the Orang
resembles that of the Gorilla in the absence of the flexor longus
pollicis. The Chimpanzee and man are alike in this respect, at
least the slip from the flexor longus digitorum in the former is
functionally a flexor longus. In the absence of a flexor longus
hallucis, and in the presence of an opponens hallucis, the Orang
differs from man, the anthropoids and all the monkeys. The great
blood-yessels arise from the arch of aorta in the Gorilla and
man in the same way; the same disposition is usually seen in the
Chimpanzee, rarely in the Orang. The lungs in the Orang are
not divided into lobes as in the Gorilla, Chimpanzee and man.
The stomach in the Gorilla and Chimpanzee is human in its
form; in the Orang, however, it is quite different. The peri-
toneum in the Gorilla, Chimpanzee and Orang is like that of man ;
in the lower monkeys it is different. The brain of the Orang in
its globular form, in the cerebellum being usually covered by the
cerebrum, and in the development of the first occipital gyrus,
resembles man more than that of the Gorilla and Chimpanzee.
On the other hand, the frontal and temporal lobes in the Orang
are not as much convoluted as in the Chimpanzee, and still less
than in man, and the island of Reil is not convoluted at all, at
least in my Orang.

It will be seen from the above illustrations, of which many
others might be given, that the Gorilla and man, in some respects,
agree with and differ from the Chimpanzee and Orang; while

1 Op. cit.

*
ears tage

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

‘from other points of view the Orang approaches man more closely
‘than either the Gorilla or Chimpanzee, and that as regards certain
‘muscles, man and the lower monkeys agree in having them, while
‘they are absent in the anthropoids. From these facts we may
reasonably infer that the ancestral form of man was intermediate
in character as compared with the living anthropoids or lower
monkeys, agreeing with them in some respects, and differing from
them in others. The Orang is closely allied to the Gibbons, the
Chimpanzee to the Macacques, and the gap between these and the
Semnopithecus is bridged over by the Mesopithecus of Gaudry.
Until, however, the paleontologist will have procured more
material like that from Pikermi, and interpreted it as ably, it
will seem to me premature to offer any detailed genealogical tree
of the Primates.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

—"
1
=r)

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW CRUSTACEAN FROM THE UPPER SILURIAN OF :

GEORGIA, WITH REMARKS UPON CALYMENE CLINTONI.
BY ANTHONY W. VOGDES, U.S. A.

Calymene rostrata Vogdes.

This species differs in one aspect from the usual forms classed
under the genus Calymene, in having a projecting process arising
directly from the cephalic shield in front of the glabella, and in
this respect resembles Homalonotus rhinotropis of Angelin, a
species which has been referred by Salter, in his monograph of
British Trilobites, to H. Knightti. Salter says “the front margin

He. 4. is of most singular structure and may be
described as tricuspid. The narrow edge
is so deeply indented, and at the same time
folded, that the front portion overhangs
the rostral shield, forms. one. projecting

MAB in Vodked angle flanked by two smaller Projections
The glabella and fixed cheeks Opposite the axial furrows,exactly like the
showing the projecting pro- 6 ° .
cess, salient and re-entering angles of a forti-
fication.” Our species has only the central triangular projection,
the margins of which are deflected, and the marginal border unites
and forms a triangular projection, directly in front and on the
median line.

The following characteristics are drawn from three specimens,
consisting of the glabella and fixed cheeks, and many pygidia
found associated with them at the same locality.

The glabella is convex and widens out posteriorly, being
contracted in front; the sides are marked with three lobes,
the basal one large, the middle lobe nearly spherical, the third
is somewhat obscurely defined. The fixed cheeks are separated
from the glabella by deep dorsal furrows, but opposite the eyes
the furrows are restricted by a buttress thrown across it, nearly
touching the middle side lobes; the cheeks are gibbous but
not elevated above the glabella, they are narrow along the
sides of the glabella and widen out laterally from the eyes.
The facial sutures cut the posterior angles of the head, but
anteriorly from the eyes these lines run almost straight with
a slight tendency outward, and pass over the margin. The
neck furrow is continued nearly to the posterior angles of the

4

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177

head. The frontal limb is triangular in outline, and prolonged
into a prominent projection, the bourrelet of the limb is defined
by a triangular ridge which forms the base of the projection.
The projection is formed by the thickening of the crust and by
the union of the outer marginal borders along the median line, it
is pointed and has its sides deflected. The space between the front
of the glabella and the base of the projection is somewhat de-
pressed.

~ The pygidium is obtusely triangular, with the front greatly
arched in uncrushed specimens, but this character seems to be
confined to the medium-sized specimens ; the larger forms are not
so much arched, and correspond in this respect to typical pygidia
of C. blumenbachii. The axis occupies along the anterior border
about one-third of the width of the tail, and gradually tapers
posteriorly into an obtuse point; it is marked with about eight or
nine articulations, the anterior one being slightly arched forwards,
but the others are extended almost straight
across it. The dorsal furrows are well defined.
The lateral lobes are marked with five pairs of
ribs, four of which are grooved and double half
way up; they are contracted along the dorsal
furrows, but widen out laterally. Theribscurve | Calymene rostrata

Vogdes. The pret

downwards and backwards, and are separated = dium et LE
associate with e

from each other by well-defined grooves, the _ head.

last pair unite and form a ridge extending around the posterior

termination of the axis.

Geological Position.—Clinton Group, Taylor’s Ridge, near
Catoosa Station ;,and also at Dug Gap, Georgia.

Among the trilobite specimens which I have collected in
Georgia, there are three movable cheeks and one pygidium
showing a strong resemblance to the same parts of Calymene
Clintont as figured by Prof. Hall in Pal. N. Y., vol. ii, pl. 66 a,
fig. 5. These fragments were found associated with two glabelle,
haying characteristics not shown by the illustrations of the species
just referred to; therefore, for the purpose of comparison, I
carried the specimens to the American Museum, and through the
courtesy of Prof. Whitfield was enabled to study the trilobites
found in the Clinton Group of New York. The Georgia forms
are almost identical with those of New York, but show some

DL

17s PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF P1880.

variations from the typical C. Clintoni; I shall, therefore,
describe these fragments.

Calymene Clintoni Vanuxem.

Glabella slightly convex, the base broad, so as to form a nearly
equilateral triangle. The sides are marked with three lobes, the
posterior one being twice as large as the middle, lobe, but. the
anterior one is ill-defined. The dorsal furrows are deep... The
occipital ring triangular in front, and narrowing out laterally.
The frontal limb is broad, and equal to half the length of the
glabella, and arched in front. It is worthy of remark that, this
character is not common to the minute glabella found in the same
beds. The fixed cheeks have a buttress thrown across them

Fie. 3. extending along the sides of the glabella, but this
does not elevate them above it. The movable
cheeks are triangular in outline, and posteriorly
extended into spines, and correspond to those
figured by Prof. Hall, Pal. N. Y., vol. ii, pl. 66 a,
fig. 5, ec. They are convex laterally along their
inner half, and grooved near the outer margin, which
IES He BO is ‘defined by a raised border. The pygidium is
vette. Zhe triangular in outline, and resembles the figure of
cheeksshowingthe this part given by Prof. Hall, Pal. N. Y., vol. ii,
wide frontal limb, : ts at ty

pl. 66 a, fig. 5 a,d, except in size. The axis is

i marked with about eight articulations. The lateral
lobes are not marked with ribs, as usual in Caly-
mene, and in this respect the pygidium bears some
resemblance to that of C. arago and C. salteri, two
European forms found in the Lower Silurian, and
described by Rousault in 1849.

Geological Position.—Clinton Group, Catoosa

Calymene Clintoni Station; also in the Hematitic bed at Dug Gap,

Vanuxem. The .
moyable cheek. Georgia.

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

CARCINOLOGICAL NOTES, No. 3.—REVISION OF THE GENUS OCYPODA.
BY J. S. KINGSLEY.

The following paper is based on the Collections of the Academy.
I have observed the rule adopted in previous papers of following
‘the locality from which I have seen specimens, by an exclamation
‘point. Tn all other cases the name of the person who has reported
fa Species from any place follows that of the locality. The same
‘eonservative spirit which pervades my paper on the “ Fiddler
“Crabs”? (Gelasimi) will be found in this. Many of the characters
éiven by authors prove to be of no specific value, but I have not
ventured to unite forms unless I had specimens which corre-
sponded to each nominal species.

110) OCYPODA Fabricius.

Cancer 1. ¢:, Fabr. Ocypoda Fabr., Suppl. Ent. Syst.. 347 (1798) ;
Edw.,| Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 41 (1837); Dana, U. S. Ex. Ex.

Crust.,. p. 324 (1852).

|) Carapax transverse, rhomboidal or nearly square. Eyes stout,

ethe cornea occupying the larger portion. Meros of external

‘maxillipeds shorter than ischium. Chelipeds unequal.

In many species there is a stridulating organ composed of a
-row of tubercles on the inner surface of the palm, which, by being
drawmacross a ridge on the ischium of the cheliped, produces a
noise.

§ 1. Ocular pedicels prolonged beyond the cornea as a spine
or style.

1. 0. ceratophthalma Fabr.

Cancer ceratophthalmus Pallas, Spicelegia, p. 83, Pl. V, f. 17 (1772).
Ocypoda ceratophthalma Fabr., 1. ¢., 347 (1788); Latreille, Hist.

~~~ Crust. et Ins., vi, 47 (1803-4) ; Encye. Meth., x, Pl. 274, f. 1; La-
‘marck, Hist. Animaux sans Vert., v, 252 (1818) ; Desmarest, Consid.
sur le Crustaces, 121, Pl. XII, f. 1 (1825) ; Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust.,

ii, p. 48 (1837); II. Edit. Regne Animal, Pl. XVII, f. 1; Ann, Sci.
Nat., IIJ, xviii, p. 141 (1852); Krauss, 8. African Crust., p. 41
(1843) ; Stimpson, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1858, p. 100; Hess, Archiv.

fiir Naturgeschichte, XXXI, 143 (1865); Martens, Verhandl. Zool.
Bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1866, p. 381; Heller, Reise Novara, Crust., p.

42 (1867); Hilgendorf in v. Decken’s Reise, Crust., p. 82, 1867;

A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch. du Mus., ix, p. 270 (1873). Cancer
cursor Herbst., Pl. I, f. 8-9 (1790). Ocypoda brevicornis Edw.,

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Hist. Crust., ii, 48 (1837); Ann. Sei. Nat., IT, xviii, 142 (1852);
Dana,.; U., S.... Bx. .Ex.;-Crust.,. p.,, 826, Pls, XX). 3, (1852).
Ocypoda. brevicornis var longicornuta Dana, 1. ¢., 327,, Pl. XX,

f. 4 (1852). Ocypoda cegyptica Gerstaecker, Archiv. fur Natur-

geschichte, xxii, 134 (1856) ; Heller, Sitzungsberichte Wien Akad.,

xliii, p. 361 (1861) ; Hoffmann, Rech. Fauna Madagascar Crust.,’ p.

14 (1874 teste Zool. Record); Miers, Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., V,

ii, 409. (1878).

Carapax nearly square, granulate, front strongly deflexed, orbits
sinuate, oblique, the lateral angles being far behind the front.
These angles are nearly right angles. Orbits with an indistinct
fissure below. Eyes terminated with a style which in most cases is
long and cylindrical, extending far beyond the orbits.° In’ the
young, however, it is small and in some cases even wanting; that
form, when small and conical, characterizes the nominal species
brevicornis; maxillipeds granulate. Meros of larger cheliped,
with the margins armed with spiniform tubercles, more prominent
on the anterior margins. Carpus granulate, with internally one
or two teeth. Hand externally acute, tuberculate, serrate below,
the inner surface with scattered tubercles. Stridulating ridge at
some distance from the base of the fingers, straight and composed
of rounded tubercles. Ambulatory feet with acute granules,
which exhibit a tendency to arrange themselves in ruge.

Natal! (E. Wilson); Mauritius! (Guerin’s Collection); <Anjir,
Ternate, Amboina, Adenare, Zanzibar, Benkula (Hilgendorf) ;
Sandwich Is., Tahiti, Bonin, Loo Choo, Hong Kong Ouisma(Stm. );
Egypt, Mauritius, Bombay, Australia ( Kdw.); Ceylon and Nicobars
(Heller) ; Madagascar (Hoffmann); Tongatubu (Dana).

A specimen collected by the Wilkes Expedition (*‘ Hast Indies’)
has the carapax intermediate between this species and ewrsor.
The ocular styles are wanting. Milne-Hdwards’: figure in the
Reene Animal is different from any specimens that I have seen.
I agree with Kossmann in considering #gyptica as but a variety
of ceratophthalma.

2. O. platytarsis Edw.
Ocypoda platytarsis Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xviii, p. 141 (1892) ;
Heller, Reise Novara Crust., p. 42 (1867).
Carapax wider than is usual in this genus and covered with
large granules. Superior margin of orbit sinuate, the external

angles rounded; sides parallel about one-fourth of their length.
Orbits with an indistinct fissure below. Eyes spined as in ceratoph-

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

thalma (leste Edw., the single specimen I have seen has the eyes
broken). External maxillipeds granulate ; meros of larger cheli-
ped with the upper margin produced and dentate, the lower
spined, the posterior with transverse granular rugw, carpus
granulate; hand with large granules, serrate below, foe
ridges ¢arved and composed of crowded granules. Ambulatory
feet with ruge and subspiniform tubercles, dactyli broad.

=) 1 Pondicherry! Guerin’s Collection (abelled by Guerin ‘‘Ocypoda
iyo) -platytarsis, Edw., Cat. Mus., Paris’’) and probably one of the

r original specimens)., Tuwhité and Nicobars (Heller).

3. QO. urvillei Guerin.
Ocypoda urvilleiy Guerin, Voyage Coquille, Crust. p. 9, Pl. I, f.
1 (1836), Edw. Hist. Crust., I, p. 49 (1887), Ann. Sci. Nat, III,
xviii, p. 141 (1852), Owen in Beechey’s Voyage Crust., p. 80 (1839 ,
Dana, U. 8, Ex. Exp. Crust., 328, Pl. XX, f. 5 (1852).

_Carapax wider than long, superior margin of orbit sinuate,
angles acute. . Eyes moderate, ocular spines short, extending only
to ees of orbit. Meros of larger cheliped rounded above, its
two other margins denticulate. Carpus with a strong internal
spine. Hand externally granulate, serrate above and below; the
stridulating ridge nearly straight, a little remote from the fingers
and extending eae the lower margin of the hand two-thirds of
the way to the upper. (Guerin.)

Tahiti (Guerin) ; Isle Bouron (Edw.) ; Sandwich Is. (Dana.

4. O: macrocera Edw.
‘Ocypoda mucrocera Baw. Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 49 (1837), Ann. Sci. Nat.
IV, xviii, p. 142:(1852), Heller, Novara Crust., p. 142 (1867)
Orbits wide, oblique, angle obtuse, eyes with a spine as in O.
ceratophthalma. Larger hand very short, broad and. a little
spinose above ; its palmar portion broader than long. The fingers
of the smaller hand lamellate and very broad at their extremities.
Ambulatory feet roughened above. ( Edw.)
E. Indies, Pondicherry, (?] Brazil (Edw.) ; Tahiti, Nicobars (Heller).
5. 0. gaudichaudi Edwards et Lucas.
_ Ocypoda gaudichaudi Edw, et Lucas in D’Orbigny’s Voyage, Crust.,
p- 26, Pl. XI, f. 41843"; Edw. Ann. Sci.’ Nat. TIT,’ xviii, 142\(1852),
Nicollet in Gay’s Chili, Zool. IIT, p. 163 (1849), Stimpson, Ann. N.Y.
Lye, Nat. Hist., VII, p. 61 (1859); Smith, Rep. Peab. Acad. Sei.,
IU, p. 91 (1871) ; Streets, Proce. Phila. Acad., 1872, p. 240.

-Carapax longitudinally strongly arcuate, distal portion of front
nearly vertical. Superior border of orbit sinuate internally, its

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

external three-fourths nearly straight and directed slightly ‘back-
wards. Lateral angles nearly right angles, the sides behind them
being concave for about a fifth of the length of the carapax ;
orbits with a deep median fissure below. Eyes witha short conical
style reaching to, or slightly beyond, the angle of the orbit
External maxillipeds nearly smooth, or with a few inconspicuous
granules. Meros of larger cheliped with the upper and: lower
margins spino-tuberculate, the posterior with transverse rue.
Carpus granulate; hand subspinose above, finely serrate below,
internally granulate and with a well-marked transverse stridulat-
ing ridge, fingers lamellate, the extremities truncate.
Chili! Guerin; Panama! Capt. Field and MeNiel (Phila. Acad.) ;

Gulf of Fonseca! McNiel (Peab. Acad.) 5; Callao (Edw. et Lucas) ;

Valparaiso (Dana).
6. 0. fabricii Edw.

Ocypoda fabricti Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., II, p, 47 (1837), Ann. Sci.
Nat. XVIII, p. 142 (1852), Hilgendorf in Decken’s Reise Crust., 82,
PI. II], f. 1 (1867).

Carapax convex, finely granulate, front strongly deflexed)
orbits strongly sinuate ; lateral angles acute and some distance
posterior to the base of the rostrum; sides parallel for about a
third of the length of the earapax. Orbits without emargination
below ; eyes with a short conical style, not reaching beyond the
orbital angle. Anterior margin of meros of larger cheliped cren-
ulate, distally spinose, posterior margin rounded, rugose. Carpus
granulate, as is the outside of the hand; inner surface of the
hand polished, with minute scattered granules; stridulating ridge
straight, composed of small, closely set granules; lower margin
of hand finely serrate; fingers of moderate length. Joints of
ambulatory feet with transverse ruge.

Australia ! BE. Wilson; Natal! E. Wilson ; Oceanica (Edw.) ; Zan-
zibar (Hilgendorf).

7. O. cursor.

Cancer cursor Linn., Syst. Nat. Edit., xii, p. 1039 (1766). Ocypoda
ippeus Olivier, Voyage, p. 234, Pl. XXX, f.1 (1807); Savigny, Egypt,
Pl. I, f. 1; Lamarck, An. sans Vert., v, p. 252 (1817);, Desm., Con-
sid. Crust., p. 121 (1825); Edw., Hist. Crust., ii, p, 47 (1837); Mose-
ley, Notes by a Naturalist on the Challenger, pp. 48-49, woodcut,
1879. Ocypoda cursor DeHaan, Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 29; Edw.,
Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xviii, p. 142 (1852); Stm., Proc. Phila. Acad.,
1858, p. 100; Heller, Crust. S. Europa, p. 99 (1863),

1880.j NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

Carapax arcuate, front strongly depressed. Upper margin of
orbits but slightly sinuate and nearly transverse. Lateral angles
acute, the sides converging posteriorly, making the carapax widest
at the angles,. Orbits below with a slight median fissure. Eyes
terminated) by a short conical style armed with pencil of hairs,
Meral, joint. of cheliped with the spines and rugz much less
prominent than in O. ceratophthalma. Carpus internally with a
denticulated tooth. Hands small, externally with depressed
granules, the lower margin finely serrate, the upper rounded and
without spiniform tubercles. Internally the hand is nearly smooth
except below where there are granules similar to those of the
outside. The stridulating ridge is very near the fingers and is
crossed by numerous fine striz. The propodal joints of the
ambulatory feet spined below, the dactyli of the second pair hairy.

Senegal! (Guerin); Syria, Egypt (Edw.); Cape Verdes (Auct.) ;
Greece (Guerin).

This is probably the species described by Hasselquist (Iter
Palestinum, p..433, 1757) under the name Cancer anomalus, but
he, gives many characters which will apply to no known decapod
and so to avoid confusion I refrain from applying his name to
this species. _McLeay, in Smith’s Zoology of South Africa, men-
tions “ Ceratophthalma cursor DeHaan,” an expression not to be
found in the pages of that Dutch Carcinologist.

8. 0. ryderi Nov.

Carapax coarsely granulate, the upper margins of the orbits
sinuate, transverse, lateral angles acute, sides arcuate, the carapax
being widest at the anterior third, as in O. arenaria, the lateral
margins anteriorly finely serrate.

Eyes not reaching the extremities of the orbits, terminated by
a minute spine. Chelipeds like those of O. arenaria ; ambulatory
feet roughened by subspiniform granules.

Natal! (E. Wilson).

This species is closely allied to the Ocypoda arenaria of the
coasts of America, but is readily separated by the ocular spines
and the granulations on the ambulatory feet. It is dedicated to
my friend, John A. Ryder, of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia.

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

§$ II. Byes without an ocular spine.
9. O. arenaria Say.

Cancer arenarius Catesby, History of the Carolinas, ii, Pl. 35 (1781
and 1771*). Cancer quadratus Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, p. 439 (1793).
Ocypoda quadrata Fab., Suppl., p. 847 (1798); Bose. Edit., 1, ‘i, p.
194;"’ (teste Auct.) Edit., II, i, p. 247 (1828); Latr., Hist. Crust. et
Ins., vi, p. 49 (1803-4). Ocypoda arenaria Say, Jour. Acad. Nat.
Sci., Phila., i, p. 69 (1817); Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 44, Pl,
XIX, f. 13-14 (1837); DeKay, N. Y. Fauna, Crust., p. 13 (1841);
Gibbes, Proce. Am. Assoc., iii, p. 180 (1851); Gerstiicker, Arch. fiir
Naturg., xxii, p. 36 (1856); Guerin in La Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Crust.,
p. 7 (1857); Martens, Arch. fiir Naturges., xxxviii, p. 103 (1872);
Smith, U. S. Fish Comm. Report for 1871-72, p. 545 (1875); Kings-
ley, Proc. Phila, Acad., 1878, p. 322. Ocypoda albicans Latr., Eneye.
Méth., x, Pl. 285, f. 1 (after Catesby vix O. albicans Bose.). Ocy-
poda rhombea Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 46 (1837); Ann. Sci.
Nat., III, xviii, p. 143 (1852); Gibbes, 1. c., p. 180 (1851); Dana,
U.S. Ex. Exp.Crust., p.322, Pl. XTX, f.8(1852); Heller, Reise Novara,
Crust., p. 42 (1867); Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 135 (1870);
Streets, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1872, p. 240. Monolepis inermis Say,
1. c., p. 157 (Megalops).

Carapax convex, granulate above, front but little deflexed ;
lateral angles of carapax acute, extending as far forward as the
middle of the front. Lateral margin crenulate, arcuate, the
carapax being widest at the anterior third. Orbits below with
spiniform tubercles and occasionally a distinct emargination.
Eyes with the extremities rounded and not reaching to the
extremity of the orbit. Chelipeds with spines and tubercles; the
meros with the upper and lower margins spined, the posterior
rounded and crossed by tubercular ruge. Carpus with the
tubercles obsolete above but pronounced near the margins, the
inner margin armed with one or more strong spiniform teeth.
Hands tuberculate, the upper margin spined, the lower serrate.
A tubercular stridulating ridge on the inside near the fingers.
Fingers strongly inflexed. Ambulatory feet compressed, hairy,
their sides smooth, the upper portion margined and crossed by
transverse ruge.

* There were at least two editions of Catesby published, bearing dates
respectively as above and as the second is post-Linnean, the names employed
by him must hold. I think that another edition exists in the library of
the Essex Institute at Salem, Mass., the date of which is between those
quoted above, but I have nothing at hand by which to decide the matter.

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

Young specimens (less than 10 mm. broad) have the lateral
angle further back than in the adult, while the spines of the
chelipeds are wanting or but faintly indicated.

_The0O. albicans of Bose, Lamarck and Desmarest has the
eyes terminated by a style,a feature I have neyer observed in
any specimen of O. arenaria. The locality given is South Caro-
lina. The O. rhombea of Fabricius is not this species, as his
expression “‘ Carpus utrinque unidentatis, manibus sublaevis”’ will
not apply to this’form, but agrees better with O. cordimana.
Fabricius gives no locality for his specimens. The Brazilian
forms (rhombea Auct.) show no differences from northern speci-
mens. I have seen specimens from over thirty localities embraced
im the limits of Great Egg Harbor, N. J. (Say’s types), to Rio
Janeiro, Brazil, and also specimens from the west coast of Mexico
(Dr. W. H. Jones).

10. 0. convexus Quoy and Gaimard.
Ocypoda converus Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. Uranie, Zool., iii, p. 525, Pl.
LXXVUJ, f. 2 (1828); Edw., Hist. Crust., ii, p. 49 (1837).

Carapax granulate, sides arcuate, front deflexed, orbits sinuate,
. lateral angles behind the base of the rostrum, acute. Meros
internally entire, distally tuberculate; carpus tuberculate, its
inner surface with a bifid tubercle. Hands cordate, externally
granulate, serrate above and below.

This brief description is taken from the figure of MM. Quoy
and Gaimard. I have never seen the species. It is said to have
come from Australia.

11, 0. cordimana Desm.

? Ocypoda rhombea Fabr., Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. 348 (1798). Ocypodu
cordimana Desm., Consid. sur les Crustaces, p. 121 (1825); Edw.,
Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 45 (1837); Ann. Sci. Nat. ITT, xviii, p. 148
(1852); Jacquinot et Lucas, Voy. Astrolabe et Zelee, p. 64; Heller,

' Reise Novara Crust., p. 42 (1867); A. M. Edw., Nouv. Arch. Mus.,

+ ix, p. 271 (1872). Ocypoda rhombea ? Desmarest, 1. c., p. 122; Ran-

, dal, Jour. Phila. Acad., viii, p. 123. Ocypoda pallidula Jacquinot
et Lucas, l.c., Pl. VI. f.4. Ocypoda laevis Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped.,
Crust., p. 325, Pl. XX, f. 2 (1852). ? Ocypoda convera Stm., Proc.
Phila. Acad., 1858, p. 100.

SJ
Carapax arcuate, evenly granulate. Front strongly deflexed.
Orbits sinuate above; lateral angles acute, but not extending as
far forward as the base of the front. . Sides in the adult slightly
13

a

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

arcuate, but in the young they are parallel or even concave, con-
verging behind. Eyes, without styliform process, and extending
nearly or quite to the orbital angle. Meros of chelipeds with its an-
terior margin crenulate in the young, in the adult with spiniform
tubercles. Carpus externally granulate. Hand short, broad,
cordate, granulate internally and externally, its lower margin
serrate, the stridulating ridge nearly obsolete. Fingers short,
compressed, the thumb slightly hooked at the extremity. Meral
joints of the ambulatory feet with transverse ruge. Carpal and
propodal joints similarly roughened and covered with a short
pubescence.
New Zealand ! Mauritius! (Guerin) ; Australia! (E. Wilson); Sand-
wich Is. ! (J. K. Townsend) ; Tahiti! (A. Garrett) ; Mozambique

and Zanzibar (Hilgendorf) ; Red Sea, Manilla, Nicobars (Heller) ;
Hong Kong, Loo Choo (Stm.) ; Japan (Edw.).

The following are not true members of the genus :

O. angulatus Latr. = Gonoplax angulatus.

O. aurantia Bosc. ex Herbst = Thelphusa aurantia.

O. carnifex Latr. ex Herbst = Cardiosoma carnifez.
O. heterochelos Bose. = Gelasimus heterochelos.
O« hispana Bosc. ex Herbst = Sesarma sp.

O. hydrodromus Latr. ex Herbst = Thelphusa hydrodromus.
O. longimana Latr. = Gonoplax rhomboidalis.
O. maracoani Latr. = Gelasimus maracoani.
O. macrocheles Bosc. = ? Macrophthalmus sp.
O. pugzllator Bosc. = Gelasimus pugillator.
O. quadrata Bose. = Sesama sp.

O. rufopunctata Latr. ex Herbst == Trapezia rufopunctata.
O. senex Latr. ex Fabr == Thelphusa sp.

O. tetragonon Bosc. ex Herbst = (elasimus tetragonon.
O. tridens Latr. ex Fabr. = ? Pachygrapsus sp.

O. vocans Latr. = Gelasimus sp.

L have not been able to identify
O. granulata Bose. (Edit. ii) p. 247.
O. macleayana Hess, Archiv. fir Naturgesch., XXXI, p 143, Pl. VI, f. 8
(1865). ; Australia.

O. unispinosa Rafinesque, Precis de découvertes Semiologiques, p. 21, No.
35 (1814).

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

CARCINOLOGICAL NOTES, No. IV.—SYNOPSIS OF THE GRAPSIDZ.

BY J. S. KINGSLEY.

The following paper is a continuation of my studies of the
Catometopa contained in the Museum of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia. In it I have endeavored to embrace
every known species of the family with sufficient references to
their geographical distribution. To aid in the identifications of
species I have compiled analytical tables for most of the genera,
but descriptions are given of only those species of which I have
examined specimens. I have reduced considerably the number
of nominal species, but believe that I am fully warranted in rele-
gating to synonymy many so-called species founded on size, color,
geographical distribution, or variations of minor importance. All
localities from which I have examined specimens are marked with
an exclamation point (!). The classification employed is mainly
that of Dana, in the U.S. Exploring Expedition Crustacea (1852) ;
those of Milne-Edwards (Annales des Sciences Naturelles, III
Series, Zoologie, tome xx, pp. 163-200, 1853), and Kossmann
(Zoologische Ergebnisse, Reise in die Kustengebiete des rothen
Meeres, 1877), being comparatively worthless. Owing to the
limited amount of space at my disposal, the synonymy and _ bibli-
ography have been condensed as far as possible.

Family GRAPSIDAS Dana. (Grapsoidiens M. Edw.).

Carapax subquadrate, depressed. Front generally broad. Eyes
short. Antennulz transversely plicate. Epistome short, some-
times linear. Meros ofthe external maxillipeds bearing the palpus
at the summit or at its external angle. Second joint of the abdo-
men of the male nearly as wide as the adjacent portion of the
sternum.

The Grapside are all inhabitants of the temperate or tropical
waters, and generally live near the shores. A few, however (e.g.
Nautilograpsus and Varuna), live on the high seas. The family
may conveniently be divided into two! sub-families, by characters
derived from the antenne. In the Grapsine the antennz are

' The characters given by Dana for the Sesarmine I do not consider of

sufficient importance to warrant its retention as a sub family, and would
rather consider it as a group of the Grapsinz.

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

covered by the front; in the Plagusine they are received into
notches in the front and are visible from above.

Analytical Key to the Genera of the Grapside.

Antenne covered by the front. GRAPSIN A.
External maxillipeds without a piliferous ridge. GRAPSINI.
External maxillipeds widely gaping.
Antennz excluded from the orbit.
Meros of the external maxillipeds as long as the ischium. Goniopsis.
Meros of the external maxillipeds shorter than the ischium.

Metopograpsus.
Antenne entering the orbit.
Front less than half the width of the carapax.

No tooth behind the orbital angle. Epigrapsus.
One tooth behind the orbital angle.

Fingers of cheliped excavate. Grapsus.

Fingers acuminate.

Sides straight. Orthograpsus.

Sides arcuate in front. Geograpsus.

Two teeth behind the orbital angle. Leptograpsus.

More than two teeth behind the angle of the orbit.
Male abdomen five-jointed, antennule transverse, front

straight. ; Grapsodes.
Male abdomen seven-jointed, antennule oblique, front exca-
vate. Oyrtograpsus.
Front more than halfthe width of the carapax.
Carapax transverse. ' Pachygrapsus.
Carapax longer than broad. Nautilograpsus.

External maxillipeds without a rhomboidal gape.
Palpus articulating with the inner angle of the meros of the external

maxillipeds.
One tooth behind the orbital angle. Brachygrapsus.
Several teeth behind the orbital angle. Huchirograpsus.

Palpus articulating with middle of the anterior margin of the meros
of the external maxillipeds.
Exognath of external maxillipeds very broad. Ptychognathus.
Exognath much narrower than the ischium,.
Sides of carapax entire. Acmaopleura,
Sides of carapax dentate.
External distal angle of the meros of the external maxilli-
peds expanded.
Joints of ambulatory feet rounded, dactyli styliform.

Pseudograpsus.
Ambulatory feet compressed, dactyli flattened, natato-
rial. Varuna.

Meros of external maxillipeds not expanded.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

Meros of external maxillipeds broader than long.
Meros as long as ischium. Glyptograpsus.
Meros shorter than ischium. Utica.
Meros as long or longer than broad.
Front nearly half as wide as carapax. Heterograpsus.
Front not over one-third as wide as carapax. Hriocheir.
Palpus articulating with the outer angle of the meros of the ex-
ternal maxilliped.

One tooth behind the orbital angle. Perigrapsus.

More than one tooth behind the orbital angle. Platygrapsus.

External maxillipeds with an oblique piliferous ridge. SESARMINI.
Meros of external maxilliped elongate, its apex rounded.

Antennz excluded from the orbit. Metasesarma.

Antenne not excluded from the orbit.
Carapax subquadrate, sides arcuate.

Joints of ambulatory feet entire. Sarmatium.
Joints of ambulatory feet dentate. Rhaconotus.
Carapax quadrate, sides straight. Sesarma.
Carapax elongate, narrowed behind. Aratus.

Meros of external maxilliped short, its distal border truncate or even
excavate, and bearing the palpus.

_ Antenne excluded from the orbit. Clistoceloma.
Antennz entering the orbit.
Sides of carapax straight. Felice.
Sides arcuate.
Sides entire. Cyclograpsus.
Sides emarginate or toothed. Chasmagnathus.
Antennz lodged in notches in the front, and visible from above.
PLAGUSIN &.
Meros of external maxillipeds large, as broad as ischium. Plagusia.
Meros small and much narrower than ischium. Leiolophus.

Sub-family Grapsinee (Grapsine et Sesarmine Dana).

Antennulz more or less transverse, and covered by the front.

Tribe GRAPSINI (Sub-family Grapsinze Dana).

§ External maxillipeds without an oblique piliferous ridge on
the ischial and meral joints.

Genus GONIOPSIS De Haan, 1835 (Goniograpsus (pars) Dana, 1851).

Carapax flat; front vertical, over half as wide as carapax ;
sides straight, one-toothed. Suborbital lobe broad, reaching the
front and excluding the antenna from the orbit. External max-
illipeds slender ; meral and ischial joints of equal length.

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

1. G. cruentatus De Hann ex Latreille.

Cancer rurieola De’Geer. Memoirs pour servir a 1’ Hist. Insectes, vii,
417, Pl. XXYV, 1778 (non Linné).

Grapsus cruentatus Latreille. Histoire Naturelle des Crust. et Ins.,
vi, p. 70 (1803-4).

Goniopsis cruentatus De Haan. ‘Fauna Japonica Crust., p. 33 (1835).

Grapsus longipes Randal!. Jour. Phila. Acad., viii, p. 125 (1839).

Goniopsis ruricola White. List Brit. Mus. Crust., p. 40 (1847).

Grapsus pelli Herklots. Additamenta ad Faunam Carcinologicam
Afric Occidentalis, 8, Pl. I, f. 6-7 (1851).

Goniograpsus cruentatus Dana. U.S. Expl. Exped. Crust., p. 342,
Pl. XXI, f. 7 (1852).

Front granulate, supra-frontal lobes four, margins crenulate,
orbits entire above, distally emarginate. Carapax with oblique
transverse ridges. Anterior margin of meros of chelipeds ex-
panded, dentate, the upper and lower margins with spiniform
tubercles, as is also the upper margin of carpus. Hands with
spiniform tubercles above and below, the middle of the outer sur-
face smooth, the inner surface with scattered prominent granules.
Thumb and finger sub-excavate, the latter spinose above. Ambu-
latory feet compressed and armed with stiff black bristles. Pos-
terior angle of meros of last pair rounded, in the other feet
dentate.

Florida! (H. E. Webster, in Union College Museum) ; Bahamas!
Cuba! (A. F. Baker) ; Surinam! (Dr. Hering, Randall’s type of
G. longipes); Gaboon, W. Africa (Du Chaillu) ; West Coast of
Nicaragua! (J. A. MeNiel, in Museum of Peabody Academy) ;
Tropical Seas of America (Auct.).

Genus METOPOGRAPSUS M.-Edw., 1853.

Front more than half the width of carapax, deflexed. Sides
straight. Internal suborbital lobe very broad, reaching the front
and excluding the antenna from the orbit. Meros of external
maxilliped short, much broader than long.

Key to Species.

Antero-lateral margin entire.

Frontal margin sinuate, Me88Or .
Frontal margin straight. latifrons.
Antero-lateral margin toothed. aceanicus.

M. messor Edwards ex Forskal.
Caneer messor Forskal, Descr. An. in Itin. Observ., p. 88 (1775).
Grapsus gaimardii Andouin, Expl. Pl. Savigny (teste Edw, ).
Grapsus messor Edw. Hist, Nat, Crust., ii, p. 883 (1837).

1880.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191

Grapsus thukuhar Owen. In Beechey’s Voyage, Zoology, p. 80, Pl.
XXIV, f. 3 (1839).

Grapsus parallelus Randall. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. viii, p.
127 (1839).

Metopograpsus messor, thukuhar, eydouxi et intermedius Edw. Ann.
Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 165 (1853).

Carapax slightly narrowed behind, plications and rugze more
or less distinct. Frontal lobes rather prominent, frontal margin
sinuate, smooth or crenulate at the angles. Meros of chelipeds
with the posterior surface rugose, the anterior margin expanded
and distally truncate, a few spinose teeth near the base and
several on the truncate margin. Carpus externally rugose, inter-
nally with a prominent bifid or quadrifid tubercle. Hands with
oblique folds above and below, and a longitudinal ridge on the
lower outer surface. Fingers sub-excavate. Last joint of male
abdomen but slightly narrower than penult joint.

Sandwich Is. ! (Nuttall, Pease, Jones, Wilkes’ Expedition); Tahiti /
(A. J. Garrett); Australia! (E. Wilson); Mauritius! (Guerin);
Aden ; ! Natal! (Dr. T. B. Wilson); Indian and Pacific Oceans
(Auct. )

M. latifrons Edwards ex White.
Grapsus latifrons White, in Jukes’ Voyage of the Fly, ii, p. 337, Pl. I,
f. 2 (1847).
Metopograpsus latifrons et maculatus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat. II], xx, pp.
166 and 165, Pl. VU, f. 1 (1853).
Metopograpsus pictus A. M.-Edw., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vii, p. 283
(1867) ; Nouv. Arch. du Mus., ix, p. 289. Pl. XIII, f. 2 (1873).

Carapax narrowed behind, plications indistinct ; frontal lobes
granulate on the edge. Front broad, nearly straight, margin
denticulate. Chelipeds similar to those of M. messor. Base of
last joint of male abdomen much narrower than the extremity of
penult joint.

Batavia ! (Dr. Wilson); Singapore (White); Java (Edw); New Cale-
donia (A. M.-Edw.).

M. oceanicus Jacq. et Lucas.
Metopograpsus (Grapsus) oceanicus Jacquinot et Lucas, Voyage Astro-
labe et Zéelee, Crust., p. 73, Pl. VI, f. 9 (Text 1853, Plates 1842-53).
Metopograpsus quadridentatus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel-
phia, 1858, p. 102.
Pulo Han (J. et L.); near Hong Kong (Stm.) ; Nicobar Js, (Heller).

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

Genus EPIGRAPSUS Heller, 1862! (Nectograpsus Heller, 1865).
Sides arcuate, entire orbits externally open ; external maxilli-
peds gaping, meros shorter than the ischium, rather broad abdo-
men of the male five-, of the female seyen-jointed.

E. politus Heller,
Epigrapsus politus Heller, Verh. Z. B. Ges. Wien, 1862, p. 522.
Nectograpsus politus Heller, Reise der Novara, Crustaceen, p. 57, Pl. V,
f. 3 (1865). '
Nicobars ; Tahiti (Heller).

Genus GRAPSUS Lamarck (restrict).

Sides arcuate, with one tooth behind the orbital angle; front
narrow, deflexed; antenne entering the orbit. External maxilli-
peds slender, gaping; meros oblong. Fingers of chelipeds exca-
vate.

G. maculatus Edwards ex Catesby.

Pagurus maculatus Catesby, Nat. Hist. of the Carolinas, ii, Plate
XXXVI, f. 1 (1748 et 1771).?

' Dr. Heller, in his preliminary account of the Crustacea collected by
the Novara Expedition (Verhandl. Zool. Bot. Gesellschaft, Wien, 1862, pp.
519-528), characterizes several genera and species of which no mention is
made in the final report. These are Menethius brevirostris which is prob-
ably Acanthonyx consobrinus A. Edw., of the final report ; Xantho tetraodon
is Hudora tetrauodon, Carpilodes granulatus appears to be C. tristis Dana.
Lupa hirsuta was probably referred to Neptunus sanguinolentus. Thel-
phusa willerstor fi appears to be I. leschenaudti, Parathelphusa dentipes to be
P. tridentata, Helecius areolatus to be H. cordiformis, Metaplax hirtipes is
apparently referred to a new genus, Grapsus depressus is probably Geo-
grapsus crinipes, Grapsus declivifrons is apparently rechristened Pachygrap-
sus intermedius, Heterograpsus barbigerus has its specific name. altered
to barbimanus, Epigrapsus noy. gen. reappears ag Nectograpsus noy.
gen. with no reason assigned for the change. Metasesarma granulatus is
redescribed as new under the name rugulosa. Plagusetes elatus is prob-
ably, as pointed out by Mr. Miers (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, p. 147,
1878), Acanthocyclus gayi of the final report. Gelasimus variegatus appears
to have been finally referred to G. annulipes. Palinurus paulensis was
afterward apparently referred to P. lalandii and Pelias notatus is referred
to Anchistia. A\lthis shuffling of names is made without the slightest hint
to aid one in correlating the two papers, and isa proceeding which cannot
be too strongly condemned.

* There were at least two editions of Catesby bearing dates as above,
and as the second appeared thirteen years after the tenth edition of the
Systema Nature of Linné, and five after the twelfth edition, the names em-
ployed by Catesby will hold.

18890, ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193

Cancer grapsus Linn., Syst. Nat., Edit., x, p. 630 (1758).
Grapsus pictus Latreille, Hist. Crust. et Ins., vi, p. 69, Pl. XLVI, f. 2

(1803-4. )

Goniopsis pictus De Haan, Fauna Japonica Crust., p. 33 (1835).
Grapsus strigosus Brullé, in Webb et Berthelot Hist. Canaries, ii, PI.

II ; Crustacea, p. 15, 1836-44 (teste*Edw.)!

Grapsus maculatus, webbi, ornatus et pharaonis Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat.

pp. 167-8, Pl. VI, f. 1 (1853).

Grapsus altifrons Stimpson, Annals N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist., vii, p.

230. (1860).

Carapax depressed, transversely plicate, folds anteriorly broken
up into squamiform tubercles. Frontal crest four-lobed, median
lobes the larger, their margins subtuberculate. Frontal margins
crenulate, regularly arcuate. Lateral margin arcuate. Inferior
border of orbit with a deep fissure. Anterior border of ischium
_ and meros of cheliped spinose, the lower margin of the meros spino-
tuberculate, the posterior surface plicate. Carpus with distant
tubercles, its interior margin with a laminate spine. Hand above
tuberculate, externally with longitudinal ridges, below with
oblique folds. On the inner surface the tubercles and folds are less
prominent. Fingers short, tips excavate. Ambulatory feet com-
pressed, propodal and dactylic joint spinose.

Florida Keys! (Webster, Ashmead); West Indies! (Lawrence,
Wood, Wilson, Gées, Lea) ; Sun Lorenzo ! (Wilkes’ Expedition) ;
Pernambuco! (Dr. Wilson); Tahiti! (A. Garrett); W. Coast
Mexico! (Dr. Jones) ; Central America! (McNiel) ; New Zealand !
(Dr. Wilson); Mauritius! (Guerin); Natal! (Dr. Wilson) ;
Georgia, California, Peru, St. Helena and Cape Verde Is. (Miers) ;
Paumotu and Hawaian Is. (Dana); Honduras! (no collector's
name).

The genus Grapsus, as well as several others, is divided into
sections by Milne-Edwards, characterized either by having the
posterior distal angle of the meros of the last pair of ambulatory
feet regularly rounded, or dentate ; but in specimens of G. macu-
latus, I have occasionally found this angle on one side entire, and
the other dentate.

G. maculatus var. tenuicristatus Martens ex Herbst.

Cancer tenuicristatus Herbst. Krabben und Krebse, P1. III, f. 33-84,

1790 (teste Martens).

Grapsus rudis Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii. p. 87 (1837).
Grapsus hirtus Randall, Jour. Phila. Acad., viii, p. 124 (1839),

' Brallé gives not the slightest description which will distinguish his
specimens from either maculatus or strigosus.

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Is distinguished from the typical forms of G. maculatus only
by the hairy carapax and meral joints of the ambulatory limbs,
and the narrower carpal spine. All other characters which have
been given prove inconstant. Dr. Martens, by an examination of
Herbst’s type, has shown the identity of Herbst’s tenuicristatus,
and Edwards’ rudis.

Hawaian Is.! (J. K. Townsend, Randall’s type); Oahu! (Dr. W.
H. Jones) ; Ceylon (Heller) ; Bonin (Stm.).

G. strigosus Latreille ex Herbst.

Cancer strigosus Herbst, Pl. XLVI, f. 7 (1799).

Grapsus strigosus Latr., Hist. Crust. et Ins., vi, p. 70 (1803-4).

Grapsus albolineatus Lamarck, Hist. Animaux sans Vertebres, v, p.
249 (1817).

Goniopsis strigosus De Haan, Fauna Japonica Crust., p. 33 (1835).

Grapsus granulosus, peronti et pelagicus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., II,
xx. p. 169 (1853).

Grapsus longipes et subquadratus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, 1858, pp. 102 et 108.

Carapax but little convex, posteriorly with oblique transverse
lines, anteriorly with squamiform tubercles. Frontal lobes mod-
erate, frontal margin crenulate. Orbits with a deep fissure below.
Epistome short. Meros spined anteriorly, its other margins
rounded, the posterior surface with transverse rugze. Carpus
granulate and bearing internally a slender spine. Hands much
as in G. maculatus. Posterior distal angle of meros of last pair
of ambulatory feet denticulate.

Natal! Australia! (Dr. T. B. Wilson) ; Sandwich Is. ! (in Peabody
Acad.). Its distribution is embraced within the above limits and
Hong Kong (Stimpson).

G. gracilipes Milne-Edwards.
Grapsus gracilipes Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 168 (1853).
China (Edwards).
Subgenus Orthograpsus, nov.
Carapax transverse, broadest behind. Sides straight, with one
tooth behind the orbital angle. Antenne entering the orbit.
Fingers of chelipeds acute.

O. hillii nov.

Carapax depressed, plications faint. Supra-frontal lobes mod-
erate; front straight, narrow, deflexed. Sides of carapax straight,
post-orbital tooth small. Meros of external maxilliped a little

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 195

longer than broad. Chelipeds much as in Metopograpsus messor,
the hand granulate above, fingers acuminate. Posterior distal
angle of meral joints of ambulatory feet rounded, entire or finely
serrate, there being a variation in the sides of the same specimen.
West Indies ! (Dr. Wilson) ; Key West, Fla. ! (Dr. A. 8. Packard, Jr.,
Peab. Acad. ).

0. longitarsis Kingsley ex Dana.

Grapsus longitarsis Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1851, p. 249.

U. S. Expl. Exped. Crust., p. 339, Pl.. XXI, f. 4 (1852).
Paumotu Archipelago (Dana).

Genus GEOGRAPSUS Stimpson, 1858 (Discoplar, Am. Ed., 1867).
Carapax depressed, sides curved in front, straight behind, one
tooth behind the angle of the orbit. Front narrow, strongly de-

flexed. Internal suborbital lobe large. Antenne entering the
orbit. Dactyli of chelipeds acuminate.

Synopsis of Species.
Meros of chelipeds with a laminiform expansion of the anterior margin.

Front nearly straight.
Folds of carapax transverse. lividus.
Folds of carapax oblique. gray.
Front arcuate. crinipes.
Meros not expanded, carapax tuberculate anteriorly. longipes.

G. lividus Stimpson ex Milne-Edwards.
Grapsus lividus Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 85 (1837).
Grapsus brevipes Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., II, xx, p. 170 (1853).
Geograpsus lividus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
1858, p. 101.
Geograpsus occidentalis Stimpson, Annals N. Y. Lye., vii, p. 230
(1860).

Carapax much broader than long, depressed. Plications nearly
transverse. Frontal lobes prominent, front deflexed, its margin
nearly straight. Sides of carapax slightly arcuate. Orbit witha
deep fissure below. Meros of chelipeds above and below with
transverse rugee, its anterior margin expanded, proximally den-
ticulate, distally the teeth are larger. Carpus granulate and with
a short spine on the inner margin. Hand and dactylus tubereu-
late above, externally and below with short, oblique ruge ; fingers
acuminate. Distal angle of meral joints of the last pair of ambu-
latory feet rounded,

Isle Bartholomew, W. I.! (A. Goés) ; Chilé! (Guerin) ; West Indies
(Auct.); Cape St. Lucas (Stm.).

196. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

G. crinipes Stimpson ex Dana.
Grapsus crinipes Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1851, p.
249. U. 8. Expl. Exped: Crust., p. 341, Pl. X XI, f.6 (1852):
Geograpsus crinipes Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
1858, p. 101.
Grapsus depressus Heller, Verh. Z. B. Gess. Wien, 1862, p. 521.

Carapax depressed, the sides nearly parallel, folds of the cara-
pax oblique, frontal lobes but little prominent, front arcuate.
Ischial joint of cheliped spined in front ; meros with the anterior
margins expanded, finely serrate proximally, more coarsely so at
the apex; carpus and hand roughened above, a few inconspicuous
lines on the lower outer surface of the palm. Distal angle of
meros of the last pair of ambulatory feet rounded.

Sandwich Is.! (Dr. W. H. Jones) ; Tahiti (Heller).
G. grayi A. Milne-Edwards ex H. Milne-Edwards.
Grapsus grayi Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 170, 1853.
Geograpsus rubidus Stimpson, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,

1858, p. 103.
Geograpsus grayt A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch. du Mus., ix, p. 288 (1873).

Carapax somewhat inflated, its folds oblique; frontal lobes
prominent, front nearly straight. Orbit with a slight fissure
below; chelipeds much as in G. erinipes. Distal angle of meros
of last pair of feet rounded, entire or dentate.

This is probably the adult of the preceding species.

Tahiti! (A. Garrett); Australia, Mauritius, Zanzibar (Hilgen-
dorf) ; Madagascar, India, Bonin, New Caledonia (A. M,.-Edw.).
G. longipes Kingsley ex A. Milne-Edwards.
Discoplax longipes A. M.-Edw., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vii, p. 284
(1867). Nouv. Arch. du Mus., ix, p. 294, Pl. XV (1873).
New Caledonia (A, M.-Edw,).
Genus LEPTOGRAPSUS M.-Edwards (pars), 1853, Stimpson.

Carapax with the sides arcuate, two-toothed. Front less than
half the width of the carapax, not deflexed. Internal sub-orbital
lobe small, antennz entering the orbit. Meros of external max-
illipeds as broad as long, but shorter than the ischium.

Leptograpsus variegatus Milne-Edwards er Fabricius.
Cancer variegatus Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, p. 450 (1793).
Grapsus marginatus Latr., Hist. Crust. et Ins., vi, p. 71 (1803-4),
Grapsus personatus Lamarck, Hist. An. sans Vert., v, 249 (1817).
Grapsus pictus Quoy et Gaimard, Voyage Uranie et Physiciene, p.
523, Pl. LXXVI, f. 2 (1824).

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

Grapsus strigillatus White, in Gray’s Zoological Miscellany, p. 78
(1842).
Grapsus variegatus Edwards et Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voyage, p. 27
(1849).
Grapsus planifrons Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1851,
p- 249. .U. 8. Expl. Exped. Crust., p. 638, Pl. XXII, f. 3 (1852).
Leptograpsus variegatus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., II, xx, p. 171 (1853).
\ Leptograpsus bertheloti, verreauri, ansoni et gayi Edw., 1. ¢., p. 172
(1853).

*’Carapax nearly flat, transversely plicate. Protogastrie region
concave, with squamose tubercles, protogastric lobes but little
prominent. Front slightly depressed, its margin crenulate and
nearly straight. Orbits with a narrow, deep, external fissure.
Meros of chelipeds with the anterior border expanded, dentate ;
the other angles rounded, the posterior surface rugose. Carpus
tuberculate and with a short spine on the internal surface. Hand
tuberculate above, externally smooth. In the young there is an
elevated line along the outside of the palm. Ambulatory feet
with stiff sete.

Pernambuco! (Dr. Wilson) ; Chili! (Wilkes’ Expedition) ; Austra-
lia! (E. Wilson); New So. Wales! (Capt. Putnam, Peabody
Academy) ; Isle Guam (Quoy and Gaimard) ; Canaries (Edw.) ;
Norfolk I. (Miers) ; Shanghai (Heller).

’ Genus GRAPSOPES Heller, 1865.

Carapax depressed, sides arcuate and dentate in front, behind
straight. Front less than half the width of the carapax, strongly
deflexed. Orbits externally open. Internal sub-orbital lobe
small, antenne entering the orbit. Meros of external maxilliped
longer than broad. Male abdomen five-jointed.

G. notatus Heller.
Grapsodes notatus Heller, Novara Crust., p. 58, Pl. V, f. 2 (1865).
ces Nicobars (Heller).

Genus CYRTOGRAPSUS Dana, 1851.!

‘Carapax broader than long, front narrow, excavate, sides arcu-
ate, with three teeth behind the orbital angle. External maxilli-
peds widely gaping, without a piliferous ridge. .Epistome very

1 For some reason, Prof. Smith in his paper on Brazilian Crustacea
(Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. ii,
pp: 1-42, 1869), and in his notes on Ocypodoidea (1. ec, p. 154), refers
several times to this genus, and always as Cryptograpsus.

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

short. Antenne entering the orbit. Male abdomen. seven-
jointed, the second joint very short.

C. angulatus Dana.

Cyrtograpsus angulatus Dana, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1851, p.
250. U.S. Expl. Exped., p. 352, Pl. 22, f. 6 (1852).
Cryptograpsus anguwlatus Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 37, 1869.

Carapax uneven, granulate. Sides three-toothed, second tooth
small. Orbits with a slight fissure above. Feet all granulate.
Hands inflated, fingers acuminate.

Rio Negro, Patagonia! (U. 8. Expl. Exped. ).
C. cirripes Kingsley ex Smith.

Cryptograpsus cirrtpes Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. ii, p. 11, Pl. I, f. 3
(1869).

Carapax depressed, areolate ; front narrow, slightly excavate.
Sides of carapax strongly arcuate, with four teeth behind the angle
of the orbit, the second and last teeth much smaller than the
others ; all of the borders of the carapax are crenulate. Chelipeds
stout, granular. Propodal joints of first, second, and fourth, and
dactylus and carpus of fourth pair of ambulatory feet haired.

Rio Janeiro! (Captain Harrington, Peabody Academy of Science,
Salem, Mass., types).
Genus PACHYGRAPSUS Randalt (1839) ; Stimpson (1858).

Carapax somewhat narrowed behind, and with transverse striz.
Front more than half the width of the carapax, sides entire, or
with one or two teeth; inner sub-orbital lobe small, allowing the
antennz to enter the orbit. External maxillipeds widely gaping,
meros as broad as long. Type, P. crassipes.

Synopsis of Species.
Sides entire.
Front straight or nearly so.
Numerous transverse folds on carapax ; lower margin of hand spined.

corrugatus.
Carapax but little plicate, hands smooth below. athiopicus.
Front strongly sinuate.
Hands smooth. minutus.
Hands externally with longitudinal ridges. plicatus.
Sides with one tooth behind the orbital angle.
Posterior distal angle of meros of fifth pair of feet rounded.
Front with a prominent tooth at angle. crassipes.
Front slightly sinuate without prominent teeth. MAUTUS.

Posterior distal angle of meros of fifth feet dentate.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

Fingers of cheliped smooth. transversus.

Fingers dentate or spined above. gracilis,
Sides two-toothed.

Transverse lines of carapax naked. marmoratus.

Transverse lines of carapax haired. pubescens.

Unknown to me. : latipes.

P. crassipes Randall.

Pachygrapsus crassipes Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
viii, p. 127 (1839).

Grapsus eydouzi Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 170 (1853).

Leptograpsus gonagrus Edw., 1. ¢., p. 173 (1853).

Carapax somewhat arcuate, sides with a single tooth behind the
orbital angle ; frontal lobes prominent ; front deflexed, its margin
nearly straight, the angles with a prominent tooth. Meros of
chelipeds with the anterior margin produced, distally truncate and
dentate. Hands inflated, margined above and with a longitudinal
ridge on the lower outer surface ; fingers excavate. Distal angle
of meros of posterior ambulatory feet rounded; dactyli of the
ambulatory feet spinulose.

(?) Sandwich Is. ! (T. Nuttall, Randall’s type); California from San
Francisco! to San Diego! (Many collectors); ? New Providence,
W. I. / (H. C. Wood, Jr.); Yokohama (Tozzetti).
P. maurus Lucas.
Pachygrapsus maurus Lucas, Expl. Algiers, Crust., p. 20, Pl. I, f. 5
1849),
Gontograpsus simplex Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p.
249 ; U.S. Expl. Exped. Crust. p. 344, Pl. XXXI, f. 8 (1852).
Pachygrapsus simplex Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858,
. 102. ;
‘ Algiers (Lucas); Madeira (Dana); Rio Janeiro (Dana, Heller).
P. transversus Gibbes.
Pachygrapsus transversus Gibbes, Proc. Am. Assoc. Ady. Science, iii,
p. 182 (1850).
Goniograpsus innotatus Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1951, p.
249; U. 8S. Expl. Exped. Crust., p. 345, Pl. X@XI, f. 9 (1852).
Leptograpsus rugulosus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat. III, xx, p. 172 (1853).
Pachygrapsus levimanus Stimpson, Proc. Phila, Acad., 1858, p. 102.
Metopograpsus dubius et miniatus, Saussure, Mem. Soc. Phys, et d’ Hist.
Nat. Geneve, xiv, pp. 444-445, Pl. II, f. 16, 17 (1858).
Grapsus declivifrons Heller, Verhandl. Z. B. Gesellschaft, Wien, 1862,
p- 521.
Pachygrapsus intermedius Heller, Novara Crust, p. 44 (1865).
Pachygrapsus socius Stm., Ann. N. Y. Lye. x, p. 114 (1871).
Pachygrapsus advena Catta. Ann. Sci. Nat. VI, iii, No. 1. p. 7, Pl. I
(1876).

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Carapax depressed, shining, with transverse plice, oblique on
the branchial region. Sides generally slightly arcuate, with one
tooth behind the orbital angle. Frontal lobes prominent, front
sinuate. Meros of chelipeds with transverse ruge, the inner
margin dentate ; carpus rugose, with an internal rounded tubercle.
Hand minutely granulate, a longitudinal ridge on the lower outer
surface, margins rounded; dactylus with the upper margin smooth.
Postero-distal angle of the meros of last pair of ambulatory feet
dentate.

Florida! (A. 8S. Packard; Peab. Acad.; Brown Univ.; H. E. Web-
ster, Union College) ; West Indies! (8. G. Morton, H. C. Wood,
Jr.); Brazil! (Dr. T. B. Wilson); California! (J. L. Leconte);
New Zealand ! (E. Wilson); Tahiti (A. Garrett); W. Coast Nicar-
agua! (J. A. MeNiel, Peab. Acad.); Australia (Stm.); Rio Janeiro
(Heller); Madeira (Stm.),

P. gracilis Stimpson ex Saussure.
Metopograpsus gracilis Saussure, |. c., p. 443, Pl. II, f. 15 (1858)
Grapsus guadulpensis Desbonne et Schramm, Crustaces de la Guada-

loupe, p. 48 (1867).

Pachygrapsus gracilis Stimpson, Ann. N. Y. Lyc., x, p. 113 (1871).
Grapsus (Leptograpsus) rugulosus Martens, Archiv fir Naturges-
chichte, xxxviii, p. 102 (1872).

Carapax much as in P. transversus, but with no folds on the
cardiac region; lateral margins nearly straight, one-toothed.
Frontal lobes nearly obsolete; front nearly horizontal, regularly
arcuate and minutely crenulate. Chelipeds and ambulatory feet
nearly as in P. transversus, the hand and dactylus, however, being
spined or toothed above. .

Florida ! (A. 8. Packard, Jr., Peab. Acad.); West Indies (Auct.).

P. corrugatus Kingsley ex Martens.
Grapsus (Leptograpsus) corrugatus Martens, |. c., p. 107, Pl. IV, f. 8
(1872).
Cuba (Martens).
P. ethiopicus Hilgendorf.
Grapsus (Pachygrapsus) ethiopicus Hilgendorf, in von der Decken’s
Reisen in Ost-Afrika, Crust., p. 88, Pl. IV, f. 2 (1869).
Ugurunga, Hast Africa (Hilgendorf).
P. plicatus Stimpson ex Milne-Edwards. ,
Grapsus plicatus Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 89 (1837).
Grapsus kravsii Edwards, Ann. Sci, Nat. III, xx, p. 170 (1858).
Pachygrapsus plicatus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 102
(1858).
Pachygrapsus striatus.A. M.-Edw., Journal Museum Godeffroy, iv. p.
82 (1873).

1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

Carapax broader than long, everywhere crossed by plications
which are bordered by short hairs; frontal lobes prominent, front
sinuate. Sides of carapax entire. Meros and carpus of chelipeds
externally plicate, inner margin of meros expanded, proximally
denticulate distally with spiniform teeth. Carpus with a promi-
nent internal spine. Hand and dactylus granulate above, exter-
nally the hand bears several longitudinal rug. Fingers short,
gaping, extremities excavate.

Oahu! (Dr. W. H. Jones); Tahiti! (A. Garrett, Peab. Acad.); New
Caledonia ; Samoan Is. (A. M.-Edw.); Natal (Krauss); Loo Choo
(Stimpson).

P. marmoratus Stimpson ex Fabricius.
Cancer marmoratus Fabricius, Ent. Syst., ii, p. 450 (1793).
Grapsus varius Latreille, Hist. Crust. et Ins. vi, p. 69 (1803-4).
Grapsus marmoratus Desmorest, Considerations, p. 131 (1825).
Leptograpsus marmoratus Edw., Aun. Sci. Nat. ILI, xx, p. 171 (1855).
Pachygrapsus marmoratus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1858, p. 102.

Carapax depressed, naked, transversely plicate; frontal lobes
prominent, front depressed, slightly arcuate, or sometimes a
little sinuate. Sides with two teeth behind the angle of the
orbit. Meros of chelipeds expanded in front, expansion distally
truncate and dentate. Carpus and hand tuberculate above, the
former with a prominent internal tooth. Fingers slightly exca-
vate. Posterior distal angle of meros of last pair of feet rounded,
entire. -

: France! (Guerin); Bosphorus! (Smithsonian); Vediterranean (Auct.);
Madeira (Stm.).

P, pubescens Heller.
Pachygrapsus pubescens Heller, Novara Crust, p. 45, Pl. IV, f. 4 (1865).

Chili (Heller).
P, minutus A. M.-Edwards.

Pachygrapsus minutus A, M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch du Mus., ix, p. 292,

Pl. XIV, f. 2 (1873).
New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.).
P, simplex Kingsley ex Herklots.

Grapsus simplex Herklots, Additamenta, etc., p. 9, Pl. I, f. 8 (1851).
Boutry, West Coast of Africa (Herklots).
Genus NAUTILOGRAPSUS Edwards (Planes Bell‘).

Carapax narrow, regularly arcuate, sides slightly convex, and
bearing a rudimentary tooth behind the orbital angle. Front
1 The genus Planes is a MS. one of Leach. Bowdich, in his ‘‘ Excursion

to Madeira and Porto Santo,”’ p. 15, f. 2 (1825), figures and mentions a spe-
14

202 » PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

more than half the width of the carapax. External maxillipeds
broad, meros broader than long. Posterior feet compressed.

N. minutus Edwards ex Linné.

Cancer minutus Linné Syst. Nat. Edit. xii, p. 1048 (1766).

Grapsus minutus Latreille, Hist. Crust. et Ins., vi, p. 68 (1803-4).

Grapsus cinereus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila, i, p. 99 (1817).

Grapsus pelagicus Say, 1. c., p. 442 (1818),

Planes clypeatus Bowdich, 1. ¢., p. 15, Pl. f. 2 (1825).

Grapsus testudineum et pelagicus Roux, Crust. Med., Pl. VI, f. 6-7
(1828-30).

Ocypoda ( Grapsus) pusillus De Haan, op. cit., ‘p, 59, Pl. XW wise
(1835).

Nautilograpsus minutus Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust. ii, p. 90 (1837).

Grapsus divis Costa, Fauna Napoli, Crustaces, Pl. IV, f. 1 (1838-1851).

Planes minutus White, Cat. Brit. Mus. Crust. p. 42 (1847)

Nautilograpsus Major et Smithii, McLeay in Smith Zool., South Africa,
Annulosa, pp. 66-67 (1849).

Planes linneana Bell, British Stalk-eyed Crustacea, p. 135 (1851).

Planes cyaneus Dana, Proc. Phil. Acad., 1851, p. 250.

Nautilograpsus angustatus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1858, p. 105.

Carapax smooth, arcuate in both directions; front nearly
straight, post-orbital tooth small, sometimes obsolete. Sides
arcuate. Meros of chelipeds with its inner distal border dentate ;
Carpus with a tubercle on the inner surface ; hand smooth, fingers
defiexed. Ambulatory feet compressed, ciliate. ;

Gulf Stream! (Many Collectors); West Indies ! (Dr. Griffith); Suri-
nom! (Dr, Hering); Falkland Is.! (Dr. Wilson); Peru! (Dr.
Ruschenberger) ; West Coast of Mexico! Alaska! (Dr. W. H. Jones);
China! (Capt. Putnam); New Zealand! Natal! (Dr. Wilson); Rio
Gambia! (J. Cassin); Mediterranean (Dr. Wilson); France!
(Guerin); ‘* toutes des mers!” (Guerin). Guerin’s ideas of the dis-
tribution leave nothing more to be said.

Genus EUCHIROGRAPSUS M.-Edwards, 1853.
Carapax depressed, subquadrate, sides slightly. arcuate, with
three teeth behind the orbital angle; orbitsentire. Antenne long,

cies in these words: ‘A small crab, f. 3, a and b, which I conceive to be a
new species of Planes. was found in great numbers amongst the anatiferz.”’
In a foot-note the species is described as follows: ‘‘It was of a delicate,
but bright, rose-color ; from the symmetrical form of its test (notched so
regularly as to increase the projection and distinctness of its chaperon), it
may be called P. clypeutus.’’ This can hardly be considered as a sufficient
description to establish the genus, and hence I prefer to retain the com-
monly accepted name.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

entering the orbit; Meros of the external maxillipeds about half
the length of the ischium, its outer distal angle rounded, its inner
excavate and bearing the palpas.

E. liguricus Edwards.
Euchirograpsus liguricus Edwards, Archives du Museum, vii, p. 155,
Pl. X, f, 2 (1853). |

Genus BRACHYGRAPSUS nov.
Carapax broader than long, arcuate, without transverse lineation,
sides nearly straight, with one tooth behind the angle of the orbit.
Meros of the external maxillipeds shorter than broad, its external

distal angle prominent, the internal one bearing the palpus.'

Nice (Edwards).

B. levis nov.

Front straight, external angles of orbit not prominent, tooth of
lateral margin spiniform. Meros of cheliped triquetral, bearing an
obtuse tooth on the upper border. Carpus with an acute internal
spine. Hands inflated, smooth; fingers acute. Ambulatory feet
elongate, slender, but slightly compressed, the dactyli longer than
the propodal joints.

New Zealand ! (E. Wilson).
Genus PTYCHOGNATHUS Stimpson, 1858 (Gnathograpsus A. M.-Edwards).

Carapax flat, lateral border emarginate. External maxillipeds
very broad, nearly meeting, the exognath fully as broad as the
ischium. The carpus bears the palpus at the middle of the ante-
rior margin, and has the external distal angle strongly produced.

Synopsis of Species.
Exognath of external maxilliped extending to or exceeding the external
distal angle of the meros. riedelit.
Exognath extending only to the middle of the meros.
Oblique portion of branchial ridge bounded by a granulated ridge.

pilipes.
Oblique portion without a prominent boundary. pusillus.
Insufficiently characterized. glaber.

P. glaber Stimpson,
Ptychognathus glaber Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,

1858, p. 104.
Bonin I. (Stm.)

' Tam not certain as to the exact position of this genus, as it appears to
combine the characters of both the Cyclometopa and Catemetopa. In the
form of carapax and structure of the external maxillipeds it closely resem-
bles Trapezia. Inthe male genital appendages it is allied: to the Grapside,
where for the present I prefer to allow it to remain,

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Dr. Stimpson’s short diagnosis presents no characters which are
not held in common by both P, rzedelii and pilipes, excepting the
non-pilose hand, which in other species of the genus is only of
sexual importance.

P, riedelii Kingsley ex A. Milne-Edwards.
Gnathograpsus riedelli A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch. du Museum, iv, p.

182, Pl. XXVII, f. 1-5 (1868).
Celebes (A. M.-Edw.).
P. pusillus Heller.

Ptychognathus pusillus Heller, Riese der Novara Crustaceen, p. 60, 1867.
Gnathograpsus barbatus A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch. du Museum, ix, p.
316, Pl. XVI, f. 4, 1872.

Carapax depressed, nearly smooth, with a few shallow impres-
sions anteriorly. Front slightly sinuate. Antero-lateral margin
with two indistinct teeth behind the orbitalangle. Chelipeds finely
granulate, but without spines or tubercles. Hands of the male
with a lanose spot on the outside at the base of the fingers; in the
female this is wanting. The exognath of the external maxillipeds
reaches only to the middle of the meros. Ambulatory feet slender,
compressed.

Mauritius! (Guerin'); Nicobars (Heller); New Caledonia (A. M.-
Edw.)
P. pilipes Kingsley ex A. Milne-Edwards.
Gnathograpsus pilipes A, M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch. du Museum, iv, 184,
Pl. XXVII, f. 6-10 (1868).

This species is scarcely more than a variety of P. pusillus, but
I prefer for the present to leave them separate.

Philippines and Celebes (A. M.-Edw.).
Genus ACMHOPLEURA Stimpson, 1858.

Carapax depressed, the antero-lateral margins entire. External
maxillipeds nearly mecting the meros, bearing the palpus on the
middle of the anterior margin; the exognath narrow.

A. parvula Stimpson.
Acmeopleura parvula Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,

1858, p. 105.
Japan (Stimpson).

Genus PSEUDOGRAPSUS M. Edwards (1837), restr.
Carapax depressed, transverse; sides arcuate, with two teeth

behind the orbital angle. Front less than half the width of the -

1 These were labeled by Guerin ‘‘ Sesarma penicillata sp. ined.””

i

1880.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

taraphx. Meros of external maxillipeds broader than long,
shorter than the ischium and with its external distal angle
strongly produced,

Synopsis of Species.

Hands inflated without elevated lines.

Fingers with many long hairs, carapax inflated. s6tosus.
Hairs on the hand between the bases of the fingers short,
carapax flat. albus.
Hands with an elevated line on the lower outer surface, fingers
without hairs. Crassus.
P. setosus.

Cancer barbatus Rumph., Pl. X, No. 2 (1705).

Cancer setosus Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. 339 (1798).

Grapsus penicilliger Latr., Reg. An. (I Edit.), iii, p. 16, Pl. XT, f. 1
(1817).

Eriocheir? penicilliger De Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 31 (1835).

Pseudograpsus penicilliger Edw., Hist. Crust., ii, p. 82 (1837).

Pseudograpsus barbatus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 191 (1853).

Eastern Seas (Auct).
P, albus Stimpson.

Pseudograpsus albus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1858,

p. 104.
Japan (Stimpson) ; Wew Caledonia (A. M.-Edwards).

P. crassus A. Milne-Edwards.

Pseudograpsus crassus A. M.-Edw., Nouy. Arch. du Mus., iv, p. 176,
Pl. XXVI, f. 6-10 (1868).

Celebes (A. M.-Edw).
Genus VARUNA Edwards, 1830 ( Trichopus De Haan, 1835).

Carapax depressed, sides arcuate, two-toothed. Antennule
oblique. Antenne entering the orbit; external maxillipeds
slightly gaping. Meros much shorter than the ischium, its ex-
ternal distal angle expanded. Palpus articulating with the middle
of the anterior margin. Exognath half as wide as ischium.
Ambulatory feet compressed, natatorial.

V. litterata Milne-Edwards ex Fabricius.

Cancer litterata Fabr., Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. 342 (1798).

Trichopus litterata De Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 32 (1835).

Varuna litterata Edw., Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat., xvi, p. 511 (1830),
Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 95 (1837).

Carapax smooth, cardiac region partly circumscribed. Front
straight, orbits fissured above, lateral teeth separated by slight
fissures. Posterior margin of meros of chelipeds acute, the

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1880.

inferior granulate, the anterior with spiniform tubercles. Carpus
with a prominent internal spine and one or two smaller ones.
Hands inflated, rough, an elevated line on the lower outer margin.
Ambulatory feet strongly compressed, margins ciliate. In a
specimen from New Zealand the carpal spines are wanting.
Philippines! (E. & T. B. Wilson) ; Indian Ocean! (Guerin) ; New
Zealand! (EB. Wilson); China! (Capt. Putnam, Peab. Acad.) ;

Penang! (J. P. Ward, Peab. Acad.); Japan (Miers); Mauritius
(A, M.-Edw.).

Genus UTICA White, 1847.

Carapax depressed, sides more or less arcuate, two-toothed.
Antennule oblique. Antenne entering the orbit. Meros of
external shorter than the ischium, its external angle not expanded.
Posterior feet compressed.

Synopsis of Species.

Inner margins of fingers strongly haired. barbimanus.
Hands naked. :
Angles of front acute. gracilipes.
Angles of front rounded. glabra.

U. gracilipes White.
Utica gracilipes White, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 86. Adams and
White, Voyage Samarang, Crust., p. 53, Pl. XIII, f. 6 (1850).
Philippines (White. )
U. glabra A. Milne-Edwards.
Utica glabra A.M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch. du Mus., ix, p. 296, Pl. XIV,
f. 3 (1878).
New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.).

VU. barbimanus A. Milne-Edwards.
Utica barbimanus A, M.-Edw., 1. ¢,, p, 297, Pl, XTV, f£. 4 (1873).
New Caledonia (A, M,-Edw.)

Genus GLYPTOGRAPSUS Smith, 1870.

Carapax transverse, distinctly areolate, sides arcuate, three-
toothed. Antennze entering the orbit. External maxillipeds
nearly meeting. Ischium and meros nearly equal in length, very
broad, the meros being broader than long, its external distal angle
not expanded. Ambulatory feet elongate, the dactyli quadran-
gular and spinose.

G. impressus Smith.
Glyptograpsus impressus Smith, Trans. Conn. Acads, ii, p. 154 (1870).
Acajutla, West Coast of Central America (Smith).

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

Genus HETEROGRAPSUS Lueas, 1849.
( Pseudograpsus, pars, Ldw., Dana; Hemigrapsus Dana.

Carapax arcuate, front inclined, antero-lateral margins dentate.
External maxillipeds nearly closing. The meros as long or longer
than broad,,and bearing the palpus on the middle of its anterior
border, the exognath narrow.

As the distinctions between the species are mainly comparative
and the descriptions of authors are very brief, no synopsis can
be given. The species may however be divided into two sections,
according to the number of teeth on the antero-lateral margin.

A. Antero-lateral margin with two teeth behind the orbital angle.

H. lucasii Edwards.

Heterograpsus sexdentatus Lucas, Exploration Algiers, i, p. 19, Pl. I,
f. 4 (1849), (nec Edwards).
Heterograpsus lucasii Edwards, Ann, Sci. Nat., II, xx, p. 192 (1853).

Carapax regularly arcuate, epigastric lobes but slightly indi-
cated. Front four-lobed. Antero-lateral margin with two promi-
nent, narrow, acute teeth. Chelipeds without spines or tubercles,
the hands of the male are smooth and rounded, in the female they
have a double crest above and two elevated lines on the outer
surface.’ Ambulatory feet slender, naked; dactyli long and
slender.

Algiers! (Dr. T. B. Wilson) ; Candia (Edwards).
H, sexdentatus Edwards.

Cyclograpsus serdentatus Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 79 (1837).

Hemigrapsus sexdentatus Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exped., Crustacea, p. 348,
Pl. XXII, f. 2 (2850).

Heterograpsus sexdentatus Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 192,
Pl. vii, f. 7 (1853).

Carapax arcuate, surface uneven, laterally granulate. Epi-
gastric lobes prominent. Front straight. Antero-lateral margin
with two teeth behind the orbital angle, the teeth broad, the
emarginations narrow. Chelipeds without spines or tubercles.
Hands small, fingers excavate. Ambulatory feet moderate, naked ;
dactyli short and stout.

Australia! (E. Wilson); New Zealand! (Dr. T. B. Wilson); Bay
of Islands (Dana). °

' Milne-Edwards (1. c., p. 192,) divides this section of the genus into
two groups, one with the hands rounded and without longitudinal crests,
the other with crests a division which evidently cannot be maintained.

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

H. sanguineus Edwards ex De Haan.
Grapsus sanguineus De Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, p. 58, Pl.
XVI, f. 3 (1835).
Grapsus marmoratus White, Cat. Brit. Museum, Crust., p. 41, 1847
(stne deser.).
Pseudograpsus nudus Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1851, p. 249.
Expl. Exped., Crust., p. 835, Pl. XX, f. 7 (1852).
Heterograpsus sanguineus, marmoratus et maculatus Edw., Ann. Sci.
Nat., IIT, xx, p. 193 (1858).
Heterograpsus nudus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858,
he OR PAY
Carapax posteriorly nearly flat, in front arcuate, with scattered
puncte and a curved line of larger depressions running inward
from the last tooth of the lateral margin. Front obsoletely two-
lobed; antero-lateral margin with two teeth closely similar to
those of Hl. sexdentalus. Chelipeds smooth, with small red spots,
which persist in alcoholic or dried specimens: Hands with an
external crest, becoming obsolescent with age; fingers excavate.
Ambulatory feet short, stout, naked, punctate; the dactyli very
stout.
California! (many localities and collectors) ; Vancouver Is. / (Dr.
A. S. Packard, Jr., in Peabody Acad. Science); San Lorenzo,
Gulf of California! (Wilkes? Expedition); Australia! (E.
Wilson); Japan (De Haan); Punipet and Auckland (Heller) ;
Hong Kong (Stimpson) ; Sitka (White); Polynesia (Edwards).

H, crassimanus Kingsley ex Dana.
Hemigrapsus crassimanus Dana, Proc.. Phila. Acad., 1851, p, 250.
U. S. Ex. Exped., Crust.,p. 349, Pl. XXII, f. 4 (1852).
Hawaian Is. (Dana).
H. crenulatus Edwards ex Guerin.

Grapsus crenulatus Guerin, Voy. Coquille, ii, pt. i, p. 15 (1838).+

Cyclograpsus crenulatus Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 80 (1837).

Hemigrapsus crenulatus Dana, U.S. Ex. Ex., Crust., p. 349, Pl. XXII,
f. 3 (1852).

Heterograpsus ecrenulatus Edwards, Ann, Sci. Nat. III, xx, p. 193
(1853).

Heterograpsus barbigerus Heller, Verh. Z. B. Gesellschaft Wien,
1862, p. 522.

Heterograpsus barbimanus Heller, Novara Crustacea, p. 53, Pl. IV,
f. 5 (1867).

Australia (Guerin) ; New Zealand (Edwards); Bay of Islands
(Dana); Punipet and Auckland (Heller).

1 The title bears the date 1830, the introduction to the Crustacea and
Arachnida, ‘‘15 Novembre 1838,’’ and the plates 1826. Guerin in his de-
scription, refers to Milne-Edwards’ classic work as then in manuscript.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

H. elongatus A. M.-Edw.
Heterograpsus elongatus Alph. Milne-Edwards, Nouy. Arch. du Mu-
seum, ix, p. 317, Pl. XVII, f. 5 (1873).

New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.).
H. oregonensis Stimpson ex Dana.

Pseudograpsus oregonensis Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
1851, p. 248. Expl. Exped. Crust., p. 334, Pl. XX, f. 6 (1852).
_ Heterograpsus oregonensis Stimpson, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel-
phia, 1858, p. 104,

Carapax depressed, anteriorly irregularly roughened; proto-
gastric lobes defined. Front four-lobed, the inner lobes the more
prominent. Antero-lateral margin with two prominent teeth.
Chelipeds without spines or tubercles. Hands with an elevated
line on the lower outer surface, the inner surface of the hand of
the male with a pilose spot. Ambulatory feet moderate, ciliate.

Pacific Coast of North America from Puget Sound! (Geo. Davidson);
to Santa Cruz! (Miss Hecox).

There are two specimens belonging to this species in the Mu-
seum of the Academy, bearing the label “‘ New Providence, W. L.,
Dr. H. C. Wood, Jr.”’

H. penicillatus Stimpson ex De Haan.
Eriocheir penicillatus De Haan, op. cit., p. 60, Pl. XI, f. 6 (1835).
Heterograpsus penicillatus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel-
phia, 1858, p. 104.

; Japan (De Haan).
H. erythreus Kingsley ex Kossmann.

Pseudograpsus erythreus Kossmann, Reise in den Kiistengebiete des
rothen Meeres, p. 61, Pl. 1, f. 5 (1877).
Red Sea (Kossmann).
H. pallipes Milne- Edwards.
Pseudograpsus pallipes Edw., Hist. Crust., ii, p. 82 (1837).
Heterograpsus pallipes Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., II, xx, p. 194 (1853).
Australia (Edw.).

B. Antero-lateral margin with three teeth behind the orbital angle.

H. octodentatus Edwards.
Cyclograpsus octodentatus Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 80 (1837).
Heterograpsus octodentatus Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 194
(1853).

; Locality unknown.
H. affinis Kingsley ex Dana.

Hemigrapsus affinis Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1851,
p. 250. U.S. Exp. Exped., Crustacea, p. 350, Pl. XXII, f. 5 (1852).
Patagonia (Dana),

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

H. spinosus Edw.

Heterograpsus spinosus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx. p. 194 (1853).
Vanikoro (Edw.); Australia (A. M.-Edw.

Genus ERIOCHEIR De Haan (1835).

Carapax quadrate, antero-lateral margin two-toothed. Front
much less than half the width of the carapax. Antennulee
oblique. Antenne not excluded from the orbit. External
maxillipeds nearly closing. Meros as long as broad, the external
distal angle not expanded and the carpus articulating with the
middle of its anterior border.

Synopsis of Species.

Sides convex.

Mesial frontal lobes rounded. japonicus.
Frontal lobes acute. sinensis.
Sides straight. rectus.

E. japonicus De Haan,
Eriocheir japonicus De Haan, op. cit., p. 59, Pl. XVII (1835).

Carapax nearly flat, surface uneven. Front four-lobed, mesial
lobes rounded, outer lobes acute; protogastric lobes prominent,
granulate. Antero-lateral border two-toothed, with indications of
a third. Meros of chelipeds with the margins granulate, the
posterior terminating in an acute tooth. Carpus with a promi-
nent internal spine; distal margin of the carpus and external
surface of the hand with thickly set long hair; the inner surface
of the palm with a short horizontal line of granules. Fingers
sub-excavate. Ambulatory feet hairy above.

Japan ! (no donor’s name).
E. sinensis.
Eriocheir(us] sinensis Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., II, xx, p. 177 (1853).

Arch. du Mus., vii, p. 146, Pl. IX, f. 1 (1854).
China (Edw.).

E. rectus.
Eriocheir rectus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858 p. 103.
Macae (Stimpson).

Genus PERIGRAPSUS Heller, 1862. :
Carapax vonvex, sides arcuate, with one tooth behind the angle
of the orbit. Front narrower than half the width of the carapax.
Meros of the external maxilliped a little longer than broad and
bearing the palpus on the external angle, Dactyli of ambulatory

feet spined,

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211

P. excelsus Heller.

Perigrapsus excelsus Heller, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, 1862, p. 522.

Novara Crust., p. 50, Pl. V, f. 1 (1865).
Tahiti (Heller).

Genus PLATYGRAPSUS Stimpson, 1858 (Platynotus De Haan, 1835, preoce.).

Carapax flat.. Front horizontal. Sides nearly straight, with
two teeth behind the angle of the orbit. Meros of the external
maxilliped longer than the ischium and bearing the palpus on the
external angle.

P. depressus Stimpson ex De Haan.

Platynotus depressus De Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 63, Pl. VIII,
f. 2 (1835).

Platygrapsus depressus et convexiusceulus Stimpson, Proc, Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1858, p. 104. ’

Carapax depressed, smooth; front horizontal, four-lobed, mesial
lobes the larger; sides with two teeth behind the angle of the
orbit, the posterior tooth indistinct. Chelipeds smooth and
unarmed ; meros with. the anterior margin acute; carpus without
spines or tubercles; hand with an elevated line on the lower outer
surface ; fingers slender, gaping. Ambulatory feet elongate.

Jupan! (no donor’s name); Hong Kong (Heller); Loo Choo (Stimpson).

Tribe SEsaRMINI (Sub-family Sesarmine Dana).
Meros and ischium of the external maxillipeds crossed obliquely
by a piliferous ridge.
Genus METASESARMA Edw (1853).

Carapax quadrate, sides but slightly arcuate, entire; front
broad, deflexed: Sub-orbital lobe large, meeting the front and
excluding the antennz from the orbit. Meros of external maxilli-
ped greatly elongate, its apex rounded.

Synopsis of Species.

Hands smooth, externally and above, rousseaurt.
Hand roughened above. granularis.
Hand roughened above and externally. trapezium.

M, rousseauxi Edw.

Metasesarma rousseauzi Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., II, xx, p. 88 (1853).

Arch, du Mus,, vii, p. 158, Pl. X, f. 1 (1854).
Zanzibar (Edw. ).

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1880,

M. granularis! Heller.

Metasesarma granularts Heller, Verh. Z. B. Ges, Wien, 1862, p. 522.
Metasesarma rugulosa Heller, Novara Crust, p, 65 (1865).
Tahiti (Heller),

M. trapezium Stimpson ex Dana.
Sesarma trapezium Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped. p. 354, Pl. XXII, f. 8
(1852).
Metasesarma trapezium Stimpson, Proc, Acad. Nat, Sci, Phila., 1861,
p- 373,
Sandwich Is. (Dana).
Genus SARMATIUM Dana, 1851 (Metagrapsus Edw., 1853).

Carapax convex, sides arcuate, entire or toothed. Front in-
clined, less than half the width of the carapax. External maxilli-
peds nearly as in Sesarma. Ambulatory feet with the margins
entire.

Synopsis of Species.
Sides of carapax with two teeth behind the orbital angle.
Hands externally smooth and rounded,

Carapax smooth, hand transversely plicate above. crassum.
Carapax areolate, hand smooth above. curvatum.
Hands externally roughened.
Hands externally bearing a pectinate crest. pectinatum.
Hands without a prominent external crest.
Hands with an internal granulate ridge. punctatum.
Hands entire within. indicum.

Sides of carapax entire. integrum.

S. crassum Dana.
Sarmatium crassum Dana, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p.
U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust., p. 358, Pl. X XII, f. 1 (1852),
Samoan Is. (Dana).
S. curvatum Kingsley ex Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma curvata Edw., Hist. Crust., ii, p. 75 (1887).
Metagrapsus curvatus M.-Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat. III, xx, p. 189 (1853).

Arch. du Mus., vii, p. 160, Pl. X, f. 3, 1854.
Senegal (Edw.).

S. pectinatum Kingsley ex Milne-Edwards.
Metagrapsus pectinatus Edw., Aun, Sci. Nat. III, xx, p. 189 (1853).
Martinique (Edw.).
§. punctatum Kingsley ex A. Milne-Edwards.
Metagrapsus punctatus A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch. du Mus., ix, p. 308,

Pl. XVI, f. 2 (1873).
New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.).

1 T have here as in other places employed the earlier name ; what reason
Dr. Heller had for the change I cannot imagine.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

§. indicum Kingsley ex A. Milne-Edwards.

Metagrapsus indicus A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch. du Mus., iv, p. 174,
XXVI, f. 1-5. (1868).
Celebes (A. M.-Edw.).
8. integrum Kingsley ex A. Milne-Edwards.

Metagrapsus integer ‘A. M.-Edw., Nouy. Arch. du Mus., ix, p. 309,

Pl. XVII, f. 3 (1873).
New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.).

Genus RHACONOTUS Gerstecker, 1856.

Carapax sub-quadrate, sides arcuate, toothed. Front narrow,
about one-third the width of the carapax. Meros of external
maxillipeds nearly as broad as long and about half the length of
the ischium. Ambulatory feet compressed, the margins of the
joints serrate.

R. crenulatus Gerstecker.

Rhaconotus crenulatus Gerstecker, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, xxi,
p. 142 (1856).
Locality unknown.

Genus SESARMA Say, 1818. (Pachysoma De Haan, 1835. Holometopus Edw., 1853.)

Carapax thick, quadrate, lateral margins straight, entire or
toothed. External maxillipeds with an oblique piliferous ridge
crossing the ischium and meros; the meros elongate, its apex
rounded. Antenne entering the orbit.

I have not attempted to revise the species of this genus on
account of a lack of sufficient material. I merely give a list of
the described species, indicating in a few cases the synonymy,
but leaving the task of comparing a large number of poor descrip-
tions to some future carcinologist.

S. affinis Edw. (— ? quadrata).

Grapsus (Pachysoma) affinis De Haan, op, cit., p. 61, Pl. XVUL, f.
5 (1835).
Sesarma afinis Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 183 (1853).
Japan (De Haan); China (Edw.) ; Natal (Krauss).
S. africana Edwards.
Sesarma africana Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p: 73 (1837).
Senegal (Edw.).
S. americana Saussure.
Sesarma americana Saussure, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat., xiv, p.
441 (1858).
St. Thomas, W. I. (Saussure).
8. angolensis Capello,
Sesarma angolensis Capello, Descr. tres sp. Nov. Crust. du Africa Oc-

cident, p, 4, f. 2 (1864).
Angola, West Africa (Capello).

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

S. angusta Smith.
Sesarma angusta Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 159 (1870).
Panama (Smith).
S. angustifrons A. Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma angustifrons A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch. du Mus. Bulletin, v,
p. 26 (1869).
Sandwich Is. (A. M.-Edw.).
S. angustipes Dana.
Sesarma angustipes Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exped., Crust., p. 853, Pl. XXII,
f. 7 (1852).
Florida! West Indies! Brazil!
S. aspera Heller.
Sesarma aspera Heller, Novara, Crust., p. 68, Pl. VI, f. 2 (1865).
Nicobars, Ceylon, Madras (Heller).
S. atrorubens Hess.
Sesarma atrorubens Hess, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, xxxi, p. 149,
Pl. VI, f. 12 (1865).
Sydney, Australia (Hess).
S. aubryi A. Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma aubryi A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch., Bulletin, v, p. 25 (1869).
Nouy. Arch., ix, p. 307, Pl. XVI, f. 3 (1873).
New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.).
S. bidens Milne-Edwards ex De Haan.
Grapsus (Pachysoma) bidens De Haan, op. cit., p. 60, Pl. XVI, f. 4,
Pl. XI, f. 4 (1835).
Sesarma bidens Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 185 (1853).
Japan (De Haan); Hong Kong, Nicobars (Heller) ; Friendly Is.
(Dana) ; Ceylon, Zanzibar (Hilgendorf).

S. boucourti A. Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma boucourti A. M.-Edw., Bulletin, 1. ¢., p. 28 (1869).
Siam (A. M.-Edw.).
§. chirogona Tozzetti.
Sesarma chirogona Targioni-Tozzetti, Zoologia del Viaggio della

Magenta, p. 136, Pl. 1X (1877).
Yokohama (Tozzetti).

S. cinereus Say ex Bose.
Grapsus cinereus Bosc., Hist. Nat. Crust., i, p. 204, Pl. V, f. 1, 1802-3
(teste Auct.).
Sesarma cinerea Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., i, p. 442 (1818).
Virginia ! to Florida! and the West Indies!
§. dentifrons A. Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma dentifrons A. M.-Edw., Bulletin, 1. ¢., p. 31 (1869).
Samoan Is. (A. M.-Edw.).
S. dehaani Milne-Edwards.
Grapsus (Pachysoma) quadratus De Haan, op. cit. p. 62, IP SVs ters
(1835).
Sesarma dehaani Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 184 (1853). .
Japan (De Haan).

or

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

8. dusumieri Milne-Edwards (— S. bidens).

Sesarma dusumiert Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., II, xx, p. 185 (1853).
Bombay (Edw.).
8. elegans Herklots.
Sesarma elegans Herklots, Addit. ad Faunam Afric, Occident., p. 10,
P). I, f. 10 (1851).
Boutry, West Africa (Herklots).
8. elongata A. Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma elongatum A. M.-Edw, Bulletin, 1. c., p. 30 (1869).
Madagascar (A. M.-Edw’).
8. erythrodactyla Hess.
Sesarma erythrodactyla Hess, Arch. fiir Naturges., xxxi, p.151, Pl. VI,
f. 10 (1865).
Sydney, Australia (Hess).
§. eydouxi Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma eydourt Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 184 (1853).
Cochin China (Edw.); Madras (Heller).
S. fascicularis Hilgendorf ex Herbst.
Cancer fascicularis Herbst, Krabben und Krebse, Pl. XLVI, f. 5
(1795).
Sesarma mederi Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., II], xx, p. 185 (1853) teste Hil
gendorf.

Batavia (Edw.).
8. frontale A. Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma frontale A. M.-Edw., Bulletin, 1. c., p. 27 (1869).
Madagascar (A, M.-Edw.).
8. germani A. Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma germant A. M.-Edw,, Bulletin, 1. c., p. 28 (1869).
Poulo Condore.
S. gracilipes A. Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma impressa jun. Homb. et Jacq., Voy. Ast. et Zelee, Crust., Pl.
Vi, f. 5:
Sesarma gracilipes Edw., Ann. Sci Nat., III, xx, p. 182 (1853).

Vaoa (Edw.); Nicobars (Heller).
8. guerini Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma guerini Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 183 (1853).
Locality unknown.
8. guttatum A. Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma guttatum A. M.-Edw., Bulletin, 1. c., p. 26 (1869).
: Zanzibar (A. M.-Edw.).
8S. hematocheir Kingsley ex De Haan,
Grapsus (Pachysoma) hematocheir De Haan, op. cit. p. 67, Pl. VII,
f. 4 (1837).
Holometopus hematocheir' Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 188 (1853).
Japan (De Haan),

1 M. Milne-Edwards has elevated this species to distinct generic rank on
what seem to me wholly inadequate characters. A similar proceeding
with other Sesarme would result in the creation of nearly a dozen genera.

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

Ss.

mn

nm

impressa Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma impressa Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust, ii, p. 74 (1837).
Locality unknown.

, indica Milne-Edwards.

Sesarma indica Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 74 (1837).
Indian Seas (Edw.); Ceylon and Nicobars (Heller).

. intermedia Milne-Edwards ex De Haan.

Grapsus (Pachysoma) intermedia De Haan, op. cit., p. 61, Pl. XVI, f.
5 (1835).
Sesarma intermedia Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., ITI, xx, p. 186 (1853).
Sesarma leave A. M.-Edw., Bulletin, 1. c., p. 27 (1869).
Japan (De Haan); Shanghat, Hong Kong (Heller);
Arrow Is. )A. M.-Edw.).

. lafondi Jacquinot et Lucas.

Sesarma lafondi Jacquinot et Lucas, Voyage Astrolabe et Zelee,
Crust., p. 70, Pl. VI, f. 4 (1853).
Batavia (J. and L.).

. leptosoma Hilgendorf.

Sesarma leptosoma Hilgendorf, in Decken’s Reise, p. 91, Pl. VI, f. 1

(1869).
Zanzibar (Hilgendorf).

. lividvm A. Milne-Edwards,

Sesarma lividum A. M.-Edw., Bulletin, 1. ¢., p. 25 (1869), N. Arch., ix,
p. 303, Pl. XVI, f. 2 (1873).
New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.).

. longipes Krauss.

Sesarma longipes Krauss, Sid Afric. Crust., p. 444, Pl. III, f. 2 (1843).
Umlass River, 8S. Africa (Krauss).

. Miillerii A. Milne-Edwards.

Sesarma millert A. M.-Edw., Bulletin, 1. ¢., p. 29 (1869).
Desterro, Brazil (A. M.-Edw.).

. obesum Dana.

Sesarma obesum Dana, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1851, p. 250; U. S. Expl.

Exped., Crust., p. 355, Pl. XXII, f. 10.
Balabae Straits (Dana).

. oblonga Martens.

Sesarma oblonga Martens, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1868, p. 611.
Philippines (Martens).

. obtusifrons Dana.

Sesarma obtusifrons Dana, Proc. Phila. Acad. 1851, p. 250; U. 8. Expl.

Exped., Crust., p. 355, Pl. XXII, f. 9 (1852).
Sandwich Is. (Dana).

. occidentalis Smith.

Sesarma occidentalis Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 158 (1870).
West Coast of Central America (Smith).

. pentagona Hutton (—? S. tetragona).

Sesarma pentagona Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., 1875, p. 279.
New Zealand (Hutton).

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

S. quadrata Milne-Edwards ex Fabricius.

Cancer quadratus Fabr., Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. 341 (1798).
Ocypoda plicatu Bosc., op. cit., i, p. 198, 1802-3 (teste A. M.-Edw.).
Grapsus (Pachysoma) pictus et affinis De Haan, op. cit., pp. 61-66
(1835-37).
Sesarma quadrata Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 75 (1837).
Sesarma picta Krauss, op. cit., p. 45 (1848).
Japan (De Haan) ; New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.); Zanzibar (Hil-
gendorf).

S. recta Randall.

Sesarma recta Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., viii, p. 123 (1839).
Surinam ! (Randall).
S. reticulata, Say.
Sesarma reticulata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., i, pp. 73, 76 et
442, Pl. IV, f. 6 (1818).
Sesarma cinerea De Kay, N. Y. Fauna, Crust., p. 15 (1842).
. Virginia! to Florida !
s, ricordi Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma ricordi Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., II, xx, p. 183 (1853).
Hayti (Edw.}.
8. roberti Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma reticulata McLeay in Smith Zool. S. Africa, p. 65 (18), viz
Say. :
Sesarma robertt Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 182 (1853).
Gori! (Dr. Wilson) ; So. Africa (MeLeay).
S. rotundata Hess.
Sesarma rotundata Hess, 1. c., p. 149, Pl. VI, f. 9 (1865).
Sydney (Hess).
S. rotundifrons A. Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma rotundifrons A. M.-Ed., Bulletin, 1. c. p. 30 (1869).
Samoan Js. (A. M.-Edw.).
S. rupicola Stimpson.
. Sesarma rupicola Stimpson, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1858, p. 106.
Japan (Stimpson).
S. schiittei Hess.
Sesarma schiittei Hess, 1. c., p. 150, Pl. VI, f. 11 (1865).
Sydney, Australia (Hess).
‘8. similis Hess (— S. atrorubens).

Sesarma similis Hess, 1. c., p. 150 (1865).

Sydney (Australia).

S. sinensis Milne-Edwards.

Sesarma sinensis Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 186 (1853).

China (Edw.).

8. smithii Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma smithit Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., IIT, xx, p. 187 (1853); Arch. du

Mus., vii, p. 149, Pl. LX, f. 2 (1854).
Natal (Edw.); New Caledonia (A, M.-FBaw.).
15

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880

wm

. Sulcata Smith.

Sesurma suleata Smith, Trans, Conn. Acad., ii, p. 156 (1870).
Corinto, Nicaragua! (J. A. MeNiel, Peab. Acad.
S. teniolata Miers ex White MS.
Sesarma teniolata White MS., Miers, Proc. Zool. Soc., London (1877),
p. 137.
Philippines ! (Dr. Wilson, with White’s label).
S, tetragona Milne-Edwards ex Fabricius.
Cancer tetragonon Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. 341 (1798).
Grapsus tetragonon Latr., Hist. Crust. et Ins., vi, p. 71 (1803-4).
Sesarma tetragona Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 73 (1837).
Zanzibar (Hilgendorf) to New Caledonia (A, M.-Edw.).
S. trapezoida Milne-Edwards.
Sesarma trapezoida Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 74 (1887).

Locality unknown,
S. ungulata Milne-Edwards.

Sesarma ungulata Edw., Ann Sci. Nat. III, xx, p. 184 (1858).
Celebes (Edw.

S, vestita Stimpson.
Sesarma vestita Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1858, p. 106.

Japan (Stimpson).
§. villosum A. Milne-Edwards.

Sesarma villosum A, M.-Edw., Bulletin, 1. ¢., p. 31 (1869).

Samoan Is. (A. M.-Edw.).
§. violacea Herklots.

Sesarma violacea Herklots, op. cit., p. 10, Pl. I, f. 9 (1851).
West Africa / (Du Chaillu).
Genus ARATUS M.-Edw., 1853.

Carapax trapezoidal, elongate, narrow behind, sides straight,
entire; front deflexed, very broad. External, maxillipeds as in
Sesarma. Ambulatory feet compressed, the dactyli very short.
A. pisoni Milne- Edwards.

Sesarma pisonit Edw., Hist. Crust., ii, p. 76, Pl. XVI, f. 4-5 (1837).
Aratus pisont Edw., Ann. Sei. Nat., III, xx, p. 187, 1853.

Carapax transversely arcuate, the branchial regions obliquely
plieate. Front vertical, its margin two-lobed. Meros of cheli-
peds triquetral, the margins denticulate, the anterior one slightly
expanded distally. Carpus externally granulate. Hands every-
where granulate, the fingers ornamented with pencils of stiff
black hairs.

Florida! (H. EB. Webster, Union College); West Indies! (many
collectors and localities); West Coast of Nicaragua! (J. A.
MecNiel, Peab. Acad.); Rio Janeiro (Heller); Praya, Brazil
(Martens).

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

Genus CLISTOCCELOMA A. M.-Edwards, 1873.
Carapax sub-quadrate, sides dentate. Sub-ocnlar lobe large,
united to the front and excluding the antenne from the orbit.
Meros of external maxillipeds short and rounded.

C. balanse A. Milne-Edwards.
Clistocwloma balanse A, M.-Edw., Nouy. Arch. du Mus,, ix, p. 311,
Pl. XVII, f. 1 (1873).
New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.).
Genus HELICE De Haan (1835).

Carapax quadrate, front deflexed, sides straight, with one, two
or three teeth behind the orbital angle. Antenne entering the
orbit. Meros of external maxillipeds as long as or longer than
the ischium, its external distal angle prominent, its distal border
truncate.

Synopsis of Species.

Lateral margin with three teeth behind the angle of the orbit.
Ambulatory feet with a single distal spine on the meros,

A transverse ridge on the branchial regions. tridens.
No transverse crest on the branchial regions,
Hands smooth. spinicarpa.
Hands roughened. latreiller.
Meral joints of ambulatory feet with several spines. dentipes.
Lateral margin two-toothed.
Hand strongly granulate. gaudichaudi.

Hand nearly smooth.
Meral joints of ambulatory feet with a spine on the
upper distal margin, the hands of the male with a

pilose spot at the base of the fingers. pilimana.
Meral joints without spines, hands of male without
pilose spots. ChAS80.
Lateral margin one-toothed. gubba.
Imperfectly characterized. leachii.

H. tridens De Haan.
Helice tridens De Haan, op. cit., p. 57, Pl. XT, f.2, Pl. XVI, f. 6 (1835).
Carapax longitudinally strongly convex, punctate, front curved
downward, its anterior border sinuate when viewed from above.
Superior margin of the orbit sinuate, oblique; lateral margin
with three teeth behind the orbital angle, the posterior tooth
radimentary. Branchial regions with an oblique ridge running
inward from this tooth. Orbits coarsely crenulate below. In-
ferior borders of the meral joints of the chelipeds with small
tubercles. Carpus spined on the inside. Hands externally

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

smooth, sub-cristate and granulate above, internally granulate ;
fingers excavate. Carpal and propodal joints of the first two
pairs of ambulatory feet pilose in front.

Japan !
H. spinicarpa Edwards.

H. spinicarpa Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. IIT, xx, p. 190 (1853).

Locality unknown.
H. dentipes Ileller.

Helice dentipes Heller, Novara Crust., p. 62, Pl. V, f. 5.

Ceylon (Heller).
H. latreillei Edwards.

Cyelograpsus latreillei Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 80 (1837).
Helice latreillei Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. ITI, xx, p. 190 (1853).

Mauritius (Edwards).
. H. gaudichaudi Edwards.

Helice gaudichaudi Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. III, xx, p. 190, Pl. VII,
f. 6 (1853).
Sumatra (Edwards).
H. pilimana A. Milne-Edwards.

Helice pilimana Alph. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. du Mus., ix p.

313, Pl. XVIII, f. 1 (1872).
New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.).
H. crassa Dana. Z

Telice crassa Dana, Proc. Phila. Aead. (1851), p. 252—U.8. Ex. Exp.,
Crust., p. 367, Pl. XXIII, f. 8 (1853).
H, lucasit Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat. III, xx, p. 190 (1858).

Carapax closely resembling that of H. tridens, but with but two
teeth behind the orbital angle. Carpus of cheliped without an
internal spine, hands externally microscopically granulate, more
coarsely so internally, the upper margin acute. Carpal and pro-
podal joints of the first two pairs of ambulatory feet, pilose.

This is probably but a variety of A. tridens. Small females
show the elevated line on the hand characterizing H. lucasii.

New Zealand ! (Dr. Wilson); Aukland (Heller); Australia (Dana).

H. leachii Hess.

Helice leachii Hess, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, xxxi, p. 153 (1865).
Sydney, Australia (Hess).

Genus CYCLOGRAPSUS Edw. (1837)(restrict). (Gnathochasmus McLeay.)

Carapax depressed, sides arcuate, entire front about half the
width of the carapax. Antenna not excluded from the orbit.
Meros of the external maxillipeds short, about as long as the
ischium ; its external angle well marked, the palpus articulating
with the anterior margin.

1880. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

C. punctatus Milne-dwards.
Cyclograpsus punctatus Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 78 (1837).
Gnathochasmus barbatus McLeay, in Smith, Zool. 8. Africa, p. 65
(1838).
Sesurma barbata Krauss, Sud Af. Crust., p. 45, Pl. III, f. 3 (1843).

Cyclograpsus audoutnii, lavauxit, whitei, granulosus et reynaudi Edw.,
Ann. Sci. Nat. ITI, xx, p. 197 (18538).

Cyclograpsus levis Hess, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, xxxi, p. 152
(1865).

Carapax smooth or slightly granulate; sides arcuate in front,
straight behind. Front broad, nearly straight. Orbits externally
broadly emarginate, the emargination continuing backward as a
groove for some distance. Hands externally smooth, internally
with a prominent longitudinal ridge. Male abdomen triangular,
regularly tapering from the third to the sixth joints, the seventh
much narrower than the sixth.

New Zealand! (Guerin); Australia! (E. Wilson and Wilkes’ Ex-
pedition); Cape of Good Hope, Madras, Java (Heller); New
Guinea (Edw.).

C. granulatus Dana.
Cyclograpsus granulatus Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p.
251; U. S. Ex. Exp. Crust., p. 361, Pl. XXIII, f. 4 (1852).

Sandwich Is. (Dana).
C. cinereus Dana.

Cyclograpsus cinereus Dana, Proc. Acad, (1851), p. 251; U.S. Ex.
Exp. Crust., p. 360, Pl. XXIII, f. 3 (1852).
Cyclograpsus eydouzt Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., III, xx, p. 198 (1853),

Valparaiso and Sandwich Is. (Dana).
C. longipes Stimpson.

Cyclograpsus longipes Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (1858),
p. 105.
Bonin Is. (Stimpson’.
C. integer Milne-Edwards.
Cyclograpsaus integer Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 79 (1837).
Florida / (A. 8. Packard, Jr., Peab. Acad.); Braztl (Edw.).

Genus CHASMAGNATHUS DeHaan, 1835. (Paragrapsus Eew.).

Carapax convex, sides arcuate, dentate, front curved down-
ward Antenna not excluded from the orbit. Meros of external
maxillipeds longer than broad, widest distally, its anterior border
slightly excavate, the palpus medially articulated.

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18so.

Synopsis of Species.

Lateral margin with three teeth behind the orbital angle,

the posterior tooth inconspicuous. cOneverus.
Lateral margin with two teeth.
Front rounded. urvillet.
Front nearly straight. guimear diz.
Front excavate.
Carapax and ehelipeds granulate. granulatus.
Carapax and chelipeds smooth.
Epigastrie lobes prominent. levis.
Epigastrice lobes inconspicuous. subquadratus.
Lateral margin with one post orbital tooth. quadridentatus.

C. convexus DeHaan.
Chasmagnathus converus DeHaan, Fauna Japonica, p. 56, Pl. VII, f-.
7 ARs Japan (DeHaan) ; Hastern Seas (Adams and White).
€. subquadratus Dana. i
Chasmagnathus subquedratus Dana, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila.,
1851, p. 251; U. S. Ex. Exp., Crust., p: 363, Pl. XXIII)f, 5.(1852).
New Zealand? Australia? (Dana).
C. levis Dane (— 7 C, subquadratus.)
Chasmagnathus leeis Dana, Proc. Acad., p. 252; Ex. Exp., p. 365, P2.
XXIM, f. 7 (1852).
Paragrapsus verreauzi Edw., Ann. Sei. Nat., TIE xx, p. 195 (1853).
Paragrapsus levis Heller, Novara Crust, p. 55 (1865).

Carapax slightly convex, punctate; regions not defined. Epi-
gastric lobes prominent. Front deeply exeavate in the middle,
when viewed from above. Antero-lateral teeth separated by
narrow fissures. Chelipeds everywhere smooth. Anterior surface
of carpus and propodus of first pair of ambulatory feet tomentose.

Australia ! (Guerin ; New Zealand (Miers).

C. urvillei Kings’ey ex Milne-Edwards.
Paragrapsus uroillei Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., IT, xx, p. 196 (1853).
Vanikoro I. (Edw.).
C. granulatus Dana.
Chasmagnathus granulatus Dana, Proc. Acad., 1851, p. 251; U.S. Ex.
Exp., Crust., p. 364, Pl. XXIII, f. 6 (1852).

Helice granulata Heller, Novara Crust., p. 61 (1865).
Carapax convex, distinctly areolate, granulate; the granules

on the branchial regions being larger; epigastric lobes obsolete.
Front curved downward and, viewed from above, deeply excavate.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

Sides of carapax acute, the fissures between the teeth being very
slight ; all of the border of the carapax finely crenulate. Chelipeds
externally granulate. Carpus produced internally ; the inner sur-
face of the hand with a patch of granules on the inner surface.
Carpal joints of the ambulatory feet longitudinally sulcate.
Rio Janeiro ! (Wilkes’ Expedition); Rio Grande, Brazil! (Capt.
Harrington Peabody Academy).

C. gaimardi Milne Edwards.

Cyclograpsus gaimardi Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 79 (1837).

Paragrapsus gaimardi Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat. III, xx, p. 196 (1853.

Australis (Edwards).
C. quadridentatus Kingsley ex Milne-Edwards.

Paragrapsus quadridentatus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xx, p 195

(1853).
Australia (Edw.).

Sub family Plagusinee Dana.!

Carapax flattened, antennulz longitudinally plicate, lodged in
sinuses of the front, and visible from above.

Genus PLAGUSIA Latr., 1806 (restrict).

Meros of external maxilliped well developed, as broad as the
isehium.

P. speciosa Dana.

Carapax arcuate, covered everywhere with sguamiform tubercles,
the inter paces being clothed with a short pubescence, these
tubercles Leing similar in their arrangement to those of P. depressa
Say, but much more depressed than in that species. The margins
of the inter-antennular portion of the front is simple. Inferior
margin of the orbit acute, minutely denticulate. Sides of carapax
with two equal acute spiniform teeth behind the angle of the orbit.
Feet closely resembling those of P. depressa, the ornamentation
being similar, but not so prominent. The hands, however, are
externally marked by six longitudinal impressed lines, the lowest
of them being on the inferior margin. The fingers are widely
gaping, the extremities deeply excavate. The dentiform process

1 This sub family having recently been revised by Mr. Miers (Annals and
Magazine of Natural History, V, ix, pp. 147-154, February, 1878), and as
I agree with his determinations and ideas of specific limits, I omit the
synopsis of species from this paper, merely giving a few notes on the more
uncommon forms,

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1880.

on the coxa of the third pair of ambulatory feet is minutely
denticulate. The only additional character in the female is that
the squame of the carapax are more depressed.

Mr. Miers (1. ¢., p..151) remarks: “ Only a carapax of this
species is known.” The carapax referred to, Dana’s type, was
destroyed in the Chicago fire. The Academy possesses two
specimens, male and female, sent by Mr. Andrew Garrett, from
Tahiti.

Genus LEILOPHUS 1 Miers, 1876. (Acanthopus DeHaan.)

Meros of external maxillipeds very small, and much narrower

than the ischium.

_ L. pilimanus Miers ex A. M.-Edw.

Specimens of this rare species are in the museum of the Academy,
from the Sandwich Is. (J. K. Townsend) and Tahiti (A. Garrett).
So far as I am aware, the only other specimen, in any collection,
is the type in Jardin des Plantes at Paris. The British Museum
has no specimens.

I am unable, either from the poorness of the deseriptions, or
possible inaccuracy of the figures, to assign the following species
to their proper generic positions.

Cyclograpsus ? tasmanicus Jacquinot et Lucas, Voyage Astrolabe et
Zélee, Crustaces, p. 76, Pl. VI, f. 6 (1842-53).
Tasmania (J. et L.).

Cyclograpsus minutus J. et L., 1. ¢., p. 75, Pl. VI, f. 8 (1842-53).
Chili (J. et L.).

Grapsus inornatus Hess, Archiy fiir Naturgeschichte, xxxi, p. 148,
Pl. VI, f. 11 (1865).
Sydney, Australia (Hess).

Grapsus huzardi Desmarest, Consid. sur les Crust., p. 151 (1825).
Senegal (Desmarest).
Cancer tridens Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. 340 (1798). ;
H. Indies (Fabricius).

Vancer hispanus Herbst, Pl. XX XVII, f. 1 (1796).

Goniograpsus puleher Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad., vii, p. 152 (1876).
Lower California (Lockington).
M. Henri Milne-Edwards (Archives du Museum, vii, p. 158,
1854) mentions a genus Holograpsus, possibly intending Holome-

topus.

1JIn the dismemberment of the genus Plagusia of Latreille, the name
Plagusia should have been retained for this section.

qr

1880,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 22

‘ JuNE 1.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-nine persons present.

A paper entitled “ Description of a Partula supposed to be new,
from the Island of Moorea,” by W. D. Hartman, M. D., was
presented for publication.

The Treasurer having announced the reception of a gift of
twenty thousand dollars from Jos. Jeanes, acting for the heirs of
the late Joshua T. Jeanes, who, in an unsigned codicil to his will,
had indicated his intention of bequeathing that amount to the
Academy, the following preamble and resolutions were unani-
mously adopted :

Wuereas, The late Mr. Joshua T. Jeanes in a codicil to his
will bequeathed to the Academy twenty thousand dollars, an act
which may be regarded as significant of his appreciation and ap-
proval of the objects of the Society, but left this codicil without
his signature, and therefore legally inoperative ; and,

WuereEASs, His executors have placed in possession of the
Treasurer of the Academy the sum named, thus manifesting their
respect for the intention of their late brother in a most generous
and affectionate manner; be it

Resolved, That the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia highly appreciates and gratefully acknowledges the generosity
of the executors of the late Joshua T. Jeanes in bestowing on the
Academy twenty thousand dollars in compliance with his wish,
simply indicated.

Resolved, That the money thus bountifully given to the Society
be invested securely in the name of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, to constitute a distinct and permanent
fund which shall be named the Josaua T. JEANEs Funp and the
income thereof shall be applied towards defraying the ordimary
expenses of the Society.

Serpentine Belts of Radnor Township, Delaware Co.—At the
last meeting of the Mineralogical and Geological Section of the
Academy of Natural Sciences, TnEoporE D. RAND read a paper
on the Serpentine Belts of Radnor Township, Delaware County,
and the adjacent rocks. He adduced facts which he thought in-
compatible with Mr. Charles E. Hall’s view, that the middle belt
consists of altered Hudson River shales, and stated that the belt
was not continuous but was a succession of outcrops nearly east

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

and west from each other, the strike of which was, wherever ob-
servable, more N. E. and 8. W. than the line joining them, thus
agreeing in structure with what Prof. Rogers states of the trap
dy kes north of the serpentine in Chester County. He also called
attention to the existence of two trap dykes or two branches of
that extending through the Gulf Valley, and to curious markings
in quartz rock in the vie inity, suggestive of fossils ina a formation
regarded as azoie.

JUNE 8.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-two persons present.

A paper entitled “On the Development of Lemna minor,” by
Wm. Barbeck, was presented for publication.

JUNE 15.
The President, Dr. RuUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.
Eighteen persons present.

A paper entitled “‘ A Bibliographical Catalogue of the Genus
Partula, with observations on the Species,” by W. D. Hartman,
M. D., was presented for publication.

JUNE 22.
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.
Eighteen persons present.

The deaths of Wm. G. E. Agnew and Morris lL. Hallowell,
members, were announced.

JUNE 29.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Eleven persons present.
The deaths of B. F. Lautenbach, M. D., and Wm. Kent Gilbert,

M. D., members, were announced.

On some Homologies tn Bunodont Dentition.—Dr. HARRISON
ALLEN, in speaking of the teeth of the Carnivora, Insectivora and
Chiroptera, dwelt upon the forms of the canines and premolars as

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227

being valuable guides in interpreting the plan of the molars. He
traced the shapes of the last-named teeth from the sub-conical form
of the canine, with its associated cusplets or cingules characterizing
the canines, up to the complicated figures of the molars. Among
the seals, Leptonyax exhibits to the best adyantage the figure result-
ing from the pronounced development of the antero- -posterior eus-
plets, and is of still greater interest inasmuch as the molars retain
in all essential features the same parts. In genera where the form
of the molars is not so retained, the manner after which the depar-
ture takes place in the upper jaw is as follows:

1. The buccal cingulum becomes developed.

2. The buccal. surface of the main cusp is directed obliquely
backward and inward, and at the same time becomes concave.

3. In genera having the W-shaped pattern, the first V answers to
the concave, obliquely placed buccal surface of the main cusp.
The second V is a vegetative repetition of the first, and is formed
from the posterior cusplet of the canine.

The W thus formed is a conspicuous feature in the molars of
most Insectivora and Chiroptera. It can be traced through its
several stages of development from the Carnivora. The genera of
the Procyonidze exhibit the transition advantageously. The W
of the upper jaw, while forming a portion of the free under-surface
of the crown, is not functionally active as part of the grinder, but
is an extremely obliquely placed portion of the shearing buccal
surface, and is not articular.

The V V seen from the palatal side of tooth form the summits
of two downward-projecting, prismoidal, shearing columns. Ex-
amined in relief from before backwards these columns are seen
to be of different relative lengths. In Vespertilio and Antrozous,
for example, where the appearance of the under free surfaces of
the crowns are almost identical, conspicuous differences in the
lengths of the columns are detected when the teeth are examined
with the columns in antero-posterior relief.

The elevations placed to the palatal side of the base of the
columns are developments from the palatal fold of the cingulum
of the caniniform tooth. If one cingule be alone developed it lies
to the median side of the first V. Should a second be present, it
lies in an analogous position to the second V, and is much less
pronounced than the first.

_ The differences in the forms of the lower molars are traceable
to similar modifications of the simple cone and associated cusplets.
The second V is incomplete, the anterior limb not joining the
first to formatrue W. There is no disposition to form a lingual
outgrowth. In its stead a tendency to backward projection from
the base of the second V exists. This projection is conveniently
called the “ heel” of the tooth, and is always articular.

The forms of the canines and premolars are not as simple and
uniform as they at first sight appear. They often present remark-
able differences in their details. This is especially true of these

2s PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

—

(9 4)

teeth in the Chiroptera. The buccal,approximaland median surfaces
should be carefully studied in the different genera. Full descrip-
tions of these differences would be out of place in a communication
of this kind. One notable feature of many as seen in the canines
is especially well developed in the bats, viz., the junction of the
buccal and palatal surfaces resulting in forming a thin com-
pressed posterior edge. This may receive the name of the
“sabre”? edge. It is repeated and exaggerated in the last pre-
molar and forms at least in Chiroptera (other than the Pteropide)
the ‘‘sectorial” surface of the tooth. It constitutes a sharp
obliquely-placed ridge which is parallel with the last stroke of the
first V, and is doubtless serially homologous therewith.

The following were ordered to be printed ;

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

DESCRIPTION OF A PARTULA SUPPOSED TO BE NEW, FROM THE ISLAND
OF MOOREA.

BY W. D. HARTMAN, M. D.
Partula Mooreana, Hartman.

Shell sinistral, ovate, elongate, thin, translucent, pale yellowish
horn-color, apex darker; whorls 5, flatly convex, body-whorl, with
or without from one to three narrow, pale, brown revolving bands ;
surface smooth, with fine, oblique striations, which are decussated
by crowded waved spiral striz; a narrow white line beneath the
suture; aperture hearly half the length of the shell, lip white,
moderately reflected, pillar tooth oval, prominent, situated nearest
the superior angle, umbilicus open, moderately compressed.

Length 18 mill., diameter 9 mill.

Hab.—Vaianai Valley, Island of Moorea (Andrew Garrett, Esq.).

In one hundred and forty-six species and varieties of Partula
represented in my collection, this shell possesses constant and
well-marked specific characters. Mr. Garrett informs me that
fifteen hundred specimens were all sinistral and dentate. The
surface of the shell resembles P. spadicea and varieties from
Moorea in possessing the thickly crowded waved spiral striz.

This species is arboreal, and is not uncommon on bushes, in
Vaianai Valley, the metropolis of P. verillum Pse.= P. stenostoma

Ph.

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF LEMNA MINOR.
BY WM. BARBECK.

In the early part of Iast April, I found, in a little pond near
Camden, N. J., among patches of Riccia fluitans, a number of
minute brownish bodies, which under the lens had very much the
appearance of germinating spores, showing at the top a greenish,
prothallium-like outgrowth. They were of an oval form, and less
than a millimetre in size.

I secured several of these little bodies, and, upon further exam-
ination under the microscope, I found that they contained a well-
developed embryo, which was enclosed by a comparatively large
cotyledon. Thus they were evidently the seeds of some mono-
cotyledonous plant.

I was not able to return to the pond until a week later. Within
this week the germination had been completed in a number of
specimens, and numerous little plants were developed, most of
them still in connection with the seed. These obovate, indis-
tinctly three-nerved individuals, with a single root hanging from
the under surface, were apparently Lemna minor. Thousands of
fresh seeds had meanwhile appeared at the surface of the water,
most of them germinating, and thus I could get the specimens in
all stages of their development. I have tried to show this gradual
development (up to the completion of the second frond) by a
series of illustrations, Plate X VIII.

Figures I and II represent longitudinal sections through a seed
in which the germination is about to commence. ( Fig. I is from
the centre, Fig. II from a part nearer to the surface).

The seeds are seen surrounded by a comparatively strong
coat, the testa (/), which is considerably thickened towards the
top, where it covers the lid, or operculum (0), by means of which
the mycropyle is closed. In (c) we have the large cotyledon,
surrounded by a scanty layer of endospermium (sp.); in (v) and
(w) the two lobes into which the cotyledon will afterwards split,
begin to be differentiated. The axis of the embryo (e) forms an
obtuse angle with the medial line of the cotyledon. In (p) we
have the plumula, in (7) the radula of the embryo; (/) indicates
a fissure inside of which the gemma of the second frond is being.
formed.

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231

In Fig. III the testa has been removed from the cotyledon (c).
The two lobes are distinctly separate, (w) bearing the operculum
under which the upper part of the plumula is concealed. The
radula (7) is further developed ; in (g) we have the bud of the
second frond. The section in Fig. IV shows the plumula (p)
fully developed into the first frond, which in (7) sends down its
radula. The angle formed by this frond and the axis of the coty-
ledon is about 120°. Corresponding to the first figures (v) and
(w), are the lobes of the cotyledon. (We have to bear in mind that
all the figures represent thin sections through the different parts.)
In reality the lobes of the cotyledon are two parallel obovate
sheets enclosing the basal part of the much larger, likewise obovate
frond. In this figure the gemma has been so far developed as to
show in (/) the fissure in which the bud of the third frond is
being differentiated. Its elongated inferior part (p’) is the
secondary plumula. In using a high power, the microscope will
show im the region indicated by (7) several rows of very wide cells.
Here the separation of the frond from the cotyledon will take place.

In Fig. V_ this separation is complete. In (p’) we have the
yet more elongated plumula, in (7’) the radula of the second frond,
and (f”) shows again the fissure for the formation of the third
individual.

_The section represented in Fig. VI goes through the radula (r),
showing a central vascular bundle (7) surrounded by a tissue of
very loose, almost hyaline cells (t). In the further development
of the rootlet this outer tissue will follow the growth of the vascu
lar bundle to a certain extent; then its basal part will be sepa-
rated from the frond. But, remaining in connection with the
more and more extending yascular bundle, this wide-celled tissue
will form at the top of the full-grown root the well-known hood or
calyptra, characterizing the roots in all Lemnaceex.

The last two figures (VII and VIII) need no further explanation.
They show the formation and completion of the second frond (p’),
from which the third individual will be developed in the same
way as has been illustrated in the first figures. In ( p’’) we have
the plumula, in (7’’) the radula of the third fronds; (/’’) in Fig.
VIIL shows the fissure for the formation of the fourth individual.

In this way we see the propagation continued through the
summer, plant after plant being formed from a cleft of the pre-
ceding individual through a process of prolification.

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880

My investigations have been’made only on the Lemna minor,
but there is no reason to doubt that in the development of the
whole family of Zemnacex (analogous to our species) we have an
interesting instance of parthenogenesis, there being seeds (pro-
duced in autumn by a sexual process) from which, during the
course of summer, generation after generation is propagated with-
out any further fertilization.

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF HEMITRIPTERUS FROM ALASKA.
BY W. N. LOCKINGTON.

Hemitripterus cavifrons, nov. sp.

Di iv-xiy, 1-12. A.14. P.20. V.,2....C.:3-12-3. _L. lat. 44.

Head very large and depressed; abdomen protuberant, so that
-the depth equals the width ; snout to tip of ascending process of
pre-maxillary rising at an angle of about 45°; thence to occiput,
along the median line of the fish, deeply concave ; from occiput
to caudal peduncle regularly arched, the curve reaching its highest
point at about the tenth dorsal spine. Outline of anal base
corresponding to that part of the dorsal directly above it.

Depth, 34; greatest width, 35; length of head; 34; length of
pectoral rather more than 4 times in the total length, caudal
included.

Axial length of snout, 32; longitudinal diameter of orbit, 62 ;
interocular width, 21} times in length of head; least depth of
caudal peduncle rather less than 5 times in greatest depth.

Anterior nostril on a level with the centre of the pupil, and
prolonged into a conspicuous tube; posterior nostril somewhat
tubular.

Orbits elevated considerably above the general surface of the
forehead, so that the concavity of the inter-ocular area is equal to
about # of the transverse diameter of the eye; eyes lateral, some-
what elliptical.

Mouth very large, very slightly oblique; its width from tip to
tip of the opposite maxillaries, 1} in the length of the head, and
exceeding that of the upper jaw by more than one-third.

Pre-maxillaries not forming the whole of the margin of the
upper jaw, the maxillaries entering into it posteriorly.

Posterior extremity of maxillary considerably behind the orbit,
its upper margin not concealed by the pre-orbital in the closed
mouth.

Lower jaw slightly projecting beyond the upper.

Several rows of sharp, recurved, cardiform teeth, forming a
broad band, in both jaws, also on the vomer, palatines and
pharyngeal bones. The teeth on the vomer and palatines slightly
longer than those on the jaws.

16

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880,

No gillvakers; pharyngeal bones large.

Supra-ocular and post-ocular ridges prominent, the former
curved inwards posteriorly, parallel to the post-ocular; between
the two, at the posterior upper angle of the eye, are two small
spines or short ridges.

Occipital ridges with three tubercles, the anterior near the post-
ocular ridge, the two posterior near together and elongated
transversely ; a low ridge between the first and second.

Temporal ridge with three tubercles, the first immediately
exterior to the first of the occipital series, the second a longi-
tudinal ridge ; the third rounded, close to the second.

A long low crest across the operculum ; just above and anterior
to this a shorter ridge connecting it with the temporal series; a
tubercle on the supra-scapula; no spines upon the head, except
two upon the posterior border of the pre-operculum,

All the tubercles of the head and the spines of the pre-operculum,
covered by skin.

Maxillary with a fimbriated skinny flap near its. posterior
extremity ; lower margin of mandible set along its whole length
with skinny flaps, of which three pairs are especially long and
fimbriated on both edges, while the posterior flap is very broad.

Lips well developed; lower lip pendulous at sides,and to a
rather less extent in front, and bearing a fimbriated flap on each
side.

Two pairs of similar flaps on the snout, and two over each eye.

Gillanembranes continuous below the throat.

Branchiostegals, 6.

Origin of first dorsal slightly anterior to the lower pectoral
axil; first two spines longest, about 24 in the length of the head,
fourth much shorter than the third, and a little shorter than the
fifth; sixth, seventh and eighth much longer than fourth, the
remaining spines diminishing to the eighteenth, which is the
shortest.

A tag at the end of each spine, the membrane between the two
parts of the first dorsal notched considerably.

A spine at the commencement of the second dorsal, the base of
which is contained more than 24 times in that of the first, the
rays increasing in length to the fifth, which is about 1 longer than
the longest spine of the first dorsal; upper margin of second
dorsal, convex.

1880. ! NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235
a

Anal longer than soft dorsal, arising opposite the last spine of
the first dorsal, and terminating somewhat posterior to the second.
Ninth to twelfth rays slightly the longest.

Pectorals yery broad and rounded, their base oblique, the tip of
the longest (sixth) ray reaching to about the sixteenth dorsal
ray; rays simple, the longest a little less than one-fourth the total
length of the fish.

Ventrals small, narrow, the longest (middle) ray rather more
than half the length of the longest pectoral ray, but not reaching
to the vent.

Caudal truncate on hinder margin, rather narrow, rays simple.

Vent midway between insertion of ventrals and origin of anal.

Lateral line with a series of skinny fimbriated flaps, similar to
those upon the head.

Body and head scaleless, but the former covered all over with
osseous papille ; largest above the lateral line, smallest upon the
protuberant portion of the abdomen.

Color, in alcohol, blotches of dark purplish-brown on a lighter
eround ; the blotches on the fins conspicuous, and running into
transverse Hars on the pectorals. Abdomen, light dirty-brown.

A single specimen of this interesting species was obtained by
Mr. W. J. Fisher, at St. Paul’s, Kodiak. It is in the museum of
the California Academy of Sciences.

Hemitripterus cavifrons is the western representative of H.
acadianus of the Atlantic, and differs from that species in the
following characteristics, among others :—

The great depression of the inter-ocular area, whence the specific
name; the greater number of dorsal spines; the shorter pectorals ;
the lesser depth of the posterior anal rays; the absence of hook-
like papille along the lateral line, and the presence in their place
of fleshy slips; and the smaller size of the bony papille along
the dorsal region.

DIMENSIONS,

Total length, 4 j , 3 : 4 a g ADMD
Greatest depth, . : : . : : “+p Aeb0
Least depth of caudal pedunele, . ' : F 92
Length of head, : ; ; . 4.50
Width ¥ ; : . . : . 4.50
** of mouth, from tip to tip of maxillaries,.. 3.79
2.75

Length of upper jaw along its curve,

to
oo
oO

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Axial length of snout, .
Longitudinal diameter of eye,
Interocular width,
Width of pectoral base, :
Length of longest ek ies ray,
Tip of snout to origin of dorsal, axial,
Eé - 3° - me OMe top of nh

Length of base of spinous dorsal,
Height of first spine,

‘i second spine,
fourth spine,
fifth spine,
sixth spine, .
eighth spine,

eighteenth spine, .

spine of second dorsal,

ss longest (fifth) ray of staan orks
Length of base of second dorsal,

Tip of lower jaw to ventrals, along abdomen,
“ce “ce “

“6 ra EE se
Length of ventrals,
4 base of anal, °
ep longest anal 1ays (9-12)

vent,

origin of anal,along abdomen,

[1sso.

1.25
-10
1.70
2.75 |
3.88
2.75
3.25
6.50
1.75
1.70
90
-98
1.00
1.20
88
1.00
2.00
2.50
3.75
8.80
6.32
2.00
3.44
2.10

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CATOSTOMUS (CATOSTOMUS CYPHO)
FROM THE COLORADO RIVER.

BY WM. N. LOCKINGTON,

Catostomus cypho, sp. nov.
Dente ALOT. 6. T1-16-1-7; P18 V.10. J. lat, 79.

Head conical; snout long, much depressed; dorsal outline
rising in a straight line to the occipital region, where commences
a prominent and considerably clevated hump, which attains its
greatest height at a distance from the occiput about equal to the
length of the snout, and thence descends to the origin of the
dorsal.

Along the base of the dorsal fin the dorsal outline descends
rapidly to about the end of the second third of the total length of
the fish; caudal peduncle extremely elongated, and widening
considerably toward the caudal base.

Abdominal outline almost straight to the origin of the anal,
thence diminishing to the caudal peduncle.

Greatest dépth, at anterior pectoral axil, contained not quite
41 times; head a little more than 4 times in the total length;
snout a little more than 22, eye between 8 and 9 times in the
length of the head; length of top of head not quite 2} times in
the distance (in a straight line) from the tip of the snout to the
dorsal; inter-ocular width equal to the length of the snout;
pectoral about 14 in length of head; caudal peduncle about 32 in
the greatest depth.

Mouth rather wide, inferior. Lower lip small, in two distincy
ovoid lobes, covered with low, flat-topped papille; the front of
the dentary bones covered by a well-developed, round-edged, houny
plate. Lower lip quite distinct from the upper; the skin of the
cheeks forming an obliquely ascending crease, which does not,
however, cover the angle of the mouth,

Anterior nostril horizontally sub-elliptical; posteyior large, .
vertical, crescentic, entirely covered by its anterior flap,

Two distinet rows of pores on the top of the heaé;- connected
on the occiput with a series running behind and below the eye
almost to the tip of the snout.

Pharyngeals arcuate, with numerous teeth, regularly diminish.
ing posteriorly,

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Opercular region well developed; the distance from the posterior
margin of the eye to that of the operculum being, to the length of
the snout, about as eleven tonine. Posterior margin of operculum
and sub-opereulum forming a continuous bold convex curve.

Pectorals triangular-anceolate, fourth and fifth rays longest;
their tips extending to beyond the middle of the pubic bones,
rays once or twice bifureate, the first two excepted.

Ventrals reaching beyond the vent, the third rays longest, the
last about two-thirds as long; all the rays twice bifurcate except
the first.

Dorsal well developed, fourth and fifth rays longest, and con-
tained about 14 times in the greatest depth; first three rays
simple, the others twice bifurcate.

Anal considerably shorter than the dorsal, but equal in depth
to the height of the latter; the first two rays simple, the others
(except the last) twice or thrice bifurcate ; first ray about half as
long as the second.

Origin of the dorsal about one-sixth nearer to the tip of the
snout than to the centre of the base of the caudal (measuring
along the axis of the body), the base of its eighth ray above the
anterior axil of the ventrals.

The tips of the anal rays reach beyond the first caudal
accessories.

Caudal with numerous accessory rays, the longest about half as
long as the outer simple principal ray; the other principal rays
three times bifurcate; posterior margin of fin triangularly emar-
ginate.

Seales cycloid, of variable size; each scale with 8-16 conspicuous
radiating striz on its exposed portion; the striz and their inter-
spaces crossed by numerous, much less distinct concentric striae.
Engaged portion of each scale with numerous diverging striz, less
distinct than those of the free portion. Scales along and near the
lateral line larger than those above and below, and increasing
considerably in size posteriorly, as do also those above and below,
so that the largest scales of the body are upon the peduncle of the
tail. The scales diminish much more rapidly in size downwards
than upwards, so that those of the abdominal region and behind
the pectoral base are by far the smallest. Scales somewhat
pentagonal, the length exceeding the height; those upon the
caudal peduncle almost twice as long as high.

1880] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

Fins scaleless, as is also a small patch on the anterior part of
the dorsal hump.

Lateral line deflected near its origin, then running along the
median line of the body to the origin of the caudal. Pores
simple.

Color of the preserved specimen silvery-gray above, light
straw-color or creamy on the abdominal region and under side of
the head ; fins light uniform slaty-gray. The color is produced
by numerous dark dots upon the scales and membrane between
them, but fewer upon the scales, the outlines of which are there-
fore quite distinct.

The hump is supported anteriorly by a very large trapezoidal
inter-neural, formed of a thick central pillar with anterior and
posterior alze; the latter twice as large as the former. The upper
-margin of the bone is highest at the point of the central pillar,
from which it slopes anteriorly and posteriorly. The base of the
central pillar is broadly expanded transversely, offering a double
articulating surface on its under side. The next inter-neural is a
thin flat sub-rectangular plate, while the next three are expanded
above, attenuated below; the fifth bent, and smaller than the
fourth, the lower portion of which is also bent forward. Inter-
neurals of dorsal fin with a central ray and an anterior and
posterior expansion dying out at their lower fourth ; symmetrical.
except that supporting the first two rays. This is evidently
formed by two inter-neural bones, united by a thin bony plate.
which forms a broad expansion in front of the first, and a narrow
one behind the second.

- Upon the first vertebra there is a broad articulating surface,
apparently for the reception of the first internmeural,as a thin
longitudinal perpendicular partition exactly fits into a noteh
between the two articulating surfaces of that bone. The trans-
verse processes of this vertebra are broadly expanded inferiorly.
and their lower edges suturally united to a pair of very large bony
plates of complex form, connecting the air-bladder with the back
of the skull.

From the anterior margin of each neurapophysis of the next
nine vertebrie springs an upward-directed process, which, in the
first of these vertebra, is almost as long as the neural spine, but
which diminishes in size on each successive vertebra.

The neural spines of the first two of these vertebra are bifid.

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

The single specimen from which the above description is taken
was brought from the Colorado River, at the junction of the Gila,
and was sent to the museum of the California Academy of
Sciences by John E. Curry, Esq., Civil Engineer.

It is said that the species is not uncommon in the locality from
which this specimen was procured, and it is much to be regretted
that we have only this example, especially since it is greatly
damaged by the extraction of the large inter-neural some two
years ago. The air-bladder is destroyed, so that it is impossible
to tell whether it agrees with the other species of Catostomus, in
having that organ divided into two portions. The extremities of
the fins are also much broken, and the shape of the body distorted.

DIMENSIONS.
; INCHES
Total length, : : ‘ ‘ . : adel Ie
Length to base of caudal, . 3 E 3 ~ 9 848
Greatest depth, about. 2 ; : j 1 & Oe
Length of head, . : ; : : : oe ee
top of head, ‘ i , ; rah ee
e snout, from eye, . ; ; ; odo daly
Longitudinal diameter of eye, . ; : : ty
Inter-ocular width, : t . ; 3 Pcl
Depth of head, at ‘front of eye, . : : 135
Snout, from front of nostrils, Tatra - : 33
Tip of snout to origin of dorsal, in a straight line, 42
Length of base of dorsal, . . I ; 2 ds
Height of longest dorsal ray, : : : . > 143
Tip of snout to anterior portion of pectoral base, 242
Length of pectoral fin, L _ 20 f , Jo Qa
Tip of snout to anterior portion of ventrals, . Ose
Length of ventrals, _. : : ¥ : 4 pls
pe anal base, . ; : ; : ; s
$f longest anal ray, . 3 : ; woe
Tip of snout to origin of anal, . : : Se Oe
Width of candal peduncle, . ; i 5 : 33
Length of first interneural, . senators 4 ; 13
Height of “ Ee ; : : ’ ; 23

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION OF THE ACADEMY
OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

6 2 1 Gy Aap Mr he

——

May 28, 1877.

A New Polariscope.—Mr. H. C. Lewis remarked that a cheap
and accurate polariscope for the measurement of the optic-axial
divergence in minerals had long been a desideratum among min-
eralogists. He wished to direct attention to an instrument for this
purpose, lately made for him by Queen & Co., of this city, which
had proved very satisfactory. The light was polarized by reflec-
tion from a plate of black glass, converged upon the rotating stage
by two sets of adjustable lenses, and analyzed by a Nicol’s prism.
A graduated circle of steel, having through its axis a sliding
forceps, is fastened at right angles to the stage. A pointer records
* the amount of rotation of the forceps. The mineral to be examined
is either held in the forceps or is attached by a drop of oii toa
piece of thin glass which is held in the same way. Cross-hairs are
fixed below the eye piece, and the measurement of the divergence
of the optic axes is performed in-the usual way. The instrument
was found to work admirably and could be recommended. The
adjustments were made quickly and the axial divergence could
be determined to within 30’. It is simple, absorbs but little light,
and gives good results even with very small fragments of miner rals.

A Garnet with Inverted Crystallization—Myr. Lewis ex-
hibited a garnet which he had found in Germantown, and stated
that it showed a very perfect example of inverted crystallization.
Its form was a perfect trapezohedron except that one octant was
depressed, its‘apex lying within the crystal, one-half way towards
the centre. The re-entrant angles corresponded in position with
the trihedral edges on the opposite octant of the crystal. The
garmet was an isolated one found ina matrix of gneiss. Atten-
tion was called to the fact that such inverted cry stallization was
apparently more common in the isometric than in other systems
of crystallization and comment was made upon the cause of such
phenomena.

JUNE 25, 1877.

Change of Serpentine into Quartz.—Mr. TuHEropore D. RAanp
described and presented specimens showing the change of ser-

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

pentine into quartz, very strikingly shown near a quarry of
serpentine rock on the farm of John Stacker, about a third of a
mile N. W. of Radnor Station, P. R. R., Delaware Co., Pa.

The outerop of the serpentine is accompanied by a rock, locally
called “ Ironstone,” which however is a cellular quartz, generally
stained by oxide of iron. It occurs as loose masses in the soil,
generally of small size, but sometimes of over a hundred pounds
weight ; the cavities are frequently lined with drusy quartz. This
rock is of common occurrence in connection with serpentine belts,
but that it has arisen from a decomposition of the serpentine,
has, he believed, not been observed elsewhere. On the south side of
Stacker’s quarry a Tew feet below the original surface of the ground,
is a bed of soft serpentine much cracked; a foot or two above,
these cracks are found lined with chalcedonic quartz, of paper-like
thinness ; above, the quartz thickens, the serpentine becomes more
and more decomposed, until near the surface the quartz only re-
mains, with the cavities empty, or filled with what appears to be
oxide of iron with alumina. It is an instance of pseudomorphism
on a large scale, the progress of which can be traced, step by
step, from almost unaltered serpentine to almost pure quartz.

Well-water.—In this connection the analysis of the water of a
well 50 feet deep in the serpentine, about 400 hundred feet from
the quarry, but under the same quartz outcrop, may not be
uninteresting.

In a gallon of 70,000 grains,—mean of three analyses :—

Grains, per Gall. Parts in 1,000,000.

Silica, : ; 5 : » 2.153 39.3
Magnesia, ; ; ; - » 1.262 18.
Lime, ; : : ; season 3.7
Peroxide of Ironand Alumina,. — .577 8.2
Sulphuric Acid, | . 4 peeriaa is) | 58)
Chlorine, . : : : per riel be? Lag
5.665 80.8

A New Locality for Siderite—Mr. H. C. Lewis announced
Dunbar, Fayette Co., Penna., as a new locality for Siderite. It
there occurs in finely crystallized specimens in the interior of
nodules of amorphous Siderite. These nodules or concretions
are of various and often curious shapes. Doubly terminated
limpid quartz crystals and minute but very perfect crystals of
Pyrite are associated with those of Siderite, forming handsome
specimens.

Magnetite Markings in Muscovite—Mr. Lewis made some
remarks on the markings in the Muscovite of Brandywine
Hundred, Delaware. He proved that these markings were Mag
netite, by exhibiting their attractability by the magnet, and said

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243

that in order to exhibit this properly, the section must be
exceedingly thin. Hestated that an opticalexamination had proved
that the direction of the main lines of the markings corresponded
with or was at right angles to that of the crystallographic axes of
the Muscovite. He exhibited a plate of the mica shown distinctly
to be a twin by the two different groupings of Magnetite markings.
Examination in the polariscope confirmed this structure. Thus,
frequently, the crystalline structure of the mica and the direction
of its axes may be ascertained by an inspection of these markings
alone. It appeared, therefore, that the form and direction of the
markings was determined, not by independent crystallization of
the Magnetite forming them, but in part at least by the Muscovite
from which it had probably been derived. These markings are, in
some respects, pseudomorphs after Muscovite. He thought that
the statement in Dana’s Mineralogy (p. 150), referring to these
markings, that “the branching at angles of 60° indicates com-
position parallel to a dodecahedral face,’ was misleading, implying
that this form was produced by an inherent property of the Mag-
netite, and not, as he thought now appears, by the crystalline
structure of the Muscovite.

SEPTEMBER 24, 1877.

A New Locality for Asbolite—Mr. Lewis stated that he had
‘found Asbolite at Flourtown, Montgomery Co., a new locality for
this mineral. It is found in iron ore mines as an incrustation
upon Psilomelane. It is of a bluish-black color, is as soft as
graphite, and gives a shining streak when scratched by the nail.
The blowpipe indicates a considerable percentage of cobalt.

A New Locality for Fluorite—Mr. W. W. JEFFERIS stated
that a few days since he was shown a massive specimen of Fluor-
spar of a deep purple color, which was found in the limestone
near the village of Howellville, in Tredyffrin Township, Chester
County, Pa. This is the third locality of fluor in this county.

Epidote in Molybdenite—Mr. Lewis mentioned that while
examining some Molybdenite from Frankford, Phila., he had
found plates of a transparent hard mineral, of a light greenish-
yellow color, somewhat resembling Wulfenite, occurring in thin
layers and minute scales between the folie of the Molybdenite,
and sometimes coating it as a thin film. It was not until after a
careful examination that it was proved to be Epidote in an
unusual form and situation.

OcTOBER 22, 1877.

A New Locality for Millerite——Mr. Toro. D. RAND announced
the discovery of Millerite in Dolomite, from the Soapstone quarry
on the Schuylkill, in Philadelphia, near the Montgomery County
line. It occurred in capillary crystals in cavities of the Dolomite.

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

THE OPTICAL CHARACTERS OF SOME MICAS.
BY HENRY CARVILL LEWIS.

For the determination of the true characters of the micas—a
class of minerals rapidly gaining in importance—a knowledge of
their optical characters is almost as necessary as is that of their
chemical composition. The optical is certainly the most ready
method of determination. The investigation here recorded is but
a partial one,and it is hoped that in the future it may be extended
so as to include most of the American micaceous minerals. The
measurements, have been made for the most part upon minerals
which have never been optically examined, and are chiefly Ameri-
can. <A few foreign species have been introduced for comparison.
The micas examined. are largely those in the collection of the
Academy. Others were either in the writer’s collection or have
been kindly given him by friends. The source from which each
specimen has been obtained is noted in the tables given below.

The polariscope used was made by Queen & Co., of this city,
and was described before this Section at its meeting last May.
It reads to within 30’. The figures given below represent the
mean apparent optic-axial angular divergence for white light. As
the angle is somewhat different in different specimens and some-
times even in different portions of the same plate, the figures must
be regarded as only approximate. In each case they represent
amean of a number of separate measurements, and collectively
are the result of over 1600 such measurements.

Phlogopite.
1. Sussex Co., N. Y. Hexagonal crystals, yellow,
transparent. (Acad. Nat. Sci.) CO
2. Burgess, Ont., Can. Clear brown. (A. N.S.) 6°45’.
3. N. Shore of Rideau Lake, Burgess, Can. Angle
variesinsame piece. Clear brown. (J.Willcox.) 6°-12°

4, Hammond, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. Clear yellow.
Hyperbolas closer in the centre than they are
near the edges of the crystals. Crystals are
sometimes uniaxial in the centre and biaxial at
each end, while the plane of the optic axes at

1880, ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

one end is at right angles to that
at the other end, viz. :

One crystal had angle at centre,
7°30’, angle at edge, 11°15’.
AW IN, i.)

245

10°40’.

5. Jefferson Co.;N.Y. Brownish-yellow. (A. N.S.) 11°21/-12°50’.

6. Vrooman’s Lake, Jefferson Co.,N. Y. Wine-yel-

low. (A.N.S.) > 12°46’.
7. Oxboro’, Jefferson Co., N. Y. Light yellow.
(A. N.S.) 13°19'.
8. Ottey Lake, Burgess, C. W. Brown hexagonal
crystals. (W. W. Jefferis). 13°20’
A crystal from the same locality (J, Willcox)
gave for the outer part of crystal, 13°41’;
centre of crystal, 11°23’.
9. Calumet Is., Canada. Greenish-yellow, transpar-
ent.) (A. N.S.) ~ -13°20'-149187,

‘10. New Hampshire. Reddish-brown, similar to

Darby Biotite ; nearly uniaxial in thin plates. 13°10/-17°.

11. Sparta, N. J. Dark brown; by reflected light
nearly black.

12. Vrooman’s Lake, Jefferson Co., N. Y. Clear
pale yellow. Some crystals show identical
phenomena with those from Hammond, St.
Lawrence Co.

13. St. Denis. “ Plumose mica:’ brown: thick,
nebulous hyperbolas.

14. Warwick, N. Y. Dark green; cleaving into
rhombs; often mistaken for Biotite. .

15. Pope’s Mills, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. Deep
reddish-brown. (W. W. Jefferis.)

16. Vesuvius. Black by reflected light, dark red-
dish-brown in thin plates. With icespar:
very opaque. (A. N.S.)

Clark’s Hill, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. Brown.
(W. W. Jefferis. )

18. Kennett Square, Del. Co., Pa. Brown; in lime-

stone.

19. Edwards, N. Y. Pearly white. (W. W. Jefferis).

20. Rossie, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. Yellowish-
brown. (A. N.S.)

L7

14°20’,

15°10’.

15°20’.
15°30’.

15°52’.

bo po bo
oo OF

31.

oO em WwW De

2. Clark’s Hill, near Rossie, N. Y.

» pwossie, Ni.

. Antwerp, N. Y.
. Culsagee, N. C. White.
. Vesuvius.
» Darby, Del. Co., Pa.
3. Delaware Co., Pa.

. Scotland.
. Rossie, N. Y. Brown.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

. S. Burgess, Can. Large brown crystal, purple
on edges. (A. N. 8.)

Brownish-
yellow. (A.N.S.)

. Clark’s Mills, N. Y. Light brown, transparent :
(probably identical with Nos. 17, 20, 22).
CA. IN. S:)

. Canada. Asteriated Phlogopite.

. S. Burgess. Clear yellow-brown. (A. N.S.)

. Burgess, C.W. Yellowish-brown crystals, with
secondary cleavage along diagonal. (W. W.
Jefferis).

. Rossie, N. Y. Black by reflected, reddish-
brown by transmitted light. (A. N.S.)
. Vesuvius. Black, crumbling, very opaque,

mixed with black hornblende. (A.N. 8.)
. Burgess, C. W. Asteriated, not transparent,
silvery-brown. (A. N.S.)

Black by reflected, dark brown

by transmitted light. Contains apatite. (A.
N.S.)

Chester Co., Pa.
wrong’; probably from Rossie, N. Y.
INCTS:)

. Alamutchie, N. J. Clear reddish-brown. (Frankl.

Inst.)

. Van Arsdale’s Quarry, Bucks Co., Pa.

brown; with graphite, ete.

Feebly asteriated; locality
(A.

Red-

Biottte.

White, silver mica.
Greenish-white.

Easton, Pa.

White.

Deep red.
Crystal in muscovite ; black
by reflected, brownish-red by transmitted light.
Brown.

05.

Probably several of these Biotites have an angle of 1°-2°.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

Lepidomelane.
Arendal, Norway. Black; uniaxial. eo
Frankford, Phila. Black ; uniaxial. 0°.
Muscovite.
1. Brunswick, Me. Bright green scales. (A. N.S.) 56°25’.
2. Pennsbury, Pa. (A. N.S.) 56°50".
8. Vesuvius. With adularia. (A. N.S.) 59°20’.
4. Dutton’s Mills, Del. Co., Pa. (J. M. Cardeza.) 60°.
5. St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. Greenish-white, plu-

mose radiated crystals, showing Airy’s spirals.

(A. N.S.) 602407.
6. Darby, Phila., Pa. Small scales in gneiss. EOL’.
7. Siberia. (A. N.S.) 63°.
8. Germantown, Phila. Smoky brown, clearcrystals. 63°4’,
9. Plainfield, Conn. Margarodite. Contains 5 p. c.
of water. 63°15’.
10. Poorhouse, Del. Co., Pa. 63°47’.
11. Germantown, Pa. 64°23’.
12. Germantown, Pa. Containing enclosed crystals
of a black, uniaxial mica. 64°30’.
13. Frankford, Pa. In hornblende rock: in calcite.
with fluorite and epidote. (T. D. Rand). 64°50’.
14. Falls of Schuylkill, Phila. In hornblende rock. 65°.
15. Cumberland, England. ‘*Nacrite.” (A. N.S.) 65°.
16. Goyaz, Brazil. (A. N.S.) 65°50’.
17. Brandywine Hundred, Del. Containing mag-

netite markings. 65°-67°30’.
After heating until it whitens, it has an
angle of 49°.

. Litchfield, Me. (A. N.S.) 65°-68°34’,
. Portland, Conn. 66°.
. Southern Colorado. dentical with mica of

Pennsbury, Pa., and Brandywine Hundred,

Del., having magnetite markings. 66°7'.
. Grafton, N. H. 66°12’.
. Chandler’s Hollow, Del. (J. M. Cardeza.) 66°40".
. Black Hills, Wyoming. (A. N. 8.) 66°48".
. Zinnwald, Bohemia. (A. N. 8.) 66°51".

5. Buncombe Co., N.C. (A. N.S.) 67°30".

bo
vi

sz

bo bo bo
Mm -=-I

wo bo
co

Oo

bo

—

to

Ot we Od

oF

£)

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Germantown, Pa. Large silvery plates.

. Dixon’s Quarry, Del. Pale green.

. Connecticut. Green scales. (A. N.S.)

. Georgetown, Col.

Upland, Del. Co., Pa. Pale green. (J. M.
Cardeza.)

Germantown, Pa. Pale green.

- Chester Co., Pa. (A.N.S.)

. Westchester Co., N. Y.

. Fabyans, White Mountains, N. H.

. Glacier of the Aar, Switz. (A. N.S.)

. Trumbull, Conn. Margarodite.

. Paris, Me. Rose-color. (A. N. 8.)

r1sso.

67°30’.
67°45/.
67°45/.

68°.

69°19’.
69°38’.
69°45’,
70°14’.
71°30’.
74°10’.

we
6CMe"

Where not otherwise indicated, the above muscovites are of a
clear yellowish-brown tint.

Lepidolite.

. Altenberg, Saxony. With Pyenite; sometimes

distorted. (A. N.S.)

. Zinnwald, Bohemia. Often very irregular. On

different parts of the same piece the angle
varies from 34°30’ to 51°30’. (A. N. 8.)

. Paris, Me. Much distorted; several axes. (A.

N. 8.)

. Middletown, Conn,

Tale.

. Lafayette, above Manayunk, Pa. Exfoliating:

fan-shaped crystals: images much distorted.

. Lafayette, Pa. Clear.

. Lafayette, Pa. Foliated tale; distorted images.
- Harford Co., Md. White.

. Shetland Is. Clear pale green, sometimes nearly

uniaxial.
Pyrophyllite.
Westana, Sweden.

Serpentine.

= a

49°30’

60°,
66°.

12°40’.
15°,
15”.

as | age

17°.

106°51’.

Chrysotile from Chester Co., Pa., shows strong double refraction
when the fibres make an angle of 45° with the plane of polariza-

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

tion of the instrument. Bissectrix apparently parallel to the
fibres. Probably orthorhombic. Common serpentine and Wil-
liamsite show no double refraction.

Damourite.

1. Culsagee, N.C. Inscales: analyzed by Koenig.

(F. A. Genth.) 66°17/+.
2. Unionville, Pa. ‘“ Emerylite:” irregular hyper-
bolas. (A. N.S.) G9°35/te.
3. Unionville, Pa. On corundum. 72°.
4. Unionville, Pa. ‘‘ Corundellite.” (J. M. Car-
deza. ) 128.
5. Horsjoberg, Sweden. (T. D. Rand.) F2R25’.
6. Chester Co., Pa. “‘ Margarite:” irregular, show-
ing sometimes four hyperbolas. (A. N. 8.) 72°30’.
7. Haywood, N. C. “Altered from corundum.” (F.
A. Genth ) T2.
8. Unionville, Pa. Analyzed by Sharpless. (F. A.
Genth.) 74°10’.
9. Unionville, Pa. Analyzed by Koenig. (F. A.
Genth.) {4°15'.
10. Newtown, Conn. With Cyanite. 74°24’,
11¢,Newlin, Chester Co. ‘“ Margarite.” (A. N.S.) 19°50".

It is evident that the minerals labelled Emerylite, Corundellite,
Margarite, etc., are all Damourite.

Huphyllite.
1. Chester Co., Pa. (A. N.S.) 375490.
2. Unionville, Pa. “Original.” (F. A. Genth.) 36°30’.

A thicker piece in which the hyperbolas were very dim, had an
angle of 45°.
This result is interesting, as the optical angle given by Silliman
is 719°,
Cookeite.

Paris, Me. In small scales. 42°40’.
17

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Vermiculite.

. E. Nottingham, Chester Co., Pa. Hallite. In

green crystals: uniaxial.

Cecil Co., Md., Magnesia Quarry. Hallite. Con-
tains enclosed arrow-shaped crystals like Hal-
lite: uniaxial.

Chester Co., Pa., Brown’s Quarry. Uniaxial.
(T.D, Rand.)

. Macon Co., N.C. Maconite. In brown scales ;

uniaxial or with a divergence of 1°+. (F.
A. Genth.)

. Mineral Hill, Del. Co., Pa. Pale green. (A. N.S.)

}. Lenni, Del. Co., Pa. Brown and green; some-

times a very small optic angle occurs.

. Culsagee, N.C. Culsageeite. Yellowish-brown :

variable angle. Sometimes the angle varies
as different portions of the same piece are
moved into the field. One piece gave 9°,
and another was nearly uniaxial. The angle
given is the most constant one.

West Chester, Pa. Jefferisite. Variable angle:
a specimen gaye at one part 16°30’, and at
another 25°, the latter being the most distinct ;
a very thin piece gave 11°30’, and a thicker
piece 27°20’. Apparently the optic-angle in-
creases with the thickness of the plate. Some
good specimens gave 22°, 25°, and 28°; mean
angle probably,

9, Lafayette Soapstone Quarry, Montgomery Co.,

Pa. Brown scales in chlorite slate: constant
angle 32°-36°30’; mean,

10. Germantown, Phila. Brown plates in hornblende

rock. Optic-angle constant within 31°20/-
39°30’; the most constant angle is

(1880.

02:

02:

0°.

19°-20°.

200+.

O6P 45

It is very probable that, as suggested by Prof. Cooke, the varia-
tion in the optic-angle of the Vermiculites is caused by twinning

ro
o
—_

1830. ] - NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Ripidolite.

1. Patterson’s Quarry, Newlin Township, Chester
Co., Pa. Irregular green plates; with corun-
dum ; inclination ‘of bissectrix to normal to
cleavage plane, 5°30’: optic-axial divergence
variable on the same plate on account of twin-
ning, varying from 50° to 59°30’. (T. D.

Rand.) Generally as given. 59°30/
2. West Chester, Pa. Green plates; inclination of
bissectrix 10°: axial divergence, 78°30’.

3. Brinton’s Quarry, Chester Co., Pa. Fine clear
green plates ; inclination of bissectrix, 12°30’.
p>». Axial divergence, 82°.
4. Dudleyville, Ala. Pale rose-color; on chromite.
Inclination of bissectrix, 16°. 9 >». (F.
‘A. Genth). 94°15’.
In all of these, double refraction is feeble compared with that of
Muscovite. Itis observed that the inclination of the bissectrix
to the normal to the cleayage plane increases with the divergence
of the optic axes.
Prochlorite.

Brewster, N. Y., Tilly Foster Mine. Uniaxial. 0°.

Margarite.

1. Cullakanee, N. C. White, “altered from corun-
dum.” Irregular figures. (F. A. Genth.) 110°+

2. Chester, Mass. Rose-color, with corundum;

irregular, in some places showing four hyper-

bolas; one piece gave 89°30’. $12°45’.
3. Dudleyville, Ala. White, clear; inclination of

bissectrix, 1°=-. (F. A. Genth). 122°15’.

4. Cullakanee, N.C. White, “ altered from Zoisite.”
Inclination of bissectrix to normal to cleavage
plane, 2°+. (F. A. Genth.) 124°.
The large optic-axial divergence of Margarite readily distin-
guishes it from Damourite and other micas which resemble it. If
further observations agree in showing that the bissectrix is inclined
to the normal to the cleavage plane, it will show that Margarite
is Monoclinic and not Orthorhombic as has been supposed.

bo

or
re

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

OcTOBER 22, 1877.

A New Locality for Analcite.—Dr. A. E. Foote called atten-
tion to the fact that Analcite had been found at Falls of Schuyl-
kill,—a new locality for that mineral.

NOVEMBER 26, 1877.

On the Measurement of Plane Angles. —Mr. Lewis described a
simple and quick way of measuring plane angles in minerals, | It
was a method which he had found very useful in the measurement
of all edge angles, of cleavage and striation angles, the angles
of markings and dendrites in mica, and of other flat angles to
which a goniometer could not conveniently be applied.

A paper protractor was constructed, the radii of which, distant
each from each 1°, were continued from the circumference
to the centre. Horizontal lines, about twenty in number, are
drawn across these, parallel to the radius 0° and at right angles
to the radius 90°. These lines being parallel, the angles formed
by the intersection of any radius with each of them are equal. In
order to measure the angle of a crystal, it is laid on the protractor,
one of its edges is made parallel to a horizontal line, and then the
crystal is slid along that line until the other edge, forming with
the first the angle to be measured, becomes parallel to one of the
intersecting radii. The desired angle is now read off on the cir-
cumference of the protractor. Angles approaching 90° are read
on one of the upper horizontal lines, while those of less amplitude
are read correspondingly farther down. A magnifying lens. is
conveniently used to determine the exact coincidence of the edges
of the crystal with the lines of the protractor. Very large crys-
tals as well as crystals as small as a millimetre in diameter can be
measured in this way.

It was found that this method of measurement was very conve-
nient, and, if the protractor had been carefully made, was exact to
within 30’; while it applied to those cases in which neither the
reflective nor the hand goniometer could be used.

DECEMBER 17, 1877

On an Exfoliating Talc.—Mr. Henry Carvitt Lewis described
a variety of tale, occurring at the soapstone quarry above Mana-
yunk, which is in some respects new. It occurs in fan-like crystals
in Dolomite, and is much more similar to Pyrophyllite than to
common tale. It moreover differs from common tale by exfoliat-
ing when held in the flame of a candle or Bunsen burner, and
was, therefore, at first mistaken for Pyrophyllite. In the closed

————

1880, ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

tube it exfoliates and gives off water. In optical characters
it is identical with common talc, having been found to have an
axial divergence of about 12°40’, frequently distorted. It is
marked with striations or cleavage planes crossing at angles of 60”
and 120°.. In-this respect it is like Jefferisite or Culsageeite,
while in common tale such markings are rarely visible, and never
distinct. It has the chemical composition of tale, except that the
percentage of water is larger than usual, being 7.02 per centum.
None of this water is hygroscopic, as its weight remains constant
in a desiccator over sulphuric acid.

The water of two other tales from the same locality was deter-
mined. A massive tale which does not exfoliate in the Bunsen
burner flame or in the platinum crucible, but does so at the point
of the blowpipe flame, contains 4.23 per centum of water.

A foliated tale which is caused to exfoliate only very slightly
even in the blowpipe flame, contained 2.84 per centum of water,
and this was driven off only at an extremely high and long
continued heat.

In these three talcs, therefore, we have the interesting results:

~Y. That there is a direct ratio between the amount of combined
water and the amount of exfoliation.

2. That there is a direct ratio between the tenacity with which
the water is held and the temperature at which exfoliation occurs.

It is thought that perhaps these results may have a bearing in
an explanation of the properties of the various Vermiculites.

JANUARY 28,1878

Tin in North Carolina.—Mr. Lewis exhibited a small piece
of tin ore said to have been found in Surry Co., N. C., and which
had been handed to him for examination. It was a soft, light
earthy mass of a brown color, crumbling when pressed, which,
when held in a candle flame, became covered with small globules
of pure tin. The earthy base was a silicate of alumina, iron, and
lime, and was partially soluble in acid. The tin was reduced by
very gentle heat, far less than that required to reduce Cassiterite.
It was suggested that the tin existed in it either native or as an
ochre or hydrous oxide. No sulphides were present. It was
questioned whether the specimen exhibited was a genuine native
product.

A New Locality for Gypsum.—Mr. THeo. D. RAND announced
his discovery of gypsum, as an efflorescence upon gneiss, at a
quarry near Darby, Pa.

to
qn
cs

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

ON SIDEROPHYLLITE—A NEW MINERAL.
BY HENRY CARVILL LEWIS.

Among other interesting minerals which are found in the neigh-
borhood of Pike’s Peak, Colorado, is a hard black mica, occurring
sometimes in large and fine erystals, which the writer has been
unable to identify with any known species.

It is monoclinic, and has an eminent micaceous basal cleavape.
It has the following characters :

Hardness, 3.2. Specific gravity, 3:1... Lustre, bright micaceous.
Color, black by reflected light, and fine chrome-green by trans-
mitted light. Opaque except in very thin pieces. Streak, pale
green. Laminze very brittle. Biaxial; optic-axial divergence 10°.

In its composition it appears to be an iron-alumina mica. The
analysis here given is a mean of two made by the writer. In-one
the mineral was fused with sodic carbonate before solution, and in
the other it was dissolved in hydrochloric acid. The analyses
were performed in the usual way. Iron was estimated by solution
in sulphuric acid in a closed flask, and subsequent titration. The
percentage of alkalies was kindly determined by Mr. F. A. Genth,
Jr. The percentage of water is that given off on moderate igni-
tion. On strong ignition the mineral loses over 3 per centum of
its weight, some of the alkalies being driven off.

O ratio.

ee eee
SiO, 36.68 2.44 44 2.00
AJI,O; 20.41 1.19 3
Fe,0; ay ae 1.25 1.02
FeO 25.50 Galan
MnO 2.10 06
MgO 1.14 06
JaO 81 03 5
Na,O 1.09 03 if 1.22 1.00
Li,O 37 02
K,O 9.20 20
HE@O 1.01 a)

99.86

This gives R: Re fi=1-1: 2, and for the ratio of bases to
Silica 1:1. It is therefore a Unisilicate in which the water is
basic.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

It has the formula
S |] 0, | (4 (K. Se) +4 =),
and the symbol
R,, Ky Siz, Oy

Before the blowpipe it fuses with intumescence at about 2.5 to
a black glass. It sometimes gives a red lithia color to the flame.
It is soluble in hydrochloric and sulphuric acids, with separation
of silica. In its pyrognostie properties it is thus similar to Annite,
although Annite is less fusible. Its oxygen ratio is that of Biotite,
but the absence of magnesia, and its physical and optical proper-
ties; distinguish it from that mineral. It occurs in good crystals
back of Pike’s Peak, Colorado. Amazon-stone and Astrophyllite
occur in the vicinity. The material upon which this investigation
has been made was obtained from Dr. A. HE. Foote, of this city.

The name of Siderophyllite (cidnpes ¢gbdiov) has been given in
allusion to the large percentage of iron which it contains.

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

FEBRUARY 28, 1878.

On Sterlingite and Damourile—Mr. H. C. Lewis stated that
an optical examination of a number of American damourites had
shown that they all hada large optic-axial divergence. This angle
was generally 72°-74°. It is an angle somewhat larger than that
of muscovite, and is remarkably constant in different specimens.
On the other hand, the original damourite of Delesse has, accord-
ing to Descloiseaux, an optic-axial divergence of only 10°-12°.
No such angle has been found in any of the American damourites.
As it has been shown that damourite (“ hydro-mica”) is an im-
portant element in our rocks, and is of wide distribution and
frequent occurrence, it is essential that its characters should be
well known.

The damourite of Sterling, Mass., conforming precisely, both as
to composition and structure, with the type of American damourite,
and which Prof. Cooke has shown to have an optic-axial divergence
of 70°-+, has been named by him, Sterlingite. This distinctive
name was given solely on account of its larger optic angle. But
it appears that this large angle is characteristic of all American
damourites, and probably of many European ones.' It therefore
follows either that all of our damourites should be called Sterlingite,
or that the name should be dropped; there would otherwise be
confusion. Notwithstanding the exceptional optical character of
the mineral examined by Descloiseaux, it is thought that identity
of chemical composition and of physical properties is sufficient
reason for retaining the original name of Damourite.

" Marcu 25, 1878.

Vanadium in Philadelphia Rocks.—Mr. LEwis said that he had
discovered the presence of Vanadium in hornblendic gneiss near
Wayne Station, Germantown, The presence of sphene in that
rock suggested the search for vanadium, recent researches having
shown that this element frequently accompanies titanium. The
following method was employed for its detection. The pul-
verized rock was slowly heated in a crucible with sodic carbonate
and sulphur. After partial fusion the mass was digested in warm
water and the filtrate acidified. The precipitate was washed, ignited,
and fused with sodic carbonate and sodic nitrate. It was now
digested in water, filtered, the filtrate concentrated, and solid
ammonic chloride added. <A precipitate fell, which was found
by blowpipe and other tests to contain pure vanadium. An
exfoliating hydrous mica occurred at this locality, resulting

1 Y. ‘‘The optical characters of some Micas :’’? by H. C. Lewis, Proce.
Min. and Geol. Section, October 22, 1877.

1880. | NATURAL SCLENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257

perhaps from the alteration of hornblende, and which was believed
to be a new species, in which there was .38 per centum of oxide of
vanadium.

A New Locatity for Epsomite—Mr. Lewis reported having
found Epsomite in Sideling Hill Tunnel, E. Broad Top R. R.,
Huntington Co., Pa. It there occurs in small, colorless, acicular
erystals in an olive-colored shale in the lower part of the Vesper-
tine formation (No, X).

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

NOVEMBER 25, 1878.
THE SURFACE GEOLOGY OF PHILADELPHIA AND VICINITY.

BY HENRY CARVILL LEWIS.

At intervals during the past year the writer has been devoting
some attention to the gravels and clays of our city, and although
the work as yet is only preliminary, and is still in progress, it is
thought that a sketch of what has been done may serve to show
what an interesting field is open for more thorough investigation.
A large number of localities have been examined and many sec-
tions have been made, but it is proposed at present merely to
summarize the facts observed.

The Upland Terrace.—1. A traveller going from the city upon
the Germantown Railroad will notice in the cuttings for new
streets between Tenth and Broad Streets, and in the railroad cut
at New York Junction, numerous exposures of red or yellow
gravel, often overlaid by clay. The brickyards in the vicinity of
Nicetown expose large beds of brick-clay containing occasional
well-rounded boulders and pebbles, The land so far has been
comparatively level, and no rocks haye been seen. Just before
reaching Wayne Station, rocks rise upon both sides of the road,
the clay and gravel disappear, and a rolling wooded country is
entered. A thin covering of light micaceous soil containing no
pebbles or boulders covers the gneissic rocks from here to Chest-
nut Hill. There is a great contrast between the two regions.

2. On the Pennsylvania Railroad it will be noticed that, soon
after leaving the depot, gravel covers the rocks along the Schuyl-
kill, and as the railroad turns back from the river, a plateau of
clay follows. The Centennial grounds lie upon this clay, and
boulders are frequent. Upon reaching Fifty-seventh Street, op-
posite Belmont and George’s Hill, the hill is entered by a cut, the
rocks come to the surface, and the drift is no more seen.

3. Again, on the North Pennsylvania Railroad gravels first
appear, then, on higher ground, clay, and soon after passing Green
Lane Station, the rocky uplands, free from drift.

4, So, too, on the West Chester Railroad, gravels and clays
cover the ground up to the base of the hill on which Swarthmore
College stands. .

5. On the other hand, the New York division of the Pennsyl-
vania Railroad and the Philadelphia, Wilmington and Baltimore

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

Railroad, which run parallel with the Delaware River, do not
rise out of the region of drift.

Now, connecting by a line the four points mentioned, it will
be found to represent a long straight hill 200 feet or more in
height, having a northeast and southwest trend, parallel to the
river, and lying at a mean distance from it of about four miles.
We have traced it from Bucks County, through Philadelphia and
Delaware Counties, into the State of Delaware, and find that it
uniformly defines the western boundary of the drift. This hill is
easily recognized where uncrossed by creeks, being remarkably
straight and of uniform height. It forms the limit of tidewater,
and is recognized where it crosses streams by the occurrence of
rapids or falls. Being the first hill of importance west of the
Delaware, it often commands a fine view and is a favorite site for
residences. The geographical position of this ancient terrace
may be more exactly defined in the vicinity of Philadelphia, as
the hill which crosses Second Street Pike near Foxchase, and
crossing Tacony Creek farther south, runs nearly parallel with
it as far as Crescentville; which crosses Green Lane and New
Second Street road near the place of Mr. J. L. Fisher; crosses the
North Pennsylvania Railroad above Olney road, and the York
road below the Jewish Hospital; which cxosses Germantown
Avenue at the railroad bridge (being here called Negley’s Hill),
and running along the railroad to beyond Wayne Station, passes
back of the Germantown Cricket Ground, past Old Oaks Cemetery
to Falls of Schuylkill. Thence, passing Chamouni, Belmont, and
George’s Hill, it crosses the Pennsylvania Railroad near Heston-
ville, and Haverford Road at Haddington; passes back of the
Burd Orphan Asylum into Delaware County, and runs north of
Kelleyville, Clifton and Morton to Swarthmore College, and
thence past Village Green into Delaware. .

This hill, which is approximately parallel not only to the river,
but also to the shore of the Atlantic Ocean and to the line of
strike of the Cretaceous formations of New Jersey, forms, as we
have seen, the main dividing line between the ancient and the
modern formations.

We shall call it for convenience the Upland Terrace. The strike
of the gneiss forming it corresponds closely with the trend of the
terrace itself. A boulder-bearing clay rests upon its southeastern
slope at.a uniform elevation of 150-170 feet above mean ocean-
level. While it is true that, as will appear hereafter, there are

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

patches of an ancient gravel on high points back of it, the Upland
Terrace nevertheless remains as the most important geological
feature in southeastern Pennsylvania.

Between the Upland Terrace and the Delaware, clays and gravels
cover the rocks in a continuous sheet except where eroded away
in the neighborhood of streams. The amount of their erosion is
in some respects a measure of the age of the surface formations.
It has been noticed that these formations in the vicinity of Phila-
delphia have undergone very different amounts of erosion, the
amount of such erosion increasing as we recede from the Delaware ;
and this fact is regarded as offering evidence that the deposits are
of different ages; those lying farthest from the river and highest
in elevation being the most ancient, and those which are close to
the river, which have undergone but little erosion, being the most
modern of our surface formations. Examples of erosion of the
Philadelphia gravel may be well seen on the Philadelphia and
West Chester Railroad which crosses a number of creeks and runs
nearly parallel to the terrace for several miles. As each creek is
approached the drift! disappears and rocks come to the surface.
So on the Schuylkill, no gravel is seen on the river drive in the
East Park, but upon going back from the river and rising 100 feet
above it, as far as the East Park Reservoir, gravel appears abun-
dantly. Yet on the same river, nearer the Delaware, a newer
gravel, made of different materials, not only forms its banks but
underlies it.

Recent Alluvium.—tThe most recent of all the surface deposits
is the stiff bluish clay which covers the low ground in the southern
part of the city. The Richmond meadows and the flats of Moya-
mensing, Greenwich and Tinicum are covered by this deposit. It
is bounded by a low terrace which may be called “ The Floodplain
Terrace.” This terrace, up to which the river often comes in
times of flood, crosses South Broad Street diagonally below Moya-
mensing Avenue, and crossing the Delaware extension of the
Pennsylvania Railroad near Penrose Ferry Road, winds around
Point Breeze Park back towards the Gas Works, and passing
below Suffolk Park crosses into Delaware County. This terrace
is about ten feet above mean tide. It is the lowest and newest of
all the terraces and is formed of the next older formation, the
“River gravel.” The mud or clay lying between this terrace and

1 The term ‘‘drift’’ here includes all superficial formations of whatever age.

w

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

the river is too stiff to be useful for brickmaking. Blackened
fragments of twigs, roots and leaves are frequent in it, and it is
said that trunks of the white cedar abound in it in some places.
There is here an indication that these beds are sinking and that,
as. on the Atlantic coast, the water is encroaching. Frequently
a good peat covers the clay.

The River Gravel.—Forming the Floodplain Terrace and lying
back of it, is a light sand and gravel free from clay, which may
be designated the “‘ River Gravel,” since it formed the ancient river
bed... It is composed of a light micaceous sand made from the
wear of gneissic rocks, overlying a clean, loose gravel, whose peb-
bles are composed of the rocks which form the river bottom farther
north. The pebbles are generally flattened and are composed of
gneiss, Triassic red shale, Triassic argillite, etc. It is of a gray
color, white quartz pebbles being comparatively scarce. It under-
lies the river to a great depth and formsislands init. Frequently
large boulders lie upon the river gravel. Bridesburg and the
Lazaretto are built upon it. The sand is used for building pur-
poses. It is bounded by the “ River Gravel Terrace,” a terrace
rising some twenty feet above mean tide, and which is capped by
the red gravel and brick-clay about to be described, while rocks
are frequently exposed at its base. The Chester Branch of the
Reading Railroad lies below this terrace, and the present line of
the Philadelphia, Wilmington and Baltimore Railroad is above it.

The Red Gravel and Brick-Clays.—The built-up portion of the
city stands upon an extensive deposit of brick-clay and gravel,
sections of which are exposed in every cutting. The brick-clay
invariably overlies the gravel, and will therefore be first described.
By far the finest exposures of brick-clay are those on either side
of Long Lane, in the “ Neck.’’ The clay here is very compact,
free from sand and gravel, and is often 15 feet or more in depth.
Loam. lies above it, and is mixed with it for brick-making. Well-
rounded boulders of Potsdam, Medina, Trias, etc., are frequent.
The whole lies upon some 20 feet of stratified gravel. It is a
much finer and deeper clay than that of the northern part of the
city, as at Nicetown. It is interesting to note that while the clay
which is farthest from the Upland Terrace and lowest in elevation
is purest and deepest, on the other hand that near the terrace
and more than 100 feet above the river is both shallow and sandy,
It suggests that the former was deposited in deep water and the
latter near the shore. At the base of the terrace the clay is but

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

two or three feet deep. The boulders of the Nicetown clay are
similar to those of the Neek clay, except in the fact that in the
latter there are numerous rounded and sharp fragments of triassic
red shale, while in the former boulders of that material are very
searee. The boulders of both clays are invariably derived from a
northern source. No shells or organic remains have as yet been
noticed in this formation.

Seneath the clay, and often unconformable with it, is the Phila-
delphia red gravel. It is a clayey gravel which packs well and is
much used on roads, and whose red color is caused by the ferru-
ginous clay in which the pebbles are imbedded. The pebbles are
composed of all kinds of rock and are not flattened as are those in
the river gravel. The predominant material is white quartz, but
pebbles of all other materials, as conglomerate, sandstone, fossil-
iferous hornstone, flint, red shale, etc., are numerous. Stratifica-
tion is observed in almost every section exposed. Good sections
of gravel are seen near the University of Pennsylvania. It has
here an elevation of about 50 feet, and comes to the surface of the
ground with but a very slight covering of clay. The gravel is
here over 15 feet deep, and as it is in some respects a typical
exposure, a section is herewith presented,

Ft. Fie. 1.
3 BRICK-CLAY.

10 RED GRAVEL.
J BLACK GRAVEL.
5 YELLOW GRAVEL.
3 MICACEOUS SAND.
1 BOULDERS.

DECOMPOSED GNEISS.

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

It will be noticed, in the first place, that the clay lies in the
form of crests and hollows upon the gravel. This is almost inva-
riably the ease. Beautiful examples of wave motion may be seen
at Twenty-eighth Street and Columbia Avenue, at Tenth and
Tioga, at Fifteenth and Clearfield Streets,and in Fairmount Park.
In each of these we have apparently the action of a rushing flood
of water upon the gravel. Often the clay lies ina kind of pot-hole
in the gravel, and a concentric structure of clayrand pebbles can
be seen. The following section, at Twenty-eighth Street and
Columbia Avenue, shows six well-marked waves of gravel and
clay, the clay always filling the hollows between the crests of

gravel.
Fig. 2.

sajnaweLlafer a
cpm eke

The approximate dimensions of the waves are given in the
diagram. Along the line of contact between clay and gravel there
are alternate streaks of fine and coarse gravel.

A very beautiful example of water action is exposed at Fifteenth
and Clearfield Streets, in a cut about 100 feet in length (Fig. 3).

' The second point to be noticed in the section near the Univer-
sity is the stratification of the gravel, and its division into layers
of three different colors,—red, black and yellow. It is instructive
to note that this division is by no means a local one, but exists
along a line of about equal elevation (60 to 80 feet above ocean level),
in widely separated parts of the city. While the colors are of
course due simply to different States of oxidation of the iron, the
fact that they mark continuous deposits through long distances,
indicates a uniformity in the condition of deposition which could
be due only to the presence of a large body of water.

In the third place, the section (Fig. 1) shows the important fact
that the gravel rests, not upon a hard floor of rock, as is usual with
the driftin more northern States, but upon a completely decomposed
gneiss. This is universally the case in every section examined in
the vicinity of Philadelphia. In no case does the gravel rest upon

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

unaltered rock, except possibly in the
vicinity of streams where the water has
eroded away the soft rock. In such posi-
tions, however, the gravel also is usually
eroded, except in the case of the “ River
gravel” proper. It will be observed that
a sharp stratified micaceous sand, made up
of the materials of the decomposed gneiss,
and often showing “flow and plunge”
structure, lies below the gravel. In the
section given, a well-rounded boulder of a
lower Silurian sandstone is seen partially
imbedded in the decomposed gneiss. This
fact offers two interesting deductions :—

(1.) That the gneiss was decomposed
before the deposition of the gravel.

(2.) That water, not ice, was the agent
of such deposition.

(1.) As additional evidence in support
of the first deduction, it has been observed
in several sections that portions of the de-
composed gneiss have been taken up and
interstratified in horizontal layers, either
with the gneissic sand, or with the gravel
itself. That the steeply-dipping decom-
posed gneiss should be thus re-stratified, as
though by a flood, and that, on the other
hand, no such phenomena are ever observed
in undoubted glaciated regions, can only be
explained upon the assumption that the
gneiss was decomposed before the Glacial
epoch. That such decomposition took
place in a yet earlier geological age, will be
indicated below under a description of the
“ Bryn Mawr gravel.”

(2.) Absence of a glacier in this region
is indicated by the wave-like junction of
gravel and clay, by the stratification of the
gravel, and by the presence of decomposed
gneiss. No polished surfaces of rock have

+14 001 .

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

ever been observed in this region, although the occasional slicken-
sides upon the gneiss in some quarries has been mistaken for
glacial striz. Frequently the lower yellow gravel is replaced by
a yellow sand more or less fine, which is used for building purposes ;
and in this there are often good examples both of oblique lamination
and of “flow and plunge;”—structures attributable to flowing
water. Examples may be seen on the North Penna. R. I. and in
the East Park. The boulders of both clay and gravel, if not
brought down by water alone, have been dropped by floating ice.
The absence of life in either deposit indicates that the water was
too cold to support it.

The conclusion is therefore forced upon us that, during the
melting of the great Northern Glacier, whose southern terminus
crossed the river probably near Belvidere, the flooded Delaware,
then a great torrent five or ten miles wide and at least 150 feet
deeper than it is now, deposited at first gravels and afterwards,
when quieter, clays; while floating ice carried down already rounded
boulders and dropped them upon its bed.

The aniform elevation of the edge of the clay at the base of
the Upland Terrace can hardly be accounted for upon another
hy pothesis.

The presence of an actual glacier over this region has, however,
been brought forward as the only explanation of our surface
deposits. ‘Thus, in a recent paper,! the author, after inspection
of a gravel opening in West Philadelphia, concludes “that this
belt of drift deposit is no other than a glacial moraine formed by

.the Schuylkill glacier receding from the site of the city.” He
adds, ‘‘ the surface of the gneiss where laid bare is comparatively
smooth, and shows evidence of having been polished, though so
soft as not to retain the marks of glaciation.” ‘To us the very
locality described (Forty-fifth and Spruce) offers strong evidence
of the absence of all glacial action. The gravel, containing no
seratched pebbles, is horizontally stratified and shows flow and
plunge structure ; while the underlying decomposed gneiss, so far
from being polished, is seen in several places to have been taken
up by the swiftly flowing water and mingled with the gravel which
it bore along, so that several layers of decomposed gneiss, each
about half an inch in thickness, and soon dying out, alternate with
the lower portion of the gravel.

1 “On Glacial Deposits at W. Phila.,’’ Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Nov , 1875.
18

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

It has been supposed that the bending over of the outcrops of
steeply-dipping rocks, sometimes observed near Philadelphia, has
been caused by the pressure of a glacier. A very beautiful example
of such broken and bent-over strata is seen in a quarry at Edge
Hill. That such phenomena are to be explained, not by glacial
agencies, but by the force of gravity only,—being the gradual
sliding-down-hill of the soil known as “ creep,”—is shown by the
facts, (1) that such bending over is always towards a lower eleva-
tion,—down hill; (2) that on the two slopes of the same hill the
strata have been seen to be bent over in opposite directions.
Thus at various points along the long ridge of altered Primal
slates known as Edge Hill, the slates on one slope are bent towards
the south, and on the other towards the north. <A similar fact
has been noticed in the gneiss forming the Upland Terrace.
Moreover, such bending of the strata often occurs in regions quite
free from drift.

If, as we have conjectured, the Delaware Valley was filled with
a large body of water when the drift was deposited, it is reason-
able to suppose that the Schuylkill also was of far greater size, and
that some boulders would be brought down the valley of that
stream. Here again facts sustain the hypothesis. In the gravel
taken from the excavation for the East Park Reservoir, associated
with Triassic red shale and other boulders, we have found partially
worn fragments of chlorite slate containing octagonal crystals of
magnetite, evidently derived from the steatite quarry at Lafayette,
six miles above on the Schuylkill. At Twenty-eighth Street and
Columbia Avenue is a large boulder of trap, identical with that of
the trap-dyke which crosses the Schuylkill River at Conshohocken.

It thus appears that during the Glacial epoch the waters of the
Schuylkill emptied into those of the Delaware at Falls of Schuyl-
kill, the city proper being entirely submerged.

Before closing our account of the Philadelphia red gravel—the
“ University gravel,” as it might be called for distinction—it will
be necessary to say a word as to what occurs on the New Jersey
side of the river. If we are correct in ascribing this gravel and
brick-clay to a flooded river valley, similar deposits at the same
elevation must be found on both sides of the river. Although we
have been able to do but very little work upon this point in that —
State, it has been observed: (1) That there is a sand at Camden
near the river, similar to the sand of the ‘‘ River gravel” of lower

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

Philadelphia ; (2) that at a higher elevation there are deposits of
superficial yellow brick-clay quite distinct from the underlying
plastie clays; (3) that boulders identical with those on this side
of the river occur in the brick-clay ; (4) that a stratified red gravel
containing Triassic shale, and similar to the University gravel
occurs; and, (5) that there are indications of the existence of a
Terrace, several miles from the river, bounding the brick-clay and
its boulders, and composed of an older, and probably oceanic,
gravel and sand. }

The Fossiliferous Gravel.—There seems to be evidence that
between the Upland Terrace and the River Gravel Terrace there
is an intermediate terrace, back of which is a gravel somewhat
different from the Philadelphia red gravel. It is characterized by
comparative absence of Triassic red shale, and by the presence of
numerous pebbles of flint, hornstone, or limestone, which are fre-
quently fossiliferous. These pebbles, as well as those of white
quartz, are not fresh-looking, but are eaten and weather-worn by
age. In both its position and its appearance it is an older forma-
tion than the red gravel. It is of a yellowish color, becoming
white when exposed to the weather, and is more sandy than the
red gravel. For these reasons it is less esteemed for road-making.
_ The Germantown Railroad cuts through this gravel at New York
Junction, We have found here pebbles containing Cyathophyl-
loid corals, Favosites, a Trilobite, etc. The Connecting Railroad
at Ridge Avenue Station cuts through the same gravel, and here
we have found Strophomena, etc. Other fossils have been found
below the clay in the East Park and at the Centennial Grounds.

This gravel is found on the high level plateau which lies at the
base of the Upland Terrace, and is covered by more recent brick-
clay. It lies farther from the river and at a higher elevation than
the red gravel, and there is a decided rise in the ground from the
latter to the former. This terrace has been observed in many
places near and in the city, but has not as yet been traced con-
tinuously, and its existence is doubtful. Nearly all the brick-yards
in the city, except those in the “ Neck,” lie upon this gravel and
back of this terrace, which lies at a mean distance of about a mile
inside of the Upland Terrace. It seems as though the flood,
diminishing in breadth, had eroded away the clay within this ** Red
Gravel Terrace.”’ The red gravel comes to the surface, with
very little overlying clay, at elevations below about 100 feet;
while at a higher elevation is the brick-yard plateau.

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880-

The Pennsylvania Hospital for the Insane stands upon the hill
forming this inner gravel Terrace. | Its course is somewhat parallel
to the main Upland Terrace, and it crosses Walnut Street near
Fiftieth Street, and Broad Street near the Reading Coal Road eross-
ing. In Prof. Rogers’ Geological Map of Pennsylvania, where a
rough attempt is made to represent the boundary of the drift, the
line in one place corresponds quite closely with what we have pre-
sumed to be the ‘t Red Gravel Terrace ;” but it appears that in most
places in that map the boundary is meant to be merely a hypoth-
etical one. While the existence of this inner terrace is yet doubt-
ful,and whileit is probable that red gravel will be found above itand
fossiliferous gravel below it, yet nothing has yet appeared to con-
trovert the assumption that the latter gravel is older than the
former. How much older, and whether of oceanic or of fresh-
water origin, is not yet determined. Here, again, a study of the
New Jersey gravels will be of assistance.

The Branehtown Clay.—Having now described the surface
deposits lying between the Delaware River and the Upland Ter-
race, it remains to point out the existence of some isolated patches
of gravel and clay which have been noticed on some of the hills
back of and above this terrace.

In the village of Branchtown, on a plateau 250 feet above the
river, there is a local deposit of brick-clay lying in an oblong belt
running N. E. and 8. W., perhaps a mile in length and an eighth
of a mile in breadth. That it is not a clay formed in place by
decomposition of the gneiss is shown by the presence in it of
pebbles and rounded boulders of foreign rocks. The smaller
pebbles consist of quartz, and the larger of a friable quartz sand-
stone, probably Potsdam. Not a single fragment of Triassic red
shale, and not a single pebble of flint or fossiliferous rock was
found: and in this it is distinguished from any deposit heretofore
described. Nor were any of the pebbles formed of the materials
of the bed of the Delaware River. Numerous sharp fragments, often
six inches square, of white or yellow siliceous sandstone and of
brown jaspery quartzite, both probably of lower Silurian age, were
found. The peculiar conglomerate described below as “Mt. Holly
Conglomerate” does not occur. Decomposed: gneiss: lies below
the clay, which is two to three feet deep. The presence of sharp and
rounded boulders of a rock in place farther north suggests an
overland flood during glacial times; but the complete absence of

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269

all traces of Triassic red shale, a formation of large extent six miles
north of here, over which such a flood must have passed, is difficult
to explain upon that hypothesis. This belt of clay, which may be
called for convenience the “ Branchtown clay,” extends 8. W.
to Chelton Avenue and Chew Street, in Germantown, and to the
N. E. to Limekiln Pike and City Line Road, and is the site of
several brickyards. The clay plateau is bounded on the N. W. by
a hill 325 feet high. Doubtless this clay will be found in other
places, when more light will be thrown upon its origin and age.

The Bryn Mawr Gravel.—Upon the summits of some of the
highest hills in the eneissie region back of Philadelphia, at a mean
distance of about nine miles from the river, and at elevations of from
325 to 450 feet above it, there are isolated patches of an ancient
gravel, different from any yet described, to which we have given the
provisional name of ‘The Bryn Mawr Gravel.” It can always
be recognized by the presence of sharp or partially rounded frag-
ments of a hard, heavy iron sandstone or conglomerate. Such
fragments are often covered by a brownish-black iron glaze. More
than ten years ago, the writer noticed in the soil of the upper part of
Germantown, pieces of this conglomerate, unlike any known rock,
and it is only of late that its origin has been suspected. It con-
sists of well-rounded pebbles of quartzite or siliceous sandstone
cemented by iron into a stone which is often very hard. This
conglomerate is found in occasional fragments upon ground over
300 feet high, but is not found in abundance until an elevation of
over 400 feet is reached. At these highest points it occurs in a
red gravel whose pebbles are identical with those of the conglom-
erate.

One of such points is near Chestnut Hill, on the City Line
Road at its highest elevation, near Willow Grove Road. Here,
nearly nine miles from the river and 425 feet above it, is a patch
of this gravel and conglomerate. The larger pebbles and boulders,
like those of the Branchtown Clay, consist of a friable quartzite
sandstone or a jaspery quartzite. Sharp fragments of quartzite
are numerous; but there are no traces either of Triassie red shale,
of fossiliferous pebbles, or of rounded pebbles of the underlying
eneiss. It rests upon a much decomposed gneiss. The conglom-
erate sometimes contains cavities filled with white sand. The
tract of gravel is of an oval form, whose major axis points N. B.
and 8. W. It crosses the Township Line Road near the Bethesda

270 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Home, near which place have been founda sharp boulder of conglom-
erate three feet in diameter, several fragments of ferruginous sand-
stone equally large, a partially rounded boulder of white quartz
nearly four feet long, and numerous fragments of quartzite and
Primal rocks. The gravel is here in part replaced by clay.

A similar tract of this gravel occurs at Bryn Mawr, extending
from that place to near Cooperstown. A good section is exposed
in the railroad cut below the station. From this locality, so easy
of access from the city, we have named the formation. It is
here about 430 feet high, and nine miles from the river. The
gravel is ten feet deep, and lies upon a steeply-dipping gneiss so
completely decomposed that it is as soft as clay. Underneath the
bridge, a soft white kaolinlike material, conformable with the
gneiss, shows a decomposed steatite,—being probably the con-
tinuation of that which crosses the Schuylkill at Lafayette. Here,
as at Chestnut Hill, the gravel lies in an isolated patch upon a hill,
distant from any stream or other eroding agency. The gravel
holds sharp fragments of primal rocks and also the iron con-
glomerate. As at Germantown, the fields below, to the south,
contain occasional fragments of the conglomerate.

Another good exposure of the Bryn Mawr gravel is on a hill
erossed by the road leading from Haverford College to Coopers-
town. The conglomerate is here in large, sharp fragments, and
the gravel shows slight horizontal stratification. On the crest of
the hill, some 450 feet high, there is a weather-worn boulder,
four feet in diameter, of a soft, coarse, brown sandstone of Bryn
Mawr age, apparently in place.

A fourth, precisely similar exposure of gravel with conglom-
erate,and at about the same elevation, caps the hill back of Media,
near the Rosetree.

Without describing any further exposures, it already appears
that in these elevated patches of ancient gravel we have the last
remnants of a once continuous formation. The very great erosion
which has swept away all but these few traces is a sufficient proof
of its age. There are no points at all approaching the elevation
of these hills, between them and the Atlantic Ocean; and it is at
once suggested that these patches are the remnants of an oceanic
deposit, possibly of Tertiary age. It is interesting to find that a
precisely similar formation caps some of the hills in New Jersey.
On top of the hill at Mount Holly, N. J., is an identical con-

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

glomerate and gravel, similar in appearance, and composed of
the same materials as the formation in Pennsylvania. The con-
glomerate has the peculiar ferruginous glaze already noticed.
It here overlies Cretaceous marls and sands.

From its abundance at this place, and in order to show its con-
nection with Pennsylvania deposits, we shall call the conglomerate
of the Bryn Mawr gravel, ‘* Mt. Holly Conglomerate.” Prof. H.
D. Rogers! suggests that this rock at Mt. Holly may be of Mio-
cene age; but Prof. Cook, not distinguishing it from the modern
iron crusts in the red Philadelphia gravel near the river, considers
it very recent. In the consideration of its age it is worth noting
that the sand of southern New Jersey, apparently of late Plio-
cene age, frequently contains rounded pebbles of Mt. Holly con-
glomerate, thus showing that the latter is an older formation.

From the identity of their contained boulders, it is probable
that the Branchtown clay and the Bryn Mawr gravel are nearly
coeval. Being oceanic, it is presumed that they will be recognized
all along the gneissic hills of the southern Atlantic States.

We have given this detailed description of each of the surface
formations near Philadelphia in the hope that they may be recog-
nized elsewhere by other geologists. It has been found that a
careful examination of the materials comprising each gravel, taken
in connection with their elevation above tide, is the only means of
discriminating between them. Desultory observations in detached
localities are of little value. Should this work be extended in
Pennsylvania and New Jersey, and the distinctions between the
four gravels described be carried out, it is thought that, notwith-
standing the shifting character of the underlying strata in the
latter State, much may be done not only towards an exact deter-
mination of their age, but towards a settlement of some of the
vexed problems of surface geology in Eastern America.

Recapitulation.—The results obtained may be briefly summa-
rized as follows :—

Forming the N W. boundary of the Philadelphia gravel and
brick-clay is a hill of gneiss, rising 200 feet or more above the
river, which may be called the Upland Terrace. It has a N. E.
and 8. W. trend, and in this vicinity is at an average distance of
five miles from the river.

' Report on the Geology of N. J., 1839.

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

Within the Upland Terrace, resting upon its slope, and extend-
ing to the river, is a series of stratified gravels and a boulder-
bearing brick-clay. Of these, the oldest is the “ Fossiliferous
gravel; a gravel lying near the terrace and under the brick-clay,
and containing pebbles which frequently are fossiliferous. Of more
recent age, and at a lower level, is the “ Philadelphia red gravel,”
which is made up of the pebbles of the Fossiliferous gravel
mixed with fragments of Triassic red shale and other rocks
brought down the Delaware Valley. It is distinctly stratified,
rests upon decomposed gneiss, and contains rounded boulders
dropped by floating ice. Upon both of these gravels rests the
Philadelphia brick-clay, often lying unconformably upon them in
a series of pot-holes or wave-like forms, and apparently an aque-
ous deposit.

A yet more recent formation, the “ River gravel and sand,”
lies within the others and close to the river, and is made up of
flattened pebbles composed of the rocks over which the river flows.
Upon this, in the river flats, lies a modern mud, the “ Recent Allu-
vium.”

Back of the Upland Terrace, isolated patches of two surface
deposits, more ancient than any yet described, lie upon the hills.
These are, the “ Branchtown clay,” at a height of 250 feet, con-
taining boulders of Potsdam rocks, but no traces of Triassic red
shale or of fossiliferous pebbles; and the “ Bryn Mawr gravel,”
which caps hills of a higher elevation, and which, containing
boulders and pebbles of identical material with those of the last,
is characterized by the presence of a hard iron conglomerate or
sandstone. This conglomerate, occurring also in New Jersey,
and named the “ Mt. Holly Conglomerate,” is conjectured to be of
Tertiary age.

In these seven formations is written the geologic history of the
Delaware Valley.

Much remains to be done before any certain results can be
expected. It is hoped that the imperfect examination here
recorded may form the basis for a future and more thorough
study, which, extending to wider fields, shall make more exact
the knowledge of our surface geology.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

273
OcroBER 28, 1878.
On a Belt of Steatite and Serpentine in Radnor, Del, Co.—Mr.

TuHev. D. RAND read a paper on a belt of Steatite and Serpentine,
in Radnor Township, Delaware Co., Pa.
(Published in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.)

NOVEMBER 25, 1878.

Chromite near Radnor, Pa.—Mr. Tueo. D. RAND announced
the occurrence of Chromite in considerable quantity in the
Southerly Serpentine Belt, near Radnor Station, Delaware Co., Pa.

bho
at
po

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

FEBRUARY 24, 1879.
ON RANDITE.

BY THEODORE D. RAND.

At the December meeting of the Mineralogical Section, Mr.
Goldsmith made a communication in regard to the uranium-yellow
coating found at the south end of the largest quarry at Frankford,
northeast of Adams Street, stating that he found in it, carbonic
acid, silicic acid, phosphoric acid, uranium, alumina and lime;
and that his conclusion was, that it was a mixture of autunnite
and calcite. The writer stated at the same meeting that he
had made an incomplete examination of the same mineral, which,
in great part, confirmed Dr. Goldsmith’s observations, but that he
failed to find phosphoric acid, and promised the Section the result
of experiments then under way.

At the meeting of the Academy held December 31st, 1878, Dr.
Koenig communicated the results of a full quantitative analysis,
giving the composition, a hydrous carbonate of uranium and lime,
to which he gave the name [andite.

The writer’s results differ somewhat from those of Mr. Gold-
smith and Dr. Koenig. Owing to the very small amount of the
coating, and its close adhesion to the rock, proper separation was
impossible, and the first experiments were made by treating the
rock and coating, first with acetic acid, to remove calcite, then
with dilute hydrochloric acid. The coating was unaffected by the
acetic acid, as proven by one specimen, in which, after solution of
a large amount of calcite, the Randite was left in tufts of acicular
crystals. The acetic solution contained chiefly lime, with a little
alumina, but no uranium.

The hydrochloric solution yielded a small amount of silica,
alumina, sulphurie acid, and phosphoric acid, with a large amount
of lime and uranium.

In the treatment with acetic acid, bubbles appeared to rise from
the coating—a multitude of tiny bubbles ; on the succeeding treat-
ment with hydrochloric acid, the bubbles were mucb larger, and
fewer in number, and appeared to rise from a carbonate in the
crevices of the rock.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

bo

T5

The proportion between the lime and uranium may be given as
follows :

Koenig. Rand, 1. Rand, 2.
Lime, 56 38 26
Uranium, 44 (2 14

10.708 gm. of coated rock, after treatment with acetic acid,
yielded to 8 p.c. hydrochloric acid, cold, in about five minutes
(the coating having disappeared), .122. On evaporating the
solution to dryness there was a residue less than .001 gm. The
solution was precipitated by ammonia, in the presence of chloride
of ammonium; the solution with oxalate of ammonia gave car-
bonate of lime, .0365. The precipitate treated with acetic acid
dissolved wholly, except .001 of a white precipitate, which con-
tained phosphoric acid, and was probably phosphate of alumina.
The solution precipitated by phosphate of soda gave phos. uran.,
0711. — U.0; .0569.

Per cent.
Uranic oxide, 0569 46.71
Lime, 0204 16.71
Phos. al? O01 89
Undetermined, 35.69

100. .

About 100 grams of the rock, free from the coating, were treated
with acetic acid in excess. A large amount of lime was dissolved,
and a trace of alumina. The residue, treated with hydrochloric
acid, yielded a little silica, some alumina, and considerable lime.

I infer from these tests that the mineral has not the composition
obtained by Dr. Koenig, and that further investigation is needed,
if pure material can be obtained.

bo
-1
oF

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Marcu 24, 1879.

Some Microscopic Enclosures in Mica.—Mr. Turo. D. Rand
described, and exhibited under the microscope, certain crystals,
etc., included in mica, chiefly from Swain’s quarry, Chester Co. Pa.

Of these, the magnetite dendritic markings, and similar mark-
ings of red and brown colors, apparently due to oxidation of the
magnetite, are most common and best known. Besides these the
following occur :—

Hexagonal crystals, black and opaque ; angles, 60° and 120°. In
the form of the crystal in this description, the form of the section
exhibited under the microscope is intended. <A similar crystal, -
brown in color, perhaps the same substance, translucent ; probably
biotite or lepidomelane.

Hexagonal or rhombic crystals of a bright red color, sometimes
with the angles modified ; angles 60° and 120°. There are some
specimens which indicate the change of the black into the red
rhombs. One of the red rhombs contained a black crystal, with
faces parallel to those of the red, and one,a very symmetrical and
simple crystal, from near Newtown Square, Delaware Co., Pa.,
was black for about one-fourth its length, the remainder red.

Rhombie crystals, polarizing light, giving very brilliant colors.
At first this was supposed to be due to films of the mica itself, but
the regularity and brillianey of the rhombs, compared with the
mica, and their angles, seem to render this more than doubtful, the
angles being between 735° and 78°. They are almost universally
accompanied by, and in contact with, the red or black rhombs,
and generally both.

Quartz crystals, generally flattened, sometimes very minute,
sometimes large enough for the crystallization to be seen with the
naked eye; generally masses of crystals, showing distinct erystal-
lization on the edges only, occasionally separate doubly terminated
prisms. Some of the specimens with polarized light are very
beautiful.

A substance usually presenting the form of disks, 35 inch and
less in diameter, showing, with polarized light, a radiation from
the centre,and a change of brilliant colors as the analyzer is
rotated. Apparently the same material occurs in acicular crystals,
often twinned at 60° and 120°, in a plumose form, and in a form
closely resembling a section of agate across the layers. Some of
these disks appear to be strictly a radiation of acicular crystals
from a centre, others to be made up of three or more oval masses ;
sometimes the latter are separate, or joined two, three, four, or
six together, showing apparent twinning at 60° and 120°; these
oval masses, with polarized light, take each a single tint at a time.
This material was found also in mica from near Newtown Square,

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277

Delaware Co., Pa., and from the Junction Railroad, above Girard
Avenue, Fairmount Park, associated with rhombs apparently of
lepidomelane or biotite, and also with quartz.

On the Bryn Mawr Gravel.—Mr. Henry Carvitt Lewis re-
marked, that since the presentation of his paper on the ‘* Surface
Geology of Philadelphia and vicinity,’ he had been able to extend
the investigation then begun, considerably beyond the limits of
Philadelphia. The ‘‘ Upland Terrace ” has now been traced con-
tinuously from near Trenton, through Bucks, Philadelphia, and
Delaware counties, to beyond Wilmington in Delaware. As far
as could be judged, the clay comes up to a uniform level along
this terrace. It has been gratifying to find that the main charac-
teristics of the different deposits, recorded in the paper referred to,
are constant throughout the whole of this region.

The principal difficulty in the work has been want of topographi-
cal data. While within the limits of the city, the topographical
map of the Water Department had been of great service, but
beyond these limits elevations had to be estimated from occasional
railroad levels. ‘Topography is an aid in all geological investiga-
tions, but in the study of surface geology it is a necessity.

It is now desired to call attention to the great development of
the Bryn Mawr gravel in Delaware, and to the indications of its
assuming an important position in the geology of the Southern
States. In Bucks County, north of Philadelphia, the formation
has been recognized but scantily, but as we go south of the city
it increases largely in extent. Numerous hills in Delaware Co.
have been found to be capped by this formation, and in northern
Delaware it covers the gneissic hills in patches several miles long
and comes close to the river.

The Upland Terrace, after crossing the Delaware State line
about two and a-half miles back from the river, gradually ap-
proaches it, until near Bellevue Station, P. W. and B.R, R., its
base is but half a mile from the river. It forms the upper portion
of Wilmington, and then trends 8. E. towards Baltimore, north of
the railroad and away from the river. In the neighborhood of
Wilmington the Bryn Mawr gravel lies directly upon and back of
the Upland Terrace, which is here about 300 feet high. It is
abundant to the southeast of Tallyville, Del., covering a large
tract of country, and it appears on the hills on both sides of the
Brandywine in the neighborhood of Dupont’s Powder Mills. It
is found on the Philadelphia and Wilmington Turnpike, two miles
northeast of Wilmington, and one mile from the river. In many
places it is five feet deep, and it seems less eroded than in Penn-
sylvania. It consists of sharp pieces of Mt. Holly conglomerate
and iron sandstone with well-rounded pebbles of quartzite and of
Potsdam sandstone, being identical with that of Chestnut Hill
and Bryn Mawr.

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

This formation, so abundant in Delaware, is thus proved to be
by no means a local one, and it is probable that it will be identified
with some of the formations grouped together under the name of
“Southern Drift.”

The Bryn Mawr gravel has also recently been found in the
Montgomery County limestone valley, and there seems to be a
close connection between it and the surface or drift iron ores of
that valley. Some of these ores appear to be simply a very fer-
ruginous variety of the Mt. Holly conglomerate. They overlie
unconformably the steeply-dipping decomposed shales which hold
a more ancient and richer ore.

In Bucks County there occurs a gravel different from any yet
described, which at first occasioned some confusion. It has proved
to be the result of the decomposition of the lower Triassic con-
glomerate, the pebbles of which, loosened from their cementing
material, have been scattered through the soil. These Triassic
pebbles are formed of gneiss, not Potsdam. Hills of red shale
border this gravel.

A preliminary map of the Surface Geology of Southeastern
Pennsylvania was exhibited, and it was suggested that its publica-
tion would be of service to many besides geologists.

Aprit 28, 1879.

On some Enclosures in Mica.—Mr. Luwts exhibited some plates
of Muscoyite which he had found on Shoemaker’s Lane, German-
town, which contained microscopic crystals of peculiar shape.
They consisted of a dark green mica, probably Lepidomelane,
in minute sharp crystals thickly disposed throughout the
muscovite. These crystals were frequently arrow-shaped, and
generally much elongated. Large numbers of them were shaped
like a musket. They were very different from any of the enclo-
sures in the muscovite of Pennsbury, Del. Co., and were interesting
objects under the microscope.

On Dendrites.—Mr. Henry Carviti Lewis made some obser-
vations upon dendrites and their mode of growth. He stated that
dendrites were not caused by filtration of metaliferous water, but
that they frequently grow upward by chemical or capillary action.
He described an exposure of white lower Triassic sandstone in a
quarry in the southern part of Norristown, where dendrites of
oxide of manganese were seen upon the surface of the rock,
growing from below upwards. The dendrites were apparently in
process of growth, and were so soft that they could be scraped
with a knife from the rock. The material thus obtained gave a
bright metallic streak on the fingers, and was shown by the blow-
pipe to be hydrous oxide of manganese. It was observed that
while the rock above and below these dendrites was spotted with
minute rust-specks of manganese, the portion upon which the

bo

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279
dendrites grew was pure white and free from such specks. It
seemed that the material of the dendrites is abstracted from the
rock and by some segregating force built up into tree-like forms.
Anexamination of theirs structures showed that the dendrites were
quite amorphous and that very frequently the upper extremities
of their branches were thicker than the stem portion, as though
some coneretionary or capillary force acted most powerfully at
the growing points. No crystalline structure was apparent, the
dendrites being bounded throughout by curved lines. It looked
as though they might have grown by a succession of concentric
metallic shells.

It was remarked that these dendrites were quite different from
those in muscovite and other crystals, which, frequently derived
from the substance of the crystal, have been so influenced by its
structure as to become often pseudomorphic. It was noted that
there are several distinct kinds of dendrites. They may be internal,
as in moss agate ; or external, as in the case now described. They
may also be either ery stalline or amorphous. The crystalline
dendrites are subdivided into those which have been free to
crystallize of their own accord, and into those which have been
influenced by the crystalline structure of the mineral in which
they exist. ‘Examples of each were cited.

On a Jurassic Sand.—Mr. Lewis directed attention to a fine
sand of considerable extent and depth, which he had found under-
lying the lower Cretaceous plastic clay. If this clay, as is supposed,
is the base of the Cretaceous formation, the sand below it may be
of Jurassic age. There is a fine exposure of this sand near Elkton,
Md. From its coherence it may be regarded as a fine-erained
sandstone. It is either white or pale yellow in color, and about
15 feet are here exposed. Underneath the plastic clay south of
Trenton, N, J., the same sand is at least 30 feet deep. It is sug-
gested that, in the absence of fossils to fix its age, it may possibly
correspond. stratigraphically with the “ Hastings sand.” The
overlying clay contains fossils at Baltimore, w hich Prof. Uhler
identifies as Wealden.

Upon the summit of the same hill, near Elkton, where the above-
described sand is exposed, ‘‘ Bryn Mawr gravel” occurs in abun-
dance. It contains ‘* Mt. Holly conglomerate, ” and has the same
features as in Delaware and Pennsy lvania. Whether or not it has
any connection with the plastic clay is not known. This same
plastic clay, of probably Wealden age, oceurs at Turkey Hill, in
Bucks County, Penna.

May 26, 1879.

Potsdam Sandstone near King of Prussia.— Mr. THEeopore D.
RAanpD called attention to primal (Potsdam) sandstone rocks in the
bed of a valley on the farm of Samuel Tyson, South Chester Val-
ley Hill, near King of Prussia, Montgomery County, Pa.

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

A New Locality for Amethyst.—Mr. W. W. JEFFERIS announced
that Amethysts, well crystallized, and of a rich purple color, had
been found this spring, for the first time, in the northern part of
Newlin Township, Chester County. ‘They were brought to the
surface by deep plowing, and were supposed to be derived from
a vein of this mineral.

SEPTEMBER 22, 1879.

A New Corundum Locality—Mr. W. W. JEFFERIS remarked
that a vein of blue Corundum, similar to that found in North
Carolina, was struck, on the south side of the Serpentine Ridge,
in Newlin Township, Chester County, a short time since. The
vein is well defined, being between walls of Culsageeite, in large
plates of a yellowish green color. Over 500 Ibs. of massive blue
corundum has been taken out within ten feet of the surface. |

The Minerals of Surry County, N. C_—Mr. H. C. Lewis commu-
nicated the following list of minerals which he had found near
Dobson, Surry Co., N. C., during a recent visit to that locality :—

Native sulphur, galena, pyrrhotite, pyrite,chalcopyrite, hematite,
menaccanite, magnetite, limonite, hausmannite, psilomelane, wad,
hornblende, actinolite, asbestos, garnet, talc, steatite, ripidolite,
chlorite.

The psilomelane occurred in a bed about 18 feet in thickness.

The magnetite was frequently polar. Native sulphur occurred
in cavities in quartzite as a coarse loose powder of rounded wax-
like grains, and was the result of the decomposition of pyrite.

It was also stated that rutile occurred in Alexander Co., N. C.—
a new locality.

Fossil (2) Casts in Sandstone.—Dr. J. M. Carpeza exhibited
specimens of quartz sandstone (Potsdam?) which he had found
lying loose upon the soil at Dutton’s Mills, Pa., in which were
oblong rounded casts of sandstone, about an inch in length, and
similar to one another in shape. It was questioned whether they
might not be fossils.

On a Peculiar Stratification in Gneiss.—Mr. THEoporRE D.
RAND stated that while much of the porphyritic gneiss of the belt
running southwest from the Falls of Schuylkill at the surface was
in rounded boulder-like masses, which had been mistaken for trap,
some of it presents at the surface a thin-bedded structure with,
apparently, very distinct stratification. Recently the cut of the
Pennsylvania Railroad through this belt, between Merion and Elm
Stations, about a mile from the boundary of the City of Philadel-
phia, has been widened, and on the south side may be seen an
interesting section. A mass of the gneiss, perhaps 15 feet across,

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

has been cut through, and almost encircling it may be seen the
thin-bedded variety, with its apparent stratification tangential to
the mass from which, by decomposition, it evidently was derived.
The true stratification of this bed of gneiss appears to be more
nearly horizontal and less contorted than that of any of the rocks
of the vicinity of Philadelphia.

A New Locality for Lignite—Mr. Henry Carvitt Lewis
announced the discovery of lignite, or brown coal, in the lime-
stone valley of Montgomery Coanty, a mile and a-half from the
boundary of Philadelphia. He had found it, last June, at Marble
Hall, close to the marble quarry, within a few feet of diggings
for iron ore. In order to ascertain its extent and geologic al posi-
tion more definitely, he had caused a shaft to be sunk 40 feet deep
on the property of Henry Hitner, Esq. After passing through 38
feet of decomposed hydromica slate: there was found a stratum 4
feet thick of a tough black fire-clay filled with fragments of lignite.
These fragments, sometimes a foot or more in length, lay in all
directions in the clay. They had the form of twigs and branches,
and, though completely turned into lignite, showed distinctly the
grain of the wood. The smaller pieces were generally flattened,
and often as soft as charcoal, but the larger ones were quite hard
and brittle and had the shining fracture of true coal. It burned
with a bright yellow flame. Frequently balls of pyrite occurred
with the lignite.

The clay which contained it was underlaid by sand, and appeared
to dip south. It had an east and west strike, like that of the lime
stone and of the iron ores. In appearance it was similar to the
sub-Cretaceous plastic clays of New Jersey, which also contained
lignite resembling that of Marble Hall. White kaolin and white
and red potters’ clay occur in the vicinity and are probably of
similar age. They are all older than the surface deposits and
gravel of the valley.

It was stated that while lignite is not uncommon in the Triassic
formation, its occurrence in a Silurian limestone valley is of great
interest. Whether referred to Tertiary or Jurassic age, it brings a
new geological epoch into this region and rev olutionizes our ideas
of the age of many of the so-called “ Primal ” iron ores

On Serpentine in Bucks County—Mr. Lewis called attention
to the fact that while serpentine was abundant in Delaware Co., it
had not been recorded as occurring anywhere in Bucks Co. He
had recently noticed an exposure of it in that county, near the
village of Flushing, Bensalem Township. A narrow dyke of hard,
impure serpentine here crosses the road near the Neshaminy
Creek. He thought that the genesis of serpentine and its relation
to the gneissic rocks was still uncertain.

19

bo
DB
bo

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880,

OcTOBER 27, 1879.
THE IRON ORES AND LIGNITE OF THE MONTGOMERY CO. VALLEY.
BY HENRY CARVILL LEWIS.

The discovery of lignite in the iron ore region north of Phila-
delphia introduces some new considerations in the study of its
geology. and has a direct bearing upon the age of its iron ores.
Lignite was found in this valley many years ago, but was supposed
to be Triassic, and therefore unimportant.! Before judging of the
connection that the occurrence of lignite in the Montgomery Co.
limestone valley will have with the geology of the Atlantic coast,
it will be important to enumerate other localities of a similar
nature where that mineral has been found.

In his Geology of Vermont, Prof. E. Hitchcock described an
occurrence of lignite in a similar position at Brandon, Vt., and
proposed a theory which excited much attention, but which has
been rejected by many geologists. It was shown that a steeply-
dipping stratum of lignite lay within beds of plastic clay, kaolin
and iron ore, all dipping steeply southeast. ‘The iron ore deposit
was sometimes 100 feet deep, and all these beds rested against a
limestone which had the same steep dip. Mottled clays were
described as similar to those of Martha’s Vineyard and the Isle of
Wight, and much of the formation was said to resemble a meta-
morphosed mica schist. The stratum of lignite was opened from
near the surface to a depth of 80 feet, and was used as coal. It
proved to be generally dicotyledonous, and to contain twigs and
fruits which belonged to a tropical climate, and which Professor
Lesquereux referred to a Tertiary epoch, probably Miocene. From
this discovery, Prof. Hitchcock proposed the theory that all the
limonite iron ores of the Atlantic coast in similar geological posi-
tions were Tertiary and of oceanic origin. On the other hand,
it was argued that an isolated example was not sufficient to estab-
lish such a wide conclusion, and the lignite was regarded as locally
formed by having been washed into an existing cavern in the
limestone floor.

The next occurrence of lignite is a very similar one at Pond
Bank, near Chambersburg, Pa., described in an _ interesting

1 Y. Prof. Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1861, 77.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

paper by Prof. Lesley.' Here again it was found in a limestone
valley close to iron ore excavations. It was at a depth of 40 feet,
below strata of clay and sand. According to the superintendent
of the mine, it was in two strata, the lowest of which was 18
feet in thickness, and was separated from the upper bed, 4 feet thick,
by a stratum of sand. Below it, at a depth of 65 feet, red and
white plastic clay occurred. The strata were nearly horizontal.
It was thought that the lignite was not necessarily connected with
the iron ores, but was a local deposit of late date, made in a shallow
pond, and that, as at Brandon, a sink-hole had been formed in the
underlying limestone. It was regarded as of the latest Tertiary
age.

Lignite has also recently been discovered by Prof. Prime, in
Brown’s iron mine, at Ironton, Lehigh Co., Pa.* He states that
it occurs in a white plastic clay, but does not give the depth at
which it was found. He believes that it was transported by ice
and water in the Glacial epoch, and refers the iron ores of the
valley to the same origin. é‘

The writer believes that in the light of facts now developed,
this theory of the age of the lignite cannot be maintained. After
an inspection of the locality, he has found that the surface-drift
and boulders of that valley lie unconformably upon the forma-
tion containing the lignite. The lignite lies at a depth of 46
feet from the surface, in a tough plastic clay, which is entirely
free from boulders. About 30 feet of potters’ clay and decom-
posed hydromica slate lie upon the lignitic stratum, and resting
upon the whole is 15 feet of drift. This surface drift, of yellow
brick-clay, boulders, gravel and drift iron ore, is thus of quite
different character from the strata below it, and is probably de-
posited by glacial waters. The underlying formations have,
apparently, in some places, a dip like that of the adjacent lime-
stone, and are certainly more ancient than the surface drift.

The lignite recently found by the writer in the Montgomery Co.
valley, and described at the last meeting of the Section, oceurs
under conditions very similar to those above indicated. In im-
_ mediate proximity both to a limestone outcrop and to iron ore
diggings, it was found at a depth of 55 feet, in a plastic clay
which contains no gravel or boulders, and which is overlaid by

1 Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., ix, 463.
2 Report DD., 2d Geolog. Survey of Pa., p. 76.

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

clay and decomposed hydromica slate. A surface drift, containing
iron ore, gravel, and oceasional boulders, lies unconformably upon
the whole formation. The section here presented was made in a
shaft which the writer was allowed to have sunk within a few feet
of Mr. Hitner’s marble quarry, Marble Hall, Montgomery County.

FERT.
10 * Top dirt,” yellow, impure.
Soft white decomposed hydromica slate or im-
133 pure ‘“ kaolin,” containing occasional broken
seams of sharp quartzite, but no pebbles.
Coarse white sand and rounded pebbles ; appar-
2 ently a decomposed sandstone.
4 Tough mottled red clay.
T Blue plastic clay.
3 Lignite in a very tough, dark clay.
aa Coarse yellow sand, with fragments of stony

iron ore and with pebbles.

The lignite bed contains occasional streaks of fine gray sand,
and is underlaid by a coarser sand. So far as could be judged
from the very limited exposure, it dipped south, at an angle of
about 30°; becoming thicker as it dipped. The lignite lies in
fragments in the clay, and consists of twigs and branches of land
plants, apparently all dicotyledonous. The lignite frequently
shows a brilliant black lustre when transversely fractured. The
small fragments gre more like charcoal, and are often in the form
of flattened twigs. Some of these appear to be partially rounded
by attrition. No shells or marine fossils occur. Pyrite frequently
encrusts the lignite or forms nodules, and when exposed to the
air decomposes into ferrous sulphate.

At this same locality, lignite has been taken from three other
shafts in addition to the one just described. Two of these are

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285

close to the Marble Quarry, but the third is about 400 feet east of
these, behind the barn of Mr. H. 8. Hitner, who says that it was
found many feet below the surface. These facts indicate an east
and west strike to the lignitice strata, and an extent of 400 feet in
length and 40 feet in breadth. Shafts 100 feet north of these
struck iron ore, but no lignite. They exhibited the following
succession of strata:—(1) “ Top dirt;” (2) Decomposed hydro-
mica slate; (3) White clay; (4) Yellow sand ; (5) [ron ore.

Recent explorations have shown that Marble Hall is not the
only locality where lignite is found, but that it occurs in a number
of other places in the same valley. About a mile and three-
quarters west of Marble Hall it was formerly found in a field on
the Ridge Road, opposite a house once owned by W. Potts. It
was at a depth of about 40 feet. Red and white potters’ clay,
white kaolin and iron ore are found close to the opening. The
lignite at this place is hard, and is said to burn well. Another
locality is on the farm of W. Wills, south of Plymouth Creek,
about one mile from Conshohocken. Considerable quantities of
lignite have been here exhumed, the pieces being often a foot in
length. This shaft was opened about thirty years ago, and was
probably the locality referred to by Dr. Leidy. Lignite has also
been found in a number of iron ore pits south of here and east of
Conshohocken. It is said always to occur in fire-clay.

Theabove localities are allincluded ina strip of country about two
and a-half miles long and a quarter of a mile broad, lying in nearly an
east and west direction. The lignite appears to form two distinct,
na. row lines of outcrop with a definite E. and W.or E.N.E. and
W.S. W. strike—thus conforming with the limestone. While its
dip has not been actually established, the decomposed slates and
sandstones of apparently similar age have been observed to dip
40° S. 20° W.

From these facts it would appear that the lignite is not a mere
local wash or accidental deposit, but that it is part of a stratified
and distinct formation, having a trend like that of the limestone,
and of considerable extent; and when the strata in the Mont-
gomery County Valley are compared with those in other parts of
the country, it will be seen that we have here to deal with a forma-
tion which, closely connected with the limonite iron ores of the
great limestone valleys, and having remarkably similar characters
throughout, may prove an important feature in American geology.

In entering upon a consideration of the age of the lignite,it will

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

be desirable briefly to sketch the geology, and especially the
surface geology of the valley in which it occurs.

The underlying rock is an altered lower Silurian limestone, the
“Auroral” of Rogers, which in the southern part of the valley is
crystalline marble and in the northern part is a sandy magnesian -
limestone. It has an E.and W. strike and a steep south dip, and
is supposed to have an inverted synclinal structure. The lime-
stone rises to the surface in a series of parallel ridges, and between
these lie the iron ores and the lignitice strata. Bounding the valley
are hills of altered shale of probably Potsdam age. Beyond this
line of hills to the north, are the Triassic red shales and sand-
stones, while to the south is the Philadelphia gneissic district.
In many places the North Valley Hill has been eroded away and
Triassic strata lie directly upon the limestone.

The iron ores of this region probably belong to four different
geological ages, and may therefore be divided into four classes.

1. Gneissic Ore. This ore, never found in the valley, occurs in
the gneissic rocks of Chester County north of the Chester Valley,
and has been formed in place from the altered gneiss. It dips
with the gneiss, and is generally accompanied by scales of graphite.
Prof. Rogers! supposed that this ore belonged to isolated patches
of Triassic red sandstone. The writer, however, has not been able
to confirm his sections, nor to show the ce of any more
recent formation than the gneiss.

2. Primal Ore. The hydromica slates which lie between the
Potsdam sandstone and the limestone liberate, when decomposed,
a rich limonite ore which is largely mined in portions of the
valley. Although in very irregular beds, a steep dip can be re-
cognized. Itis perhaps derived from the decomposition of pyrite.
This is probably the ore mined at Edge Hill.

3. Tertiary Ore. This ore, associated with which are the de-
posits of lignite, plastic clay, kaolin, fire-sand, etc., has been
hitherto confounded either with the Primal ore or with the Drift
ore of the valley. In that part of the valley under discussion
there are three distinct lines of outcrop of this ore, having nearly
an E. and W. trend. <A ridge of limestone separates two of these
lines. The ore lies, sometimes at a great depth, below a re-stratified
decomposed hydromica slate. This latter formation is almost
identical in appearance with the decomposed Primal slate in place

1 Geol. of Penna., I, 87.

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

at the edges of the valley, and has therefore been mistaken for it.
The discovery of lignite below it proves its re-stratification in a
later age. In many places shafts have been sunk over 100 feet
without coming to the limestone. The ore, originally derived
either from the limestone or from the primal slates, appears to lie
below the lignitie strata.

4, Drift Ore. Resting often unconformably upon these last, and
capping the elevations throughout the valley, is a drift deposit of
gravel and boulders containing a workable iron ore. The compo-
sition of this drift is most interesting. Its boulders, almost with-
out exception, are composed of a loose-grained Potsdam sand-
stone,—a formation not now existing either on the North or South
Valley Hill at this place, and found only in a limited exposure at
the eastern end of the valley. The Scolithus linearis is frequently
found in these boulders. Moreover, notwithstanding the large
extent of Triassic red shale and sandstone immediately to the
north of the valley, and the occurrence of that rock resting often
directly upon the limestone, not a trace nor a fragment of Triassic
rocks have been found in this drift.

The evidence is here strong that this drift has not been caused
by any flood from the north in amodern age. Additional evidence
bearing upon the same point is found in the fact that the Triassic
region north of here is absolutely free from drift of any kind. <A
careful study by the writer of much of that region has shown that
not a single drifted pebble is there found. The soil is formed
from the rocks below it, and such clays as occur are bog clays of
local origin and recent age. That the pebbles of the valley drift
have not been derived by weathering from the neighboring lower
Triassic conglomerate, which holds often large pebbles, is shown
by the fact that such pebbles are here formed entirely of gneiss
or gneissic quartzite, and never of Potsdam, and therefore are
quite different from those in the valley.

The drift ore and gravel does not lie in hollows, as though
locally washed, but is found in patches upon the elevated portions
of the valley, as though it were the remnant of a once continuous
deposit.

The facts above enumerated suggest a possible origin at an age
when cliffs of Potsdam sandstone, since eroded away, stood as a
high barrier between the limestone valley and the Triassic rocks
north of it. Such a barrier would effectually prevent Triassic
fragments from mixing with the drift of the valley, and would,

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

during its degradation, offer the material for the pebbles and
boulders of that drift. In Triassic times some such barrier may
have formed the southern shore of the Triassic waters. It has
been interesting to discover that most of the pebbles belonging to
the sub-Cretaceous plastic clays of the Delaware are formed of
Potsdam sandstone, and that therefore during lower Cretaceous
times also, some such mountain of Potsdam must have offered
itself to eroding agencies. Again,it is found that Tertiary gravels,
both in Pennsylvania and New Jersey, contain an abundance of
Potsdam pebbles. The hypothesis that the materials for the sub-
Cretaceous plastic clays and the Tertiary gravels were furnished by
hills now sunk beneath the Atlantic Ocean ! is not sustained by
what is known of the configuration of the sea-bottom. The theory
now offered is supported by numerous facts concerning the power
of erosion, which geological considerations in other fields have
presented.

In a former paper on “The Surface Geology of Philadelphia and
vicinity,” the writer showed that, in addition to the clays, four
separate gravels of different ages can be distinguished in that
region. These are (1) “The River Gravel,” the newest of all the
gravels; (2) “The Philadelphia Red Gravel,” of Champlain age ;
(3) “ The Fossiliferous Gravel,” recently proved by the writer to
be of upper Tertiary, perhaps Pliocene age, and now called the
“Glassboro Gravel ;” (4) “The Bryn Mawr Gravel,” the oldest
of the gravels, also oceanic, aud conjectured to be of upper
Miocene age. This last gravel, and this only, agrees in its char-.
acters with the valley drift now under consideration. In the
absence of all Triassic fragments, in the presence of Potsdam
boulders, and in the amount of erosion, these two gravels are iden-
tical, and it seems probable that the “ Drift Iron Ore” of the one
is only a very ferruginous variety of the “Mt. Holly Conglom-
erate’ of the other. This being the case, we have here a formation
which, notwithstanding its boulders, suggestive of floating ice, ap-
pears to be older than an oceanic Pliocene gravel. There is per-
haps no good reason why a glacier might not have existed in
upper Tertiary times, boulders formed by which may still be
found. However this may be, it appears that there are strong
grounds for assigning an upper Tertiary age to the drift ore and
gravel of the Montgomery County Valley.

Returning, finally, to the lignite and associated strata, shown to

1 Report on Clay Deposits of N. J., 1878, pp. 20.31.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289

be older than the formation just described, and shown by its own
characters to bear no trace of glacial agencies, we may conjecture,
without any reference to the plants of the lignite, a middle or lower
Tertiaryage. Fromthe steep dip of the beds,—a fact diflicult to ex-
plain,—and from the great resemblance of the plastic clays to those in
New Jersey, on the Delaware, the writer at first supposed them to
be of Wealden age. Some facts in connection with a gravel found
in Virginia and other Southern States, which, in both appearance
and position is very similar to the Bryn Mawr gravel, were at first
thought to indicate a Jurassic age. But after a comparison with
the other lignite localities, and especially with that at Brandon,
where the fossils were shown to be of Tertiary age, this view can
hardly be sustained. The absence of shells or marine plants indi-
cates a period of inland waters, and the plants at Brandon belong
to a tropical climate.

It is now suggested that the period of the lignite may corre-
spond most closely with that called by European geologists the
Oligocene. Since, in the present state of our knowledge, it is obvi-
ously unsafe to make the age of these lignite deposits contempora-
neous with any exact geological epoch, and as there is a possibility
of their belonging to some period not recognized elsewhere, it will
probably be wiser for the present to group them together under
the name of The Brandon Period. As more facts develop and
wider comparisons can be made, more certain conclusions will be
possible; and it must be understood that the theories here proposed
are brought forward only as those which now appear best to ex-
plain the facts observed.

Postscript.—Since the presentation of the above paper, the writer
has been in correspondence with Prof. N. A. Bibikov, of Augusta,
Georgia, who has recently discovered lignite in that vicinity. The
locality, called ‘“‘Read’s Brown Coal Mine,” is in Richmond County,
two and a-ualf miles from Berzelia, and sixteen miles from Au-
gusta. It is described as lying back of the outcrops of gneiss and
limestone, and is apparently in a very similar geological position
to the Pennsylvania locality. Iron ore, plastic clay, kaolin, and
decomposed sandstone occur with the lignite. Asin Pennsylvania,
the lignite was found in a plastic clay beneath 25 feet of a decom-
posed sandstone. Four strata of lignite, separated by layers of
shale and clay, were found at a depth of from 30 to 45 feet from
the surface. A series of coarse and fine sands and clays under-
laid these deposits and were penetrated to a depth of 95 feet.

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | 1880.

Three different shafts were sunk, the extremes being 600 feet apart,
in all of which lignite was found. The shaft in which the following
section was made is about 150 feet from an outcrop of hornstone
and quartzite, and 300 feet from a creek which lies 200 feet
below it.

Mottled clay.

Decomposed sandstone,

Crust of iron sandstone and spathic iron.

Decomposed sandstone
with thin layers of clay.

Nodules of pyrite.
Lignite.

Shale and clay.
Lignite.

Shale and clay.
Lignite.

Shale and clay.

or CORD Wr ww

Lignite.

Light-colored shale
with fossil plants.

ir)

Dark-colored (bituminous) shale.

White clay with streaks
of rose-color, ete.

Sandy clay.

Ferruginous coarse sand with nodules of clay iron-stone,
4 inches to 24 feet in diameter with ochre, clay, etc.,
and quartz pebbles sometimes 3 inches in diameter.

Light-colored shale.

Yellowish sand.

Sandy clay.

White, very fine micaceous sand
with clay.

a

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

The second stratum of lignite is the best,and contains fragments
of lignite sometimes three feet long. A number of fossil plants have
been found in this and other layers. Some specimens were im-
bedded ina layer of brown sandstone. The fossils appear to be
fragments of trees, grasses and other land plants, none of which,
however, were sufficiently perfect to be determined. No shells
were found.

The whole section at Berzelia is remarkably similar to those at
Brandon, Chambersburg, Ironton and Marble Hall, and with them
indicates the existence of a great inland fresh water Tertiary for-
mation in Eastern America, during the Brandon Period, once
fifty miles broad and nearly a thousand miles long,

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

An Enclosure in Quartz.—My. H. C. LEwis exhibited a crystal of
quartz from Herkimer County, N. Y., in which, hanging from a
bubble which moved in a cavity containing liquid, was a tuft of
minute acicular crystals of a pure white color. A microscopical
examination had failed to identify them with any known substance.
The crystals were similar to those of many organic salts. It was
conjectured that they had crystallized out from the liquid. Under
a power of 75 they looked like tufts of white wool, and it was
suggested that if future investigation failed to refer them to a
known mineral species, it might be convenient to give them the
name Erilite (from pov, wool).

In other cavities in the same crystal there was an amorphous
yellowish-brown waxy substance of unknown composition.

Menaccanite and Tale from Maryland.—Mr. Wn. W. JEFFERIS
remarked that in Harford County, Md., near the village of Dublin,
there is a vein of green foliated Tale in the serpentine, which has
been opened about 6 feet in length. It has furnished cleavage
foliated specimens over a foot in extent. The same vein contains
Menaccanite in tabular crystals, well crystallized. Yellow beryl
has also been found there, showing all three in the same specimen.

Sunstone in Labradorite.—Mr. JrFFERIs stated that on examin-
ing a specimen of Labradorite in his possession, from the coast of
Labrador, he found that in addition to the usual play of colors
(blue and ereen), by turning it in another direction it showed
innumerable crystals of giithite, making it a beautiful sunstone,
which, he believed, was an unusual thing, and which he had not
found mentioned in the books.

On a Probable Pseudomorphism of Gummite and Uranotile after
Uraninile.—Dr. A. KE. Foore remarked that among a number of
specimens of gummite and uranotile, that he had recently received
from Mitchell Co. yep Oe ehic noticed some which were of remark-
ably regular form. The edges were slightly rounded, but they
were apparently simple prisms belonging to the triclinic system.
On breaking these open he found a solid core of uraninite, sur-
rounded by a layer of gummite, and this, in turn, surrounded by
a layer of uranotile. Although crystals of uraninite have never
been observed, he ventured to suggest that this is plainly a case
of pseudomorphism after uraninite. He hoped hereafter to obtain
crystals whose angles can be accurately measured.

‘He had observed at least twenty specimens having evidently the
same crystalline form, and all plainly pseudomorphs after some
pre-existing crystal. The majority of those that were broken open
showed the alteration of uraninite into gummite, and of gummite
into uranotile; though in a few the uraninite had been changed,
and the cry stal showed simply gummite and uranotile.

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293

NOVEMBER 24, 1879.
ON A NEW FUCOIDAL PLANT FROM THE TRIAS.
BY HENRY CARVILL LEWIS.

The fossil described here as Palxophycus limaciformis, sp. nov.,
is from a very beautiful and well-defined specimen, casts of which
stand out in relief upon a slab of Triassic sandstone. It was
found by the writer near Milford, New Jersey, in upper Triassic
strata. Its general facies is like that of some species of Palzo-
phycus and Astrophycus of the Carboniferous age, and of Butho-
trephis of the Clinton group, and it belongs to the same order of
plants—that of the fucoid or marine alge. The general, rather
than generic name of Palzophycus, which is quite as indefinite as
that of Fucoides, is well applicable to it.

The frond is cylindrical and jointed. The ramuli, or short
branches of the frond are fleshy, tubular, elongated bodies of about
an inch in length. They are spindle-shaped, attenuate, and more
or less curved at both ends.
They are very frequently ag-
gregated in bunches of three
or more, radiating from acom-
mon point of growth, and are
generally detached from the
main frond. The form of
these bodies is characteristic
of the plant, being distinctly
snail-shaped ; hence its spe-
cific name, “ limaciformis.”

At the locality where it
was found there also occur
specimens of ripple-marked
sandstone, also of rain-prints
and mud-cracks. These show
the physical conditions under
which the plant grew—that
of mudflats in shallow water
frequently left exposed to
sun and rain. The rain-prints
have been compared with

Nat. Size.
Palaophycus limaciformis Lewis, sp. nov.

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

modern rainprints made in mud, and their great similarity noticed.
One specimen of a fucoid found here has apparently been so con-
fused and distorted by the beating of a heavy rain-storm that its
structure can scarcely be recognized.

Fucoids of somewhat similar appearance have been described
from more ancient geological horizons, but not, so far as can be
learned, from the Trias. The occurrence of a plant which has the
characters of marine algve in a formation supposed to have been
deposited by fresh water is interesting.

Postscript.—Since the above paper was presented, a photograph
of this fossil has been sent to Mr. Leo Lesquereux, the distin-
guished paleobotanist, who, in a letter to the writer, says: ‘“‘ Your
plate represents what I consider a new species of Palxophycus,
whose analogy is with P. (species undetermined) Hall, Paleont.
of N. Y., vol. i, Pl. 70 (Hudson River group); also distantly
related to Fucoides auriformis and especially F. heterophyllus,
same author, l.c., ii, Pl. 3, figs. 3,4. You may also find a kind
of analogy to what Hall considers and figures as roots or also as
stems of some marine plants, same vol., Pl. 8, figs. 4, 5, and pl. 9,
fig. 4, and also pl. 10, figs. 5, 7 (all Clinton plants). The type is
evidently old, rather Devonian, even upper Silurian. Huropean
authors have nothing like this from the Trias, Jurassic, Cretaceous
or Eocene.”

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

The Northern Belt of Serpentine in Radnor Township.—Mr.
Ranp made the following communication.

Some time ago, in a communication to the Academy,(Proc. Ac.
N. §., 1878, 402) I described a belt of serpentine in the valley of
the Gulf Creek, Radnor Township, Delaware Co., Pa. Recently a
trench for water pipe on the property of Judge Hare has enabled
me to procure specimens illustrating a section across the bed and
on both sides of it, which are presented herewith. The section is
on a line nearly N. 75° W. ‘The belt is probably not far from N.
70°-73° E., or about two-thirds that of the section, but this is not
certain. While deductions from these few specimens would not
be safe, yet the strong resemblance between the decomposed
gneiss of the easternmost exposure and the clearly magnesian
rocks 40 feet distant, points more to an alteration in place than to
a distinct bed.

Garnet mistaken for Corundum.—Dr. J. M. Carpeza called
attention to a garnet rock at Chelsea, Delaware Co., Pa., which is
quarried and used as corundum.

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

THE TRENTON GRAVEL AND ITS RELATION TO THE ANTIQUITY OF MAN.
BY HENRY CARVILL LEWIS.

In the course of an investigation of the Surface Geology of
Southeastern Pennsylvania, some facts have been developed in
connection with one of the gravels, which, bearing directly upon
the Antiquity of Man in America, become of great interest.
Among the many scientific problems now attracting attention,
none perhaps holds.a more prominent position than that of the
Antiquity of Man. It is a subject which, notwithstanding the
numerous facts gathered and the bulk of literature published, must
be regarded as still in an undecided condition.

As the Delaware is in many respects a typical river, and as
therefore deductions made here will hold good for the valleys of
many other rivers of the Atlantic coast, it is thought that a record
of the investigation will be of more than mere local interest. The
subject will be approached from a purely geological standpoint.
The main difficulty in inquiries of this kind has been the absence
of exact geological data. Hasty conclusions have been drawn
from an inspection of relics found in a gravel, which a more
accurate knowledge of the age of that gravel would not have
sustained.

The writer has shown in former papers! that the gravels of the
Delaware Valley belong to several distinct ages; and if therefore
at any place the remains of man are shown to occur, it will be all
important to know to which of these gravels they should be
referred.

The surface formations of Southeastern Pennsylvania may be
divided into five clays and four gravels. The following is believed
to be the succession in which they occur, beginning at the
oldest: (1) Jurasso-Cretaceous plastic clay; (2) Tertiary clays,
(‘‘ Brandon Period ”); (3) Bryn Mawr gravel, (upper Tertiary ); (4)
Branchtown clay; (5) Glassboro gravel, (Pliocene); (6) Phila-
delphia red gravel, (Champlain); (7) Philadelphia brick-clay,
(Champlain) ; (8) Trenton gravel, (“‘ Eskimo period”) ; (9) Recent
alluvium. Of clays, the oldest is the Jurasso-Cretaceous plastic
clay exposed at Turkey Hill, Bucks Co. A similar plastic clay,

‘<The Surface Geology of Phila. and vicinity.’ Proc. Min. and Geol.
Section, Acad. Nat. Se. Phila., Nov. 1878.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

which, however, may be of later age, has been passed through by
artesian wells in the southern part of Philadelphia. The next
oldest clay appears to be the potters’ clay of the Montgomery Co.
limestone valley, which, containing sometimes lignite, and overlaid
by kaolin, decomposed hydromica slate, etc., belongs with its asso-
ciated limonite ores, to an inland Tertiary formation, the “ Bran-
don Period,’ possibly of Oligocene age.' A third clay, the
“ Branchtown clay,” found at high elevations in a few places in
the gneissic region, containing occasional boulders, was made at a
period of general submergence and appears to be of a late Tertiary
age. The “Philadelphia brick-clay” of more recent formation,
of large extent, and with numerous boulders, is confined to the
river valley. This clay, deposited at the close of the Glacial period
by the waters resulting from the melting of the great Northern
Glacier, rests against the rocky “upland terrace” at a height of
about 150 feet above the present river. The fifth and newest
‘clay is the recent bog clay or mud in the flood-plain of the
river, still in process of formation.

The gravels are distinguished from one another both by their
composition and by their relative hypsometrical positions. The
“Bryn Mawr gravel’’—the oldest gravel of consequence in this
region—is readily distinguished from others by the peculiar mate-
rials composing it, and is also known by being found at high
elevations (400 feet), in often isolated patches, capping the gneissic
hills. It is characterized by absence of fossiliferous or Triassic
pebbles and by the presence of an iron conglomerate, and is of
oceanic origin, and probably upper Tertiary age.” A similar gravel
occurs on the heights of Georgetown, D. C. The next oldest
gravel, also oceanic, and which here occurs at lower elevations
than the last, the writer called in a former paper “ The Fossilifer-
ous Gravel.” It frequently contains pebbles formed of Niagara
limestone and other fossiliferous rocks, and has been found abun-
dantly in New Jersey as well as in Pennsylvania. It is well
exposed in the railroad cut at Ridley Park, Del. Co. It is the
yellow gravel which caps the watershed between the Atlantic
and the Delaware at a height of nearly 200 feet, and is now named
for distinction ‘‘ The Glassboro gravel.’’ Its pebbles are frequently

1 Y. “The Iron Ores and Lignite of the Montgomery Co. Valley,’ by
the writer. Oct., 1879.

2V. ‘On the Bryn Mawr Gravel,’’ by the writer, Mar., 1879.
20

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

weather-worn and eaten by age, and have thus a much more ancient
appearance than the smooth, fresh-looking pebbles of later gravels.
It contains no boulders of consequence and is believed to be of
Pliocene age.

Lying at a lower level, within the Glassboro gravel, and formed
of a mixture of its pebbles with others brought down the Dela-
ware valley, is a third gravel—the ‘“ Philadelphia red gravel.”
This, like its overlying brick-clay, is confined to the river valley.
It is distinctly stratified; it contains numerous fragments of
Triassic red shale and of gneiss, and smooth boulders of Silurian
rocks; it shows flow and plunge structure and wave action on a
large scale ; and like the older gravels, it rests upon a decomposed
gneiss, which is sometimes interstratified with its lower layers.
There are numerous exposures near the University of Pennsyl-
vania. The writer has identified it on the Potomac and other
rivers, and it appears to belong to the age of the melting glacier—
the Champlain epoch. ;

The last and newest of all the gravels is one which, at Philadel-
phia, seemed to be of little importance. It lies close along
the river, and rising a few feet above it, extends but a short dis-
tance back from the river bank. It covers the flat ground of
Camden and the lower part of Philadelphia, and forms islands in
the river. It was called The River gravel-and sand. It is this
alluvial gravel, the latest, except the recent mud-flats, of all the
surface formations, which is the subject of the present paper, and
which, from its great development farther up the river, is now
named The Trenton Gravel. It is in this gravel, and in this
gravel only, that traces of man have been found.

The Trenton Gravel at Philadelphia is composed principally of
a sharp micaceous sand, which, when below water-level, becomes
a “quicksand.”’ Gravel lies below the sand. Unlike all the other
gravels, it contains but few pebbles of white quartz, and is of a
dark gray color. Its pebbles are made exclusively of the rocks
forming the upper valley of the river. Their shape is also very
characteristic. The pebbles of the older gravels are oval or egg-
shaped, but these are for the most part flat. This flat shape is
characteristic of all true river gravels. At several places along
the Delaware, gold has been obtained from this gravel. The
absence of clay in any of its layers indicates the action of swiftly-
running water. Data obtained from artesian wells have shown

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299

that this formation has a depth on Delaware Avenue, Philadelphia,
of about 50 feet, and that it extends up to about Third and Market
Streets. On Smith’s Island and on the bar in the river opposite
Cooper’s Point, it is 100 feet deep, lying upon rock. It therefore
underlies the river, filling up its ancient channel. On Richmond
Street some very large boulders are seen lying upon the sand,

On tracing the Trenton gravel up the river, it is found to be
confined to its immediate vicinity, and that, from Philadelphia to
the Neshaminy Creek, its boundary is generally between the line
of the Pennsylvania Railroad and the Delaware. From this point
the bounding terrace trends directly towards Morrisville and
away from the present river. Thus, at Bristol, the gravel and its
overlying sand extends two miles back from the river, and is
bounded by a well-marked hill, upon which lie the older gravel
and brick-clay of Champlain age. These and the Tertiary gravels
extend nearly seven miles inland. At Tullytown the Trenton
gravel extends two and a-half miles back, and at the canal shows
the following succession of strata: (1) sandy loam, 1 foot; (2) fine
gray “moulding-sand,” 2} feet; (3) sharp “bar sand,” 1 foot; (4
clean gray river gravel of unknown depth. In other openings
near here the gravel is so full of boulders that these are dug in
large quantities and sent to Philadelphia for ‘“ cobble-stones.”’
Near Wheatsheaf Station, close to the railroad, an opening which
has exposed a section of the Trenton gravel nearly halfa mile in
length, exhibits well the general features of the formation. The
pebbles, of characteristic shape and color, are made of gray Triassic
argillite, slate, red shale, sandstone, conglomerate, and various
other rotks found farther up the valley, while large and often
sharp boulders of red shale and other materials frequently oceur.
The whole formation has a very fresh appearance when compared
with older gravels. Near Turkey Hill a large smooth boulder,
tive feet in diameter, lies upon the sand.

At Morrisville the narrower portion of the valley begins, and
from here up, the river flows on arocky bottom, and the gravel is
shallow and is confined to the immediate vicinity of the river.
The older gravels of oceanic origin continue across New Jersey
and do not appear above Yardleyville. The Philadelphia red
gravel is no more seen, but the brick clay with its boulders oees-
sionally appears part way up the steep hills enclosing the valley,
and is abundant in the side valleys formed by tributary streams.

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Above Yardleyville, therefore, we have to deal with but two sur-
face formations,—the boulder-bearing brick clay, often much
eroded, and the Trenton gravel, confined to the bottom of the
valley and showing but little erosion. It will be well to bear in
mind the distinction between these two formations,—the one of
glacial, the other of post-glacial age. The writer has traced them
as far up as the Water Gap, past the great terminal moraine into
ylaciated regions. Itis interesting to note that while the modified
moraine material close to the river at Belvidere is in some points
similar to the Trenton gravel, and is the source of part of that for-
mation, the moraine on the Lehigh River at Stemton and at other
inland localities contains pebbles and boulders very similar to
those of the Philadelphia brick-clay.

Throughout the whole course of the Trenton gravel it is observed
that it lies within a channel previously excavated down to the
rock through the boulder-bearing brick clay and its red gravel,
which, as shown in a former paper, belong to the Champlain epoch.
The Trenton gravel is therefore, later than the Glacial and Cham-
plain epochs; and this is a fact which, when considered in connec-
tion with the human relics found in this gravel and the consequent
antiquity of man, it will be most important to remember.

Having now sketched the character and position of the Trenton
gravel along the Delaware valley, we are prepared to examine the
formation as exposed at the locality whose name we have chosen
to distinguish it.

Trenton is in a position where naturally the largest amount of a
river gravel would be deposited, and where its best exposures
would be exhibited. It is at the point where a long, narrow valley
with precipitous banks and continuous downward slope, opens out
into a wide alluvial plain at a lower level. It is here that the
rocky floor of the river suddenly descends to ocean level and even
sinks below it, forming the limit of tidewater. Thus any drift
material which the flooded river swept down its channel would
here, upon meeting tidewater, be in great part deposited. Large
boulders which had been rolled down the inclined floor of the
upper valley would here stop in their course, and all be heaped up
with the coarser gravel by the more slowly flowing water except
such few as cakes of floating ice could carry oceanward. On the
other hand the finer gravel and sand would be deposited farther
down the river.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

This is precisely what occurs at Trenton. The material, whicli
at Philadelphia is generally fine, grows coarser as the river is
ascended, until at Trenton we find often immense boulders im-
bedded at all angles in the gravel. Moreover, the river has here
' cut entirely through the gravel down to the rock, exposing at
one place a cliff of gravel 50 feet high. At Philadelphia, on the
other hand, as we have seen, the river still flows on the top of the
gravel. This fact may also be accounted for. Having heaped upa
mass of detritus in the old river channel as an obstruction
at the mouth of the gorge, the river, so soon as its volume dimin-
ished, would immediately begin wearing away a new channel for
itself down to ocean level. This would be readily accomplished
through the loose material, and would be stopped only when
rock was reached. On the other hand, that gravel which had
been deposited at places farther down the river where its bottom
was below ocean level, would remain un-eroded or nearly so. When
the river had attained the level of the ocean there would be no
occasion to cut a deep channel, and it would therefore flow on top
of the gravel which it had deposited. It is necessary that this
point should be understood, as other geologists have brought for-
ward various theories to explain the high bank of gravel at Tren-
ton. The fact of the river having cut through the gravel at
Trenton, while at Philadelphia it flows upon it, is due to the con-
figuration of the rock floor of the river, which at Trenton rises
above ocean level, and at Philadelphia lies nearly 100 feet below it.

In addition to the exposure upon the river bank, where the
whole depth of the formation is seen, the long railroad cuts
made by the Pennsylvania R. R. at Trenton, afford excellent
sections of the gravel. It exhibits the distinctive characteristics
of a true river deposit, and is very different from the gravels which
are found at higher levels. It contains no clay; its pebbles are
made of the rocks of the river bed and are flattened, and the strati-
fication of the whole deposit is well seen in the alternations of
sand and gravel. It extends several miles back from the present
river, covering the low ground along the Assunpink Creek, and
indicating the existence here of a former bay or arm of the Dela-
ware. This bay was shaped somewhat like a horseshoe, which had
one extremity in Trenton at the hill above the canal, and which
washed the base of the hill north of the Assunpink Creek, and,
extending about three miles back from Trenton, and sweeping

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

around the “Bear Swamp,” had its other extremity near the
house of Dr. C. C. Abbott, below Chambersburg. This village was
under water. Another bay extended up the valley of Crosswicks
Creek. Boulders of Champlain age lie upon the sa ips gravels
which form the ancient bank.

From the extent of the Trenton gravel in this vicinity. state-
ments have been published that it covered the whole southern part
of the state, and that at the time of its deposition the Delaware
River emptied into the ocean at Trenton. It is evident that the
distinction between the very different gravels of this region has
not been perceived. Careful examination will show the great dis-
similarity between the Trenton gravel and such gravels as occur
at Princeton Junction and interior New Jersey, which are in
great part of Pliocene age, and will prove that it is confined to
the ancient river bed.

The presence of very large boulders on the river bank at Tren-
ton has led some geologists to suppose that the formation was a
glacial moraine. The occasional though very rare examples of
scratched pebbles and polished boulders, which the flood had evi-
dently carried down from the moraine material north of Belvidere,
have been brought forward as supporting this theory. Yet the
absence of till and of angular masses of rock, and generally of
materials foreign to the Delaware Valley, when regarded in con-
nection with what we have shown to be the general characters of
the formation, can not be explained upon this theory. The char-
acter of the river banks along the valley render the presence of a
glacier at Trenton extremely improbable. These show no marks
of glacial action. We have, moreover, already shown that
the Trenton gravel is more recent than the deposits of Cham-
plain age, and that, lying in a channel cut within them, it is
the most recent of all the gravels. Clearly the Delaware Valley
and the channel of the river were excavated in a time previous to
the deposition of the Trenton gravel. The channel subsequently
having been filled up by this gravel, the diminished river still
later has cut a new channel either completely through it, as at
Trenton, or partially, as at Philadelphia. It is probable that
slight undulations of the level of the coast have aided in producing
these changes.

Before describing the human relics found in the Trenton gravel.
there are several facts bearing upon its origin and age which it
will be well to consider.

a

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303

It has been noticed that from Trenton to Philadelphia the creeks
flowing into the river Delaware have a steep south bank, while the
ground north of the creek is flat. The writer finds that the flat
ground north of the creek is made of Trenton gravel, while the
southern bank is made of older formations which have been for-
merly cut away by water action coming from the north. ‘Thus,
the steep south bank of the Neshaminy is made of “ Philadelphia
red gravel’ of Champlain age, while a flat plain of Trenton gravel
lies south of the creek. The same configuration of the banks of
creeks on the New Jersey shore has been noticed by Prof. Cook.
By assuming that the river at the time of the deposition of this
gravel was of larger volume than now, this fact is of ready explana-
tion. The southern bank of the creek, often of Cretaceous or
Tertiary strata, in each case formed the shore of the ancient river,
and was worn away into a steep bank by the flood from the north.
Similar in cause and effect are the present banks of the Delaware,
which are steep on the outside of each curve of the river, and flat
and covered with recent alluvium on the inside.

Another fact showing river action is the frequent occurrence of
exposures of *‘ flow and plunge structure ” in this gravel. In these
the layers are seen to dip up stream, as would be expected by
downward flowing water. It is interesting to find, on the other
hand, that the same structure in the Tertiary gravels, both of
Pennsylvania and New Jersey, shows layers dipping southeast, as
though deposited by incoming oceanic tides.

Another instance of the fluviatile character of the Trenton gravel
is found in the peculiar topography which it sometimes exhibits.
Frequently, instead of forming a flat plain, it forms higher ground
close to the present river channel than it does near its ancient
bank. Moreover, not only does the ground thus slope downward

- on retreating from the river, but the boulders become smaller and

less abundant. Both of these facts are in accordance with the
laws of river deposits. In a time of flood the rapidly flowing
water in the main channel, bearing detritus, is checked by the more
quiet waters at the side of the river, and is forced to deposit its
gravel and boulders as a kind of bank.

In determining the comparative age of the Trenton gravel, a guide
may be found in the amount of its erosion. In this respect a
marked contrast exists between this and more ancient gravels.
Unlike the land covered by older surface formations, that covered

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 1880. }

by the Trenton gravel is remarkably level and free from hillocks
or ravines. The change in topography may be well seen in the
neighborhood of Trenton, and can be noticed almost anywhere
along the valley. This fact alone would indicate a more recent
age than that of the clays and gravels of the Champlain epoch.
This difference is much more marked when comparison is made
with the oceanic gravels.

The actual time necessary for the Delaware to cut down to the
rock through 50 feet of this gravel at Trenton is by no means
great. Numerous facts have been adduced by geological writers
and by engineers to show how rapidly a stream of water can wear
through loose gravel material. When it is noted that the gravel
cliff at Trenton has been made, not by a straight downward cut,
but by a side wearing away as at a bank, and when it is remem-
bered that the erosive power of the Delaware was formerly very
much greater than it is now, it will be conceded that the presence
of the cliff at Trenton will not necessarily infer its high antiquity.
From what is known of the action of running water upon gravel,
it is thought that the time necessary to produce the erosion now
observed might be reckoned by hundreds rather than by thou-
sands of years. While the gravel was of course formed in a
previous time, the rapid action of the flood which deposited it,
shown in many places by the character of the gravel, indicates
that the time necessary for its deposition need not have been long.

Having now shown that the Trenton gravel is a true river
deposit of modern age, it will be of interest to inquire how such a
flood as we have proved to exist could have originated. No flood
within the historical epoch has been known to at all approach in
magnitude that which deposited the Trenton gravel. No boulders
of the size found in and upon that gravel are ever carried down
the river by recent ice-cakes. In fact, at Trenton and below, the
boulders of this gravel are often much larger than any in the
Champlain gravel of that part of the valley.

We have seen that at the time of the Trenton gravel flood, the
lower part of Philadelphia, the whole of Bristol and Tullytown, and
almost all of Trenton were submerged. That the climate was then
cold is indicated not only by the suggestion that there were then prob-
ably very large masses of boulder-bearing ice floating in the river,
but also by the fact that, as the writer is informed by Dr. C. C.
Abbott, bones of Arctic animals (walrus, reindeer, mastodon),

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305

often rounded by attrition, have been found in this gravel.
Although the Trenton gravel has none of the features of a moraine,
it is true that the cliff at the base of Riverview Cemetery, holding
immense boulders, has the appearance of having been deposited
by glacial waters. At other places, the boulders resting upon the
sand overlying the gravel suggests the grounding of large ice-
cakes derived from some mass of ice large enough to be called a
glacier.

It is difficult to imagine an origin for such a flood as we have
described other than the melting of a glacier. We have shown
that the flood was not an inroad from the sea, but that it
came down the valley. No rain-storms of modern experience
could have supplied such an amount of water. To call the time
of this flood a ‘ Pluvial Epoch,” will be of little assistance, since
no origin for such extraordinary rains is suggested, except under
a very different climate, or by evaporation from a melting glacier.

Yet such a glacier cannot be the great glacier of the Glacial epoch.
That was the glacier which in its melting deposited the brick-clay
and red gravel which we have shown to be much older than the
Trenton gravel. It must have been, if a glacier at all, another
and more recent one whose melting caused the flood which formed
this gravel. This last glacial flood flowed in a channel excavated
through the deposits of the first glacial period.

It appears, then, that there is evidence of a Second Glacial
Period—a period in which was deposited the last of the gravels,
and which has but lately passed away. From the limited extent
of its deposits it is inferred that the second glacier was much
smaller than the first, and that its southern extremity was con-
fined to the valley. A second glacial period is recognized in
Europe under the name of the Reindeer Period.

It is thought that the hypothesis of a second and more local
glacier, long subsequent in age to the first great glacier, will
explain all the facts observed. The Trenton gravel cannot be
assigned to the first glacial period except by assuming that there
have been no river gravels deposited since that time ;—an assump-
tion which can hardly be maintained. Some European archie-
ologists have held that the Palxolithic Era, the era of the river
gravels, is antecedent to the Reindeer Period, the period of the
eave-men. Nosuch distinction has been observed on the Delaware.
Should future researches show that a separate and second glacial

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

epoch cannot be proved in America, the facts here observed will
indicate a much more recent date for the disappearance of the
great glacier than has been assigned to it. The period of the
Trenton gravel flood, whether contemporaneous with a glacier or
not, is the period of the last geological deposits here known; the
recent mud-flats being alone excepted.

We have now glanced at the characters of the Trenton gravel,
and have indicated, so far as the facts at hand allow, its position,
origin, and relative age.

It is in this gravel that the writer’s friend, Dr. Charles
C. Abbott, of Trenton, has made the interesting discovery of stone
implements of human workmanship, which, in their shape and
characters, are quite unlike those of the Red Indians of the Atlantic
coast.! He has found them imbedded at various depths in the ap-
parently undisturbed gravel of the cliff at Riverview Cemetery
and in other places near Trenton. They are of paleeolithic type,
and differ from Indian stone implements by being larger, ruder,
and made from a different material. They are composed of gray
argillite, a rock which is found in place farther up the river,
and which is a Triassic shale altered and hardened by the heat
from adjacent trap dykes. They occur in positions which render
it extremely probable that they belong to the same age as that of
the deposition of the gravel, or at least to an age when it was
overflowed by the flooded river. There are two points which
offer strong evidence in that direction.

The first is the fact that modern Indian implements, ‘‘neoliths,”’
are never found associated with these ‘“ paleeoliths ” in the gravel.
Although abundant on the surface, it is stated that they never
occur at a depth of more than a few inches in undisturbed soil,
while the paleoliths are found often ten or more feet from the sur-
face. This fact alone argues a different age for the two classes of
implements.

The second fact is that when found below the surface of the
ground, these paloliths always occur in the Trenton gravel and
never in older gravels. The writer, in company with Dr. Abbott.
has gone over much of the ground where the implements occurred ;
and it was very interesting to find that it was only within the
limits of the Trenton gravel, previously traced out by the writer,

1 Y, Tenth and Eleventh Annual Reports of the Peabody Museum of
American Archeology.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

that Dr. Abbott had found implements below the surface. Beyond
the terrace of older gravels the palzeoliths sometimes occur with
implements of the modern type, but are not imbedded at any
depth. In Pennsylvania, moreover, the writer has found similar
palzoliths in the region covered by the Trenton gravel and in that
region only. Here, then, is the strongest probability, even if the
implements were found upon the surface only, that they belonged
to and were of coeval deposition with the river gravel.

The implements of argillite found at the lowest depth in undis-
turbed gravel have been generally decided by archeologists to he
of human origin. It is, however, true that there are many sharp
fragments of this rock in the Trenton gravel which are of natural
origin, and that pebbles and partially rounded fragments of the
same rock are frequent. The writer has found several fragments
of argillite in the gravel exposed at the cut near Wheatsheaf
Station, Bucks Co., Pa., which, whether they were artificial or
natural, it was impossible to determine.

All the evidence that has been gathered points to the conclu-
sion that at the time of the Trenton gravel flood, man in a rude
state lived upon the banks of the ancient Delaware. He may have
been in the habit of spearing fish and seals with spears pointed by
his rough stone implements, and these having been dropped into
the flood may have sunk into the loose and shifting gravel. The
weathering upon the implements is so slight as to afford no evi-
dence of their high antiquity. Many of the paleoliths found in
the river gravels of Europe, are of very similar type. As a rule,
probably the implements of the Trenton gravel are somewhat more
rude. The writer is informed that even more primitive forms are
now in constant use among some of our Western Indian tribes.

It is interesting to find, as pointed out by archeologists, that
until lately the Eskimos have used stone implements quite as rude
and similar in appearance to those found in the Trenton and other
river gravels, and it has been suggested that that race, now living
ina climate and under conditions perhaps similar to those once
existing on the Delaware, may have some kinship with the pre-
Indian people of this river. It may be that an Eskimo race, living
here at the time of the flooded Delaware, were driven north by
the coming of the Red Indians. If future archeological work
shows this surmise to be correct, the writer suggests that the
period of the Trenton graveland of this paleolithic people,—a period

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

perhaps following a second glacial age,—might appropriately be
called The Eskimo Period. This name, derived from a higher order
of beings than that which gave the name Reindeer Period, is much
more suggestive and is probably of fully as wide application as
the lattername. A term already in use, the Palzxolithic Era, is
also convenient.

It has been held that the occurrence of palwoliths at Trenton
ottered evidence of a very high antiquity of man in America, and,
the gravel being considered as a glacial moraine, that man’s exist-
ence was carried back to interglacial and even preglacial times. !
As we have seen, the geological investigations along the Delaware
Valley, described in this paper, throw quite a new light upon this
subject. They show that the implement-bearing gravel is of post-
glacial age, and is a river deposit of comparatively recent forma-
tion ; and that neither in the gravels of the Champlain epoch nor in
deposits of any previous age have any traces of man been
discovered. The evidence appears to indicate the origin of
man at a time which, geologically considered at least, is recent.

The actual age of the Trenton gravel, and the consequent date to
which the antiquity of man on the Delaware should be assigned, is
a question which geological data alone are insufticient to solve.
The only clue, and that a most unsatisfactory one, is afforded by
calculations based upon the amount of erosion. This, like all geo-
logical considerations, is relative rather than absolute. The same
reasoning that showed that the modern river channel might have
been excavated in hundreds rather than thousands of years, will
indicate that no great length of time is necessary to produce all
the surface features of the Trenton gravel. While the writer may
venture to express the opinion that there is no reason geologically
for carrying the age of this gravel and the antiquity of man on the
Delaware farther back than a very few thousand years at the most,
he is fully aware that any close approximation can safely be
arrived at only by extended comparison with other river gravels and
by a much more complete series of observations than have yet
been possible. Ethnological considerations, which make palo-
lithic man to antedate the oldest races of the mound-builders, will
have a bearing upon this question. Meteorologists may show that

‘It will be remembered that Sir Charles Lyell, in his Principles of Geol-
ogy, 11th Ed., vol. 1, p. 286, conjectures the period of the great glacier to
have been about 200,000 years ago.

1880. j NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309

a cold climate and a period of a flood far larger than any of late ex-
perience may require a long lapse of time. These considerations
are not within the scope of this paper. It has been the aim of the
writer to define the antiquity of man in relation to geological rather
than to historical events. If, in showing that the Eskimo period is
the last of the geological ages, it does not necessarily follow that it
is by any means recent, it must be remembered, on the other hand,
that its high antiquity is not proven by the facts thus far
observed.

The conclusions to which the facts seem to point may briefly he
summarized as follows :—

1. That the Trenton gravel, the only gravel in which implements
occur, is a true river deposit of post-glacial age, and the most
recent of all the gravels of the Delaware valley.

2. That the paleoliths found in it really belong to and are a
part of the gravel, and that they indicate the existence of man in
a rude state at a time when the flooded river flowed on top of this
gravel, ;

3. That the data obtained do not necessarily prove, geologically
considered, an extreme antiquity of man in Eastern America.

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF { 1880.

Note on Philadelphite—a new mineral.—Mr. LEWIS gave a pre-
liminary description of a new vermiculite from near Wayne
Station on the Germantown Railroad, which he proposed to call
** Philadelphite.” It oecurs in plates of a brown color and talcose
lustre, existing as seams in an altered hornblende rock. When
heated, it exfoliates with great force to many times its original size
and becomes of a coppery bronze color. It was stated that while
exfoliating, it was able to lift over 50,000 times its own weight. It
had a hygroscopic power nearly as great as that of chloride of
calcium. Its optical characters and its chemical composition were
given. ;

Analysis of Philadelphite—Mr. RrEuBen HAIneEs contributed
the following analyses of Philadelphite.

Specific gravity (determined in alcohol of 95 p.c.) 2.78—-2.96.

1. iT.

SiO, 39.06 38.52
Fe.0; 20.59 20.01
A103 14.75 14.82
FeO ~ 2.04 2.04
CaO “oy 1.08
MgO 11.49 11.32
MnO (traces)
Li,O (traces) Laie ee
K,O 6.89 6.61
Na,O -90 64
H.0 4.27 4.27
F (traces)

100.98 99.31

Per cent. of hygroscopic water in I, 3.12 p. c.; in IT, 3.43 p. e.

In these analyses the mineral was dried at 100° C., the hygro-
scopic water not being included in the determinations. Owing to
its very hygroscopic nature, it was found very difficult to obtain
its weight at 100° C. accurately. It gains rapidly in weight while
being weighed upon the balance. Examples of its hygroscopic
power were given. The analyses were made by dissolving the
mineral in concentrated hydrochloric acid. Iron was estimated
volumetrically and the alkalies by Smith’s method of fusion,

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

DECEMBER 22, 1879.

THE SO-CALLED EMERY-ORE FROM CHELSEA, BETHEL TOWNSHIP,
DELAWARE COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA.

BY F. A. GENTH, JR.

At the November meeting of this Section, Dr. Cardeza called
the attention of the members to a garnet rock, mined as emery-
ore, at Chelsea, Bethel Township, Delaware Co., Pa., and subse-
quently left it with me for analysis.

The rock is composed almost exclusively of rounded rhombic-
dodecahedral grains of red garnet, varying in size from a fraction
of a millimetre to over one centimetre ; also a little quartz, biotite,
muscovite, and magnetite. It is very friable, being easily crushed.

Its fracture is uneven, excepting in some of the larger grains,
which are so much intersected by mica, that, when struck by a
hammer, they break into angular fragments, apparently showing a
erystalline cleavage. Specific gravity — 4.028.

An analysis of the smaller and purer grains, obtained by wash-
ing and picking out, gave:

SiO, = 41.11
Fe,0, = 2.11
ALO; = 21.60
FeO = 25.86
CaO = 1.89
MgO => 5.41

100.20

which proves it to be an ordinary iron-alumina garnet.

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 1880.

Some New Mineral Localities.—Mr. JosEpH WILLCOX announced
the following new mineral localities:

Burgess, Ontario, Canada, on the north shore of Rideau Lake :
Phlogopite, Green Pyroxene, Apatite, Zircon. North Elmsley, -
near Otty Lake, Canada: Phlogopite, in large and perfect crys-
tals. Bedford, Trontenac Co., Ont., Can.: Apatite (unusually
fine), Black Pyroxene, Scapolite. Near Westport, Ontario, Can. :
Black Tourmaline. Russel, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y.: Steatite
pseudomorphous after Tremolite and Scapolite; Black Tour-
maline, with modified terminations. Macon Co., N. C.: Crystals
of Biotite in Muscovite.

All the above were found in fine specimens, well crystallized.
Specimens were exhibited to the Section.

Go
—
Oo

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

ON PHILADELPHITE (Sp. Nov.).
BY HENRY CARVILL LEWIS.

The mineral to which the above title has been applied was found
by the writer four years ago, in what was then a quarry of horn-
blendic gneiss, close to the boundary of the Twenty-second Ward,
Philadelphia. The locality is on Germantown Avenue, at the
bridge crossing of the Germantown and Norristown Railroad,

near Wayne Station. The quarry is now walled up, and is used

as a coal and lime yard.

Geologically, the locality is just at the base of the terrace of
metamorphic rocks which bounds the drift formations underlying
the greater part of the city. Quaternary clays, boulders of the
Champlain period, and tertiary gravels appear within a hundred
feet of the quarry, and the waters of those different epochs have
successively eroded the hill rising above it. This hill, here called
Negley’s or Logan’s Hill, about 225 feet in height, is part of the
same hill or “ Upland Terrace,” which, trending nearly northeast
and southwest, has been traced continuously from here into Mary-
land, on the one side, and across New Jersey on the other, and
which, though composed of quite different rocks in different places,
forms throughout, the boundary of the post-jurassic formations.

The rock at this place is a hard black hornblendic gneiss, subject
to decomposition in its upper portions. It is well exposed in the
cut on Wayne Street, where numerous minerals occur, and it is
the same which is quarried at Frankford and at McKinney’s
quarry, both noted mineral localities. In its altered state it
crumbles easily, and when heated exfoliates. In this condition,
after being crushed in a mill between heavy iron rollers, it is
sometimes used as a building sand.

The mineral here described as Philadelphite belongs to the ver-
miculite group of hydrous silicates. It occurs both disseminated
in scales throughout the gangue-rock, and also in seams, an inch or
more in thickness and many feet long. Associated with it in the
same quarry are crystals of sphene, epidote and hornblende, and
specks of chalcopyrite. It has been found in small quantities also
at Wayne Street, at McKinney’s quarry, and in Germantown.

'V. Proc. Min. and Geolog. Section Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., Nov., 1878.

21

3l4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Since most of the vermiculites occur in serpentinous or chloritic
formations, it is to be noted that no such rocks occur here or in
the vicinity. The mineral is probably derived originally from
hornblende.

Physical Characters.—Hardness, 1.3; Specific gravity, 2.80
(taken in alcohol and referred to water). Lustre pearly. Color,
by reflected light, bronze; by transmitted light, brownish red, and
in very thin lamin, brownish yellow. Opaque, except in thin
pieces. Streak brownish yellow. Lamine unelastic, readily
flexible, tough, not brittle. Feel greasy.

Crystallographic Characters.—Monoclinic. Cleavage ; basal, emi-
nent; also, occasionally, a cleavage parallel to the diagonals.
Striations crossing at about 90°, causing the mineral to break
into nearly rectangular fragments, are sometimes observed, and
these are parallel to the plane of the optic axes and to the diagonals
of the rhomb. No triangular striations as in Jefferisite. Plates
often contorted and wrinkled. Twin crystals frequent, observable
by polarized light. Optically biaxial. Double refraction strong,
negative. Optic-axial angle, 31°20/-39°30’; generally 37°+.
Crystals sometimes nearly 2 inches wide and 4 inch high. The
hyperbolas are well defined in the polariscope, and the angle of
their divergence is more constant than in some of the other ver-
miculites. Twinning produces variations in the angle.!

Pyrognostic Characters.—In the closed tube it gives off water and
exfoliates with great force, in a direction perpendicular to its base,
to ten times its original volume. Upon exfoliation it becomes of a
bright copper color and takes a metallic lustre. It also becomes
brittle and more opaque. The exfoliated mineral has a far more
distinct and frequent secondary vertical cleavage than it has before
exfoliation, and the basal cleavage is also easier. It shows strong
double refraction in the polariscope, and has an optical divergence
of about the same amount as that of the unignited mineral (30° to
37°). The hyperbolas are extremely ill-defined, and no exact
measurements could be taken. It is yellow by transmitted light.
It forms a fine object under the microscope by reflected light.
The fine copper color gained on exfoliation is characteristic, dis-
tinguishing it from the other vermiculites. The color is obtained
whether it is heated suddenly in the flame, or slowly in an air-bath
to exfoliation. Upon long-continued ignition in a platinum cru-

' Y. Prof. Cooke’s Paper on the Vermiculites, Proc. Amer. Acad.,
Boston, 1874, 35.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

cible, heated without access of air, it becomes a steel-gray color, its
iron having been reduced. Before the blowpipe it gives the violet
flame of potash and fuses to a black magnetic globule, which does
not intumesce when further heated.

With the fluxes it reacts for silica andiron. It is readily dis-
solved by hot sulphuric acid, the pure white silica being left in the
original shape of the mica. It is dissolved in hydrochloric acid
upon long digestion.

Chemical Composition.—In the investigation of the chemical
composition of Philadelphite the writer has had the valuable
advice of his friend, Prof. F. A. Genth, of the University of
Pennsylvania. The method used in the estimation of vanadium
is entirely due to him. The writer is also indebted to his friend,
Mr. Reuben Haines, of Germantown, for two analyses, and for
some interesting experiments.

Of the four analyses given below, Numbers I and II are by Mr.
Haines; Nos. III and IV by the writer. Nos. I and II were
made upon the pulverized mineral, previously dried in an air-bath
at 100° C.; the hygroscopic water, amounting to over 3 p.¢., not
being included in the determinations. ‘“ In both the analyses the
sample was dissolved in concentrated HCl, and the SiO, purified
by digestion with HCl. The Fe and Al were precipitated together
by NH,HO and the Fe titrated by permanganate. The ferrous
oxide was found by dissolving the weighed mineral in sulphuric
acid in a closed flask from which the air was expelled by boiling
with sodic carbonate, and titrating as before. The magnesia was
weighed as pyrophosphate and the alkalies were separated by
Smith’s method of fusion, and were determined by platinic chloride,
controlling the result by ignition of the platinic salt in hydrogen
and weighing as metallic platinum. The combined H.O is an
average of the results of experiments Nos. IV and VI (given
below) taken at a red heat on bottom of crucible.”

Analyses Nos. II] and IV were made upon the ignited mineral,
this being considered its most constant state. The atomic water
was determined separately, and the analysis of the anhydrous
mineral reduced when the percentage of water was added. The
ignited mineral being with difficulty soluble in acid, it was decom-
posed by fusion with sodie carbonate for analysis. After repeated
evaporation of the siliea with HCl, it was found still to contain
titanic acid, which was extracted by evaporation with concen-
trated H,SO, and precipitated by dilution and boiling. Addi-

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

tional titanic acid was separated upon boiling the filtrate from SiO,,
after reduction with H.S. In one analysis titanic acid was sepa-
rated from SiO, by volatilizing the latter with HF, dissolving the
residue in H,SO,, diluting and boiling. Ferrous oxide was deter-
mined in the air-dried mineral as in analyses I and II. Tron and
alumina were estimated by precipitation by boiling with sodic
acetate in a neutral solution, dissolving in HCl, reprecipitating
with NH,HO, igniting and weighing together. In the filtrate
MnO was precipitated by bromine and ignited.

The following method was employed for the detection of vana-
dium. 80 grammes of impure mineral were mixed with 90 grammes
of sodie carbonate and 100 grammes of sulphur, and the whole
heated slowly in a Hessian crucible covered by charcoal until
partially fused. It was then digested in warm water, filtered, and
to the filtrate dilute HCl was added, precipitating a copious
heavy floceulent brown mass of the sulphides of vanadium, copper,
cobalt and nickel. The precipitate was washed, ignited and evap-
orated with nitric acid, when it gave a red residue. This was fused
with a mixture of sodic carbonate and sodic nitrate,and extracted
with water in order to separate the oxides of copper, cobalt and
nickel. Solid ammonic chloride was now added to the aqueous
solution, when vanadate of ammonia was precipitated. Upon
ignition it was changed to vanadic oxide, and was found to be
pure, giving all the characteristic reactions.

For the estimation of vanadium the following method was em-
ployed. 44 grammes of the pulverized ignited mica were fused
with a mixture of 3 parts NaCO, and 1 part NaNO;, the mass ex-
tracted with H.O, filtered, and the filtrate digested with HS.
Traces of CuS and FeS were filtered off, and the silica eliminated
by evaporation to dryness and addition of dilute H.SOs. HS was
again added, giving a blue solution. After driving off the H,S by
heat, the vanadic acid present was estimated volumetrically by the
addition of a measured portion of a standard solution of per-
manganate of potash.

Magnesia was determined as pyrophosphate, and the alkalies by
means of Smith’s method. Phosphoric acid was precipitated as
phosphomoly bdate of ammonia, and weighed as pyrophosphate of
magnesia.

On account of the remarkable hygroscopic powers of Philadel-
phite, great difficulty was experienced in the estimation of the com-
bined water. Nearly one-half of the water in the air-dried mineral

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

is hygroscopic, and may be driven off either by long exposure over
sulphuric acid in a desiccator, or by drying in an air-bath at 100°
C. The percentage of water given in the analyses represents
approximately the amount of water in the mineral after such
desiccation.

Spec. gray. (taken in alcohol of 95 p. c.) 2.78-2.96.

FE. Il. Mean. Quantivalent ratio.

SiO, 39.06 38.52 38.79 2.587 2.587 5.45
Me (i475 8) 14.89 - 14.78 861 . '
FeO; 20.59 20.01 20.30 761 \ 1.622 3.42
FeO 2.04 2.04 2.04 056 )

MnO trace trace te Ue bag

MgO 11.49 11.32 11.40 570 |

CaO 99 1.08 1.03 037 | pein Lispig
Na.O -90 64 A 025 £ ot iv?
Li,O trace trace wrate ey |

K.O 6.89 6.61 6.75 143

BP trace trace BAe ape! |

H,0 4.27 4.27 4,27 ATA 474 he

100.98 ag. ot LOOT
Hygroscopic water in I, 312; in II, 3.43.
Spee. gray. (taken in alcohol of 84 p.c. on the air-dried mineral )

ob EY. Mean. Quantivalent ratio.
SiO. 85.94 BBY S15 Ay ( 2.38
TiO, 1.30 Sc ame Os 05 ; BAe ye BOD, 91:5
Al,O, 15.23 16.32 15: Ft 91
FeO, 19.48 19.43 19.46 Py 3 t 1.65 3.43 3
V.03 ae ( 36 3 OL
FeO 2.09 2.28 2.18 -06
MnO 46 55 50 01
G00} trace -06 -06 As
CuO trace .08 08 if
MgO 11.41 AL 2 11.56 08
CaO Age 1.54 1.46 05 7 .87 1.80 ..2
Na,O 1.42 ts) -90 -03
Li,O trace trace a He
K,0 6.52 7.11 6.81 14
PO; trace Al vl
Cl trace trace
H,S0O, trace trace om ae
1,0 4.34 4.3 4.34 AS Mis Eel

99.94 100.63 100.45
Hygroscopice water in IIT and IV, 3.24.

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

From both these pair of analyses we have the ratio

R: B:Si:H —2:3:5:landRR:Si: H—1:1: }. The ratio
of bases to silica is 121, and for sesquioxides to protoxides,
R : R = 2:1.

Philadelphite dried at 100°C. appears to be a unisilicate, the
water not being basic.

The formula may perhaps be written

S || O. || [2 (Ks) + 28 (48, Be) +
The general symbol would be,

Oro

ad,

m1 vi

R,, f2, Ow. Si; 2 H,O.

The water will be regarded as water of crystallization. Prof.
Cooke has shown the close chemical relation between the anhydrous
vermiculites and biotite. ,A like result is brought out by the fol-
lowing analysis of ignited Philadelphite. The analysis is a mean
of the two analyses of the anhydrous mineral which formed
analyses Nos. III and IV of the mineral dried at 100° C.

Wi. 3 Quant. ratio.
Si, 37.35 2.49) Sh ea 5
TiO, 1.08 055
A10, 16.49 96
Fe,0, 20.33 at 1.73 1.92 2
V,03 .38 01
FeO 2.28 06)

MnO 52 Ol
MgO 12.09 60 [
CaO 1.53 .05 ( on fr :
Na,O 94 03
K.0 7.13 15
100.12

vt

Here R: B :Si—1:2: 3, the ratio of a typical biotite. Anal-
gous as the anhydrous mineral is to biotite in its formula, it has
been shown that physically and optically the two minerals are
quite dissimilar, and it is not proven that they have any necessary
connection. It is by no means a hydrous biotite in the sense that
margarodite is a hydrous muscovite, in which case the characters,
optical and physical, are identical. Such hydrous biotites occur
in several places in the vicinity of Philadelphia, in a partially

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

altered micaceous gneiss, in which the muscovite has become
margarodite, and the orthoclase become white and crumbling.
Such mica exfoliates slightly when heated, is uniaxial, fusible
with difficulty, and might be called Hydrobiotite for convenience.
It frequently occurs enclosed in crystals of margarodite, or in
muscovite passing into margarodite.

Hygroscopic Properties.—In the determination of water in its
different states in Philadelphite, the principal difficulty was on
account of the strong hygroscopic properties possessed by the
mineral. After the water has been expelled by heat or desiccation,
it is rapidly absorbed again from the air, if exposed. Upon the
balance, the dried mineral gains so rapidly that it was found
necessary while weighing to enclose it in corked tubes. It appears
to absorb water with the avidity of chloride of calcium. Even
when enclosed in watch-glasses clasped together and standing in
the closed balance-case with dry CaCl, it gains decidedly in weight.
The following experiments by Mr. Haines illustrate its hygro-
scopic properties :

Grammes,
(1) Weight of undried mica, 9935
Heated at 100° C. for 15 hours, 9616
Weight after standing in balance-case with CaCl,
for 3 days, 9915
Reheated for 3 hours at 100° C., .9580
Left on balance 20 minutes. Gain in weight, 0070
Left on balance 2 hours. Total gain in weight, .0085
(2) Weight of undried mica, 1.1280
Heated at 100° C. for 3 hours, 1.0965
Left in balance-case with CaCl, for 1 hour, 1.1175
Left in balance-case with CaCl, for 1} hours, 1.1230
Left in balance-case with CaCl, for 2} hours, 1.1250
Left in balance-case with CaCl, for 2 days, 1.1260
(3) Undried mica heated at 100° C. for 65 hours.
Loss, 2.49 p. ¢.
On standing in balance-case with CaCl, for 24
days, regained nearly the whole of its original
weight (all but 2 milligrammes). Again
heated at 100° for 3 hours, loss of weight, 3.09 p. ¢.

These experiments, showing that nearly the total amount of
hygroscopic water is regained even in the presence of such an

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

active desiceator as chloride of calcium, indicate a remarkable
hygroscopic force in the dried substance; a property not easy to
explain. It will be noticed that this force is exercised much more
powerfully immediately after desiccation than it is after a lapse of
time. Experiment No. (2) shows that two-thirds of the water is
absorbed during the first hour. It has been found that the amount
of water in the powdered mineral varies with the hygrometric state
of the atmosphere at the time of weighing. It is interesting to
note that several of the zeolites, a class of hydrous silicates whose
exfoliation by heat is very like that of the vermiculites, also have
strong hygroscopic powers, losing and regaining part of their
water with ease.!

Water of Crystallization.—The water in Philadelphite probably
exists in three theoretical conditions, viz.:—Hygroscopic water,
water of crystallization and water of constitution. The first is
driven off by drying at 100° C. or by exposure to dry air over
H.SO,; the second by gentle ignition, and is accompanied by ex-
foliation; the third by strong and prolonged ignition. The latter,
which probably does not much exceed 1 per cent., and which
the analyses have shown is not needed with the basic radicals to
complete the unisilicate formula, will be regarded with the water
of crystallization. The most satisfactory determinations of the
water of crystallization have been made by subtracting the hygro-
scopic water from the total water.

The following experiments have been made upon the amount
and condition of the water.

(1). The dry mica, which had been out of the quarry for more
than a year, was cut into pieces about 5 mm. square, heated in a
platinum crucible to a bright red heat for 25 minutes, cooled in a
desiccator over H,SQ, for half an hour, and then quickly weighed.
It lost 7.58 per cent., which will be regarded as the total amount
of water.

(2), The finely powdered mica holds more water. Different
experiments gave :—7.84 (ignited 10 minutes), 7.89, 7.90, 8.11
(ignited 25 minutes), 7.50 (powdered just previous to ignition).
Strong ignition of the powdered mica probably volatilizes some of
the alkalies in addition to the water.

1 Damour (Ann. d. Mines, IV, x, 208) shows by an experiment similar to
those given above, that the water lost by heulandite exposed over H,SO, is
all regained in 1} days.

1880. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

(3) The finely powdered mica was divided into two portions,
one of which was spread out on an open watch-glass, the other
placed in a crucible. Both were weighed, put in a desiccator over
sulphuric acid, and let stand unopened for two months. That in
the crucible lost 2.76 per cent. of water. That on the watch-glass
had lost 3.87 per cent. On standing 3 or 4 minutes upon the
seale-pan it gained .53 per cent. of water from the air. Upon ex-
posure over sulphuric acid in the desiccator 24 hours longer and
then being quickly weighed, it was found to have lost 3.99 per
cent. It was now placed inan air-bathand kept at a temperature
of 100° C.for4hours. After cooling 15 minutes in the desiccator,
it was found to have gained in weight about 4 per cent., indicating
that the desiccation over sulphuric acid was more complete than
that in the air-bath at 100° C. That in the crucible lost on igni-
tion 5.97 per cent. of its weight.

(4). The powdered mica was placed in a watch-glass in a desic-
cator over sulphuric acid.

After 27 days it had lost 2.28 per cent.

ce 40 “ eu 9.36 be
During weighing, it was enclosed in clasped watch-glasses. It was
now put in a crucible and ignited.

The dried mineral lost on Ist ignition, 5.18 per cent.

be ‘ be 9d oe 5.36 “
te oc “se 3d oe 5.47 “6

(5). The following direct determinations of water of crystal-
lization were made from the mica, dried ina glass tube, corked
while weighing, and then ignited in a crucible.

Desiccation. Time of Ignition Loss of
Desiccation. water in
dried mineral.

(a) 100° C. in air-bath. 24 hours. 15 min. 5.38 p. ¢.

(b) * a 3 days. 20 min. 5. af

(c), over H,SO, 2 weeks. 3times. 5.60 “
Mean, 5.32. “

This determination is thought to be too high, including some
hygroscopic water, since the mica in a tube cannot be perfectly
desiccated.

A mean of the three determinations of hygroscopic water ab-
sorbed over sulphuric acid gives 3.24 per cent., which deducted

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.
from the total water, 7.58 per cent., gives for water of crystalliza-
tion, 4.34 percent. As will be seen below, a similar amount is de-
duced from Mr. Haines’ experiments,

The following experiments by Mr. Haines have been kindly
placed at the disposal of the writer. They may be relied upon as
having been performed with great care.

I. The powdered mica is placed in a desiccator over concen-
trated sulphuric acid.

(a) Dried 15 days. Loss, 2.69 per cent.
(b) A Nc oe ae Fie hr

Il. The undried mica is heated in an air-bath at 100° C.

(a) Heated 3 hours. Loss, 3.14 per cent.
(b) OS paGesBer Tn
(c) a LOO a
(d) 66 54 a3 “ 3.69 ce

Weights. Per cent. of loss.

III. Weight before heating. 1.0880
Heated at 100°, 14 hours. 1.0613 2.46
ee aCe Tay he 1.0598 2.59
Over H.SO, and heated 5 hours
at 100°. 1.0558 2.96
Heated 2 hours at 100° and
cooled over H,SO,. 1.0613 2.46

Weight. Total Lossfrom Incre- p.c. of p.c. of
loss. 100°C. ment total loss fr.
ofloss. logs. 100°C

IV. Weight before heating. .9035
Heated at 100° C. for Lhr. .8743 .0292 3.23
¢: LOOS* ht DC a8 130 0a0) 3.37
‘u 105° = Qh 18715 .0320 .0015 .0015 3.54 0.15
Mt 119°. “ 1 “ 8705 .0330 .0025 .0010 3.65 0.28
“ fullredheat 5 min. .8350 .0685 .0380 .0355 7.58 4.34
over blast lamp
Ist time. 8270 .0765 .0460 .0080 8.46 5.27
over blast lamp
2d time. £8280 .0755 .0450 8.35 5.15

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

Weight. Total Lossfrom Inecre- p.c. of p.c. of
loss. 100°C, ment total loss fr.
of loss. loss. 100°C

V. Weight of undried mica — .80
fe at 100° C. .78
“at 125° C. cooled

for 3 minutes. .7757 .0295 .0070 .0070 3.66 0.89
“at 150° cooled for

3 minutes. -1682 .0370 .0145 .0075 4.59 1.85
“ 6.4(0-—175~ cool-

0225 2.19

ed for 4 min. .7682 .0370 .0145 4.59 1.85
“ 190° cooled for 3
minutes. 1647 .0405 .0180 .0035 5.03 2.30

VI. Weight of undried mica. .9855
“at 100°C, heated
severalhours. .9615 .0240 2.43

Below faint red heat. 9445 .0410 .0170 .0170 4.16 1.77
Heated to pale red at

bottom of crucible. -9320 .0535 .0295 .0125 5.32 3.07
Heated to bright red at |

bottom of crucible. 9210 .0645 .0405 .0110 6.54 4.21
Heated to full red on

whole crucible. .9148 .0707 .0467 .0062 7.17 4.85

VII. Total water.

(a) Loss of weight at red heat, 7.30 per cent.
(b) 5 ‘* on ignition, 7.50 ee
(c) “ ss 3 times, 7.86 ~

From the above experiments of Mr. Haines in connection with
Nos. (1), (2) and (3) under “hygroscopic properties,’ we may
deduce the following percentages :

For total water, we have (IV), 7.58 p.c.; (VI), 7.17; (VII, a,
b, c), 7.30, 7.50, 7.86.

Mean total water, 7.48 per cent.

For hygroscopic water, driven off at 100°, we have

Exp. (1) Exp. (1) Exp. (2) Exp. (3)

Analysis I. Analysis II. Heated 1} hrs. Reheated 3hrs. 3hrs. 3 brs.
3.12 3.43 3.21 3.97 2.79 3.09
Exp.I[a Exp.Ifb Exp.I[c Exp.IId Exp. III. Exp. IV. Exp. Y. Exp. VI.

3 hrs. dS} hrs. Shrs. 2hrs. several hrs.

3.14 3.33 3.42 3.69. 2.96 3.30 2.79 2.43

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

A mean of these 14 determinations gives for hygroscopic water
3.17 per cent.

Subtracting this from the mean total water, 7.48 per cent., we
have for water of crystallization 4.31 per cent., an amount closely
agreeing with that deduced from the writer’s experiments. The
desiccation over sulphuric acid in Exp. I is for too short a time to
completely extract the hygroscopic water.

The exact state of the water cannot yet be regarded as certainly
established. There is no reason why a fixed temperature of 100°
C. should divide the hygroscopic water from the water of crystal-
lization. The above experiments show that the loss of water as
the temperature is raised above that point is a very gradual one.
It is difficult to see in what manner the water driven off at 190°
in experiment V, differs from that driven off at 100°. It will be
seen hereafter that much of the water can be driven off without
exfoliation. Again, there is no sufficient reason why some of the
water absorbed by sulphuric acid in the desiccator may not be
water of crystallization. It has been long known that sulphate of
copper either at 100° C. or in a desiccator over sulphuric acid
loses much of its water of crystallization. M. Damour has shown
that chabazite loses nearly half of its water in a desiccator. It
seems probable that Philadelphite, with other vermiculites, holds
its water in a similar manner. From the experiments here de-
tailed it would seem that we may define water of constitution to
be the more closely combined, and hygroscopic water the less
closely combined water of crystallization; and the distinction
between the three states of water then becomes a theoretical rather
than a practical one.

Temperature of Exfoliation.—The temperature at which exfo-
liation occurs is from 150° to 160° C. It has been found that the
exfoliation temperature is proportional directly to the original
volume of the substance, and inversely to the rapidity of the ap-
plication of heat. The larger the piece experimented upon, the
higher the temperature necessary to make it exfoliate, and the
more rapidly the heat can be applied, the sooner will it exfoliate ;
as the following experiments will show.

(a) Very small fragments heated on a watch-glass in an air-bath
began to exfoliate at 150° C.

(b) A large piece heated similarly did not exfoliate at 210° C.

(c) A piece was immersed in melted paraffine. At 100° C.

1880.] NATARAL SCTENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 325

bubbles went off slowly, but there was no exfoliation. The tem-
perature being raised, it made the first movement at 160°, exfoli-
ated vigorously at 175°, and at 180° rose from its support to the
surface of the parafline.

(d) Another piece similarly immersed gave bubbles briskly at
130°, and began to exfoliate at 160°.

(e) Pieces thrown into melted parafline whose temperature had
previously been raised to 160° C., immediately exfoliated and rose
to the surface.

(f) A large piece did not exfoliate even after the temperature
had been gradually raised to 225° C.

(g) Immersed in melted sulphur, it immediately exfoliated and
strongly effervesced.

(h) Immersed in concentrated sulphuric acid which had been
heated to 160° C., it immediately exfoliated and became pure
white, being completely and immediately decomposed. Immersed
similarly at a temperature of 150° C. it exfoliated, but did not
become immediately white. At a lower temperature no exfoliation
occurred. <A similar piece being similarly immersed and the tem-
perature raised, began to exfoliate at 130° C., and continued ex-
foliating as the temperature rose, though being meanwhile decom-
posed. This sudden change of form and color upon immersion in
hot sulphuric acid recalls a somewhat similar change in the efllor-
escence of protosulphate of iron when immersed in the same acid.

It is seen from these experiments that no absolute determination
of the exfoliation temperature is possible. By a very slow heat a
large proportion of the water (about 5 per cent.) can be driven off
and the mica raised to a high heat without any exfoliation of
consequence. The following experiment illustrates this fact.

(k) A piece of Philadelphite was cut into two equal portions.
One piece, heated suddenly on platinum foil to ared heat, exfoliated
to ten times its original volume. The other piece was slowly
heated in an air-bath. At 285° C. it had exfoliated but very
slightly. It was then taken out and heated on platinuin foil to a
red heat, when it exfoliated very little more, becoming only one-
fourth the length of the first piece.

A similar experiment has been made upon heulandite and stilbite
from near Philadelphia. Both of these zeolites, as is well known,
exfoliate largely when held in the flame. It has been found that
if they are heated very slowly on platinum foil, they can be raised

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

to a white heat without exfoliation, and when afterwards held in
the flame, exfoliate but slightly. Apparently the water in Phila-
delphite is combined precisely as in the zeolites.

It appears that it is as diflicult to make a distinction between
water of crystallization and water of constitution as it is to make
one between the former and hygroscopic water.

Amount of Eafoliation—The amount of exfoliation is quite
constant at ten times the original volume.

Original thickness. Thickness after exfoliation.

Inches. Inches. Ratio.
.O15 13

rs mean zal0
.015 ay
02 2 Leal
.03 25
04 AT mean Li hO:4
06 68

These experiments were made by heating the mica on platinum
foil over the flame of a Bunsen burner. The heat must be sudden
in order to have a large exfoliation (v. Exp’t. &). Exfoliation
takes place in one direction only, viz., at right angles to the
cleavage. No lateral expansion whatever occurs. When the
tlame is applied to one side of the mica, that side exfoliates the
most, and causes the exfoliating mineral to curve in the opposite
direction.

Force of Exfoliation.—It has been found that the force exer-
cised during the exfoliation of Philadelphite is enormous. In one
experiment a fragment of it while exfoliating lifted more than
50,000 times its own weight. The force of exfoliation is governed
by a law which is the inverse of that controlling the exfoliation
temperature. It may be stated thus: The force of exfoliation
increases directly with the rapidity of the expulsion of water, and
inversely with the volume of the substance. The latter part ot
the law follows as a necessary consequence of the first part, since
the smaller the fragment, the more rapidly and completely can it
be heated. Various experiments were made, and though per-
formed in an extremely rough manner, will give an idea of this
force. To find what amount a given weight of the mica could lift
when exfoliating, iron pound-weights were placed upon the ring of
a retort stand and connected with the fragment of mica placed on
a support immediately below them. A pencil of chalk or gas

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

earbon resting loosely in a perpendicular position between the
mica and the centre of the weights connected them so that any
expansion of the mica would lift the weights from off the ring
on which they rested. The blowpipe flame was now directed
from one side upon the mica.

a, retort stand.

b, ring.

ec, support.

d, weight.

e, pencil of chalk.

f, fragment of mica.

.

In the following table of experiments, the first column repre-
sents the weight of the fragment of mica, and the second column,
the iron weight which was lifted by the exfoliating mica.

Philadelphite. Weight.
15 grains lifted 10 lbs. avoirdupois.
ee “ £0'Tbs: 5
‘ 53 > SER? s
el ES TO Tbs! ss
i ve 5 Ibs. _
14“ a 2 Ibs. i
mare " 3 lbs. a
2 oe “c 2 lbs. “
gohan 6 3 lbs. i readily.
4 “c “c 4 lbs. “ ac

In the last experiment the four-pound weight was lifted up and
thrown off the ring supporting it; the weight lifted being 56,000
times the weight of the mica.

A remarkable motive power is here developed. That it is
owing solely to the escape of the combined water is shown by the
fact that if the weights are so arranged that the mica can only
slightly expand, and, after heating, are removed, the mica will
expand no more, or very slightly more, upon further application
of heat, the water having been in great part expelled. If the mica
is confined under a weight so heavy that it is impossible for it to

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ° : [1880.

exfoliate, and is suddenly heated by the flame, it occasionally
explodes with a loud report, throwing off fragments laterally into
the air.

It may be stated that the exfoliated mineral when powdered,
forms a handsome and permanent bronze powder not liable to
tarnish, and useful in the arts.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

A Potsdam Sandstone Outcrop on the 8S. Valley Hill of Chester
Valley.—Mr. H. C. Lewis remarked that an occurrence of Potsdam
sandstone on the farm of Mr. 8. Tyson, near King of Prussia,
Montgomery Co., to which Mr. T. D. Rand had directed attention
last May, was of considerable interest. A recent examination of
the locality with Mr. Rand, had shown that the blocks of sand-
stone there found were not, as had been supposed, out of place,
but belonged to a narrow outcrop of the sandstone on the South
Valley Hill. It had a strike, and apparently a dip, nearly iden-
tical with that of the limestone in the valley below. In one place
the decomposed rock is quarried for white sand. Pits for iron
ore have been sunk in a very ferruginous variety of the same
rock. The exposure, which can be traced by blocks upon the
surface, suddenly comes to an end in aravine, as though by a fault.
A tongue of sandstone blocks extends three hundred yards or
more down this ravine, towards the valley, ina line at right angles
to the line of strike. On the farther side of the ravine, to the
east, no sandstone has been found, its place being filled by the
usual damourite slate of the South Valley Hill. The blocks of
sandstone therefore make an “LL,” the shorter arm of which
extends down the ravine. There is here an interesting example
of the work of erosion in carrying down these blocks to a lower
level. Whether or not the existence of a fault can be proved, the
occurrence of Potsdam sandstone at a new locality on the South
Valley Hill is well worthy of study. This formation forms the
North Valley Hill, but is almost totally absent on the South
Valley Hill. It is found here only in a few isolated patches. Its
place is supplied by a greenish damourite slate. If,as is sup-
posed, the North and South Valley Hills are opposite sides of a
synclinal trough which dips beneath the limestone of Chester
Valley, it is curious that the rocks of each hill are so very dis-
similar. It is important that each one of the rare exposures of
sandstone on the South Valley Hill should be made known, and it
is thought that a determination of their relations to the adjoining
slates will greatly help to elucidate the geology of that region.

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

JULY 6.
The President, Dr. RusCHENBERGER, in the chair.

Eleven persons present.

JULY 13.
The President, Dr. RuscCHENBERGER, in the chair.

Six persons present.

JuLy 20.
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.
Ten persons present.

JULY 27.
The President, Dr. RuSCHENBERGER, in the chair.
Eleven persons present.

The death of Constantine Hering, M. D. was announced.

Fresh-water Sponges of Fairmount Park.—Mr. Ports reported
that he had found ina small stream within the limits of the late
Centennial grounds, Fairmount Park, Philadelphia, three distinct
species of Fresh-water Sponges, one of which appears to be un-
described and the others differ in important points from the pub-
lished descriptions. In anticipation of a more detailed paper
describing these and some other forms which had come under his
notice, he said—that one of these known as the common green
sponge of this neighborhood, resembles the European Spongilla
lacustris in its general appearance and in the shape of its skeleton
and dermal spicule; but differs in that the seed-like bodies or
spherule are entirely smooth, showing no incrustation of curved
spined spiculz as described in the European species.

The second form was first seen as a thin rust-colored incrusta-
tion, afterwards discovered to consist of spherulz forming a
continuous layer. Supposing this to be new he had named it
provisionally 8. Morgiana; but later examinations of the living
sponge had convinced him that it was identical with the S. fr agilis
of Leidy.

The third was found creeping upon and around Anacharis and
Willow roots, matting them together and thus forming loose, ir-
regular masses several inches in diameter: color yellowish, light
or dark green, according to exposure to the light. Spherulze,
globular, ‘Tight yellow or brown, rather numerous amongst the

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331

roots and spicule ;-covered with long birotulate spiculw radially
arranged ; foramen elongated into a tube flaring at its extremity
and dividing i into 2—5 tapering, slender, curling ¢ or twisted tendrils,
believed to be as much as half an inch in length. The sarcode
decomposes early in the season and most of the skeleton spiculie
are then washed away; but these tendrils hold the mass of
spherulve attached to the roots ete. above mentioned, awaiting the
spring germination. For this curious species he suggested the
name §S. tentasperma or tendril seeded.

Dr. M. H. De Bey of Aix-la-Chapelle and Prof. Torquato
Taramelli of Pavia were elected correspondents.

AvaUST 3.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair
Sixteen persons present.
The death of James Ridings, a member, was announced.

Notes on Jarosite.—Prof. Georar A. Kinta communicated his
discovery of Jarosite at the “Iron Arrow Mine,” in Chaffee Co.,
Colorado.

The mineral occurs there in seams and cavities of silicious
thurgite and hematite, which iron ores crop out on the steep side
of a Porphyry hill about 600 feet above the Arkansas River, flow-
ing at a distance of two miles to the south.

"The mineral appears in small, but very brilliant crystais, isolated
and in groups; also as ageregations of crystals which produce
crusts. It is remarkably crystalline, since no compact, or crypto-
crystalline masses were observed.

‘The crystals are rhombohedrons (resembling cubes), modified
by the basal plane. The speaker had not observed as yet a crys-
tal of sufficient size to be accurately measured. Har dness slightly
above selenite; color, from light amber-yellow to deep brown.
Perfectly transparent. Lustre of crystal faces adamantine, resin-

-ous on the fracture. Sp. gr. 3.144.

‘The material used for nce sis consisted of the aggregations
before mentioned, which show ed an admixture of chalcedony and
of brilliant, black. grains of thurgite ; these could not be separate «l
mechanically, being too small.

The mean of two analyses gave:

Fe,O; =— 5] 10
K,.0 = 17.13
Na,O = 0.84
SO, — 98.57
H.O = 10.56
Si0Q, = 2.40

100.80

oo
332

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

Calculated from the analysis:

K,Fe,S,0., aa 6H.O = 89.58
Fe,H.O, (Thurgite) ==" 8.67
Excess of water = 0.39
Chalcedony (SiO,) — 9.40

100.94

This result may be estimated as a confirmation of Richter’s
analysis, which gave to Jarosite the formula of “ alunite,” with
which it is isomorphous.

Thus Alunite — K,A1,S,0,, + 6A,0
Jarosite = K,Fe,S,0,, + 6H,O
The utmost care was given to the estimation of the alkalies, the

sulphuric: acid and the water, as the question of constitution must
be dependent mainly upon them.

Avausr 10.

The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Sixteen persons present.

Aveust 17.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twelve persons present.
A paper entitled ‘“‘ Rhizopods in the Mosses of the Summit of

Roan Mountain N. C.,” by Jos. Leidy, M. D. was presented for
publication.

Aveust 31.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Fourteen persons present.
The following was ordered to be printed :

w

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33:

RHIZOPODS IN THE MOSSES OF THE SUMMIT OF ROAN MOUNTAIN,
NORTH CAROLINA.

BY JOSEPH LEIDY, M.D.

In a trip to Roan Mountain, Mitchell Co., North Carolina, in
the early part of July, the writer was led to make sgme observa-
tions on the microscopic animal life, among the mosses on the
summit of the mountain. The top of Roan Mountain, at an alti-
tude of 6367 feet, forms an extensive grassy prairie, suitable for
pasture. Itis adorned with broad patches of the beautiful Rhodo-
dendron catawbiense, and bordered with forests, chiefly of Firs—
Abies canadensis and A. Fraseri. The floor of the forests, made
up of broken granitic and gneissoid rocks and fallen timbers, is
thickly carpeted with a luxuriant growth of mosses, conspicuously
decorated at the time by the common Wood-Sorrel, Oxalis aceto-
sella. Chief among the mosses, each apparently attempting to
outvie the others in the exuberance of its growth, were the three
pretty Hypnums—£4, splendens, H. crista-castrensis, and H. tri-
quetrum.

_ Clouds, dews, and frequent rains keep the mossy carpet more
or less moist or wet the greater part of the time, and it thus comes
to be a favorable habitation for many of the humbler forms of
animal life. The shell-covered Rhizopods abound ; and the Wheel
Animaleule, Rotifer vulgaris, and the Water Bear, Macrobiotus
Hufelandii also find a suitable home in it. When the mosses
become more or less dry, the animalcules they shelter become
torpid, and then again become active on the restoration of
moisture.

In water squeezed from the Hypnums, besides the animals just
indicated there were noticed a few young Anguillules, pollen
grains of Abies, starch grains, spores of lichens and fungi, ova,
vegetal hairs, etc. Few or no living Diatomes or Desmids were
present.

The Rhizopods observed were as follows:

NEBELA FLABELLULUM.—Common. Nearly circular in outline,
usually slightly broader than long, and commonly with a short
neck or rim to the mouth; colorless or with a feeble yellowish
tint ; composed of circular cancelli of variable size and propor-

534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

tions and degree of distinctness. Individual specimens presented
the following measurements.!

a. Specimens of equal length and breadth, or of greater breadth
than length.

1. Length 0.066, breadth 0.066, b’th of mouth or neck 0.018, lth of neck 0.004.
2: << = 0/066," * 0/069, “ “ “ 0.018, a 0.006.
3. <9 50066.) 2 :0}072- “6 ce ee 0.015, ee 0.006.
BO. SO OGD me's. 8 OLOix. e ee a: 0.018, ee 0-006.
6. ST WOT | 8 OlOKa: 6 ee 66 0.018, 6 0.003.
(i: co C1078; 5" 2 O07: se & ot 0.024, és 0.006.
S95 ES TOOTS; Si) ON0R4e “ “ 6 0 018, GU 0.006.
10. «= 0.078, § 0.084, &6 “6 ee 0.024, ee 0-004.
11. cc 03084, + (0084, “s 6 6 0.024, “« obsolete.
12. ec (O!0845. i<*s (0:09; 6 “ es 0.018, us 0.006.

13. A AMOS CONSE) ee Sa <o 0.021, ob 0.006.
14-15. 58> O08 9 0:09) aC BE ob 0.024, ot 0.006.
i: ON OSt-ee oe ae Obs se a G2 0.024, au 0.006.
20. ES OLO9Bs TSE t (OL0R6r xs ce és 0.03, al 0.006.

b. Specimens slightly longer than broad.

21. Length 0.072, breadth 0.066, b’th of mouth or neck 0.018, l’th of neck 0.006.

22 eo OSA. eS O08, es se es 0.018, Se 0.006,
24. Jose Vel USE eT Sa, 2 oo ae 0.018, oes
25. TURE} ce OlO75s ae Je < 0.024, ce 0.U06.

In many the sarcode was contracted into a ball, encysted, and
the mouth of the shell closed with an opercle. Sarcode colorless,
but sometimes mingled with yellow and brown food balls; some
oleaginous in appearance. Mostly,a pore was readily distinguish-
able on each side of the body of the shell, about one-third the
distance of the length above the mouth; and the wall of the shell
was observed to be sensibly thickened approaching the pore. The
shell was usually minutely and more or less distinctly cancellated,
the cancelli being circular, sometimes nearly uniform, at others
greatly differing in size. Occasionally the cancellated condition
was so indistinct that the shellappeared faintly granular and even
nearly structureless.

) The measurements are given in divisions of the millemetre. As nearly
all the Rhizopods indicated are compressed forms, the measurements are
given from their most convenient position as usually seen, that is to say, in
the greater breadth.

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

NEBELA COLLARIS.—Occasional. Flask-like forms, with the
usual variations in the condition of the cancellated structure of the
shell; sometimes finely punctate, but mostly with distinct circular
ceancelli, more or less uniform or greatly varying in proportionate
size. In several specimens the cancelli of the shell appeared to be
like minute lenses or spheres, and to present an external con-
vexity. Individual specimens measured were as follows :

1. Length 0.06, breadth 0.036, breadth of mouth 0.018.
2s ‘¢ 0.066, cs 0.036, 6 «0.015.
3, 4.. ** 0.066, es 0.039, “ « 0.018.
5. «0.066, se 0.042, ec «0.015.
6. “0.066, se 0.042, “6 ‘© 0.018.
ie 5 OO, se 0 042, “ ss = 9.018.
8. co: O12, “ 0.048, “ ss 0.018.
9. ‘¢ 0.096, “6 0 078, “ a OO:

HYALOSPHENIA TINCTA ?—One specimen only. Sarcode encysted
as a ball 0.048 diameter, containing much brownish food and
bright yellow oil-like globules. Shell structureless, pale yellowish,
with a pair of pores piercing the body above the junction of the
neck. The specimen looked like a Nebela flabellulum, but the +},
inch magnifying power showed no structure to the shell.

Length 0.969, breadth 0.072, breadth of mouth 0,024, length of neck 0.0045.

DiIFFLUGIA GLOBULOSA.—Rare. Small forms with shells of fine
sand and-dirt. From hemispherical to globular and with circular
mouth.

1. Breadth of shel! 0.06, height 0.042, brevlth of mouth, 0.018.
2. oi eeeesOOG er Fr SOLAS: = - 0.024.

DIFFLUGIA CoNSTRICTA.—Rare. Shell of yellowish dirt and
sand.
Length 0.072, breadth 0.072.
DirFLuGIA ARCULA.—Rare. Shell hemispherical, brownish, in-
corporated with dirt and fine sand; mouth trilobate.

Breadth 0.182, height 0.09, breadth of mouth 0.048.

HELEOPERA PETRICOLA.—Occasional. Purplish brown, with
variable proportions of incorporated sand.

1. Length 0.09, breadth 0.078, breadth of mouth 0.042.
— a0, ~"* \w.uonm, ** «0.036.

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1880.

ASSULINA SEMINULUM.—Somewhat frequent. Of varied size and
hue; from nearly colorless to dark brown, and mostly lighter at
the neck. Mostly empty shells; often living specimens.

1. Length 0.036, breadth 0.03 ; breadth of mouth 0.009.
?

2 “6 0.042, ss 0.086 ; “ ‘© + 0.012.
Boe we 0.048, «© 0.042; se c& 740: 012:
= ee 0.054, <= 0048; “ <= 9.018.
5 Lett! 0.072, “ ~=60.072; “ce “0.024.
G2 * 0.078, = 00722 ss sé 0.024.

EUGLYPHA AREOLATA, Ehr.—Small compressed spineless forms,
oceasional. A living specimen measured as follows :

Length 0.06, breadth 0.048 ; breadth of mouth 0.015.

EvUGLYPHA sTRIGOSA.—Occasional. An empty shell measured :
Length 0.06, breadth 0.042; breadth of mouth 0.012.

TRINEMA ENCHELYS—Common. Small forms of much variety.

1. Length 0.03 , breadth 0.024.
SP Re ee NO msee te ce SOs:
4) ena (GLoséeed <oethosese!
Bi walse. 001043, * Wan or oR

In some positions, on dripping ledges and cliffs, from among
the greater profusion of Hypnums, there grew cushion-like masses
of bright pea-green Sphagnum, sometimes rose tufted. Water
squeezed from the Sphagnum, exhibited many Diatoms, a few
Desmids, pollen of Abies, starch grains, spores, etc. It also
contained many KRhizopods, an occasional Infusorian, a few
Auguillules, but no Rotifers nor Water-bears. Of Rhizopods
the following were observed :

NEBELA COLLARIS.— Abundant and of much variety in shape and
size and in the arrangement and distinctness of the cancellated
structure of the shell. Compressed pyriform, or flask-shaped.
with oval or ovoid body and with neck of variable proportionate
length and breadth. Cancellated structure very variable ; mostly
of circles, minute and nearly uniform, or greatly varying in size
among themselves or in proportion with the shell. Dead shells
most frequent; in living ones observed, the sarcode mostly con-
tracted and inactive, often encysted; least frequently in an active

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

locomotive condition. Small forms common; giant forms few,
Individual specimens noted as follows :

1. Length 0.078, breadth 0.06; breadth of mouth 0.018, Compressed oval :
living.

2. Length 0.078, breadth 0.06; breadth of mouth 0.018. Oval with short
neck, Empty shell; cancelli circular, variable, the largest 0.006, the smallest
0.003.

3. Length 0.078, breadth 0.06; breadth of mouth 0.012. Oval with short
neck ; living, active; nucleus, 0.12.

4. Length 0.081, breadth 0.054; breadth of mouth 0.018. Empty shell,
with sharply defined circles, large and small, together with a few rods.

5 Length 0.084, breadth 0.042; breadth of mouth 0.018; with neck 0.018
long. Empty shell, with minute circles on the neck, but unusually large in
proportion to the shell on the body where they ranged from 0.006 to 0.012.

6. Length 0.084, breadth 0.048; breadth of mouth 0.018. Flask-like empty
shell, with minute circular cancelli 0.003 or less.

7. Length 0.084, breadth 0 054;° breadth of mouth 0.012. Flask-like empty
shell minutely and uniformly cancellated.

8. Length 0.084, breadth 0.06; breadth of mouth 0.015. Oval, empty.

9. Length 0.09 , breadth 0.072; breadth of mouth 0.021. Flask-like.

10. Length 0.096, breadth 0.078; breadth of mouth 0.024. Pyriform; neck
0.006 long; cancelli circular, variable in size, a few on the fundus to 0.012.
Sarcode an encysted ball, with yellowish oil-like food globules; diameter of
ball 0.048.

Some giant forms especially noted were as follows :

11. Length 0.18; breadth 0.09; breadth of mouth 0042. Living; shell
nearly replete with sarcode, colorless but containing a multitude of bright
yellowish and brown globules from 0.006 to 0.012.

12. Length 0.21; breadth 0.12; breadth of mouth 0.048. Empty shell of
faint yellowish tint; basis of structure faintly and uniformly punctate with
only distinct minute circular cancelli approaching the fundus.

13. Same sizeas preceding. Shell mostly of minute circular cancelli, larger
near the fundus and there mingled with a few square ones. Shell closed by an
operculum, Sarcode contracted into an oval mass 0.144 by 0.072.

14. Length 0.192; breadth 0.102; breadth of mouth 0.048. Shell with
minutely cancellated structure. Sarcode ina ball 0.084 by 0.072.

NEBELA FLABELLULUM.—This form comparatively rare. Shell
nearly circular in outline, with a short neck, mostly composed of
minute circular cancelli more or less nearly uniform or variable ;
rarely of elliptical cancelli. |

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

1. Length 0.072; breadth 0.072; neck 0.003 long; breadth of mouth 0,009.

2. $71 0-072- S.- 1O.07 33s) 354 BOIO0S) Anse sf «0.009.
5. cs Oso 2c ot OLO RS ue OWO LDCs aaa. ch gc 4020098
4. <> *O084; SS SONU TO RT oe U0 Se marae ue ee O1012;

Shell with minute elliptical cancelli.

DirFLuGIA constricra.—Rare. Only a few specimens seen.
Small forms, with shell of minute sand grains and yellowish dirt.
Pyriform viewed from the front or back.

1. Length 0.06 ; breadth 0.048
«0.078 ; os 0.048; breadth of mouth 0.024.
eae 1010S ‘¢ 0.102; breadth opposite mou:h 0.078.

Co bS

DIFFLUGIA PYRIFORMIS.—Rare. Shell of dirt and fine sand.

1. Length 0.084; breadth 0.048; breadth of neck and mouth 0.024.

DiFFLUGIA ARCULA.—Rare. Shell yellowish, incorporated with
more or less brownish dirt and sand. Form hemispherical ; mouth
trilobed.

1. Breadth 0.132; height 0.09.

CENTROPYXIS ACULEATA.—Rare. Shell of pale brown chitinoid
membrane incorporated with more or less dirt and sand; with
coarser grains of the latter along the course of the usually six
spines. Mouth oval, with a more or less sinuous border.

1. Length 0.096; breadth 0 084; breadth of mouth 0.024.
7a Shs Osi lin te “ 0.096; mouth 0.03 by 0.024.

HELEOPERA PETRICOLA.—Occasional; shell incorporated with
more or less dirt and sand, and of a purplish brown tint.

J. Length 0.09 ; breadth 0.078; breadth of mouth 0.042.
2 «1,108; ae 0.09 ; és “~~ 0.036.

EUGLYPHA AREOLATA, Ehr.—Small compressed forms, without
spines or other appendages. Abundant. Apparently from six to
fifteen teeth to the mouth of the shell. Mostly empty shells.
Often living specimens. "

1, 2. Length 0.042, breidth 0.024; breadth of mouth 0.012. 10 teeth.

3. ss 01042; “0.024 ; fy 4s 0009.1 63teeth-
4, 5. oh AU bes c+ 0,0245 be ~~ 0.012. 10 teeth.
6. “0.048, SoS Oa +3 ‘¢ 0012. 8 or 10'teeth?
ie 0.005 ee) 105022; ee ss 60.012: 6 teeth.
8. «0.054, Beat UMV33 ms sc 0:012. 6 teeth.
9. eI MEIN: EO Nita 2 es «0.036. 15 teeth ?

ee

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339

EvGLYPHA sTRIGOsA.—Compressed, hirsute forms. Occasional.
Usually with about ten teeth to the mouth of the shell; scales

distinct; finely hirsute all over except near the mouth.

1. Length 0.102, breadth 0.072; breadth of mouth 0,021; hairs 0.008 long.
2. #5, (0-108, + ** 0.06 ; pf OZ SOE
EUGLYPHA BRACHIATA.—One empty shell observed, with but one
divergent spine, and five or six teeth to the mouth.
1. Length 0.102; breadth 0.04; breadth of mouth 0.012; length of spine 0.042

EUGLYPHA CRISTATA.—One empty shell, with acute fundus, but
without spines, and four teeth to the mouth.
1. Length 0.54; breadth 0.012; breadth of mouth 0.009.

EvuGLYPHaA cILIaAtTA.—Compressed forms, with short spines or

hairs along the acute lateral borders. Rare. Nucleus 0.018.

1. Length 0.108; breadth 0.96; breadth of mouth 0.021; hairs or spines 0.012
long. Ten teeth to mouth of the shell.

2. Length 0.102; breadth 0.072; breadth of mouth 0 024; spines 0.008 long.
Nucleus of sarcode distinctly and uniformly granular (breaking up
into spores’), 0.018 diameter, Ten or twelve teeth to mouth of the
shell.

PLACOCISTA SPINOSA.—One specimen observed, living, but the
ample sarcode contracted and containing a transversely oval nucleus
with two nucleoli.

1. Length 0.084, breadth 0.054; breadth of mouth 0.021. Lateral spines
short. hair-like, single or in pairs, 0.009 long. Nucleus 0.021 by 0.018;
nucleoli 0.005.

ASSULINA SEMINULUM.—Moderately frequent; from nearly
colorless to dark brown, mostly lighter at or near the mouth.
Living and dead specimens observed.

1. Length 0.042, breadth 0.036, breadth of mouth 0.012.

2. “0.048, 0.036, <i << 0.012.
3. OE AEOLL, «0.048, & «0.018.
4. “ ADLOT2, SE OO Z. ~e eM OMOZS:
5. «4 10:078; ‘0.078, ‘ " .O024:
Geet. 10:084, « =0:072, ae “<1 :0.024.

TRINEMA ENCHELYS.— Frequent and of varied form and size,
though none of the largest variety observed. Usually pyriform ;
often oval; rarely obovoid; of varied proportionate length and
breadth, of narrowing opposite the mouth, and degree of obliquity.
Mostly dead shells, though frequent living individuals observed
Ranging from 0.024 to 0.072 in length. Specimens presented the
following measurements.

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

1. Length 0.024, breadth 0.015; breadth of mouth 0.006. Pyriform.

2 & 0.03, oe 0,018 ; 6 “6

} a 0.036, “ 0.024; « ‘© 0.012. Obovoid.

4.5. * 0.042, se 0.08 , ‘“ “0.012. Pyriform.

6. Me 0,045, KS 0.08 ; e «0.012, Contained 6 color-

less spores from 0,006 to 0.009 in diameter.
Wee att 0.048, “o 0.03; breadth of mouth 0.012.

10. « 0.051, ‘ 0.36 ; “ «© 9.015. Nucleus 0.012.
inl . 0.054, « 0.03 ; o 2

12. “ Opa) aes) O-0S0cn mace a

13. ss O:05i yes eee Ua bruno. ce Os0o:

14: sc 0.06, ae 0.03 ; at ae

15. < 0.06, PS Dg ae

LGavlits) a«¢ 0.072, 2 0.038 ; u <0: 015:

18. a 0.072, oe 0.03; Lateral view ofa specimen.

It is worthy of special remark that among the Rhizopods of the
sphagnum of Roan Mt., there were observed no individuals of
Hyalosphenia papilio and H. elegans, which are so common in the
sphagnous swamps of the eastern plains.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA: 341

SEPTEMBER 7.
Dr. R. S. KENDERDINE, in the chair.
Fifteen persons present.

On large Sphene from Canada.—Dr. A. E. Foote recorded the
occurrence of crystals of sphene of unusual size in the county of

Renfrew, Canada, near the upper part of the navigable portion of
the Ottawa River. The largest crystal collected weighed 234
pounds or more than twenty times sas much as the largest hereto-
fore found.

SEPTEMBER 14.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-eight persons present.
The death of Prof. 8. 8S. Haldeman, a member, was announced.

On the Timber Line of High Mountains—My. MEEHAN re-
marked that on the tops of most high mountains we find a total
absence of ligneous plants. The hivhest alpine vegetation con-
sists for the most part of acaulescent perennials. Lower down
we may find some woody species, and often we come to dwarfed
forms of trees of species, which, still lower down, form forests of
considerable height, and which as timber trees make what is
known to mountain travelers as the “ Timber Line.” Thus in the
mountains of Colorado, the forests commence at about 7000 feet
above the sea level, and continue up to about 11,000 feet, where
they suddenly cease, and form at that elevation what is there known
as the “ Timber Line.” On Gray’s Peak he found Pinus aristata,
Pinus flexilis, Abies concolor, and Abies Engelmannii, with
some willows forming the timber line. The Coniferous trees
were probably 30 or 40 feet high, and it was interesting to
note that this tall timber as suddenly ceased, as if a wood had
been cut half away by a woodman’s axe. But at onee commencing
where the tall timber ceased, the same species exist as dw art
stunted shrubs seldom exceeding 3 or 4 feet in height, and often
but a foot, though trailing widely over the ground. In this
stunted condition. the species would often extend some fifteen
hundred feet higher up, or half way from the recognized timber
line to the top of the mountain. Other observers have noted
that the average of 11,000 feet marks the entire timber line of
the Rocky mountain range.

So far as he knew this peculiar timber line has been referred
wholly to climatic conditions, of which temperature and moisture

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

have been regarded as the chief elements in producing the results.
That admirable botanist and energetic collector, Dr. C. C. Parry,
in a paper on the Rocky mountain alpine region, published in the
‘* Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement
of Science ” for 1869, p. 249, remarks that the most satisfactory ex-
planation is that the so called timber line marks the extreme point
of minimum temperature below which no exposed phenogamous
plant can exist. All that survives above this point does so by
submitting to a winter burial of snow, beneath which protecting
cover it is enabled to maintain its torpid existence.

The great objection which this purely meteorological view pre-
sented to Mr. Meehan’s mind was that the dwarfed and gnarled
coniferae extending so many hundred feet up the mountain sides,
never produced seed, and we are reduced to the alternative of
believing either that the seeds have been carried up the mountain
sides in enormous quantities and to enormous distances from the
fruitive trees below by winds, or else that there were seed bearing
progenitors of these scrubby pines, beneath the tall protecting
branches of which they had their earliest stages of growth. He
was satisfied from subsequent observations in the mountains of
North Carolina, and in the White Mountains of New Hampshire,
that this last view is the correct one,—that large timber trees at
no very remote period extended much further up the mountain
sides than they do now, and that they have since disappeared for
reasons presently to be stated, leaving only the younger trees to
struggle on as best they may.

Roan Mountain in North Carolina is about 6300 feet above the
level of the sea.. Timber extends to its summit on some parts of
it, while in other parts it is destitute of timber for many hundreds

of feet down its sides. The species on the summit is Abies
Frazeri, and Abies nigra. Oak and other trees come occasionally
to near the top and at about 6000 feet he measured a black oak—
Quercus tinctoria, that was 5 feet in circumference at 3 feet from
the ground, and was perhaps 40 feet high. The places destitute
of trees were the steep declivities,—while those on which the
trees were growing were of a more level character. Further down
the mountain sides the steep inclines would be clothed with forest
growth, as well as those of a more gradual ascent. It is of the
summit only that the differences in inclination, presented different
forest aspects. But in the spaces clear of “ Balsam ” as the Abies
Frazeri is popularly known, an occasional one of good size would
be seen. In the close Balsam woods, both on the summit and
lower down the mountain sides, crops of young plants would be
found under the mature trees, but, what was very remarkable,
there had evidently been no young trees started till the: parents
were near maturity. A large area with trees 30 or 40 feet
high would have an undergrowth of young ones a foot or so high,
while other areas of younger trees, would have innumerable small
seedlings growing among the damp moss beneath them, and it

343

a)

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

was further interesting to note that in most cases the crops of
young plants in each area were about the same age in each case,
as if the seeds in the several locations had all started to grow
together in some one particular year, and probably at no other time.
On the naked places, where few or no trees were now found, the sur-
face would be closely covered by a matted growth of a grass almost
peculiar to that region, Danthonia compressa, but ac lose examina-
tion of the surface showed occasional tracts of deep vegetable
mould which had been formed by ages of decaying Hypnum or
Sphagnum moss, and the evident remains of roots, just as we now
find under the Balsam trees, and there is no doubt from these
facts that these steep upper declivities were once clothed with
trees and mosses, to which the grass previously named succeeded.

With these facts in mind he examined the arboreal features of
the White Mountains in New Hampshire. On Mount Washington,
which is a little over 6000 feet, the timber runs up to about 4000
feet; while Mount Webster, a mountain forming the southern
peak of the same chain, and about 4000 feet high, has little timber
above 3000 feet. Clearly, climatic reasons will not account for
these peculiarities. On Mount Washington there is much of the
same character as distinguishes the forests of the Rocky Moun-
tains. Asalready noted the timber line becomes marked at about
4000 feet. For at least another thousand feet we meet with
scrubby bushes of Abies Balsamea, Abies nigra, and Abies alba,
with some Betula papyracea. Beyond this, and almost to the
summit, an occasional specimen of one or another of the conifer
may be seen. As noted in regard to the Colorado scrubby growth,
none of these had ever pr oduced seed ; nor was it at all probable,
from a careful survey of the locations, that many of the areas
could have been seeded by the winds, however strong, bringing
the seeds up these mountain heights. Moreover, there were many
cases where there were intermediate areas clear of alk scrubby
spruce plants, and where seeds could be brought by winds in
these modern times much easier than to the heights above.
Besides this, it was evident that many of these dwarfed specimens
were of immense age. Some that he examined were certainly
fifty years old, though the stems at the ground were no thicker
than his wrist, and, trailing on the eround, occupied but
16 or 20 square feet of space. There seemed to be but little
doubt that at some time in the past Mount Washington had
forests of coniferze at much higher elevations than at present, if
not perhaps clean up to the summit; that these scrubby plants
now there were seedlings that had sprung up under the elder
ones, and that in time the older ones were destroyed, leaving the
small ones beneath alone to their fate.

An examination of different parts of Mount Washington shows
not only that this is the true explanation of the absence of good
timber beyond what is known as the timber line, but that the
same law is in progress to day as in centuries past. Illustrations

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

of this are numerous. There is now a railroad running straight
up the mountain, side from the base to the summit. Near the
timber line,a cut had to be made through an area covered by
mature Balsam Firs. This cut was about 8 or 10 feet deep.
Under the trees moss and dead roots and old fir leaves had made
an earthy strata of a foot, or in places, more in depth. The moss
was still green from the rains, melting snows, and fogs of this
elevated region, and sustaining the various kinds of low vegeta-
tion common to these alpine heights. Young firs were springing
up in greatabundance. Butall the larger trees were dead, though
here and there might be seen a branch with a few lingering green,
leaves. This mass of dead, standing timber occupied sever ral acres
The reason for their death was evident. The railroad cut showed
that the forest stood on a mass of large but loose gneiss rocks,
through which the waters from the two thousand feet of loose rock
above rushed as soon as the railroad eut was made, carrying with
it all the earthy matter on which the larger trees subsisted, but
leaving the tough turfy matter at the surface, on which smaller
trees of the same sort may live for many years, though the larger
ones cannot longer exist. With the death of the larger trees
there is, of course, an increase of light, and then the Hierochle,
with other grasses and sedges, speedily take possession, holding
together the loose soil, and even permitting in many cases an
increase of the earthy layer, by holding much of the disintegrated
rock which may be washed or blown on from above. Carefully
examining patches of scrubby spruces above the timber line, it 1s
not uncommon to find dark patches of vegetable mould evidently
the remains of large trees that have been growing where now only
the masses of small scrubby plants exist. In some places a sharp
stick may be pushed down among the scrubby firs and spruces,
and the earth found to be but a foot or so deep over the loose
rock below, from which the earth has been wholly washed away.
Again, there are some places often nearly an acre in extent where
the scrubby firs are still standing, dead, from the earth having
been washed away from below upwards, not leaving enough for
eyen the moderate demands of these little bushes.

In view of the facts detailed we may conclude that at the
elevation of these mountain chains, the lowland vegetation was
carried up at the same time. The summits, covered by luxuriant
forests would present a cooler surface to the moist clouds, and
there would be less condensation than on bare sun-warmed rocks,
and deep snows would be less frequent, and not suflicient to inter-
fere much with arboreal growth. But the rain would of necessity
carry down the earth and disintegrated rock to lower levels ; and
the melting snows, such as there were, would make this downward
progress of the soil continuous. In some mountains where the rock
was easily broken by frost, as in Colorado and the White Mountains,
it would be very difficult for the soil to hold its own against these
forces of gravitation; but on more solid rock the mass of tree

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345

roots protecting the rock, and retaining the earthy matter would
longer hold its own. In the former case with the gradual washing
away of the earth the larger trees will have to find a lower
level ; the summit condensing more moisture, and having a cooler
atmosphere, would form heavier masses of longer enduring snow,
and thus keep down from tall growth the younger trees left as the
older and larger ones retired. They would have to be low bushes
by the absence of earth for vigorous growth, and remain trailing
bushes, through the superincumbent and long continued mass of
snow.

We thus see that though a long continued mass of snow has
much to do in marking a timber line, that line is precedent to the
snowy mass. ‘The primary cause is the gravitation of disinte-
grated rock—the movement of the hill top towards the sea. From
the moment the mountain reaches its highest point it commences
its downward march. The entire reduction of the highest to a
level with the plain is but a question of time. The frost and rain
and melting snow will do it all, and this reduction, bringing down
not only the earth, but cold-loving plants to w armer levels, must
continually change the aspects of v vegetation, as well as perpetually
vary the timber line.

In low hills as well as in high mountains the forces of gravita-
tion are also at work. But the sides are seldom so steep as in the
loftier hills—the rains do not gather with such force nor are
the melting snows of near the same duration. There are sudden
washes, but not the continuous roll of the earth to the bottom.
In time they may exhibit the same phenomena of the disappearance
- of species from their summits as their loftier brethren; but the
centuries here will gather much more slowly to produce a similar
effect. ;

In conclusion he would say briefly that the “timber line” of
high mountain tops results from the washing down of the earth
from the higher elevations.

Mr. REDFIELD remarked that there could be no doubt that
influences other than climatic (such for instance as the washing
away of soil, mentioned by Mr. Meehan) do often modify and
change the timber-line upon mountains. But he was unable to
accept Mr. Meehan’s views as to the insignificant part played by
climatic causes, and still held them to be the prevailing factor in
the problem. Dr. Parry’s explanation by the weight and depth of
winter snows might not always be the correct one, but snow and
ice must be very important agents, and Mr. R. thought that in
considering climate, we should have regard not merely to the
present period, but to past great secular periods. He then referred
to the glacial age, when not only the White Mountains, but all
New England was capped with a vast ice-sheet, which under secular
changes gradually retreated, leaving only the mountain tops
covered. The slow retreat of the elac ial covering was followed

23

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

by the advance of fitting arboreal vegetation, until a point was
reached when the present climatic conditions were such as to
limit any higher advance of the trees.

SEPTEMBER 21.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-eight persons present.

Bone Caves of Pennsylvania.—Prof. Lrermy remarked that in
the early part of August, in company with Dr. T. C. Porter of
Easton, he had visited Hartman’s Cave, in the vicinity of Strouds-
burg, Pa. They had been invited by Mr. T. Dunkin Paret, of
that place, who had recently undertaken the exploration of the
cave, and had obtained from it an interesting and important col-
lection of animal remains, which had been submitted to Prof.
Leidy’s examination.

The cave is situated about five miles from Delaware Water
Gap in a ridge which separates Cherry Valley from the valleys of
the Pocono and McMichael’s Creeks. The ridge is an anticlinal
fold of the Helderberg or Upper Silurian limestone, and the cave,
occupies the axis of the fold and opens in the face of a cliff formed
by a cross section of the ridge. An accumulation of debris forms
a slope at the base of the cliff, and above the debris and just
below the arching roof of the cave, a low passage way has long
been known into which adventurous boys would creep.

Mr. Paret commenced the exploration by having a passage dug
through the debris to the entrance of the cave, and then extended
the trench within the latter for upwards of a hundred feet, and to
a depth sufficient to walk erect. At one place within the cave the
digging was carried to the rock floor. It would thus appear that
the cave is occupied by a bed of clay about 10 feet in depth. On
this is a thin layer of stalagmite and on this again about a foot of
black friable earth mingled with animal and vegetal remains.

No remains have been found imbedded in the clay nor on the
rocky floor in the pit dug through the latter.

fo}
Prof. Leidy supposed that during the glacial period, a stream

of water, from melting snow and ice at a higher level, had made
a passage way through the fissured limestone ‘of the anticlinal axis
and had left in it the abundant clay deposit. When the cave
ceased to be a water course the layer of stalagmite was formed
and subsequently the more friable earth accumulated from mate-
rials, such as dust and leaves, blown in and mingled with the
remains of animals, occupants of the cave,and of their food. The
recess of the cave above the clay floor appears to have been too
small to be inhabited by the larger carnivorous animals or man,
and therefore no large entire bones of these have been found in
the ossiferous stratum.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347

The remains thus far discovered are of such interest as to
encourage Mr. Paret to continue further exploration Most of
these collected to the present time were exhibited by Prof. Leidy,
and consist of the following:

Numerous fragments and splinters of limb bones of smaller and
large animals, many or most of which exhibit the marks of being
gnawed, whether by rodents or small carnivores is somewhat un-
certain. A few also show the marks of canine teeth, of medium
sized carnivores. Some of the splinters pertain to such large and
strong bones as to render it questionable whether they were pro-
duced by even our largest carnivores, and probably are the rem-
nants of human feasts, in which the bones were crushed to obtain
the marrow. Numerous bones and fragments of others of the
smaller and smallest animals. These include especially limb
bones, and lower jaws, and less frequently skulls, fragments of
others and vertebre. Many of these are also gnawed, while many
are not.

The fragments of larger bones may be supposed to have been
conveyed into the cave by small carnivores. A few pieces of bone
are somewhat charred; and a small fragment of a lower jaw, con-
taining a molar tooth, of the Bison, also apparently exhibits
the marks of fire. This probably is a remnant from a human
feast, which may have been carried into the cave by some small
gleaner.

All the bones and fragments together amount to about half a
bushel. Most of them pertain to animals of a kind still living,
though some of these no longer belong to the fauna of our state,
and a few of the remains are those of extinct animals. How far
the remains of different species are cotemporary is uncertain,
though it is most probable that they were introduced through a
long succession of years from the time following the glacial period.

The remains of extinct animals consist of an incisor tooth and
half a dozen molars of the great rodent Casforoides ohioensis,
and portions of the upper and lower jaw, with teeth, of a y oung
Peceary, the Dicotyles nasutus, previously known only from a
single fragment of an upper jaw, discovered in Indiana, (Extinct
Mammalia of North America, 385, pl. xxviii, figs. 1, 2. Jour.
Acad. Nat. Sc., vii, 1869).

The remains of animals no longer living in Pennsylvania are as
follows :

Bones and teeth of the Caribou or Woodland Reindeer,
Rangifer caribou.

A fragment of the lower jaw containing the last molar tooth, of
the Bison, B. americanus.

Many lower jaw halves, and other bones and teeth of the Wood-
rat, Neotoma floridana. Most of these are of comparatively large
size, and of the character of similar remains referred by Prof.
Baird to a supposed extinct species, with the name of Neotoma

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

magister, (U.S. P. R. R. Exp. & Surveys—Zoology. viii, 1857,
498).

Remains of other mammals are as follow: Lynx, Felis cana-
densis; Wolf, Canis lupus; Gray Fox, Vulpes virginianus ;
Skunk, Mephitis mephitica ; Weasel, Putorius ermineus ; Raccoon,
Procyon loter ; Mole, Scalops aquaticus; Dusky Bat, Vespertilio
Juscus; Little Brown Bat, V. subulatus ; Woodchuck, Arctomys
monax ; Porcupine, Hrethizon dorsatus; Beaver, Castor fiber ;
Muskrat, Fiber zibethicus; Gray Squirrel, Scturus carolinensis ;
Ground Squirrel, Tamias striatus; Gray Rabbit, Lepus sylvati-
cus; Meadow Mouse, Arvicola riparius ; White-footed Mouse,
Hesperomys leucopus; Deer, Cervus virginianus: Elk, Cervus
canadensis. i

Among the remains, none have been identified as positively
pertaining to our domestic animals, unless, perhaps, a pair of
specimens are to be referred to this category. The specimens are
the complete isolated first and second large molars of a foetal or
new-born Horse!

The collection further contains numerous bird bones, chiefly of
the Wild Turkey, Meleagris gallopavo ; some of turtles, the Box
Turtle, Cistudo clausa, the Snapper, Chelydra serpentina, ete. ;
and others of several species of snakes.

In the same stratum were also found a number of shells of
mollusks, chiefly Helix albolabris, H. alternata,and H. tridentata.
Also a valve of Unio complanatus.

Of vegetal remains there were a few small fragments of charcoal,
and many seeds, consisting of those of the Dogwood, Cornus
florida, Pig-nut, Carya porcina, and Walnut, Juglans nigra.

The human remains are of an interesting character. One is a
large stone celt of hard brown slate, obtained from the bone earth
some distance within the cave. There are five bone awls, several
of which exhibit marks of gnawing. Some of these were found
in the cave, and others in the outside debris. An implement con-
sists of the prong of an antler worked so as to be barbed on one
side, and was probably used as a needle for making nets.

A small implement of bone, resembles in its present condition
a crochet needle such as is now employed by ladies in making
worsted work. It is much gnawed away on one side, and looks
as if it may have been like an ordinary needle with a perforation,
and this now rendered incomplete from the gnawing.

Another implement is a fish-hook worked out of bone.

Such bone implements are among the rarest of human relics in
our portion of the country.

Another remarkable relic is a cone shell bored through the axis
as a bead. The shell is a marine species, Conus tornatus, found
on the western coast of Central America. Its presence among the
cave remains, would indicate an extended intercourse among the
inhabitants of early times.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

The investigation of the interesting collection of remains secured
by Mr. Paret, had led Prof. L. to examine a small collection of
bones in the Museum of the Academy, which had been presented
upwards of thirty years ago, as a sample of many of the same
kind discovered in Durham Cave, Bucks Co., Pa. The cave
appears to have since been obliterated in the quarrying of lime-
stone. At the time of the presentation of the specimens of bones
they were recognized as pertaining to existing species of animals
and were therefore regarded as of little interest, though fortu-
nately they have been preserved.

Prof. Leidy remarked that these bones were of the same charac-
ter as those of Hartman’s Cave, and he had distinguished among
them the following :

The Black Bear, Ursus americanus; Raccoon, Skunk, Gray
Fox, Deer, Moose, Alce americanus ; Woodland Reindeer, Bison,
Gray Squirrel, Rabbit, Beaver, Muskrat, Porcupine, W oodchuck .
Woodrat, Wild Turkey, Box Tortoise, Snapper, Snake, Sturgeon,
and Catfish.

The examination of these collections show that the exploration
of small caves may not only prove of ethnographic value, but
serve to give us information relative to the early fauna of the
country. Thirty years ago Prof. Baird gave an account of the
exploration of some bone caves in this State (Proc. Am. Assoc.,
II, 1849, 352). He refers to a vast accumulation of remains in
one of the caves, and remarks that the number of species of mam-
malia found is twice that of present existing species in Pennsyl-
vania. It is to be regretted that no further account has yet been
given of the species to which the remains belong.

Dimorphic Flowers in Houstonia.—Myr.THos. MEEHAN remarked
that flowers dimorphic in their sexual character were well known.
Generally there was little difference in the corolla between the
short styled or long styled flowers, but in Houstonia cerulea, L.,
the long styled form was accompampanied by a thick tube, while
the tube in the short styled form was not more than half the
diameter of the other. In this species of Houstonia the anthers
were placed ona ledge which was at the base of the tube in the
long styled form. In the short styled form the anthers were
brought to the mouth of the corolla without any lengthening of
filaments, but by the bringing up of this ledge on which the
anthers are placed. The position of the anthers at the mouth or
at the base of the tube, was in fact decided by the modification of
the form of the corolla tube. This had been explained in the
first series of ‘‘ Flowers and Ferns of the United States.” Ina
recent examination of Houstonia serpyllifolia, Mx., on the top of
Roan Mountain in North Carolina, Mr. Meehan found precisely
the same characters in that species. On the same mountain
Houstonia purpurea, Z., abounds, and also has a similar sexual
dimorphism, but in{this case the elevation of the anthers is due

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

to the lengthening of the stamens and the form of the corolla-tube
is the same in both sexual forms. The number of plants repre-
senting each sexual form is about equal. In a handful of plants
gathered at random there were of Houstonia serpyllifolia thirteen
with long styles and short stamens, and eleven with short styles and
the anthers in the mouth of the tube. Of Houstonia purpurea
there were thirteen with long styles to fourteen with short ones.
An interesting fact in connection with these sexual differences is
that the dimorphism seemed to be wholly in the shortening of the
style or filaments, and did not seem to effect injuriously the
anthers or stigma. Both forms seemed to be equally fertile.

In answer to a question by Mr. Redfield, Mr. Meehan said there
did not appear to be any intermediate forms. The stigma or the
anthers were either exactly at the throat of the flowers, or exactly
at the base. In regard to cross fertilization the long sty led would
be in the best position for receiving pollen from foreign flowers,
but the short styled one would more readily receive its own. As
cross and self-fertilization had an equal advantage he would infer
that the dimorphism had little reference to fertilization as a final
cause.

Cleistogamy tn Oxalis Acetosella, L.—Mr. MEEHAN observed
that under the forests of Abies Frazeri, on Roan Mountain, North
Carolina, early in August Owalis Acetosella was abundantly in
flower.

In a large number of cases examined he could find no traces of
any disposition to produce seed vessels, but pushing out beneath
the soil or near the surface were numbers of cleistogene flowers,
from which, in all probability, seeds would be produced in abun-
dance. :

Most plants which produced cleistogene flowers, also produced
the usual open corolla bearing flowers at one time or another in
the season, and it had been suggested that this bright petalled
condition was for the purpose of attracting insects, and thus give
the species some chance to escape from the evils which cleis-
togamy, or close-breeding is supposed to involve. It is worthy
of note that no day insects were noted to visit the flower of the
Oxvalis blooming in these dark fir forests, though nocturnal ones
might supply the deficiency. Mr. Meehan remarked, however,
that no rule could be deduced from single observations, or obser-
vations repeated in the same localities, as the behavior of
plants and insects varied with circumstances. The Oxalis might
not be cleistogene, might be visited by insects, and the open
flowers might be fertile elsewhere. He referred in illustration to
Amphicarpxa monoica, Nutt., which near Philadelphia sometimes
produced no seeds from the petaliferous flowers, while at other
times these flowers were remarkably fertile. Again, all his exam-
inations in the locality named had resulted in finding that the

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351

petal-bearing flowers were as perfectly fertilized in the unexpanded
corollas as were the cleistogene flowers. But he was prepared to
expect different results elsewhere.

SEPTEMBER 28.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Thirty-four persons present.

The following papers were presented for publication in the
Journal :

“The Parasites of the Termites,” by Jos. Leidy, M. D.
“ Remarks on Bathygnathus borealis,” by Jos. Leidy, M. D.

OctToBER 5.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Thirty-two persons present.
The death of James C. Fisher, M. D., a member, was announced.

Sexual Variation in Castanea Americana, Michx.—Isaac C.
MARTINDALE stated he had recently visited Pitman Grove, Glou-
cester Co., New Jersey, in order to examine some chestnut trees
growing there, and remarked that it was well known there are
but two species of chestnut trees in this country, the chinquapin,
Castanea pumila, found occasionally in New Jersey, and abund-
antly further south, and the common chestnut, Castanea Ameri-
cana. The chinquapin attains the height here of ten to twelve
feet, being a shrub rather than a tree. In Maryland, Virginia and
North Carolina, it often reaches four times that height, and be-
comes nearly a foot in diameter. It is from those States that
most of the chinquapins found in our markets come. The burs
contain but a single nut, and it quite small, but as a cluster of
five or six together is not unfrequent, nearly as many chinquapins
may be found on a branch, as chestnuts on the common chestnut
trees. The leaves of the dwarf chestnut, as it is sometimes called,
are woolly underneath, even in their mature condition, while on
the other they become green on both sides as they reach full size.

A peculiar feature in the flowering of the chestnut, namely, that
the trees bear two sets of flowers, was pointed out by Thomas
Meehan, of the Gardener's Monthly, a close observer of vegetable
growths, more than a year ago. His observations are recorded in
the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, for the year 1879. It may not be difficult for any one to
recall the manner of the infloresence, which consists of the

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

flowers growing on a stem, botanically called a spike, from four
to six inches in length, there being from thirty to sixty flowers
together. These come from buds in the axils of the first leaves
of the season, and are composed entirely of staminate (male)
flowers. They are very odorous when in full bloom, and often so
abundant as to give the trees a white appearance when seen at a
distance. As soon as these flowers fade, which is in a few days,
a disarticulation takes place close to the branch, and the spike
falls to the ground. About ten days later, a second flowering
takes place, these spikes coming from the later axillary buds of
the season, and instead of being all staminate as in the first in-
stance, at the base of the spike will be found one, sometimes two,
rarely more, pistillate (female) flowers. These are fertilized by
the staminate flowers that are in blossom at the same time; the
staminate part of the spike falls away after flowering, but the pis-
tillate part remains attached to the branch, and developes into a
bur, containing from two to five or six nuts. What may be the
use of the first set of blossoms, has not yet dawned upon the
mind of man; it would seem a great waste of energy to provide
for such an abundance without a purpose, but the prodigality of
nature is visible in numerous other instances as well.

The variety of forms of the nut was greater in the locality re-
ferred to than he had ever seen before. One tree was particularly
attractive, the shape of the bur being exactly pyriform instead of
globular; its chestnuts, of course, corresponding somewhat in
shape, being long and slim.

Near the southern line of the tract was found one tree, and
afterwards in another part a second tree, which will require special
notice. The former was about twenty feet high and six inches in
diameter, while the other was at least seventy-five feet in height,
and more than two feet in diameter at the base, a very wide
spreading and thrifty looking tree. In these, the later blossoms
referred to, instead of being part staminate and part pistillate,
have been all pistillate, consequently were succeeded by burs all
along the spike, numbering in those counted from fifty to sixty
together, and hanging from the branches like bunches of grapes.
Every branch of the tree that bore any at all, had them of this
character, so that there were doubtless hundreds if not thousands
of them. An important point is here manifested. These flowers
being all pistillate, and the staminate ones (the first blossoms re-
ferred to) having fallen, there was nothing to fertilize them, con-
sequently they could not attain much size nor develop chestnuts
within the bur, except that rarely the first or second nearest the
base contained three or four very small nuts. These nuts, how-
ever, were without germs.

He had been unable to find any record of such an occurrence in
this country before, but Dr. Masters records it as having been
noted in France. The superintendent of the grove to whom be-
longs the credit of first detecting these trees, could not say

PROC. A. N.S. PHILA., 1880 pL. XI

CHAPMAN, ANATOMY OF ORANG QUTANG,

OS

|

:
7
:
a

PROG. A. N.S. PHILA., 1880, PL. Xfi,

CHAPMAN, ANATOMY OF ORANG OUTANC,

Proc. A.N.S. Phil. -1880 Plate XIV

Chapman,

«*
a 4. Ve

PROC. A. N.S. PHILA. 1880. PL. XV.

CHAPMAN, ANATOMY OF ORANG OUTANG,

PROC. A. N. S. PHILA., 1880,

a ee =

a a ae

oo”

“PROC. A. N. S. PHILA.,- 1880.

CHAPMAN, ANATOMY

f
|

\

ii

Pe ee ee ee ea we eu

PROC, A. N.S. PHILA., [880. PL. XVIII.

<a 2a ae -
is

i i

BARBECK ON LEMNA,

zit

‘ 7?
ats i. \) i
A - 7
ve
ont
af
{lock
ist
- oll
>.
or 7
A ay
i \ Ne
> ee
3
ie a
| ry
d: a
4
4
‘
i ‘yt if
a
= 2
: =
}
ie’
1%
i
7

. 4, fr

ey ys: a i

ae

: i i
Ny ahd

= ie
on ae a
or om
a
Pt
4

a

ie eee

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353

whether in past years they had borne burs in this manner or
not.

It will be remembered that occasionally in a field of corn the
tassel, which is the staminate (male) flower, has a number of
grains of corn intermixed. These grains come from pistillate
(female) flowers, occurring among the staminate ones; thus it
may be observed that our chestnut tree is not the only instance
of deviation from the regular laws of development. It has been
argued that a want of nutrition will account for this and similar
instances, but the healthy appearance and vigorous Browth of
the trees in question is not such that a lack of nutrition can well

apply.

Mr. THomas MEEHAN remarked that he believed instances of
the changes of flowers normally of one sex to the otuer, were oc-
casionally met with, though he could not refer to many without
further thought or investigation, but it occurred to him just then
that it was not unusual for some ‘normally male spikes in Carer
to have female flowers among them. He had himself seen well
developed ovariums among the aments of Populus alba, and the
case of female flowers among the male catkins of willows, was
well known to teratologists. Reference had been made to his
papers on sex as influenced by nutrition. His view of sex, as
well known, was that in the earlier stages, between the cessation
of vegetative growth and reproductive growth, a vegetable cell
might be either male or female, and that the power of that cell to
assimilate nutrition, involved the question of sex. If a full sup-
ply was received, the female form resulted; if limited, the male
was produced. In most cases this assimilative power influenced
only the branches or cells in the immediate vicinity of the
flowers. There might be no difference in the cells of the whole
plant in a general way to avail themselves of a full-supply of
nutrition. He did not know that there was greater vegetative
strength in the plant of Maize, which bore some fem: ales among
the “tassels” or males, than there was in the normal plant.
There certainly was no difference in the vegetative strength
of plants of separate sexes in many classes of plants. But
there were instances which proved that the whole individual
plant was influenced by laws of nutrition when the question
of sex was involved. The female Hemp, the female Spinage,
the female Croton, when the plants were wholly bi-sexual, were
cases he could readily call to mind where vegetative vigor favored
the whole plant.

The common Ambrosia artemisixfolia, which often grows so
thickly over cultivated fields as to appear as a regular farm
crop, each plant fighting for nutrition with its neighbor, pro-
duces almost wholly male blossoms; the few females are found
at the base of the male spikes. But when we go to the maize or
the potato fields, where the plants are few and well fed, we may any

24

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

time find plants which have a great abundance of female flowers,—
indeed, sometimes plants w hich are w holly female.

In the case of these chestnuts he would not s say it was a want
of nutrition which made: these normally male flowers become fe-
male. That was not his view of the case. On the contrary, it
was that better nutritive advantages prevailed to influence the
female sex, and these long spikes of chestnut fruit proved the
fact rather than interposed an objection. It was a simple and
uncontroverted fact that these young chestnuts were being
nourished, were imbibing nutrition, while if they had been nor-
mal male ‘flowers, they would have been dead months ago. It
was evident to the senses that nutrition was in the end involved,
and we only had to consider at what point of early cell life its
influence was felt. The old idea would probably be that the
question of nutrition followed the “ fiat’? which made sex, while
his views deduced from the numerous facts he had published on
the question, were that nutrition, in its various phases, was itself
the law-maker. As to. the greater power behind this, which
decreed that this should be the law, and that the law should pro-
duce such even divisions in the proportion of the sexes, it was
another question. He only claimed that his discoveries had
brought us a step nearer to this greater cause.

Note.—I have since learned through an old resident in the vicinity, that
the large tree has borne such burs ‘for many years, and that it is known
throughout the neighborhood as the ‘‘he”’ tree.—I..C.

OcToBER 12.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Thirty-five persons, present.

OcToBER 19.
Dr. R. S. KENDERDINE in the chair.
Twenty-eight persons present.
The Publication Committee reported in favor of publishing the
following papers in the Journal of the Academy :—

“The Parasites of the Termites,” by Jos. Leidy, M. D.
“ Remarks on Bathygnathus orientalis,” by Jos. Leidy, M.D.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355

OcToBER 26.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Nineteen persons present.

The deaths of Dr. Chas. H. Budd and of Joshua Lippincott,
members, were announced.

Samuel R. Knight, M. D., and Rev. Wm. F. C. Morsell were
elected members.

NOVEMBER 2.
The President, Dr. RUSCHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-four persons present.

Rain Trees. Note on Yucca gloriosa.—Mr. THomMas MEEHAN
referred to a branch of Yucca gloriosa, exhibited a few evenings
ago, taken from a plant growing in his garden, and which had
flowered during September, the usual period for blooming near
Philadelphia. Walking through his garden with Mr. Isaae C.
Martindale, the latter had called his attention to moisture which
covered the whole outer surface of the flowers, and collected in
drops at the drooping apices of each leaf of the perianth. The
plant was within a few days of going wholly out of bloom, but
during these few days the exhibition of moisture continued, and
the appearance of the leaves beneath showed that the dropping of
liquid had been going on for some time, and perhaps during the
whole flowering season. There was no perceptible sweetness in
the liquid, but the presence of ants indicated that it might possi-
bly have a slightly saccharine character, though not sensible to
the human tongue. It was difficult to decide whether this liquid
was an exudation from the leaves of the perianth or was simply
an exercise of the power of condensing moisture in the atmo-
sphere which some plants possessed, notably the Pithecelobium
Saman, Benth., famous as the “ Rain-tree ” of Peru, which watered
its own roots by the moisture condensed from the atmosphere,
thus enabling the tree to live in almost rainless regions, if the
reports of travelers are to be fully credited. He hoped to make
further observations on the Yucca another year.

NOVEMBER 9.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Twenty-four persons present.

The resignation of Mr. Geo. Vaux as a member of Council was
read and accepted.

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

NOVEMBER 16.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Forty-two persons present.
The death of Alexander Wilcocks, M. D., a member, was an-

nounced.
The following was unanimously adopted :

Resolved—That the thanks of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia be presented to Mrs. Isaac Hays for Waugh’s
excellent portrait of the late President, Isaac Hays, M. D., whose
labors and influence during more than sixty years contributed
largely to promote the interests of the society.

Diecism in Andromeda Catesbet, Walter.—Mr. THos. MEEHAN
remarked that in 1867 he had reported to the Academy the
diceecism of Hpigza, and he believed this had stood so far the
only case of unisexuality reported in the whole of the large order
Ericacere. He said he had now to add another in Andromeda
Catesbxi of Walter, of which he exhibited specimens gathered last
year on the Catawba River, in North Carolina. In the course of
many days’ journeyings he had the opportunity of examining num-
erous plants in many different districts, and they were all either
wholly sterile or wholly fertile in separate plants, as in the speci-
mens exhibited. Occasionally, as often seen in dicecious plants,
a few capsules would be found on the sterile plants, but he could
not say whether the seeds in them were perfect.

Mr. Redfield inquired whether Mr. Meehan had examined the
flowers, and found intermediate stages of development in the
sexual organs ¢

Mr. Meehan replied, that the plants were out of flower when
observed ; that it was. the abundant fertility in some plants, and
absolute sterility in others that had attracted his attention. From
the remains of the few faded flowers he could find on the plants
the stamens appeared perfect on the staminate plant, with no trace
of pistil or ovarium, while in the fertile plants no trace of stamens
could be found about the remains, though it is probable from
analogy in pigea, these organs in the fresh flowers would be
founa to exist in a rudimentary state.

On Fresh-water Sponges.—Mr. Ports, continuing the subject of
American forms of fresh-water sponges treated of some weeks ago,
said that the number of species noticed during the few months in
which they had claimed his attention gave some reason to believe
that the Order Spongida has many more representatives in our
fresh waters than has been generally supposed.

ted
‘

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

On a former occasion he had described three species of Spong-
illa from a small stream near Philadelphia, one of which, then
named S. tentasperma, but which he now preferred to call S.
tenosperma, exhibited features 80 exceptional as almost to claim
for it generic distinction.

He had since found the S. fragilis of Leidy plentifully in the
Schuylkill river below the dam, (Leidy’s original locality), and
above the dam a lacustrine form differing from that before alluded
to. <A very slender green species creeping along stems of sphag-
num, etc., had been received from a swamp near Absecom, N. J.
As it appeared to be entirely without spined spicule of either
class, he proposed for it the name S. aspinosa.

From the Adirondack lakes a beautiful species, believed to be
identical with S. stagnalis, Dawson, had been received through
the kindness of Prof. H. Allen. Another lacustrine form which
yet is not quite S. lacustris, was brought from the lake near Cats-
kill Mountain House by Professors Cope and Hunt. Its status
has not been fully determined.

From the cellar of an old ruin at Lehigh Gap, Pennsylvania, he
had obtained four species, all of which appeared to be new. These
were all thin, creeping or encrusting sponges, three of them of
the birotulate type, briefly described as follows :

S, argyrosperma—seed body or sphrulx, large, silver-white,
densely covered with radial spiculie, the shafts of which are long,
stout, with numerous long spines, straight or curved; the rotule
at each end being replaced by 1—4 strong recurved hooks.

S. repens—found creeping over the stems and leaves of Pota-
mogeton ; spheerulz also closely covered with spiculie, shorter and
more slender than those of the preceding species ; their shafts
nearly smooth, the rays of the rotule, six, eight or more, uniformly
incurved like the ribs of an umbrella.

S. astrosperma—the spherulz have the appearance of being much
smaller than in either of the former species, which is probably due
to the fact that the birotulate spiculze surrounding the real cap-
sules are very short; the length of the shaft being less than the
diameter of the rays. They are rather sparsely scattered over
the surface of the nearly transparent sphere, suggesting the name
star-seeded.

The remaining form is considered a variety of S. fragilis, and
called minuta; sphzrulze much smaller than in the type species,
the dermal and superincumbent spiculz terminated by sharp points,
while in the other they are universally truncate or rounded,

A more particular description with measurements, ete., is in-
tended.

Mr. Ezra T. Cresson was elected a member of Council, to fill
the vacancy caused by the resignation of Mr. Geo. Vaux.

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

NOVEMBER 23.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Thirty members present.

NOVEMBER 30.

The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Thirty-six persons present.

Note on the Seed-vessels of Wistaria. THoMAS MEEHAN
remarked that most persons knew that special temperatures were
required to insure the germination of various seeds. The com-
mon chickweed germinated at a little above freezing point, while
one of 70° was required by most palms. Heat and moisture had
also a varying influence on the opening of seed-vessels, some
requiring more or less than others. He exhibited some seed-
vessels of Wistaria sinensis and Wistaria frutescens, to illustrate
the point. A box, four inches deep, with some seed-vessels of
Chinese Wistaria was placed ona shelf in acool room. A fire hap-
pened to be made in the room and kept up all night, and the next
morning the capsules had burst, and scattered the seeds and open
vessels about the room. So great was the force of the expansion
that some seeds were projected ten feet from the box. One large
seed-vessel had been lifted before opening by one or more beneath,
over the four-inch side of the box, and had fallen on the round
at least two feet away from the box in a horizontal line. The few
that had been thrown on to the floor by the explosion of their
companions did not open, owing to the difference in the tempera-
ture of the floor from that of the shelf. Five seed-vessels of each of
the two species were then placed together on the shelf, where the
temperature of the atmosphere was about 45°. After four days
they were examined. The American species had all opened, but
without expelling the seeds, which were still attached to the car-
pel; but those of the Chinese Wistaria were still unopened. The
Chinese Wistaria required a much higher temperature to open the
capsules than the American, though it might be that hygrometri-

cal conditions would vary the exact degree required.

Mr. Martindale observed that the seed-vessels of the Chinese
Wistaria were much more indurated and rigid than the American
species, and required more force to open them. He had noted
that such hard seed-vessels always exerted a greater projectile
power when opening.

C. S. Turnbull, M. D:, and J. M. Anders, M. D., were elected
members.

—

i i ie

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359

DECEMBER 7.
The President, Dr. RUscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Twenty-three persons present.

DECEMBER 14.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.
Thirty-two persons present.

A paper entitled ‘* On some Lower Eocene Mollusca from Clarke
Co., Alabama, with some points as to the stratigraphical position
of the beds containing them,’ by Angelo Heilprin, was presented
for publication.

The Phalanges of Bats.—Dr. ALLEN, in reviewing the manner
after which the phalanges in mammalia are enumerated, spoke of
the propriety of including the terminal cart‘laginous Up to the
fingers, present in many bts, in the series of pha: inges

Authors do not hesitate in naming the terminal cartila age to the
second finger in Rhinopoma a phalanx, nor should they, Dr. Allen
held, hesitate in so including the terminal segments in other genera.
It is interesting to observe that in Molossus perotis the terminal
joint in the second finger is bony, and anchylosed to the first
phalanx. If this Seat ‘of numbering the phalanges in bats be
accepted, from one to three joints are present in all the fingers.
The position taken by recent writers that the Phyllostomidz are
distinguished from other families by the presence of the third
phalanx to the third finger cannot be sustained, since this phalanx
ean be counted in other families, the terminal joint, however, re-
maining in them cartilaginous.

DECEMBER 21.
The President, Dr. RuscHENBERGER, in the chair.

Ten persons present.

Note on a new Northern Cutting Ant, Atta seplentrionalis.—
Dr. McCook remarked that he had the pleasure of announcing
an interesting discovery of a species of cutting ant upon the
eastern central coast of the State of New Jersey. The dis-
covery was made by Rey. George K. Morris at a new watering
place called Island Heights, which is located upon a swelling
bluff on the northern bank of Tom’s River, near its mouth,
three miles from the Atlantic Ocean, in about Lat. 40° N,

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.
Mr. Morris, who has been much interested in noting the habits
of ants, observed this species carrying the needle-like leaves
of the pine into their nests, and thereupon followed their
behavior until he found it to be quite like that of the cutting
ant of Texas, Atta fervens. Dr. McCook having been informed
of the above discovery, made a journey to Island Heights in
the early part of September, 180. Unfortunately a severe eastern
storm set in before the train reached Tom’s River, and con-
tinued during his stay with such rigor as utterly to preclude
observation of the out-door behavior of the ants. However,
by working in the storm, protected by rubber garments and a
temporary shelter, he was able to make a study. of the internal
architecture of a nest.

The opening from the surface appeared to be a single narrow
tubular gallery, X, of about two inches in length, which pene-
trated the ground at an angle of near 45°, and entered a spherical

having generally a spheri-
cal shape, but more irregu-

i
e | of an ashen-gray, fibrous
pulp or papery material,

If
evidently the leaf-paper
formed by the manduca-
Atta,and could not be kept
together in the original

ole

; ‘lh ule i il «served by him in the leaf-
paper of the Texas ant,

chamber, V—a sort of ves + inches in diameter.
lar in outline than the ves-
closely resembling that
tion of the pine leaves. It
mass for examination. It
whose ‘* combs ’—the analogue of those of other hymenopters, as

Within this a few ants were found, nothing more.

This vestibule communicated by a short gallery, Y, with a
tibule. It was about 3 in.
in diameter. Within this
found by hii in the large
cells or caves of the Texas
was exceedingly , fragile,
even more so than the
appeared, however, to be
without the decided cellu-

second chamber or cell, C,
1 fi
i
me Hamer
{] were several small masses
cutting ant.’ This was
leaf-paper of the Texas
lar arrangement first ob-

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1879, p, 37.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361

the bee and wasp—were composed of irregular hexagonal cells of
various sizes.

None of these leaf-paper masses exceeded an inch in height ;
they lay upon the floor of the cave, C, or were upheld by the fila-
mentous rootlets which penetrated within the hollow, or, more
properly speaking, around which the cave had been formed. In
this respect also the habit of the northern ant resembles that of
the southern. Although, as said, the out-door behavior of the ant
could not be observed by Mr. McCook, the insects having all been
driven in-doors by the storm, these were observed to some extent
by Mr. Morris, the discoverer, during the summer. Mrs. Mary
Treat also visited the Heights and.noted the same. From verbal
reports received from these persons the analogy between the two
insects, in respect of gathering and transporting leaves, appears
to be quite close. There are many points, however, which remain
to be determined accurately, which it is to be hoped will be done
next summer.

The following account was communicated to the speaker by Mr.
Mo-~‘s, and is incorporated, by his permission, in this note :—

“* In answer to your questions I would say, when first observed,
there were two columns, one going each way, and moving very
deliberately. If alarmed by any rudeness on my part, they sought
safety by remaining perfectly motionless for some time, making
it difficult to find them, as they are nearly the color of the dry
leaves.

** Those in the column going homeward were carrying little pieces
of the pine needle or leaf, cut from seedling plants about 2 inches
high and upwards. In some instances the piece of leaf was not
as long as the ant itself, but in others it was longer than the
bearer. The appearance presented by the column was very singu-
lar, for instead of carrying their burdens as other ants do, so far
as I have observed, they bore the load on the head, resting in a
saddle-like, V-shaped space between ridges on the head, running
from the base of the mandible on each side to tne top of the head.
One end was held firmly by the mandibles. The effect at a little
distance was to give them a ‘shoulder arms’ appearance.

“ Tracing the column back, I readily found their foraging ground
a few feet from the formicary. There were the remains of several
seedling pines which had been stripped and cut down nearly to
the ground. Some ants were at work on the only one left stand-
ing, and I enjoyed the pleasure of witnessing their operations.
There lay on the ground a few pieces, which were picked up, as I
watched, and carried away. On the plant there were two at work
cutting. Climbing out on a leaf to a position near the end, the
ant applied her mandibles, and moved around as she cut, until the
piece was severed, when she repeated the process, in most cases
allowing the sev ered pieces to fall. One cutter held on to her last

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880-

cutting, backed down with it, and started off home. In no in-
stance have I ever found one of these ants carrying a load of any
kind in any other way than as described above. Your account of
the Texas ant would answer as well for this.

“ The little leaf-cutters at Island Heights have no mounds at the
entrance to their formicaries. I found many nests, but none
with a mound. The sand pellets in every case where I found ants
at work were carried off several inches distant on ev ery side and
scattered, as if for secrecy. ‘The ants’ movements were exceed-
ingly deliberate, always. Some seemed overloaded and rested
often, but never laid down their load.

“All the colonies were comparatively small. I was unable to
find any indication that they were connected one with another.

“There is not, so far as my observations go, any elaborate open-
ing and closing of gates, such as you describe, but in wet weather
[ usually found a leaf over the entrance to their nest.

“The architecture of their caves is a miniature copy of that of
your Texas cutting ant.

“7 found them cutting only the pine leaf and the leaf of a small
shrub called Cow Wheat (Me lampyrum americanum). Of this
plant they took the petals also. They carried the dry curled leaf
as well as the green and freshly cut.

“ They also carry and incorporate into the nest material the drop-
pings of certain larvee that feed on oak leaves.”

Mr. Morris observed at the same place a second and larger form
of leaf-cutting ant, which he thinks to be a distinct species; but
as he was not able to point out any of the nests to Mr. McCook
and has not yet made thorough examination, this point remains
to be solved.

The ant whose economy is described above closely resembles
the famous Alta fervens of our southern regions, having the same
leaf-brown color and the same characteristic spines. It is distin-
guished by a black longitudinal band along the median dorsal
part of the abdomen, and by a similar band along the middle
part of the face, marking the furrow formed by two ridges, the
prolongation (apparently) of the antennal ridges to the vertex of
the caput. A double row of spines extends along the entire tho-
rax and nodes, expanding at the prothorax into about four. Two
castes of workers were found, appearing to be the workers major
and minor, in length respectively 4 and 3 millimetres, or about
one-sixth and one-eighth of an inch. The species appears to be
new, and Dr. McCook at least ventured conditionally to name it
the Northern Cutting Ant—Al/ta septentrionalis.

The discovery at so northern a point of this species, with habits
quite identical with those of tropical congeners, seemed to the
speaker to be a remarkably interesting fact in the distribution of our
ant fauna. He was at once impressed by the striking contrast be-
tween the vast myriads of workers, the extensive excavations,
and the formidable and vigorous activities of the Texas colonies,

——— -_- eo ~~

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

and the small numbers, slight excavations and apparently slug-
gish movements of their northern allies. And he could not for-
bear the thought that these New Jersey communities of Alta
septentrionalis seemed like the feeble remnant of a vigorous race
left or thrust by some untoward change upon unfay orable sites,
which must work toward their extine tion.

DECEMBER 28.
The President, Dr. RuscHEenBerGER, in the chair.
Highty persons present.

The following papers were presented for publication :—

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

ON SOME NEW LOWER EOCENE MOLLUSCA FROM CLARKE CO. ALABAMA,
WITH SOME POINTS AS TO THE STRATIGRAPHICAL POSITION
OF THE BEDS CONTAINING THEM.

BY ANGELO HEILPRIN.

The following species of fossil mollusea, for which I am indebted
to Dr. Eugene A. Smith, State Geologist of Alabama, were ob-
tained from sections exposed in that State on Knight’s Branch
and Cave Branch, tributaries of Bashia Creek (Clarke Co.), and
from Wood’s Bluff on the Tombigbee River, near the mouth of
Bashia Creek, and some twenty-eight miles north of St. Stephen’s.
They occur in probably the oldest marine tertiary deposits of the
State, and occupy a horizon nearly parallel with that which is
characterized by the fossils of Upper Marlborough and Piscata-
way River, Maryland,and Pamunkey River, Virginia. The follow-
ing enumeration of fossils from the three localities first named,
will best illustrate the paleontological relations of the beds
containing them toward each other, and to the various Hocene
deposits of the Atlantic and Gulf slopes :

Fossils from Knight’s Branch.
Astarte tellinoides, Conr. (Var. A. sulcata, Lea.)
Cytherea perovata, Conr.
Cytherea Nuttalliopsis, Heilpr. sp nov.
’ Cardita alticosta (Blandingi), Cony.
Corbula rugosa, Lam.
(C. oniscus, Conr; var. C. gibbosa, Lea, )
Ancillaria (Ancillopsis) subglobosa, Conr.
Natica etites, Conr.
Turbinella (Caricella) Bandoni, Deshayes, sp.
(Voluta Bandoni, Desh.)
Levibuccinum lineatum, Heilpr. sp. nov.
Rostellaria (Calyptrophorus) trinodifera, Conr.
Solarium cupola, Heilpr. sp. nov.
Fusus interstriatus, Heilpr. sp. nov.
Fusus sub-tenuis, Heilpr. sp. nov.
Fusus (Strepsidura) subscalarinus, Heilpr. sp. nov.
Tornatella ( Tornatellea) bella, Conr.
Ostrea.
Cylicosmilia.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

Fossils from Cave Branch.

Dentalium micro-stria, Heilpr. sp. nov,

Natica extites, Conr.

Natica Mississippiensis, Conr.

Pyrula multangulata, Heilpr. sp. nov.

Pyrula tricostata. Desh.

Turritella carinata, Lea.

Solarium cupola, Heilpr. sp. nov.

? Pleurotoma acuminata, Sowerby.

Pleurotoma moniliata, Heilpr. sp. nov.

Cassidaria (fragment). Closely allied to C. carinata, Lam.

Voluta ( Athleta) Tuomeyt, Conr.

Fusus pagodiformis, Heilpr.

Fusus interstriatus, Heilpr. sp. noy.

Fusus subtenuis, Heilpr. sp. nov.

Fusus (Strepsidura) subscalarinus, Heilpr. sp. nov.

Leda protexta, Conr.

Cardium (Protocardia). Young of C. Nicolleti? Conr.

Ostrea (same species as from Knight’s Branch).
Fossils from Wood’s Bluff.

Dentalium micro-stria, Heilpr. sp. nov.

Natica limula, Conv.

Pyrula multangulata, Heilpr. sp. nov.

Turritella carinata, Lea.

Solarium cupola, Heilpr. sp. nov.

Solarium delphinuloides, Heilpr. sp. nov.

Cancellaria evulsa, Brauder, sp.

(C. tortiplica? Conr.)

Pleurotoma ( Cochlespira) cristata, Conr.

Pleurotoma, n. sp.

Ancillaria (Ancillopsis) subglobosa, Conr.

Pseudoliva vetusta, Cour.

Pseudoliva scalina, Heilpr. sp. nov.

Voluta (Athleta) Tuomeyi, Cony.

Fusus pagodiformis, Heilpr.

? Fusus (Levifusus) trabeatus, Cony.

Fusus interstriatus, Weilpr. sp. nov.

Fusus, n. sp.

? Cardita alticosta (Blandingi), Conr.

Leda prote.cta, Conr.

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Pecten Poulsoni, Morton.
Ostrea (species different from that of Knight’s Branch and
Cave Branch. )

From an examination of the above tables it will be seen that a
fair proportion of the fossils from Knight’s and Cave Branches
are held in common by both deposits, and therefore there can be
no reasonable doubt that they represent about equivalent horizons.
Of the hitherto undescribed forms Cytherea Nuttalliopsisand Leevi-
buccinum lineatum appear to have been obtained only at the
former, and Pleurotoma moniliata at the latter locality, although
it is highly probable that further investigation will reveal their
mutual presence in both localities. The described American forms
are mainly those occurring at various heights on the Claiborne
exposure. A comparison of these forms with those obtained by
Tuomey (First Biennial Report of the Geology of Alabama, p.
146) from the Bashia Creek sections near Choctaw Corner, shows
the two groups to be of a contemporaneous age, for from bed No.
2 of that section Prof. Tuomey obtained (among others) species
of ‘“ Ostrea, Cytherea, Cardita, Cardium, Rostellaria, Acteon,
Voluta, Infundibulum, and Solarium,” which appear to have been
identical with the species obtained by Dr. Smith from the two
localities above mentioned. !

1 The species enumerated by Tuomey are Ostrea compressirostra, Cardita
planicosta, Rostellaria velata, Acteon pomilius, Voluta Sayana? Cardium
Nicolleti, and infundibulum trochiformis. Thespecimens appear to have been
submitted to Mr. Conrad, who considered the determinations of Tuomey as,
at least in part, imperfect, and substituted the following specific names (Am,
Journ. Science, new series, xl, p. 266): Ostrea Carolinensis (species from
the Santee Canal, South Carolina), Volutilithes [Athleta] Tuomeyi (de-
scribed by Conrad [Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, vi, p. 449] in 1853 from
Bashia Creek), and Protocardia Virginiana? The following remark in
pencil occurs in the volume of Toumey’s Reports, contained in the library
of the Academy: ‘All doubtful except Venericardia planicosta. T. A,
Conrad.”’? ‘Tuomey’s Rostellaria velata and Actwon pomilius were in all
probability Rostellaria trinodifera and Tornatella bella, which would better
agree with the descriptions of obviously the same fossils as given in Hale’s
report (C. 8. Hale: The Geology of South Alabama, Am. Journ, Science,
new series, vi, p. 355).

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367

SECTION ON BASHIA CREEK.

ear | Hard Limestone. 4 feet.
|
| ——-| ———________ — — |
| 9 | Marl, highly fossiliferous. 25 feet.
ae . = : a
3 4 Blue Sand. | Variable.
ae
4 | Lignite and Clay. 6 feet.
5 | Laminated Clay, Sand and Mud.)| Thickness undetermined.

Je ee
| 6 | Lignite. Thickness undetermined.
ves lle ae a £ ecdenaidel

(Tuomey: First Biennial Report, p. 145.)

Norre.—Beds 5 and 6 do not properly belong to the section, but ‘*repre-
sent beds seen on another part of the stream below the preceding.’ (Loc.
cit. p. 146.)

The fossils from Wood’s Bluff, some 15 miles W. of Choctaw
Corner, were obtained by Dr. Smith from a bed of indurated
green sand rising about 10-15 feet above water line, which bed may
possibly represent the lowermost portion of bed No. 2 of the
Bashia section. Some support is given to this view by the cir-
eumstance that at this point—Wood’s Bluft—the basal lignite
(which in the above named section has a thickness of 6 feet) has
disappeared, and more especially (at least, as showing it to possess
a distinctive character) by the general facies of the representative
molluscous fauna. Although there exists a close similarity be-
tween the general assemblage of its fossils and those of the two
“ Branches ” of Bashia Creek, yet the number of peculiar forms is
considerably greater, and consequently the aggregate possesses a
much more decided individuality than obtains with either of the de-
posits in question. Moreover, I am informed by Dr. Smith that
the fossil fauna of Knight’s and Cave Branches corresponds most
closely with that of bed No. 4! of the Wood’s Blutf section, an
aluminous deposit about 21-26 feet above water level, and con-
taining species of Dentalium, Tornatella, Solarium, Turritella,
and Rostellaria identical with forms from the two first named
localities. The disappearance of the basal lignites at Wood’s

' Section as yet unpublished, but communicated by letter to the author.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Bluff may be accounted for on the supposition that they have
dipped under, which would be in harmony with what we know
concerning the dip of the beds in this region. This is but locally
or at best, but partially indicated in Tuomey’s reports, but judg-
ing from the contour lines of the cretaceous formation on the
general maps appended to the first and second Reports, and from
the north and south sections on the map of 1849, as well as from
the facts obtained in Mississippi, it must be in a direction west of
the southern line, or in other words, 8. by W. Dr. Smith has
found the loss by dip in a southerly direction on the Tombigbee
River to be about 10 feet to the mile, which accords well with
Hilgard’s observations on the Upper Eocene and Oligocene forma-
tions of Mississippi.!

From paleontological evidence alone the three exposures in
question might readily be taken to represent rather an Upper than
a Lower Eocene horizon, for in addition to the species typical of
the American Middle Eocene, or Claiborne group proper (Calca-
reous Claiborne of Hilgard), and to the new or undescribed forms,
we have the following which have not been hitherto recognized as
belonging to the formation, and which, on the contrary, were
originally described (at least the majority of them) from deposits
of newer date.

Caricella (Voluta) Bandoni, Deshayes, sp. (An/inaue s. Vert-br., Bassin de Puris,
II, Pl. 102, tigs. 13 and 14), froin the ** caleaire grossier,” Middle Eocene of most
geologists, Upper Eocene of Judd. Knight's Branch.

*

Natica Mississippiensis, Conrad (J. A. N.S. 2d series, i, p. 114), originally described
trom the Vicksburg (Oligocene) group, but also found in the Jackson (Upper

Eocene) deposits. Cave Branch.

Pleurotoma acuminata, Sowe by (Mineral Conchology, Vol. ii, p. 105), from the
London Clay of Highgate (Lower Eocene of most geologists, Middle Eocene of
Judd), and Barton clay (Upper Eocene)’ (Ihave had no specimens of this species
with which to institute direct comparisons, but from a careful examination of
Sowerby’s and Edwards’ figures and description: there appear to me to be no
justifiable grounds for separating the species figured on Pl. 20, fig. 10, from its

European ally. Cave Branch.

Pyrula tricostata, Deshayes (Cogquilles Fossil-s, ii, p. 584), from Rétheuil and Cuise-
Lamothe, Middle Eccene (Suessonian of d’Orbigny). Cave Branch.

! Hilgard found the dip of the Jackson and Vicksburg strata to be from
10 to 12 feet per mile 8. by W., at ‘‘ points where the great regularity of
succession for a considerable distance seemed to indicate a normal config-
uration.”’ (A. J. Science, new series, xliii, p. 36.)

—-_—-~*«-

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

Pecten Poulsoni, Morton (Synopsis Org. Rem. Cret. Group, p. 59), a companion of
Orbitoides Mantelli, Mort. sp., and, according to Hilgard, an essentially Vicks-
burg (Oligocene) fossil. Wood's Bhiff.

Cancellaria evulsa, Sowerby [Buccinum evulsum, Brander] (Miner. Conchol., iy, p.
84), from the Barton clay (Upper Eocene) of England, and Grignon (“ Calcaire
grossier”’) of France.! Wood’s Bluff.

Pleurotoma (Cochlespira) cristata, Conr. (J. A. N. S., 2d ser. i, p. 115), originally
described from the Vicksburg group, but doubtful whether differing from the
Pleurotoma bella, Conr., from the Upper Eocene of Texas. Wood's Bluff.

In addition to the above, there is among the fossils from Wood’s
Bluff an immature Cardium (Protocardia), which may possibly
represent the young of C. Nicolleti (Jackson group), with which
it agrees in outline and general ornamentation, or that of C. Vir-
giniana, Conr. (Pamunkey River), an undescribed species, but of
which a labeled specimen is in the collections of the Academy.
The absence of asperulations on the posterior slope of the speci-
men in question, however, rendering it uncertain whether they
were ever present, or whether they are merely abraded or water-
worn, allows of no absolute specific determination.

Whatever may be the palewontological facies of the deposits in
question, however, there can be no reasonable doubt as to their
true position, since Dr, Smith, as he informs me, has traced bed
No. 6 (or the uppermost bed immediately underlying the stratified
drift) of his Wood’s Bluff section to the mouth of Witch Creek,
about 2 miles below on the Tombigbee River, where its relation to
the overlying “ Buhrstone ” is made manifest in an exposure just
beyond the mouth of the creek. White Blutf, about 250 to 275
feet in height, beautifully exhibits the white siliceous clay stones
and silicified shells so characteristic of the southern Buhrstone
formation. These occupy the uppermost portion of the bluff, and
make up fully 100 feet of its vertical height; the intermediate
portion extending to the water’s level, is mainly composed of
laminated lignitic clays, with occasional intercalated beds of pure
lignite. It becomes manifest from what has just been stated that
the fossiliferous beds of Wood’s Blutf (ef conseg. the equivalent
deposits on Knight’s and Cave Branches and Bashia Creek) must
be between 150 and 200 feet below the base of the Buhrstone

' A very closely allied species, the T'ritonium(!/) paucivaricatum of Gabb,
occurs in the Téjon group (Upper Cretaceous—Eocene?) of California,
associated with Cardita planicosta and other characteristic forms of Ter-
tiary fossils.

25

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

(Siliceous Clairborne of Hilgard) formation, or what has hitherto
been considered as the base of the Eocene formation in South
Carolina. Allowing a uniform southerly dip of 10 feet to the
mile, these same beds must be about 250 to 280 feet below the
“bed of green sand’’ mentioned by Tuomey (lst Biennial Report,
p. 148) as occurring at Baker’s Bluff, a few miles above St.
Stephens, (stated to be “rich in organic remains, identical with
the fossils of Claiborne”) and which, immediately above St.
Stephens (Tuomey, loc cit., p. 149), dips beneath the water-line.
This approximate determination of position agrees closely with
the observations made in the northeastern portion of the county,
for Dr. Smith found by actual barometric measurements that the
“chalk hills’? (Buhrstone) near Lower Peach Tree on the Ala-
bama River, and at a locality about 7 to 8 miles south of Choctaw
Corner, were about 250 feet above Knight’s and Cave Branches,
and the marl bed (No. 2) of Tuomey’s Bashia section.

Whether these*older Eocene deposits underly the bluff at Clai-
borne has not yet been proved, but it is but fair to presume that
they do. Likewise, it remains to be shown what relation the basal
lignite on Bashia Creek bears to the ‘“ Northern Lignite” of
Hilgard.

CYTHEREA, Lam.

Cytherea Nuttalliopsis, n.sp. Pl. 20, fig. 1.

Shell sub-elliptical, moderately ventricose, its surface covered
with fine concentric striz, which are apt to become roughly im-
bricate on the basal margin; umbones not very prominent, rather
anterior ; lunule cordate, deeply impressed at about its middle, its
outline clearly pronounced by a sharply impressed line; posterior
extremity regularly rounded, the anterior somewhat produced ;
margin entire; pallial sinus somewhat angular, pointing toward
the centre of the shell.

Length, 15 inch. Knight’s Branch, Clarke Co., Ala.

This species most resembles among American species of Cy-
therea the C. Nuttalli, Conr., from which it may be distinguished
by the greater production forward of the anterior extremity, and
by the median depression in the lunule. In this last character it
agrees with C. Poulsoni, Conr., from which, however, it very
materially differs in form, and in the much lesser development of

the umbones.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371

PSEUDOLIVA, Swainson.

Pseudoliva scalina, n. sp. PI. 20, fig 12.

Shell buecciniform, of about seven volutions ; the whorls roughly
plicated ; the folds on the body whorl appearing as shoulder no-
dujes ; dentiferous sulcus well pronounced, followed by about five
impressed revolving lines, which slightly crenulate the margin of
the outer lip; revolving lines on the body-whorl above the sulcus
almost obsolete; aperture slightly exceeding the spire in length ;
columella callous ; suture deeply channeled.

Length, 13 inch. Wood’s Bluff, Clarke Co., Ala.

LEVIBUCCINUM, Ovnra’.
(Amer. Jour. Conchol., i, p. 21. Genus not characterized. )

Shell having the general form of Metula, H. & A. Adams, but
destitute of all traces of a posterior canal; aperture between bucci-
niform and fusiform, about the length of the spire. This genus
is distinct from Buccinanops of @Orbigny, under which the Buc-
cinum (Levibuccinum) prorsum, Conr., is erroneously classed in
the Prodrome de Paléontologie, ii, p. 369.

Levibuccinum lineatum, n. sp. PI. 20, fig. 5.

Shell fusiform, of about seven convex volutions, which are
throughout their whole extent covered by fine, but distinct, re-
volving lines; aperture slightly exceeding the spire in length,
sub-canaliculate anteriorly; columella gently arcuate; outer lip
striate within.

Length, l inch. Knight’s Branch, Clarke Co., Ala.

This species mainly differs from the L. prorswm, Conr., in
having the revolving lines equally distinct over the entire surface
of the whorls. The Murex (Fusus et Buccinum auct.) mitre-
formis of Brocchi, from the Oligocene and Miocene deposits of
France, Austria, and Italy, is a closely related species.

FUSUS, Lamarck.

Fusus subtenuis, n. sp. PI. 20, fig. 4.

Shell fusiform, of about seven sub-angular volutions ; whorls
ornamented with somewhat obscure longitudinal folds, about twelve
on the body-whorl, which are cut by several prominent revolving
ridges commencing at the shoulder angulation; shoulder of the
whorls more or less smooth, with an obscure median revolving line,
and a prominent sub-sutural one ; aperture about the length of the

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.
spire, or slightly exceeding it, the canal gently curved, moderately
contracted, and somewhat expanding at the extremity; outer lip
thin, and showing internally the external ornamentation; base with
numerous revolving lines, which alternate in coarseness.

Length, 1j inch. Knight’s Branch; Cave Branch, Clarke Co.,
Alabama.

Fusus interstriatus, n. sp. Pl. 20, fig. 11.

Shell fusiform, slender, composed of about ten convex volutions,
the first three of which are smooth; whorls ornamented with both
longitudinal plications and revolving lines, the last of which (about
eight in the upper whorls) alternate with finer intermediate striz ;
the longitudinal plications distinct on the earlier whorls, but
becoming much less so on the body-whorl, and the one preceding ;
aperture about the length of spire ; the canal somewhat tortuous ;
outer lip thin, dentate within.

Length, 2 inches. Knight’s Branch; Cave Branch, Clarke Co.,
Alabama.

Subgenus HEMIFUSUS?
Fusus (Hemifusus ?) engonatus, ». sp. PI. 20, fig. 8.

Shell turreted, of about ten volutions, the first three whorls
smooth and convex, the remainder strongly carinated, and tra-
versed by numerous fine revolving lines, which on the median
portion of the body-whorl alternate with intermediate finer striz ;
body-whorl impressed immediately below the carination (shoulder
angulation); lines of growth sinuous, and approximating the
characteristic lines of the Pleurotomide; aperture considerably
exceeding the spire in length; columella slightly arcuate, and
presenting a rudimentary fold at about its central portion.

Length, 14 inch, Wood’s Bluff, Clarke Co., Ala.

This species resembles the Fusus bifasciatus of Deshayes
(Animaus sans Vertebres, Bassin de Paris, I, pl. 84, figs. 15 and
16) from the Paris basin, but may be readily distinguished from
that species by its more slender form.

Subgenus STREPSIDURA, Swainson.
Fusus (Strepsidura) subscalarinus, n. sp. PI. 20, fig. 7.
Shell somewhat bucciniform, whorls about eight, sub-angular,
the first three or four smooth, the remainder ornamented with
both longitudinal coste and revolving striz, the latter showing a

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

tendency to alternate in size; the costz are arcuate, not in a
regular continuous series, those on the body-whorl extending
considerably below the middle of the whorl; aperture about the
length of spire, the canal somewhat reflected ; columella covered
with a callous deposit, considerably twisted ; outer lip dentate
within.

Length, 1 inch. Knight’s Branch; Cave Branch, Clarke Co.,
Alabama.

This species greatly resembles the Fusus scalarinus of Deshayes
( Coquilles Fossiles, II, p. 574, Pl. LX XIII, figs. 27 and 28), but
may be distinguished by the lesser prominence of its costa, and
by the presence of well defined striz over the entire surface of
the whorls. In this last respect, as well as in the subangulated
form of the whorls, it also differs from the Fusus scalariformis,
Nyst (Coquilles et Polypiers Fossiles, p. 504, Pl. XL, figs. 5a, 6),
from Lethen, Belgium,

TURBINELLA, Lawarck.

Subgenus CARICELLA, onrad.
Turbinella (Caricelia) Bandoni, Deshayes, sp. PI. 20, fig. 15.

The large species of Caricella from Knight’s Branch agrees so
closely with the figures of Voluta Bandoni, Desh. ( Animaux sans
Vertébres, Bassin de Paris, I, pl. 102, figs. 13 and 14), from the
Paris basin, that I do not feel justified in considering it a distinet
species. The American form appears to have been somewhat
more elevated, but this is probably no more than a varietal cir-
cumstance,

Length, 4 inches. Knight’s Branch, Clarke Co., Ala.

PLEUROTOMA.
Pleurotoma moniliata, n.sp. Pl. 20, fig. 9.

Shell fusiform, elevated, of about eight volutions, the whorls
considerably contracted above the shoulder; whorls ornamented
with a double series of nodes, the lower much the most strongly
developed, which gives to the upper portion of the spire a monili-
form appearance; surface of entire shell traversed by fine revolving
lines, which become more distant, very prominent, and alternate
on the median portion of the body-whorl; aperture about the
length of spire ; the relative position of the upper and lower nodes
corresponds to the sinuous lines of growth.

Length, 1 inch. Cave Branch, Clarke Co., Ala.

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

Pleurotoma acuminata? Sowerby. PI. 20, fig. 10.
(Mineral Conchology, IT, p. 105.)

Shell fusiform, acuminate, of about nine volutions ; whorls flat-
tened, longitudinally plicated and traversed by fine revolving lines,
which become crowded on the concave upper portion of the whorls,
and alternate on the basal portion of the body-whorl ; suture bor-
dered inferiorly by an elevated line, which is somewhat crenulated
by the sinuous lines of growth; aperture less than one-half the
length of shell. |

Length, 1 inch. Cave Branch, Clarke Co., Ala.

This Pleurofoma corresponds very closely with the descriptions
and figures of P. acuminata as given by Sowerby in the “ Mineral
Conchology,” and by Edwards in his monograph of the English
Eocene mollusca (Paleontographical Society Reports, 1854, p.
230, pl. xxvii, figs. 8a, b, c,d), and will probably prove, on direct
comparison, to be referable to that species.

PYRULA, Lamarck.
(Ficula, Swainson. )
Pyrula multangulata, n. sp. Pl. 20, fig. 2.

Shell elongated, sub-claviform ; apex of spire obtuse, consist-
ing of three smooth volutions ; whorls about seven, covered with
revolving strive, which are very fine on the upper portion and
shoulder of the body-whorl, but Jess so and attenuate on the basal
portion; body-whorl occupying about three-fourths of the entire
shell, marked by two prominent and one lesser carine, and a
single row of crenulations on the shoulder angulation; the fourth
whorl (the first one bearing ornamentation) appears cancellated ;

columella curved,
Length, 1 inch. Cave Branch; Wood’s Bluff, Clarke Co., Ala.

Pyrula tricostata, Deshayes. PI. 20, fig. 6.
(Coquilles Fossiles, ii, p. 584, Atlas, Pl. 79, figs. 10 and 11.)

Although I have no specimen of Pyrula tricostata for direct
comparison, I have, nevertheless, but very little hesitation in
referring the Alabama form above figured to the same species, as
it agrees in all essential respects with the figures and descriptions
of that form as given by Deshayes in the Coquilles Fossiles.
Three unnamed specimens of a Pyrula in the Academy collection
from Dax, France, which I believe to be the P. clava (Oligocene?)
of Basterot, somewhat resemble the Alabama species, but are

+

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 375

comparatively much more robust, and have the costal nodes and
revolving striz considerably more developed.

SOLARIUM, Lamarck.
Solarium cupola, n. sp. PI. 20, fig. 14.

Shell convexly conical, mound-like, of about five volutions ;
whorls ornamented with alternating coarse and very fine concen-
trie lines, and appearing double from a medial impression (the
shell apparently of twice the number of volutions that it actually
possesses); base similarly ornamented as the upper surface, con-
vex, and strongly margined by the prolongation inferiorly of the
outer wall; umbilical margin finely crenulated, the umbilicus
broadly open, and exhibiting the concentrically striated internal
volutions of the apex; aperture rhomboidal.

Length, $ inch; diameter, 1} inch. Cave Branch; Knight's
Branch ; Wood’s Bluff, Clarke Co., Ala.

Solarium delphinuloides, n. sp. PI. 20, fig. 15.

Shell convexly conical, of about seven volutions; the whorls
ornamented with several beaded revolving lines, two or more of
which near the upper margin, and one near the basal margin being
the most prominently defined ; base convex, sub-marginally chan-
neled, and ornamented with numerous finely beaded revolving
lines, which become most prominent in the umbilical region; um-
bilical volutions distinct to the apex, transversely striated, super-
medially carinated ; umbilical margin crenulated ; aperture sub-
circular.

Length, + inch; diameter, ? inch. Wood’s Bluff, Clarke Co., Ala.

DENTALIUM, L.
Dentalium micro-stria, n. sp. PI. 20, fig. 3.

Shell slender, considerably curved and greatly attenuated,
faintly striated, the striz most conspicuous on the attenuated
portion ; posterior aperture entire, there being no fissure ; anterior
aperture circular,

Length, 14 to 2 inches. Cave Branch; Wood’s Bluff, Clarke
Co., Ala.

Fusus pagodiformis (P/leurotoma’ pagoda, Heilpr., Proceedings of the U. S. Na-
tional Museum, 1880), specific name pagoda pre-occupied by Adams and Reeve.

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

THE SHINING SLAVEMAKER.—NOTES ON THE ARCHITECTURE AND
HABITS OF THE AMERICAN SLAVE-MAKING ANT,
POLYERGUS LUCIDUS.

By Rey. Henry C. McCook, D. D.

August 21st, 1878, at the foot of the Allegheny Mountains, near
Altoona (Bellwood, Pa.), I discovered a nest of Polyergus lucidus,
Mayr, the American representative of the well-known European
P.rufescens. The latter is the Amazon or Legionary Ant of
Huber, and is associated with that author’s discovery of compound
ant-hills, the term applied to those nests in which certain ants
have associated with them, in a sort of slavery, ants of another
species. Huber made a full and interesting account of the pred-
atory excursions of P. rufescens,' and other interesting behavior,
which Forel? has recently fully confirmed and completed. It is,
however, of interest, to discover the existence of the same habits
in a closely allied species in America, and this record is therefore
presented. Moreover, there are here some details of architecture
which may prove of value in themselves.

The nest of Lucidus above referred to was situated in the
gravelly soil of a valley between the mountains and the Juniata
River. The field was sown in clover, and had not been plowed for
several years. While passing through the field, I observed several
ants resembling at first sight the common mound-makers, Formica
exsectoides, issuing from a hole. I stopped to note them more
carefully and saw a worker of Polyergus lucidus come out and
return to the same nest. I at once began an exploration of the
nest, as my time was limited, and professional duties prevented
extended studies of the out-door habits of the creatures. There
were four gates (fig. 1, Pl. 19), separated a few inches from each
other. Two were simple tubular openings into the ground, about
three-fourths of an inch in diameter; the others were two similar
openings removed several inches from the first named, and united
by a worn concave road, like a half tube. The four were arranged
upon the are of a circle. The nature of the soil, which was filled
with coarse gravel and stones, prevented me from noting (as per-

1 “¢Natural History of Ants,’’ Johnson’s translation. London, 1820.
2 “Tes Fourmis de la Suisse.’’

1 XTX

Proc. A.N.S., Phila, 1880.

Phe.

Arch

WRoss, ith.

-
-

Mc Coox on Slave-making An

dl

‘ teh ees ow

-

1880. ]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

haps it had prevented the ants from making) any orderly arrange-
ment of galleries and rooms in stories. But chambers were
discovered, placed one above the other, united by tubular galleries,
and extending down at least twenty-two inches, the depth to which
the excavation was carried. The general character of these may be
shown by the following examples. Twelve inches from the sur-
face the trowel uncovered an opening into a cavity. By gently
removing the earth, a similar opening was made just opposite
(fig. 2, Pl. 19). When the little bridge between the two was cut
away there was exposed an ovoid room (fig. 3, Pl. 19), in which
were a number of ants, chiefly males and females of Lucidus.
The room was an inch high at the middle, and an inch and a half
across from wall to wall; a tubular gallery led from it into the
earth beyond. Another chamber, found at ten inches below the
surface, was a large irregular cavity, which appeared, on removing
a smooth stone, flush up against which it had been mined (fig. 4,
Pl. 19). It was three inches long, one inch and a quarter high, at
the highest point, and extended inward at the deepest point nearly
two inches. The line of the roof against the stone was irregular,
falling to seven-eighths of an inch to five-eighths, rising to seven-
eighths, and at one end terminating in a gallery-like extension of
half an inch. A gallery opened downward near the stone and one
opened inward at the innermost point. This chamber was also
occupied chiefly by males and females. This sufticiently charac-
terizes the internal architecture.

Mingled with the Lucidus ants in large numbers were workers
in three forms, major, minor, and dwarf, of the species Formica
Schauffussi.

August 23d, the excavated nest was visited, and these ants were
found to be busy in part upon the galleries, which they were clean-
ing out, dragging the pellets of sand to the opening with the
design apparently of closing them. None of the Lucidus ants
were engaged in this work. Another portion of the slaves was
engaged in an extensive migration.' A few of the slaves were
carrying their fellows, but forthe most part the deportation was con-
fined to the males and females of Lucidus. The manner in which
the latter were seized and carried off was well observed and is as
follows: The slave approached the winged queen (for example)

' [have referred to this migration in ‘‘ The Agricultural Ant of Texas,’
p. 154,

Ys
-1
BD

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

and after the usual touching and crossing of antenne the man-
dibles were tightly interlocked (fig. 5, Pl. 19); the head of the slave
was then raised, and simultaneously the body of the queen drawn
back, stretched quite out in a straight line, and then doubled under,
the abdomen being thrown upward apparently resting against the
lower part of the face and the fore-part of the thorax (fig. 6, Pl.
19). In this position the large virgin queens were carried up the
perpendicular face of the cutting for eighteen or twenty inches, and
then for the distance of six feet over the ground and through the
grass. The time consumed in this journey was a few seconds over
one minute. I frequently observed this carrying of the workers of
Lucidus, in the artificial colonies which I afterwards formed and
brought to Philadelphia. The process was substantially the
same, although often the master was simply dragged along the
surface. More than once a slight opposition was made to this
treatment. The slaves, or atleast certain individuals of them (for
I am persuaded that ants have their personal peculiarities of dis-
position and moods like larger animals) seemed at times to have
a prejudice against the presence of the Lucidus ants above ground,
and would unceremoniously seize them and carry them below. I
have seen a master or more properly “ mistress,” thus served
several times, each time returning in a dogged sort of resistance
to the will of her servitor. These emmet mistresses too, appar-
ently know something of the bitterness of bondage to a capricious
domestic “ help.”

The wonderful muscular force of the grip which Lucidus takes
with her mandibles was thus illustrated: One worker had for
some reason fallen under the displeasure of another, who held her
firmly grasped by the middle thorax. Anxious to preserve my
colony from unnecessary loss, I lifted the two out on the point of
a quill toothpick, laid them in my hand, and thrust the fine point
of the quill between the jaws of the aggressor, and so teased her
until she released her hold of her fellow. The rescued ant in-
stantly clasped the palm of my hand, threw her abdomen under,
and thus with back curved up hke an angry cat, sawed and tugged
at the skin until an abrasion had been made. While watching
this operation the other ant was still clinging to the quill, and to
her I next turned my attention. She was holding fast in her
mandibles the point of the toothpick, with her body stretched
straight out into space, her limbs stretched outward, except one

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

hind leg, which was a little bent upward. Thus, without any per-
ceptible support, except that which her jaws gave her upon the
quill point, she hung outstretched for several minutes. How
long she would have kept this position I know not, for I dropped
her into the nest by clipping off with scissors the point of the
quill, which, after hugging fiercely for a while, she finally abandoned
as an unresponsive and unworthy foe.

In the course of the above migration, one queen was seen to
resist carriage so vigorously that she was finally dropped, and,
refusing to give the slave a hold upon the mandibles, was seized
by the wing and dragged off. The Lucidus ants seemed to have
no volition in nor direction of this movement. I released a num-
ber from their porters during various stages of the transit, who
always wandered about with a confused, aimless and irritated
manner until again seized and borne off by slaves.

The locality to which the formicary was being thus transported
was about six feet distant from the gates of the original nest. It
was either an old nest or a portion of the one just disturbed. The
quarters at least appeared to have been formerly prepared and
occupied. The gates of the nest were placed in one sloping side
and in the angle of a deep cross-furrow, and were quite well con-
cealed by tall grass and clover, tufts of sheep-shaw and various
small weeds (see fig. 7). In the angle of the furrow was a cleft
in the earth nearly two inches long, one end of which was rounded
into a gate of the size and character of those first described, and
at the other end into a smaller similar vertical tube. This entrance
was so well concealed by grass that I did not see it for some time
(fig. 8, Pl. 19). Two and a half inches diagonally above this was
a lateral cleft, three inches long, from a half to three-fourths of an
inch high, and penetrating into the earth laterally at various points
by galleries. The stalks of grass growing upon the side of the
slope above sent down their roots through the roof of this cleft vesti-
bule into the floor. On one side of the cleft, half an inch above it,
was an entrance, with a dome-shaped vestibule. On the other side,
three inches above, was a fourth gate, opening under a round
stone. While some slaves were engaged in deporting their For-
mica fellows and Polyergus associates into the new home, others
were busy bringing out straws and sand as though preparing the
galleries and chambers within. Occasionally a Lucidus worker
would show herself for a moment at the yate with outreached

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

antenn and open mandibles, as though on the watch for intruders,
and then slowly return to the interior.

September 17th, twenty-seven days after the discovery of this
formicary, I was again at Bellwood, and revisited it. The new
nest seemed to be deserted; the ground around the gates seemed
to have been recently disturbed by a visitor, and no ants were
visible. The old nest, however, was abundantly peopled, and
numbers were found two and a half feet below the surface, from
which I was enabled to gather a large colony of slaves and workers
of Lucidus. The winged forms were gone. Mr. Edgar Kay, who
had assisted me in the excavations at the first visit, and had kept
an eye upon the nest, reported that a few days after my departure
(in the latter part of August), he had seen one male and several
females taking flight. They perched upon grasses, etc., and thence
flew eastward, at a height of forty or fifty feet, to the end of the
field, some 300 feet distant. It is probable that after this marriage
flight of the sexes, the workers returned to the old home.

After these ants were colonized, I was able to observe several
facts, chiefly confirmatory of those recorded by Huber, Forel and
others, of the European Polyergus. The masters never work; the
colony was changed several times in order to incite to new work
in mining galleries and rooms; clusters of Lucidus were placed by
themselves ; always they remained idle. The slaves wrought with
the greatest industry and energy as long as there was any need ;
the masters would crowd into the galleries, and move about in an
aimless way, but I never could trace any attempt either at direct-
ing or aiding in the work. So also I never saw one attempt to
eat. Sugar was fed freely and the slaves freely partook, until
they became gorged, and their abdomens grew transparent with
the pouched supply of liquid sweets. The masters strode over
the grains of sugar, and even when I had supposed that I had pre-
pared them with a good appetite by previous fasting, they partook
of nothing. Yet they are in good condition, and evidently well
fed. They doubtless are fed by the workers who must disgorge
the food, as when feeding larvee, callows, males, females, and even
each other. I have, however, never yet seen the actual passing of
nutriment from one to another, although often observing Lucidus
and Schauffussi in the posture which is commonly assumed
when this mode of conveying food is being practiced.

In galleries and rooms the Lucidi hang upon the sides or to the

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381

ceiling, or are snugged in little clusters with the slaves. In
changing formicaries they were found thus rolled together in
balls, slaves and masters—or more properly, mistresses, for all
workers are undeveloped females—mingled in a promiscuous mass.

One such change was made October 14th, the weather at the
time being chilly, and the furnaces not yet fired in the house.
But little effort was made to dig new galleries until evening, when
I warmed up the glass globes by a gas-lamp. My experience here
has been quite the opposite of Huber’s, who took such pains to
keep his artificial nests of P. rufescens from the light. Just as
with my agricultural ants, so P. /ucidus at once turned to the
genial warmth and light, gathering in a great ball within the com-
fortable glow. A few of the slaves mounted the glass in the
warmest place to be found. As often as I would revolve the globe,
the cluster of snugging ants would unravel and transfer itself in
new mass upon the side toward the flame. The slaves also cheer-
fully work on the side toward the light, and indeed seem to prefer
to do so.

Lucidus cleanses herself quite freely, but also I have very
frequently seen her soliciting the slaves to this service, who some-
times consent, and go over the body from antennz to abdomen,
licking and scraping it. The need of this service especially
appeared upon examining a dead Lucidus. Its body at various
parts was covered with minute white, ovoid objects, apparently
parasite eggs. I thought them parasites, but could discover no
trace of life, or appearance of being living creatures. One seemed
to be suspended to the ant’s body by a thread-like attachment.
Many of the slave-makers are thus affected. While taking out the
colony one slave was found upon which were fastened two small
white insects,-apparently mites, which I could not then examine,
and unfortunately lost among my specimens. I have often ob-
served ants to be infested with mites in natural site, and particu-
larly in artificial nests. The greatest care is required to keep
them in healthy condition while in confinement. The admirable
structural provision for cleansing the person given to ants,' is
certainly needed in view of the liability to such dangers,

The listless, heavy manner that is characteristic of Lucidus in
common, is wholly changed at any alarm, or the presence of an
enemy. Her true character and duty to the community then

' See “ Agricultural Ant of Texas,”’ p. 130.

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

appear. Various experiments established the fact that some of
these slave-makers (apparently) always keep on guard, and that
certainly some are ready to spring at once to repel any attack.
For example, one of the slave-making Formica sanguinea, found
in the same neighborhood, was dropped into the Polyergus colony.
The hostile presence was instantly discerned and a Lucidus
worker sprung upon the Sanguinea and seized her near the throat.
Several slaves ran to the fray, and took part by seizing legs and
antenne of the intruder. Not wishing such an unequal conflict, I
lifted the principal combatants out, having teased away the others,
and set them down to fight it out fairly. Lucidus had Sanguinea
grasped by the face at the eye with her mandibles when first
removed. This was not satisfactory, for she began cautiously
and deftly to release her hold, preparing herself meanwhile, so
that with a quick snap she seized her foe by the neck, then turned
up the abdomen, and, as I suppose, ejected poison upon the face
and mouth of Sanguinea. I separated the two before either had
been mortally hurt. However, Lucidus had lost the flagellum
of one antenna. I put ber back into her nest. The battle-scarred
warrior had no sooner struck the soil which she had so gallantly
defended, than she was violently seized by a slave, and dragged
up and down by her sound antenna, the poor jointless scape mean-
while thrust out and waving piteously. The late exalted mien
and ferocious aspect were now gone, and the warrior cringed her
body and drooped her limbs like—it is no mere fancy word-painting
this—a sullen criminal in the hands of a policeman. The two
disappeared from my sight in the mouth of a gallery; but half an
hour afterward I saw the same warrior, whom I recognized by the
mutilated antenna, in the clutch of one of her scarlet fellow-
soldiers, who was mounted upon her back and holding her by the
neck.

I am happy to record that two days thereafter I saw the
same veteran, evidently again in ‘¢ good odor,” perambulating the
surface of the formicary. It is probable that in the battle her
body had been tainted by some odor peculiar to her adversary,
which had made her obnoxious. It may be, indeed, that the loss
of the upper part of the antenna may have impaired recognition,
and so caused this hostile treatment. At all events I could not
but wonder whether any thought went through the little creature’s
brain analogous to our meditations upon the ingratitude of Repub-

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 383

lies, and the vanity of military glory! This incident, and many
other observations, go to establish that in the function of the
warrior is the true economy of this ant. The manner in which
her European congener Rufescens makes her raids upon the nests
of Formica fusca and F. cunicularia, marching in solid column,
and conducting war with activity, intelligence and success, may
be read in the fascinating pages of Huber and Forel. There is no
doubt that our American species has precisely the same habit.
Mr. Joseph Jeanes, a well-known member of this Academy, has
described to me the raids of an ant observed by him upon his
country-place at Fox Chase, which, from his description of the

insect, without a specimen, I should have little hesitation in identi-

fying as our P. lucidus.

The slaves, however, are not deficient in the combative faculty
They spring to repel a hostile attack as freely and fiercely as the
masters. They do this independently, too, just as they conduct
their mining operations, and their ability to wage successful war-
fare seems to be quite in keeping with their martial spirit. Dr,
Darwin has conjectured,' that the slave-making instinct may have
originated from the unintentional rearing of pupze collected for
food, who proving themselves useful and congenial inmates of the
nest, suggested the collecting of pupz to be reared. Thus origin-
ated a habit, which by natural selection was strengthened and
made permanent, and finally increased and modified, until an ant
was formed as abjectly dependent on its slaves as P. ru/escens.
Whatever credit we may give to this ingenious hypothesis, it
must be said, that in the case of our F’. Schauffussi, natural selec-
tion has not operated to degenerate the soldierly courage and
faculty, and remand the duty of defense to those associates in
whom the military faculty has been specialized. In other words,
if Lucidus has become specialized as a warrior, dropping an origi-
nal disposition and ability to labor, her slave has not become
specialized as a worker, nor dropped her combative faculty, but
seems to be possessed in all respects of the normal habits and
nature of ants of her species. At least I could trace in her no
effects of slavery, other than the strange association with and care
of her abductor. One, therefore, who accepts Dr. Darwin’s sug-
gestion, must allow that natural selection has wrought toward
specialization in one section of the colony, but has been suspended

' Origin of Species, p. 26.

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

in its operations upon the other section. It is doubtful if the
anomalous conditions thus raised by Dr. Darwin’s explanation,
be not more difficult to explain than the original conditions to
which the hypothesis was applied.

It is important to note the wide distribution of this insect across
the American Continent. During the summer of 1879, while
encamped in the Garden of the gods, studying the Honey and
Occidental Ants, a nest of Lucidus was discovered just inside my
tent door. Its gate was a simple opening into the ground, into
which both Lucidus and her slaves were frequently passing.
There was a similar opening under a small bush about three feet
distant. The slave, or worker, was here precisely the same,
Formica Schauffussi, which is found so often in the compound
nests of both /. sanguinea and Lucidus in the Eastern States. On
one occasion I captured a slave carrying a winged queen from one
opening to another.

A comparison of a Lucidus taken at Bellwood, at the foot of the
Allegheny Mountains, Pennsylvania, with the Colorado specimens,
shows no difference except that the Pennsylvania example is
slightly more robust and of a somewhat darker color. The pecu-
liar uniform gloss which gives the American ant its specific or
varietal name, as distinguished from the duller color of the
European species, P. rufescens, marks equally the Eastern and
Western representatives. The Huropean ant is decidedly smaller
than her American congener. The. Colorado F. Schauffussi is of
a more uniform and darker brown color than the Allegheny
Mountain specimen.

I have no specimens of Lucidus from points intermediate of the
localities above named, but no doubt the species is spread over the
whole of our Continent.!. That it carries with it its characteristic
habits, even its favorite domestic servant and associate, and that
in these respects it exhibits the habits of its closely allied congener
of Europe, affords another interesting point in the geographical
distribution of our insect fauna. "

1 P. rufescens of Europe has not yet been found in the warm plains of the
South of that Continent. (Catalogue EmMory-ForeEL, p. 450, Mitth, d.
Schweizerischen Entomol. Gesellschaft.) It would be a valuable contri-
bution to our knowledge of distribution were we to know whether or not
P. lucidus is found in our Southern States. We might venture the ano-
logical prediction from the above habit of its European congener, that it is
not found in the Gulf States.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385

ON THE TEMPORAL AND MASSETER MUSCLES OF MAMMALS.
BY HARRISON ALLEN, M. D.

Systematic writers have described the temporal and masseter
muscles in mammals as being distinct from one another. I hope
to show that they are, in the great majority of forms, parts of the
same muscle.

I have found in my dissections that the temporal muscle,! as a
rule, has a deep and a superficial set of fibres. The deep set arises
from the floor of the temporal fossa, and makes up the greater
part of the muscle. Most of the fibres unite to form a tendon,
which is inserted upon the apex of the coronoid process of the
lower jaw. Many of the fibres which do not so unite are inserted
upon the median surface of the coronoid process; others again are
continuous with the superficial fibres. The superficial set of fibres
arise from the temporal aponeurosis. It is continuous in the main
with the deep fibres of the masseter, and the fibres are inserted
upon the lateral surface of the coronoid process. <A partially
distinct slip arising from the median aspect of the malar bone,
and the ridge on the squama over the external auditory meatus,
is an accession to the superficial fibres, but possesses a tendency
to unite with the fibres of the deep set in the anterior portion
of the fossa. These fibres may receive the name of the supra-
zygomatic portion of the masseter. They are inserted at the base
of the coronoid process, forming a thin glistening tendon within
and a little posterior to the anterior border of the body of the
masseter. The supra-zygomatic slip is merged with the large
superficial mass in the dog.

I believe that I have detected as part of the general plan of the
masseter muscle; when well developed, that it is composed first
of a tendino-muscular layer, rising tendinously from the anterior
part of the zygoma or the maxilla near the infra-orbital foramen,
and is inserted muscularly into the angle; second, of a nearly
vertical layer, tendinous below near the angle, muscular near the
zygoma; third, of a nearly vertical layer, having a disposition to
become tendinous, both near the angle and at the malar bone;
fourth, of a smaller layer occupying the fossa on the lateral
surface of the ramus, and which exhibits a glistening layer of

1 For convenience the temporal and masseter will be held as distinct in
the descriptions,

26

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

tendon at the origin from the malar bone. The fibres beneath this
are continuous, in most mammals, with the superficial layer of
fibres of the temporal muscle, including the supra-zygomatie slip,
which, in some animals, is distinct in great part from the fibres
arising from the temporalaponeurosis. The masseter presents a gene-
ral resemblance to the internal pterygoid muscle, which, wherever
exampled, has shown these imperfect attempts at planal cleavage.

This outline being borne in mind, it may be well to turn to the
descriptions employed by writers on comparative anatomy.

The descriptions of the muscles in Meckel ( Vergleich. Anat.,
iv, 495) are very general. The temporal is said to be covered by
a conspicuous aponeurosis; the muscle to be more or less fan-
shaped, and gradually narrowed from above downward. The mas-
seter is said to be divided ordinarily into an outer, longer, stouter
and straight layer and an inner, shorter, weaker layer, in which
the fibres are more or less obliquely placed from above downward
and before backward.

Cuvier (Legons d’Anat. Comp., 2d Ed, iv, lme Part, 64 infra)
describes the temporal in the apes, bats, insectivora, rodents, two-
toed ant-eater, hog, ruminants and the cony. None of these includes
the arrangement of fibres above given. It is true that in the ant-
eater the masseter and temporal muscles are united, but no detail
of the character of the union is presented. Mivart (Elements
of Anatomy, 310) repeats this statement. It is evident that the
union of the muscles is here thought to be exceptional. Cuvier
and Laurillard further describe the masseter in the bats, rodents,
artiodactyles, ant-eater and the cony as composed of two portions,
a zygomatic and a maxillary. The former is present in all; the
latter is seen in the rodents, artiodactyles, the ant-eater and the cony,

Mivart (1. ¢., p. 309) describes the masseter in Lagostomus and
Dasyprocta as follows, as of “ great development :” ‘t The masseter
is divided into three portions, and traverses the singularly en-
larged infra-orbital foramen spoken of in describing the skeleton.”
According to the interpretation used in this, paper, the masseter in
rodents has even fewer subdivisions than in some other mammals.
Of these, at least one only passes in such direction as to permit
the expression that it “ traverses the infra-orbital foramen ;” and
this part is not separable from all the fibres lying on a plane lower
than that of the zygoma. .

The descriptions of Cuyier and Laurillard of animals I have not
dissected, may be here epitomized :

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 387

In the horse a small superficial slip of the temporal exists,
which does uot conceal the main tendon.

In the lion (PI. 143 and 144, fig. 2) the parts marked vertico-
soutien and jugo-soutien answer in position to the superficial and
supra-zygomatic fasiculi. The slips are identified, however, with
the muscles of the external ear.

In the description of the myology of Erinaceus ecaudatus the
authors use the following language: ‘‘ Between the crotophytie
(temporal) and the masseter muscles in the position of the absent
malar bone a red muscle-fasicle is seen, which we have been un-
able to identify. It islost posteriorly upon the temporal aponeu-
rosis, and passes under the masseter to be j.serted upon the
anterior border of the ascending ramus of the mandible.”

I do not hesitate to classify this slip with the supra-zygomatic
slip of the masseter (see fig. 2, Pl. 77 of C. & L.). Nothing to
invalidate such identification can be presented excepting the fact
that the slip has an alleged origin from the temporal aponeurosis.
It is in every way likely that either the glistening main tendon or
the aponeurotic texture of the superficial portion of the temporal
is here described.

In the above descriptions no mention is made of the union of
temporal and masseter except in the ant-eater, and in none is the
method of description the same as employed in this paper.

In making the dissections it was found convenient, after prepar-
ing the superficies, to dissect the masseter as far as the retention of
the zygomatic arch in position would permit. Then this arch was
sawn through at either end, and turned down. This exhibited the
continuity of the fibres attached to it, and the temporal. The
latter muscle was then studied carefully. After this the head was
sawed through from right to left vertically (frontal cut) in order to
expose the arrangement of fibres on the median aspect of mandible
in rodents, or, in lieu of this,an antero-posterior section was made,

Attention will now be invited to the detailed arrangement of
the parts in different mammalian types.

In Macacus nemestrinus we find the fibres of aponeurotie origin
(superficial fibres) arising as in man. In addition, a slip of fibres,
arising from the inner surface of the malar bone and the occipital
crest, passes forward and obliquely downward, to be continuous
with the deep masseteric fibres. This slip is the supra-zygomatic,
and is believed to be an upward prolongation of the deep

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1880.

masseteric fibres. It joins the superficial fibres on a line with the
coronoid process. The dee} fibres furnish a brilliant tendon,
which extends forwards quite to the orbito-temporal septum ;
thus differing strikingly from the arrangement in man. The deep
fibres are further seen to be imperfectly differentiated from the
internal pterygoid muscle.

The masseter muscle is composed of the following :—Ist. A
layer arising aponeurotically from the anterior third of the zygo-
matie arch, and passing obliquely downward and backward to the
angle. 2d. A layer resembling the foregoing; it arises from the
zygomatic arch at its middle. The fibres are nearly vertical and
end tendinously at the angle. 3d. A layer arising tendino-
muscularly from the posterior third of the zygomatic arch. Its
fibres are inserted upon the upper half of the ascending ramus of

Fie. 1. the lower jaw. These layers merge
anteriorly ; indeed, are indistin-
guishable at the anterior border.

In the dog the superficial fibres
are much better developed than in
either the macaque or man, and
cover in the deeper fibres,while they
do not form at any part a supra-
zygomatic slip; the general ar-
rangement of both temporal and
masseter muscles as in other mam-
mals. The masseter exhibits six
cleavages, of which the last or
deepest occupies the fossa on the
outer surface of the ramus, and is
directly continuous with the super-
ficial fibres of the temporal (fig. 1).

; In the coati, Nasua narica, the

Transverse section through masseter and i 5
temporal muscles (one inch behind the superficial fibres, as in the dog,
cornea et eraser 13! completely conceal the deep fibres.
XX, Deep temporal fibres, The supra-zygomatic slip is beauti-
XXX, Superficial masseterio fibre, sepa- fully distinct. Branches of a con-
eed TO UELa pea De ton eat Spicuous venule which can be seen
transversely. lying upon the superficial portion
disappear abruptly as they approaeh the upper border of the
supra-zygomatic slip. Subsequently dissection detects the trunk

——

1880. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

of this vein lying between the masseter and temporal masses,
behind the zygoma. The central tendon is thicker at the root of
the'zygoma and the bone over the external auditory meatus than
any other locality in the temporal fossa.

.'The masseter has fine layers, closely resembling those in the
dog. The deepest layer, namely, that one whose fibres occupy
the ramal fossa, has a much thicker aponeurosis than the other
layers, the anterior portion of the first alone excepted.

‘In the opossum, Didelphys virginianus, the superficial fibres of
the temporal are everywhere thick. The aponeurosis is well de-
veloped. The supra-zygomatic slip is not distinct. The deep
portion of the muscle exhibits a white glistening tendon, which
does not, however, extend as far as the orbito-temporal septum.
The anterior portion of the muscle is made up as is usual by the
union of the deep and superficial portion. In addition to its
forming the slip passing down to the front of the base of the
coronoid, it sends a powerful bundle to the median side of the
eoronoid, a thin movable layer of muscular tissue, which passes
in front of the coronoid, between the medio-coronoid and pre-
coronoid portions.

The masseter is highly tendinous superficially. The tendency
to cleavage is not pronounced, and the continuity of the deep
fibres with the superficial fibres of the temporal is very noticeable.

In the squirrel, Sciwrus hudsonicus, the superficial portion of
the temporal is less distinct than in man, and the supra-zygomatic
slip, while demonstrable, is not large. The superficial tendinous
layer of the masseter arises from a spur on the maxilla below the
infra-orbital foramen. It passes, as is usual, downward and back-
ward toward the angle. This layer does not, as in most mammals,
form the entire superficies. A second layer arises from entire
inferior border of the zygoma, which appears to be lost upon the
foregoing about midway between the zygoma and the angle. Upon
turning this last layer downward, the third and last layer is seen,
which is continuous in the ordinary manner with the temporal
fibres. The arrangement of fibres on the median surface of the
mandible was not examined. ;

In the North American porcupine, Lrethizon dorsatus, the
masseter consists of a superficial set of fibres arising tendinously
from the malar bone, and passing downward and backward to the
angle of the mandible. It arises from the anterior three-fourths

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

of the lower border of the malar bone, the entire lower border of
the enormous infra-orbital foramen. Its insertion is not only
upon the angle but the median surface of the ramus as well. The
last-named insertion occurs as follows: The anterior edge of the
muscle becomes stout and broad as it approaches the rounded
border of the bone in front of the angle. It winds round this
border, receiving as it does soa large accession from the angle,
and a portion of the adjacent median surface from the lower jaw.
This portion of the masseter lies below the jaw on the soft. parts
of the neck. In addition to the above, a long, stout, fusiform
belly is inserted by fleshy fibres at a point half way up the ramus
in front, and above the upper border of the insertion of the in-
ternal pterygoid muscle.

Beneath the superficial fibres just described, the masseter in
Hrethizon exhibits the usual tendinous fibres arising from the
angle and passing upward and forward. ‘The third set is of great
importance in this animal. It agrees with the general plan of
arrangement in other mammals examined, but is remarkable for
its extent. It arises from the lower and median border of the
zygoma by tendinous fibres, from the side of the maxilla, at the
nasal region and supra-orbital surface of the same bone by fleshy
slips, also fleshy from the upper concave border of the zygoma,
where fibres form the supra-zygomatic slip; tendinous and fleshy
from the anterior and lower half of the inner wall of the orbit.
The insertion of this set of fibres is upon the ramus, between the
angle and the sigmoid notch. The anterior part of the insertion
is rounded and tendinous. It lies beneath the corresponding
border of the surperficial portion, and receives the fibres passing
through the infra-orbital foramen. The remaining portions unite
to be inserted as already indicated.

The temporal muscle possesses a superficial portion, which
everywhere covers in the main muscle. Its aponeurosis arises
from the vertex, the upper border of the posterior half of the
orbit and the posterior and upper half of the inner wall of the
same depression. It thus covers in the post-orbital process of
the frontal bone. It is inserted entirely upon the main tendon,
and receives no fasiculus from the masseter. The deep or main
portion extends its aponeurosis forward, to be inserted stoutly
upon the post orbital process of the frontal bone. A thin apo-
neurosis passes. downward, thence to the mandible behind the
coronoid.

1880. j NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391

It will be seen that the plan of the muscles is the same as in
other mammals, but is remarkable for the muscles’ subdivisions

“remaining distinct from one another. In rodents haying the large

infra-orbital foramen, the masseter muscle is described as having
a separate portion passing there through. Mivart, in his Elements
of Anatomy, page 309, says, in this connection: “In certain ro-
dents, e. g., Lagostomus and the Agouti, the masseter divides into
three portions, and traverses (that is, one of these portions tra-

‘ verses) the singularly enlarged infra-orbital foramen.” This is a

“€orrect expression of the view usually taught. According to the
“plan of description followed in this paper the masseter of Lre-
‘thizon in nowise differs from the muscles of the same name in
other mammals, except in the extent of development of the layer
‘to which the pre-foraminal fibres belong. I have had no oppor-
tunity of examining Lagostomus, but it is probable that the
masseters are much alike in all. The porcupine is further of
‘Interest in the extent of encroachment of the muscular fibres

-upon the orbital space. Both masseter and temporal appropriate

large surfaces. It is noteworthy in addition to find that the
post-orbital process is here purely muscular in significance. It is,
indeed, imbedded in muscle. Notwithstanding its size, the process
has no septal significance in this rodent.

In Celogenys the temporal is thin in the temporal fossa but
thick and massive on posterior wall of the orbital space. The
“superficial layer and supra-zygomatic slip are distinct. Raising
these two portions of the temporal from the temporal fossa no
‘muscular fibres are seen beneath. A distinct tendon becomes
visible, however, underlying the junction of the superficial and
supra-zygomatie portions In the orbital space the superficial
portion is exceedingly robust and extends medianly the entire
depth of the posterior wall. The temporal is inserted into the
‘ower jaw as follows: The superficial portion arising from the
temporal fossa, and the zygomatic portion are inserted through
‘the main tendon upon the apex of the coronoid process ; the orbital
‘portion upon the median side of the same tendon and the median
surface of the coronoid its entire length.

Comparing the plan of this muscle to the others described it
may be said that the deep part of the muscle is absent, unless the
greater bulk of the orbital portion is assigned to the deep part.
Tt has been generally found that the deep and superficial portions

Oo

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

are continuous anteriorly. It is probable that while the deep part
is absent from the temporal fossa proper, it remains in position in
the orbital space at a point answering to the post-septal depression
in animals having a partition between the orbit and the temporal
fossa. But while the deep part is absent from the proper temporal
fossa, a stout glistening tendon is here in the usual position of the
central tendon, and, as in Hrethizon, is concealed from without:
It is interesting to note that the supra-zygomatic slip is temporal,
it being doubtful whether any of its fibres are continuous with the
masseter.

The masseter bears a general arrangement to the muscle in
Erethizon. The anterior edge is less muscular than in the latter
genus. The mandibulo-zygomatic portion, whose origin from the
mandibular angle occupies the lower one-third of the surface, con-
stitutes the massive fleshy belly. The fibres are for the most part
nearly horizontal. It is covered for the upper half of its surface by
the enormous malar bone. The slip from the median surface of the
mandible is arranged as in Hrethizon. It lies in part in front, and
in part beneath the internal pterygoid. Its junction with the main
body of the masseter conceals the tendinous anterior edge thereof
and is continuous with those fibres arising from the angle and the
basal third of median surface. The deep mandibulo-maxillary
portion is as in Hrethizon in all essential features. It is continu-
ous with the superficial parts. A thin layer of orbital fibres
overlies the temporal muscle in the orbit. Another layer is
apparently continuous with the buccinator.

In Dasyprocta the general plan of arrangement seen in Celo-

genys is followed. The minute points of distinction therefrom not
being noteworthy save the continuance of the main tendon within
the orbital space, where it overlies the deep anterior vertical
fibres.
In Cuvier and Laurillard (Pl. 245) the slips of the temporal
are represented as parts of a bi-peniform muscle. I find the supra-
zygomatic fibres more horizontal in position, darker in color and
more convex than the remainder of the muscle.

In the bats the superficial portion of the temporal may be small
or well developed. In the first variety a good example is seen in
Phyllostoma hastatum and other American leafnosed bats in which
forms the superficial portion is confined to the anterior fourth
of the temporal fossa. The supra-zygomatic slip is also very

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393

conspicuous. In Artibeus the superficial fibres occupy the anterior
half of the fossa. In Desmodus the fibres are confined to the
Fig. 2 anterior portion of the fossa;

they are weak and unimportant.
The supra-zygomatic slip over-
lies the tendon of the main
ZAX** muscle above the zygoma. In
Lonchoglossa the muscle is
poorly developed throughout.
The superficial fibres are re-
Hib IGE aad mathetee! aibkdies (h’ a Fox duced to mere rudiments. The
Bat (Epomophorus). supra-zygomatic slip is present.

XX, Superficial fibres of same. The deep portion does not
XXX, Supra-zygomatic slip of masseter reach the vertex.

muscle.
XXXX, Masseter muscle. The muscles in Pteropine bats

resemble those in the American
leafnosed forms. The superficial fibres are confined to the anterior
third or half of the temporal fossa as seen in Pteropus medius,
Epomophorus and Cyonycteris amplexicaudata. The supra-
zygomatic slip is relatively smaller than in the Phyllostomide.

In Megaderma frons and Phyllorhina bidens the parts beara
general resemblance to the above group. The supra-zygomatic
slip is absent in the latter species.

In Molossus the superficial fibres are enoymously developed, they
entirely cover the deep, and arise from a continuous osseous sur-
face at the vertex which, being broad anteriorly, narrows gradually
toward the occiput. The fibres arising from the vertex-crest, when
such is present, are those belonging to the superficial set. The
supra-zygomatic slip is present. A similar arrangement is seen
in Noctilio, in which form the main mass of fibres possess an un-
usually deep set central tendon, and the superficial layer extends
backward along the line of the vertex to the occiput. Lasionye-
teris, Atalapha, Vesperus and Vesperugo have an arrangement of
the temporal fibres similar to the above but vary in the degree of
development of the anterior slip.

To sum up the knowledge possessed of the temporal muscle in
the Chiroptera it may be said that the deep portion is most ex-
posed in Pteropus and its congeners, and the family Phyllos-
tomidide, owing to the small development of the anterior fibres.
In Vespertilionidz and Molossi the deep portion of the temporal

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

is more concealed owing to the greater development of the anterior
fibres. Those in Noctilio appear to be directly continuous with
fibres arising from the occipital crest and inserted on the outer
surface of the main tendon. With respect to the masseter it may
be said to be simpler than the typical description given at the
beginning of this paper. It possesses but slight tendency to
planal cleavage.

In the bovine type of the ruminants as seen in the head of a
calf the first or superficial layer of the temporal is continuous
with the masseter as shown in the above forms, the deep layer is
much less conspicuously developed than in them. The temporal
fossa being shallow—and not high—the central tendon is pro-
duced backward and is relatively small and insignificant. It is
not traceable over a short distance beyond the top of the coro-
noid.

The masseter muscle possesses six layers. The first is broad
and attached to the superior maxilla by an oblique line extending
the entire distance from the inferior border of the orbit to the
gum line over the first molar. The second arises tendinously from
the angle of the lower jaw and extends obliquely upward and for-
ward, half way up the ascending ramus. The third layer is tendi-
nous at the anterior superficies of the malar bone, the fibres
arising thence including the anterior half of the surface of the
zygoma. The fourth layer arises from the inferior border of the
zygoma at its anterior two-thirds, and is inserted muscularly upon
the ramus about midway between the zygoma and the lower border
of the mandible. It is this layer which is continuous with the
temporal as in other quadrupeds.

The masseter exhibits a fifth slip which appears to be a differ-
ential from the second or third layers, it overlies the temporo-
maxillary articulation in the form of a well-defined bundle which
arises tendinously from the root of the zygoma. It is inserted
on the ramus near the posterior border at about its middle. A
sixth layer exists in the form of a narrow, bright tendon and asso-
ciated fibres arising from the root of zygoma beneath the fore--
going.

Nothing similar to the fifth and sixth layers were seen in the
other animalsexamined. The sixth layer of the dog being rathera
sub-division over the ramus in front of and remote from the joint.
It is every way likely, however, that the number of the layers in

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395

masseter will be found to be variable. The parts in the masseter
of the Virginian deer ( Cariacus virginianus) presented essentially
the same features as in the calf. The superficial layer of the tem-
poral resembles that of the calf, but the main tendon is small and
is without muscular fibres, as it lies behind the orbito-temporal
septum. The superficial portion is small. It lies behind the
coronoid, in the posterior superior portion of the temporal fossa.

It must be said that the human anatomist seems warranted in
treating the masseter and temporal muscles distinct. Quain, in-
deed, aflirms that some of the posterior temporal fibres arising
from the temporal fascia blend with the deep fibres of the masse-
ter, but the union of the muscles in man is a rare anomaly.
Macalister (Muscular Anomalies in Human Anatomy. ‘Trans.
of the Royal Irish Academy, xxv, 1872, 18.) has met with it
but once. I have seen it once only.! No mention is anywhere
made of the presence of the supra-zygomatic slip. It is quite
likely that it may be occasionally seen in the cellulo-adipose tissue
above the zygoma. Of the presence of any peculiarities in the
anthropoid apes in these muscles I am uninformed.

The arrangement of the superficial layer of the temporal muscle
in man is very similar to that seen in the quadruped. ‘This layer
arises from the temporal aponeurosis, and while thin posteriorly
is thick anteriorly, behind the orbital septum. If this layer of
fibres be divided posteriorly and the anferior portion.turned for-
ward, a thick radiated tendon is displayed beneath. This is the
tendon of the deep set of fibres which here as in quadrupeds
constitute the mass of the muscle. The fibres of the superficial
and deep sets are continuous behind the orbital septum. ‘This
method of displaying the temporal muscle has been for many
years employed by Prof. Joseph Leidy in his demonstrations at
the University of Pennsylvania.

From the above examination I have come to the following con-
clusions :—

(1) While it is convenient to separate these muscles it must be
remembered that in many mammalia the tendency is for the mas-
seter and temporal muscles to unite—the deep part of the former
being continuous with the superficial part of the latter.

1 Tn a dissection of the muscles in a mulatto child at term, I found the
deeper plane of masseteric fibres arising from the external surface of the
temporal tendon.

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

(2) Man, and some of the Rodents—the latter illustrated in
Erethizon—are exceptions to the tendency. In these forms the
temporal is distinct from the masseter. In the same order, as in
Celogenys and Dasyprocta, the deep portion of the temporal is
either absent or represented in a single orbitally disposed mass of
vertical fibres.

(3) The muscles in question have been much neglected. They
should be carefully dissected in all myological studies of the
mammalia.

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHTLADELPHTA. 397

The following reports were read and referred to the Publication
Committee :—

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT
For THE YEAR ENDING NOVEMBER 30, 1880,

Nothing has occurred during the year to disturb the Society in
its usual course. It is a source of satisfaction that its financial
condition is better now than it was at the close of last year.
Although its current income is not yet quite equal to the sum it
needs or desires, it still remains free from debt.

The effort begun more than a year ago to collect subscriptions
for the purpose of establishing a maintenance or working-fund,
has not been as successful as was expected. The aggregate of
subscriptions is now $2680, of which $1550 have been paid. It
may be hoped that at the close of 1881 the Treasurer will be able
to report that the Maintenance Fund has been largely increased.
The effort should not be abandoned in despair.

In this connection if may be mentioned that an addition of
$3000 to the permanent fund of the Academy has been made by
reserving for investment, under a by-law (Chapter IX) enacted
May, 1876, all moneys received from members for commuting
their semi-annual contributions, as long as they may retain their
membership. This commutation fee is designated life-membership,
and the fund accruing from it is conveniently called the Life-
membership Fund. The income from it is applicable to the pay-
ment of the ordinary expenses of the society.

The Charlotte M. Eckfeldt Fund, formed of money received,
June, 1879, from the executors of the late Mrs. C. M. Eckfeldt,
who made the Academy one of her residuary legatees, amounts to
$2466.86. The income from it has been temporarily assigned to
the use of the Publication Committee.

The heirs of the late Mr. Joshua T. Jeanes, who died suddenly
January 3d, 1880, have generously given to the Academy twenty
thousand dollars, the sam which he had indicated his intention to
bequeath to the Society in an unsigned codicil to his last will.
The money has been invested in approved mortgages, and by
order of the Academy constitutes the Joshua T. Jeanes Fund, the
income from which has been duly made applicable, like that of
the Maintenance Fund, to the general purposes of the society.

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - [ 1880.

The Thomas b. Wilson Fund,the Elizabeth Phyle Stott,the Isaac
Barton, and Publication Funds are unchanged. Owing to cir-
cumstances over which the Academy has no control, the income
of the year from the I. V. Williamson Library Fund has been
somewhat diminished. But it is confidently conjectured that in
a short time it will be the same that it has been-in the past.

The financial condition of the Academy will be found detailed
in the Report of the Treasurer, to whom the society is much
indebted for the time, care and labor which he bestows in the dis-
charge of the duties of his office.

Five young men have been receiving the benefit of the Jessup
Fund; two for two months each, one for five, one for six, and one
Tor eight months during the year.

A brief account of the origin of this fund, and the manner of
its application, may interest those especially who have become
members of the Society within the past few years.

Mr. Augustus E. Jessup, who became a member of the Academy
November, 1818, and died in Wilmington, Del., December 17th,
1859, gave the institution and its purposes a high place in his
estimation. He had expressed his intention to bestow on the
Academy, if ever able, a sum of money to constitute a perpetual
fund for specified purposes. His children determined that this
intention of their father should be realized, although he left no
written instructions on the subject.

In a letter dated March 6th, 1860, and addressed to Dr. Isaac
Lea, then President of the Academy, they stated that, in accord-
ance with what they believed to be the intention of their father,
they proposed “to pay to the Academy one hundred and twenty
dollars per annum to be applied to its Publication Fund ; and the
further sum of four hundred and eighty dollars per annum, to be
used for the support of one or more deserving poor young man or
men who may desire to devote the whole of his or their time and
energies to the study of the natural sciences; and that they
looked forward to investing in trust, at some not distant time, the
principals of the sums named, for thle purpose of creating a per-
petual fund for the above odiaba uses.”

Substantially these are all the instructions given to the Academy
for its guidance in the administration of these two funds—one to
be applied to its publications, and the other to the support of
students— aggregating six hundred dollars a year. They paid

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399

this sum regularly from March, 1860, until February, 1872, when
they transferred to the Academy—* the principals of the sums
named "—ten consolidated mortgage bonds of the Philadelphia
and Reading Railroad Company. Thus Mr. Jessup’s children
generously fulfilled their promise and realized their father’s inten-
tion. They have also consented that women may enjoy the

_ benefits of the student fund.

The action and language of the Messrs. Jessup imply, without
any doubt whatever, that their intention was to give to the
Academy six hundred dollars per annum: one hundred and
twenty dollars applicable only to the Publication Fund, and four
hundred and eighty dollars to the support of students. And to
secure this sum to the Academy annually forever, they gave to it
in trust an investment, the par value of which is ten thousand
dollars, an amount equal, at the rate of six per cent per annum,
to “the principals of the sums named for the purpose of creating
a perpetual fund,’ designed to be the impersonal successor and
never-dying agent of the Messrs. Jessup for the payment of six
hundred dollars annually to the Academy.

As trustee, the Academy is bound in honor, if not in law, to
adopt such proper measures as may be necessary from time to
time, to preserve entire not only the principal sum, but also
to prevent, if possible, the income from ever becoming less than
six hundred dollars, the specified sum it has been authorized and
directed to expend annually for the purposes named. Reduction
of this income must be detrimental to those who may properly ask
assistance from it, to the extent of any diminution it may suffer,
It is designed to benefit students of the future as avell as those of
the current time. The interests of those of the coming centuries
in it are entitled to present consideration and protection, if
needed,

The instructions under which the Jessup Fund for students
was established, describe in general terms the requisite qualitica-
tions of those upon whom the Academy may bestow its benefits.

An eligible candidate for aid from the Jessup Fund, is required
by those instructions to possess the following qualifications :

1, Evident “ desire” to devote the whole of his time and ener-
gies to the study of the natural sciences.

2. He must be so poor as to be dependent on his own labor for
a livelihood, and therefore, unless he can be otherwise supported,

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

he cannot devote the whole of his time and energies to the study
of the natural sciences, to which he seeks to dedicate himself.

3. He must be “deserving” of support in this connection.
This condition means much. To deserve any support from the
Jessup Fund, he should possess a quick natural intelligence,
above the average; a good and sufficient education, including,
perhaps, a knowledge of the German and French languages ; in-
dustrious and orderly ways; integrity in every sense beyond sus-
picion, and lastly, a manifest intention to dedicate his lifetime
and energies to the study of the natural sciences.

4. He must be ‘‘ young ’’—say under twenty-five years of age.

Under such conditions, and with faculties suitably equipped
and disposed, the candidate may pass through an apprenticeship
here provided, and become a practical naturalist.

The application of the fund is entirely at the discretion of the
Academy. It would not violate the letter of the trust by using
it to support approved students of the natural sciences without
giving them instruction, or granting them the use of its library
or museum or its hall as their workshop. The trust does not re-
quire that the Academy shall be the preceptor of the beneficiaries
of the Jessup Fund in any degree. But inasmuch as one of
the functions which the society has prescribed for itself is to im-
part and diffuse knowledge, it seems peculiarly proper that it
should direct and facilitate the studies of these beneficiaries.

The four hundred and eighty dollars may be given annually to
support one, or be divided between two or more, as may seem to
the Academy expedient. The time during which any one may
receive assistance from the fund, is limited at the discretion of
the Academy.

After due consideration of the subject at the start, it was.
determined that the approved candidate should be received at
first on probation, for one month, and if the trial were satisfac-
tory, he might be appointed a beneficiary for two years, and then
retire in favor of another, unless there should be special reasons
for his continuance.

Inasmuch as the members of the society pay dues for their
right to use the library and museum, it is considered proper to
require the beneficiaries of the Jessup Fund to give, daily, a part
of their time and labor to the Academy, under the direction of
the curators, as compensation for instruction, and the use of the

1880 | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401

Academy’s property. This time is employed in work incident to
taking care of, mounting, and arranging specimens in the museum,
such as cleaning them when necessary, labeling, etc.,a kind. of
work, which is pertinent to the vocation of a naturalist, and
through which the beneficiaries become familiarized with natural
objects, more perfectly than they can be in any other way. It
should. not. be forgotten that the Academy has always been de-
pendent, almost exclusively, upon the unpaid labor of its members
for the care of its museum, and this circumstance, perhaps, ex-
plains why beneficiaries of the Jessup Fund are expected to do
any kind of work in the Academy that the curators and other
members are in the habit of doing. They are, in fact, regarded
as almost apprentices, who should be ever ready to avail them-
selves of the opportunities afforded to learn everything pertinent
to the career of a naturalist.

Applications for the benefits of the Jessup Fund, are considered
and decided by the Council of the Academy,

Between March, 1860, and November, 1880, thirty-four persons

have received aid from the fund, for a longer or shorter period
than two years. Of these, five have died, well known and much
respected naturalists. Five of those, now living, are professors
and eminent men, It is believed that all of this class of gentle-
men have acquitted themselves satisfactorily, and that all grate-
fully appreciate the benificence of the Jessup Fund, as well as
the advantages derivable from it ; and it is hoped that none will
ever regret any of the work he has done, or the time he has spent
in the Academy.
-. The annual reports of the curators and librarian show the ex-
tent of increase of the museum and library; and those from the
Several sections of the Academy. indicate that they are active and
prosperous.

During the year, more than 600 pages of the Proceedings have
been published, and the fourth part of the eighth quarto volume
of the Journal of the Academy is passing through the press.

The proceedings of the Entomological Section are printed on
the premises by some of its members, and issued separately.
This section has published more than 370 pages and 7 plates
during the year.

The second volume of a“ Manual of Conchology, Structural and
Systematic, with Illustrations of the Species,” by George W.

27

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

Tryon, Jr., published by the puthor and issued from the Academy,
has been published duriny the year, It includes 289 pages of
text, 70 plates with 975 figures.

Professor Leidy’s admirable work on ‘* Fresh-Watcr Rhizopods
of North America,” forming Vol. XII of the final reports of the
United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Terri-
tories, under the direction of Dr. F. V. Hayden, is so closely
connected with the Academy, that its publication during the year
may be mentioned here. Dr, Leidy, at the stated meetings of the
society, gave verbal accounts of very many fresh-water rhizopods
which are described in his work, and the Academy’s library was
the sole source from which he was enabled to prepare the bibli-
ography of the subject.

Few persons devote their whole time and energies to natural
history for a living. Generally, the study is an occupation for
leisure hours, and may be regarded as a secondary pursuit among
us, which yields little or nothing towards a livelihood. Satisfactory
study of natural history requires so much to aid its votaries, in the
way of collections and books, that it is extremely rare to find any one
person rich enough to procure all that is needed. For this reason
many of like tastes associate, each contributing his quota, for the
purpose of gathering what is necessary or desirable to be used in
common for self-instruction.

In one sense the Academy may be regarded as an association
of this kind.

A prominent object of the Society is to afford opportunity to
those who desire to undertake self-culture in any or all the de-
partments of the natural sciences. From its beginning in 1812,
continuously to the present time, members have freely contributed
specimens to its museum, and.books to its library. Besides
materials of this kind they have given money liberally, established
permanent funds for several specific purposes, and employed what-
ever time they could fairly take from their daily avocations in
working with their own hands to render the constantly increasing
means of study as easily available as possible. The value of per-
sonal labor gratuitously given to establish and promote the growth
of this institution cannot be over-estimated. A result of the joint
efforts of the members of the society since its foundation is the
opportunity of self-instruction here liberally afforded to those who
may choose to avail themselves of it.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403

Although the museum is deficient in many of its departments,
it is remarkably sufficient in some, and as a whole is very exten-
sive, and in every sense very valuable. The unequal development
or growth of the several departments is ascribable to the depend-
ence of the collections for increase on donations exclusively, and
the want of money to purchase desiderata, and not to indifference
or ignorance of those to whom the immediate care of the museum
is confided.

At this time the library as a whole, though not complete, is
perhaps the best collection of works on natural history in this
country, and the Library Fund, given by Mr. I. V. Williamson,
provides liberally for its increase.

The opportunity for self-culture to be found now in the museum
and library, with all their deficiencies, is a result of the generosity,
goodwill, industry and benevolence of very many members and
friends of the Society. Some expert naturalists may disparage
this opportunity of self-culture, such as it is, and take pleasure in
pointing out its defects and deficiencies, but those just entering
the field, as well as those not yet proficient will find it fully suf-
ficient for their use and worthy of cordial approbation.

Objection has been made to the regulation whieh restricts the
use of specimens and books to the premises of the Academy, sug-
gesting that study would be very much facilitated by loaning speci-
mens and books to members, especially to those who are advanced
students and experts. The answer is that the loan of specimens
and books, which may be regarded asa luxury rather than as a
necessity to students, would somewhat facilitate the work of one
borrower, but while they were in his possession the studies of
several persons having occasion to consult the same specimens
and books might be much retarded or hindered. Besides, loaning
books and specimens increases the chance of their loss and injury.

After ample experience in the practice of loaning, and due con-
sideration of the whole question, the Academy adopted the exist-
ing regulation of loaning specimens only on a recommendation of
a majority of the curators, approved by a vote of the Academy ;
and by prohibiting the circulation of books, has made the library
a library of reference exclusively. It is confidently believed that
the common interests of all concerned are best served by strict
adherence to this practice. It promises “the greatest good to
the greatest number” of those who have occasion to examine

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

specimens or consult books, because, come when they may, from
far or near, they are reasonably sure to find in the building what-
ever belongs to the museum or library.

The regulation in question is approved by an experience of more
than a quarter of a century. It is supposable that it would have
been changed long ago had the members of the society believed
it to be injurious to their common interests.

It may be freely granted, however, that there are persons—those
who are seldom spontaneously considerate of the convenience and
rights of others to the use of property held in common, to whom
all restrictive rules appear unwise—especially when they are an
obstacle to the satisfaction of some transient interest or desire.
The same individuals would probably discover a grievance in the
loaning system, should they find that those very specimens and
books which they desire to refer to at the moment, had just been
borrowed and taken out of the building, to be returned at the end
of a fortnight or possibly a month. Persons of such temperament,
unhappily for themselves as well as their associates, are prone to
find that “ All goes wrong, and nothing as it ought,’”’ where others
of more happy constitution discover nothing unpleasant.

The opportunity of self-instruction in the Academy is good as
it now is. It is accessible to those who may desire to make use
of it under the rules of the society. They must come spontane-
ously. The Academy is not prepared to enlist regulars, hire
mercenaries, or solicit volunteers in order to bring into more
extensive use the opportunity of selfinstruction which it has
built up.

When both the museum and library were easily contained in
one small room, the effort of the Academy to increase its means
and epportunities of self-instruction was approved. Noone com-
plained of its deficiencies. All cheerfully endeavored to use profit-
ably what it had. The propriety of admitting to its membership
those whe possessed no other qualifications than friendliness to
scientific pursuits and personal respectability was not questioned.
But since the possessions of the Academy have grown to be ex-
tensive and of great value in every sense, there are individuals
who lament that they are not greater, and seem pleased to dis-
parage its condition, its course and its organization. Ignoring
all that is recorded in the sixteen volumes of the first and second
series of the Journal of the Academy and in the thirty-two

1880. ] _- NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405

volumes of its Proceedings, they imagine that it sadly lacks the
afflatus of pure science and does nothing to promote research.
Their tone implies that the capabilities of the institution, the
potentialities of its possessions might be made more useful to
truly qualified investigators by reforming the present system and
policy, which are too broadly in the interest of beginners and
amateurs in science. They seem to believe that the collections
should be placed under the control of expert specialists, with
power to loan specimens at their discretion; that the books of
the library should be allowed to circulate freely, and finally, that
the society should consist of proficients exclusively, or at least
include a privileged class of experts.

~ Whether the Academy should now permit its extensive museum
and library, which have cost so much time, labor and money to
form, to be diverted from their present ways of usefulness to
students generally, and appropriated by skilled investigators, is a
question too important to be hastily decided.!

The by-law of May, 1876, which provides for the appointment
of professors, remains inoperative. No candidate has presented
himself during the year. No report has been received from the
Professor of Histology and Microscopic Technology, who was
appointed April 16, 1877.

‘In conclusion, it may be said that the condition of the Academy

has never been better since its foundation than it is at the present

time. It is independent of debt, and its income has been so far
increased that it is hoped, under a careful administration of its
financial affairs, it will soon be suflicient to meet the usual demands.

The whole is submitted,

W. S. W. RuscHENBERGER.

VA society composed exclusively of proficients may be desirable and
even essential to the progress of original investigation in Philadelphia.
Those who are of this opinion might possibly form such a society at once,
and in the course of time acquire all it may need ; and, without coveting
or attempting to appropriate its possessions, permit the Academy to exist
for the benefit of those proficients who approve of its organization as well
as of beginners and amateurs. Some of these might become qualified to
be admitted to membership of any society composed exclusively of gener-
ally recognized masters in science.

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.

The Recording Secretary respectfully reports that during the
year ending November 30th, 1880, twenty-six members and twenty
correspondents have been elected.

Resignations of membership have been received from D. E.
Dallam and J. D. Thomas.

Records of the death of twenty members and four correspond-
ents have been published in the Proceedings under the dates of
announcement.

Twenty-five papers have been accepted for publication as follows :
H. C. Lewis,7; J.S. Kingsley,3; Jos. Leidy,3; H.C. Chapman,
9; Harrison Allen, 1; R. Bergh, 1; Andrew Garrett, 1; A. W.
Vogdes, 1; W. N. Lockington, 1; W. D. Hartman, 1; Wm. Bar-
beck, 1; Angelo Heilprin, 1; T. D. Rand, 1, and F. A. Genth,
foe

Twenty-two of these papers have been published in the Pro-
ceedings and threeinthe Journal. Inaddition, nine papers published
in the Proceedings, together with reports of a number of important
verbal communications, formed the Proceedings of the Mineralo-
gical and Geological Section of the Academy for the years 1877
to 1879.

Two hundred and eighty-eight pages of the Proceedings for
1879 and three hundred and fifty-two pages of the volume for 1880
have been printed during the year. The concluding number of
Volume VIII of the Journal will be issued early in January.

The list of those making verbal communications at the meet-
ings includes the names of Messrs. Leidy, Meehan, Allen, A. J.
Parker, Wilcox, Koenig, Cope, Kelly, Ryder, Evarts, Frazer,
Dercum, Horn, McCook, Barbeck, Kingsley, Chapman, Potts,
Canby, Foote, Coates, Tasker, Martindale, Pike, Ford, Halde-
man, Redfield, Porter and Hough.

At the meeting held January 13th, 1880, Messrs. Aubrey H.
Smith and Geo, Vaux were elected to fill vacancies in the Council
caused by the absence from the meetings thereof for six consecu-
tive months of Dr. C. Newlin Peirce and Prof. Edw. D. Cope,
and on November 16, 1880, Mr. Ezra T. Cresson was elected to fill
a vacancy caused by the resignation of Mr. Geo. Vaux.

All of which is respectfully submitted.

Epw. J. Nouan,
Recording Secretary.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.

In accordance with the By-Laws of the Academy, the Corre-
sponding Secretary presents the following Report of the business
of his office during the year ending November 30th, 1830.

There have been elected twenty Correspondents, as follows :

Angelo Heilprin,* New York City; Dr. C. A. White,* Wash-
ington, D. C.; Albert de Selle,* Paris, France; Victor Raulin,*
Bordeaux, France; R. Heernes,* Vienna, Austria; Georges Rol-
land, Paris, France; A. Inostranzeff,* St. Petersburg, Russia ;
Dr. Robert Schomburgh* Adelaide, Australia; Dr. Herman T.
Geyler, Frankfort a. M.,Germany; Robert Casparis, Konigsberg,
Germany; Agostino Todaro, Palermo, Italy; J. E. Bommer,
Brussels, Belgium; Prof. Teodoro Caruel,* Pisa, Italy; Lionel
S. Beale,* London, England; Prof. Richard Hertwig,* Jena,
Austria; Prof. Oscar Hertwig,* Jena, Austria; Dr. Carl Ochse-
nius,* Marburg, Prussia; Dr. M. H. De Bey, Aix-la-Chapelle,
Prussia; Prof. Adolf E. Nordenskjold,* Stockholm, Sweden;
Prof. Torquato Taramelli,* Pavia, Italy ; all of whom have been
promptly notified, and acceptances have been received from those
whose names are marked with an asterisk, *.

The donations to the Museum have been numerous and valuable,
as will be learned from the Curators’ report, and prompt acknowl-
edgments have been sent to the various donors, numbering in all
228.

Letters transmitting publications have been received from Cor-
responding Societies or Institutions, at home and abroad, to the
number of fifty-one ; from individuals, four.

Letters or other acknowledgments of the reception of the pub-
lications of the Academy have been received to the number of
fifty-two.

In addition to the above, thirteen letters of a miscellaneous
nature have been received, and those requiring an answer have
been in all cases replied to.

Respectfully submitted,

GrorGE H. Horn,
Corresponding Secretary.

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

REPORT OF

[1880.

THE LIBRARIAN.

During the past year, from December Ist, 1879, to November
30th, 1880, the library of the Academy has been increased by
2744 additions, mainly exchanges received for the publications of

the Academy.

The accessions have included 310 volumes, 2345

pamphlets and parts of periodicals and 89 maps, photographs,

portraits, ete.

They were derived from the following sources :—

Societies 1018.

I. VY. Williamson Fund 522.

Editors 487.

Authors 218

Dr. [. Minis Hayes 118.

Win. S. Beebe 61.

Wilson Fund 50.

Department of Mines, Nova Scotia,
23.

Geological Survey of Sweden 23.

Geological Survey of Belgium 19.

Department of the Interior 17.

Isaac Lea 14. :

Jos. Leidy 14,

Geological Survey of Pennsylvania
13.

University of Chili 12.

Dr. F. VY. Hayden 11.

Wm. 8. Vaux 10.

Geological Survey of Canada 10.

Department of Agriculture 10.

Smithsonian Institution 8.

Engineer Department, U. 8. Army
ie

Geological Survey of India 6.

J. H. Redfield 6.

Geological Survey of Wisconsin 5.

Colonial Secretary N. 8S. Wales 5.

Geological Survey of Minnesota 5.

Treasury Department 5.

Geol. Surv. N. Zealand 4,

Yale College 4.

Minist. of Pub. Instruction, Bel-
gium 4,

British Museum 3.

War Department 2.

U. 8. Coast Survey 2.

Kansas State Board of Agriculture
9

Geol. Surv. N. J. 2.

Jos. M. Gazzam 2.

R. Schomburgh 2.

John Brazier 2.

Mrs. Charles Pickering.

S. S. Haldeman.

Rathmel] Wilson.

U. S. Commission of Fish and.
Fisheries 1.

Commissioners of Fisheries, Cali-
fornia.

Mines Commissioners of Maryland.

Geol. Sury. Kentucky.

Geol. Surv. Indiana,

Geological Survey of Japan.

University of Minnesota.

Directors of City Trusts.

Meteorological Office, Canada.

South African Museum.

Government of Victoria.

Commissioners of Public Charities,
Penna.

East Indian Government.

Bureau of Education.

Public Library, Milwaukee.

Astor Library.

Library Co. Phila.

Mercantile Library Associations of
San Francisco, &t. Louis, New
York and Cincinnati, each 1.

The books and pamphlets thus acquired were distributed to the
several departments of the library as follows :—

Journals 1969.

Geology 132.

General Natural History 169.
Anthropology 88.

Conchology 68.

Botany 61.

Anatomy and Physiology 41.
Entomology 36.

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409

Ornithology 34. Mammalogy 9.

Bibliography 26. Ichthyology 4.

Physical Science 21. Voyages and Travels 4.
Mineralogy 16, Herpetology 3.

Helminthology 16. Microscopy 1.

Agriculture 13, Miscellaneous (History, Statistics,
Chemistry 11. Politics, ete.) 12.

Encyclopedias 10,

From the above statistics and the accompanying list of addi-
tions it will be seen that, apart from exchanges received from
societies and editors, the growth of the library has been mainly
dependent upon the I. V. Williamson Fund.

It gives the Librarian pleasure to be able to report the comple-
tion of the card catalogue of all the special departments of the
library coming within the province of the Academy. It is to be
hoped that some of the remaining sections, at present arranged
on the gallery, may soon be disposed of by sale or exchange, as
they embrace books of a character rarely or never consulted in
the Academy; although many of them would be of importance
and value elsewhere. The revision of the catalogue of journals
and periodicals is progressing slowly, as time is taken after the
completion of each geographical section to apply for all deficiencies
noted. The answers to such applications thus far made have been
so satisfactory as to warrant the hope that important additions
will be received from this source during the coming year.

The collection of portraits of the Presidents and benefactors of
the Academy has been increased by the addition of a fine oil
painting of Isaac Lea, LL. D., by Uhle, one of Dr. Isaac Hays,
by Waugh and a life-sized crayon portrait of Mr. Isaiah V. Wil-
liamson. For these gifts, interesting not only as works of art,
but also as memorials of men to whom the society is indebted for
many and permanent benefits, the thanks of the Academy
are due to Dr. Lea, Mrs. Dr. Isaac Hays and Mr. Williamson.
The Academy now possesses the portraits of eight out of its ten
‘presidents. those of Dr. Thos. B. Wilson and Dr. Robert Bridges
being yet lacking. It is to be hoped that these may be supplied,
and that the series, which will certainly be of great interest here-
after, may be kept complete.

Fine framed photographs of Dr. Jos. Leidy and the late Prof.
Henry have been received from Mr. F, Gutekunst, and Dr. C. W.
De Lannoy has presented a death mask of Dr. James Aitken
Meigs.

410 PROCEEDINGS OF TILE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

For the amount expended from the various funds for books you
are respectfully referred to the report of the Treasurer.
Epw. J. Nouan,
Librarian.

REPORT OF THE CURATORS.

The Curators respectfully report that the Museum of the
Academy continues in its usual good state of preservation. The
following report of the Curator in charge gives brief notice of
what has been done, and the additions which have been made
during the year.

Sir :—I would respectfully report, that during the year all the
collections of the Museum have been carefully inspected and cared
for, and that they are in good condition. The vertebrate fossils
are in process of arrangement.

Dr. J. Allen Kite has-been engaged in the arrangement of the
collection of Bird-skeletons, and Mr. Angelo Heilprin in the ar-
rangement of the Invertebrate fossils.

The specimens received during the year have been labeled and
placed in their proper positions.

The contributions in the various departments during the year,
excepting those reported on by some of the special sections, are
as follows :— ;

Mammals.—Zoological Society of Philadelphia: Two Macacus
ocreatus, Macacus maurus, Ateles ater, Cercopithecus lalandt,
Pteropus vulgaris, Herpestes griseus, Bassaris astuta, Viverra
indica, two Tragulus Javanicus, Dasyprocta acouchi, Celogenys
paca, Scturus variabilis, Hypsiprymnus rufescens. Jacob Binder:
A colloidal mass with nodules of osteo-dentine ¢mbedded, from the
tusk of an Elephant. Dr. H. C. Chapman: Placenta of Asiatic Ele-
phant, born in Philadelphia. Dr. Geo. H. Horn: Two Atalapha
(Lasiurus) noveboracensis, Phila. Jos. Jeanes: Two young Ele-
phant skulls, Llephas indicus and E. africanus. Albert Koebele:
Nycticejus crepuscularis, Florida. Dr. Jos. Leidy: Hesperomys
(sp.). Roan Mt., N. C.; Buffalo jaw, from a forest in the Uintah
Mts., portion of the great part of a skeleton observed by him in
the locality in which it is now extinct. Miss Miller: Horns of
Chamois, Alps. W.S. Vaux: Young Orang-Outang, from Phila-
delphia Zoological Gardens.

Birds.—Philadelphia Zoological Society : Sycalis flaveola, Bro-
togerys canthoptera, Brazil; Anser indicus. F.W. Allen: Dio-

1880. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411

medea exulans. Hill: Otus vulgaris. Mrs. Herbert Russell
Walsh: Two hundred and ninety-seven (one hundred and twenty-
one species) Bird skins, collected and prepared by the late Robert
Frazer.

Amphibians and Fishes.—Albert Koebele : Eleven species Am-
phibians, Florida. Dr. Jos. Leidy: Two species Salamanders,
two do. Fishes, Roan Mt., N. C. Dr. H. Allport: Zrimyzon
sucetta, Centre Co., Pa. S. W. Ayer: Opercular bones, ete.,
Megalops thrissoides. Mr. Holbrook: Argyrieosus (Vomer) seti-
pinnis, Atlantic coast, Md. Dr. W. H. Jones: Nine species of
Fishes, Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. J. E. Mitchell: Amblyopsis
spelaeus, Mammoth Cave, Ky. National Mus., through Smiths.
Inst.: Fifty-two species of North American Fishes.

Articulates.—J.J. Brown: Lepas pectinata, Balanus, ete., Flor-
ida. Dr. H.C. Chapman: Lepidnotus,and Nymphon, Mt. Desert,
Me. C.Chambers: Grillotalpa longipennis, Philadelphia. John
Ford: Libinia canaliculata, Atlantic City, N. J. Geo. Heberton:
Libinia canaliculata, Limulus polyphemus, Cape May, N. J. Dr.
W. 4H. Jones: Thirty-four species Crustacea, Atlantic and Pacifie
Oceans; Nautilograpsus minutus, taken from side of ship Aca-
pulco. J.S. Kingsley: Six species Crustacea, in exchange. Dr.
J. A. Kite, Wasps’ nest, Morgan Co., Pa. Albert Koebele: Two
species Crustaceans ; two species Myriopoda, from Florida. J. E.

_ Mitchell: Nest of Tarantula, California. Dr. T. H. Streets:

Forty-two specimens Lepidoptera, Mantis (sp.), Yokohama, Japan.
U.S. Fish Commission, through Smiths. Inst.: Thirty named
species of Crustacea, Coast of New England.

Vermes, Echinoderms, Ceelenterates, Bryozoans and Porifera.
—U.S. Fish Commission, through Smiths. Inst.: Thirteen species
of Annelida, Coast of New E ngland. Dr. W.H. Jones: Four spe-
cies of Annelida, Pacific Ocean. Dr. Jos. Leidy: Lice from the
interior of pouch of White Pelican (Menopon perale, Leidy),
Florida. Laura M. Towne: Filaria immitis, from heart of dog,
Beaufort, S.C. J.J. Brown: Cidaris tribuloides, Haiti. John
Ford: Huryale (sp.), Palermo, Italy. U.S. Fish Commission,
through Smiths. Inst.: Sixteen species Echinodermata, Coast of
New England. Dr. W. D. Hartman: Rotula (sp.), Madagascar?
U.S. Fish Commission, through Smiths, Inst. : Eleven species of
Coelenterata, Coast of New England. Dr. W. H. Jones: Thirteen
species Coelenterata, Pacific Ocean. Dr. H. C. Chapman: Hyd-
roids, from Mt. Desert, Me. U. 8. Fish Commission, through
Smiths. Inst.: Fifteen species Bryozoans and Porifera, Coast of
New England.

Anna T. Jeanes: Glass models of Physophora magnifica,
Diphyes Sieboldi, Cyanea capillata, Oceania phosphorica, Sagar-
tia bellis, Palythoa auricula, Phellia picta, Corynactis clavigera,
Nemacula primula, Peachia hastata, Phymactis florida, Evactis
artemisia, Tubularia indivisa, Corymorpha nutans, Laomedea
amphora, Bougainvillia fr ulicosa.

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

Fossils.—Dr. Carter, through Dr. Jos. Leidy: Fragments of
bones of Uintatherium, Paleosyops, and fossil turtle-eggs, near
Ft. Bridger, Wyoming. Walter Collins: Hight species of Fossils
from the cretaceous ‘marl, Bk ickwoodtown, N. J. Dr. Corson,
through Dr. Jos. Leidy: Femur and fragments of jaw of Pa 126:
syops major, and foot-bones of Uintather tum, near Fort Bridger,
Wyoming. Persifor Frazer: Two fossils. Wm. M. Gabb: Fish
teeth, Martinez, Contra Costa Co., Cal.: °G. Ni-P. Gale=? Shares
teeth and fragments of bone, Ashley River beds, 8, C. Gustavus
Guttenberg: Fossil Fucoid? near Erie, Pa. M. Hotehkiss and
John Gibb: Three fossils, Central coal shaft, Fairburg, Il. Dr.
Geo. M. Lawrence: Ammonites (sp.), Cretaceous of Hemstead
Co., Ark. R. L. Lamborn: Fish tooth (carboniferous), Irwin
Station, Westmoreland Co.. Pa. Dr. Jos. Leidy: Ivory of Mas-
todon, bored by mollusks, Rib of Manatee, and two fish vertebrz
Phosphate beds, Ashley River, 8. C.; Tibia of Palzosyops, fossil
turtle-eggs, near Ft. Bridger, Wy oming. Thomas Meehan: Four
coal fossils, Schuylkill Co., Posed W. Pike: Forty-eight specimens
of fossil ferns, ete., Mazon Creek, Grundy Co., Ill. J. H. Redfield:
Pentremites Gordonii (subecarboniferous). EH. 8. Reinhold : Thirty-
six specimens coal fossils, Mahanoy City, Pa. A. Li. Siler:
Fossil (sacrum), West branch of South fork of Rio Virgin River,
above Glendale, Utah. Wm. Spillman: Ceelorhynchus. ornatus,
Clark Co., Miss. Charles Wachsmuth: Forty-five species of
Crinoids, from the Burlington Limestone, Burlington, Iowa.
Harry H. Wheeler: Crinoid, cut from a side-walk paved with upper
Silurian Limestone, Wabash, Ind.; Four fossil Fishes, near Fort
Bridger, Wyoming.

Ethnological and Miscellaneous.—Stephen Bowers: Sixteen
Indian skulls, from a burial place, Santa Barbara, Cal.; Skull of
Flathead Indian, Oregon; Skull of Peruvian, Onca, Peru. Miss
E. 8. Boyd: Hawaiian skull, Sandwich Islands. W.C. Desmont:
Dart, used in salmon fishing by the Digger Indians, Sacramento
River, Cal., 1858. Jacob Geismar: Stone axe and arrow-head,
Haddonfield, N. J. Prof. 8.8. Haldeman: Hight pieces modern
Pueblo pottery, New Mexico; Tunisian drum, Tunis, N. Africa;
Stone tomahawk, two hammers, chisel and pestle, Gloucester Co.,
N.J.; Stone chisel, Indiana; Pestle, Ohio; Stone implement
found on the farm of Mr. Wittmer, Lancaster Co., Pa.; twelve
pieces Pueblo pottery, New Mexico; two stone hammers, modern
Sioux, and fragments of an earthen pot, from a cave, E. Tenn.;
fifty-seven pieces, of native pottery, two Sorcerer’s chairs, Con-
juror’s rattle, Necklace, three bowls made of the gourd-like fruit of
the calabash tree (Crescentia cujeta), by the Indians of British
Guiana ; Native cloth, Island of Corisco.. Prof. W.de M. Hooper:
Stone implement, used for skinning, Misner’s Farm, Pittsburg,
Carroll Co., Ind. Wm. Ll. Mactier: Snow-shoes, made by the
Otonagon Indians of Michigan. Miss Miller: Antique linen shawl,
vase, lamp, mummied human hand, ibis, ete., Egypt. Wm. J.

1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413

Potts: Fragments of Indian skeletons, pottery, etc., bank of the
Delaware River, below Kaighn’s Point, Camden, N. J. Jos. Wil-
cox: Fragments of pottery, ~ from a mound, St. John’s River, Fla.;
Stone axe, pestle and arrow-head, Mitchell Co.,.N.C. 7 Two
pieces Ancient Peruvian pottery.

C. F. PARKER.

Respectfully submitted by
JosEpH Lerpy,
Chairman Curators.

REPORT OF THE BIOLOGICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL
SECTION.

During the past year eighteen (18) meetings were held; the
average attendanee being thirty (30) persons.
~The Annual exhibition was held on the evening of October 15th,
at which time a large and interested company was present.
The following is a summary of the principal subjects presented
during the year :—
Dee. Ist, 1879.—Filarie in the Bronchial Tubes of Cattle, by
Dr. James McCoart.
Dee. 15th, 1879.—Modern Microscopical Work, by Dr. J. Gib-
bons Hunt.
Dec. 15th, 1879.—Description of Psorosperms found in Cysts
of Fishes, by John Ryder.
Jan. 5th, 1880.—Pleuro-Pneumonia of Cattle, by Dr. John
Gadsden.
Jan. 15th, 1880.—The Microscope as a means of Investigation,
by Dr. Carl Seiler.
Feb. 2d, 1880.—The Preparation of Material for Microscopical
Examination, by Dr. Seiler.
Feb. 2d, 1880. —Nuclei of the Eggs of the Common Limpet, by
Mr. John ‘Ryder.
Feb. 2d, 1880.—Observations upon the Nervous System of the
Common Centipede’ by Mr. John Ryder.
'Feb. 2d, 1880.—Observations upon a specimen of Actinopte-
rium, by Mr. Edward Potts.
Feb. 16th, 1880.—The Mounting of Microscopie Objects, by Dr.
Seiler.
‘Feb. 16th, 1880.—Description of Rhipidodendron and Halteria,
by Mr. John Ryder.

414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

March Ist, 1880.—Injecting and Special Methods of mounting
Microscopical Objects, by Dr. Carl Seiler.

March Ist, 1880.—Observations upon Sponges, by Mr. John
Ryder.

March Ist, 1880.—A Plan to show Opaque Objects with the Gas
Microscope, by Persifor Frazer.

March 15th, 1880.—Lithological Studies with the Microscope,
by Persifor Frazer.

April 5th, 1880.—Histological Studies, by Dr. Seiler.

April 19th, 1880.—Lantern Exhibition, by Mr. Holman and
Mr. Ryder.

May 3d, 1880.—Communication upon Fresh-water Sponges, by
Mr. E. Potts.

May 17th, 1880.—Communication upon the Eggs of the matica,
by Mr. E. Potts.

Sept. 6th, 1880.—Life Forms at Atlantic City, by Mr. E. Potts.

Sept. 20th, 1880—Communication upon the Larve of King
Crabs, by Mr. E. Potts.

Oct. 14th and 15th, 1880.—Annual Exhibition.

Novy. Ist, 1880.—Report of the Committee on Exhibits and Im-
provements in Microscopical Science at the Annual Exhibition,
by Dr. Hunt.

Noy. 15th, 1880.—Communication upon the Development of the
Pyrulla, by Mr. Charles Perot.

The following Members and Associates were elected during the
year.

Members:—John C. Wilson, Otto Luthy, Howard Kelly.

Associates :—Dr. Joseph Simsohn, Dr. James A. McCoart, Dr.
Edward T. Bruen, Dr. John W. Gadsden, Dr. Monroe Bond, Dr.

J. H. Wills,
Rost. J. HEss,
Recorder.

REPORT OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION.

The Recorder of the Conchological Section respectfully reports
that during 1880, Dr. R. Bergh, Dr. W. D. Hartman, and Mr.
Angelo Heilprin have presented papers upon the Mollusca, which
have been accepted and published in the Academy’s Proceedings.

1830. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415

The Section has again lost a valued member, Professor S. S.
Haldeman, who died September 10th, 1880. Professor Haldeman
manifested his interest by frequent contributions to our Museum,
as well as by papers published in the American Journal of Con-
chology. He also presented to us a number of copies’ of text and
plates of his celebrated monograph upon the Fresh-water Univalve
Mollusea of the United States. These the Section reissued, the
work having been long out of print, and the sale resulted to its
pecuniary advantage.

Mr. George W. Tryon, Jr., Conservator of the Section, reports
as follows :

About fifty distinct donations and purchases of recent shells
will be found recorded in the detailed list hereunto appended,
aggregating 1216 species, represented by 4574 specimens. These
have all been carefully determined, labeled, mounted, and placed
in the cases.

Mr. Charles F. Parker has, as usual, afforded valuable assistance
in preparing these specimens for exhibition.

Mr. John Ford continues to prepare for us sections of univalve
shells, showing their internal form and structure. He has pre-
sented over fifty of these during the year. We are indebted to
Miss Anna T. Jeanes for a number of beautiful glass models of
mollusks, and to Mr. Joseph Jeanes for a fine suite of California
shells, and mounted linguals of Chitonid, ete.

Mr. John H. Redfield has presented his entire and very com-
plete collection of Marginellide.

The U. 8S. Fish Commission, and Dr W. H. Jones, U. S.N.,
have presented numerous specimens, both in aleohol and dry.

We have received from Dr. Isaac Lea, the type series of
Claiborne (Ala.) Eocene fossils, described and figured in his
“ Contributions to Geology,’ numbering 228 species.

Mr. John A. Ryder has prepared a drawing in outline of the
gigantic Architeuthis princeps, Verrill; although only ,%, of the
natural size, this drawing is upon a canvas twelve feet in length.
It is exhibited upon the wall of the Conchological gallery.

Our collection of fossil shells, the systematic arrangement of
which has been so long neglected, has at length, under the com-
petent supervision of Mr. Angelo Heilprin, received that attention
which its importance merits. Mr. Heilprin has critically studied

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

and arranged the whole of the North American Eocene Collection,
and is now engaged upon the Miocene. These shells have all been
labeled and mounted by Mr. Parker. <A suitable label has been
placed upon the drawers containing the ‘“ Swift Collection,” and
these havesbeen made accessible to the public. The Cephalopoda,
Muricide, Purpuride, Fusidxe, and Buccinide of the general
collection have been rearranged in accordance with the latest
information upon these groups; and it is proposed to continue
this work of revision upon the other families of marine shells as
opportunity offers.

A rearrangement of the Land shells in accordance with the
natural groups of Dr. Louis Pfeiffer’s ““ Nomenclator Heliceorum
Viventium,” and of the Unionide, in accordance with the latest
edition of Dr. Lea’s ‘“‘ Synopsis,” will be commenced as soon as
possible.

The Museum of Recent Conchology now contains 38,624 trays
and 136,387 specimens.

There have been no changes made in the By-Laws of the Section.
The officers for 1881 are:

Director—W. 8. W. Ruschenberger.

Vice-Director—John Ford.

Recorder—S. Raymond Roberts.

Secretary—John H. Redfield.

Treasurer—Wm. L. Mactier.

Conservator—Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Librarian—Edw. J. Nolan.

Respectfully submitted,

S. RayMonD ROBERTS,
Recorder.

The following are the additions to the Conchological Cabinet
received during 1880:

R. Arango. Two hundred and seventy-four species and varie-
ties of Cuban shells.

W.G. Binney. Helix Mayrani, Algiers. Testacella haliotoidea,
England.

John Brazier. Bythinia hyalina, from New South Wales.
Eighty-four species Land, Fresh-water, and Marine shells from
Australia.

J.J. Brown. A collection of mollusks from Florida and Haiti.

W. W. Calkins. Unio Blandingianus and Tritonidea t*ncta,
Florida.

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417

Caleb Cooke. Melania scabra, Zanzibar.

W. H. Dougherty. Bulimus Schiedeanus, Coahuila, Mexico.
John Ford. Arca pexata, Say, Newport, R. I. Five species
of marine shells, Atlantic City, N.J. Mytilus hamatus, Say, from
Seekonk River, Providence, R. I. Helix tuberculosa, Conrad,
Sinaitic Desert. Natica duplicata and N. heros, with nidus, ova
capsules of Nassa trivittata, Atlantic City, N. J. Fine specimen
of Cassis tuberosa, Bahamas, Over fifty specimens, sections of

shells. .

Andrew Garrett. Partula decussata and P. ganymedes. Domi-
nique Is., Marquesas. P. inflata, Taiwata, Marquesas. Partula
(sp.), Moorea, Society Isles. Trochus trochoidea, Society Isles.
Cardium (sp.), Paumotus Is.

EK. Hall. A collection of land and fresh-water shells from
various localities. Twenty-six species of fresh-water shells.

Dr. W. D. Hartman. Embryonic Partule.. Cyclostoma in-
comptus, near Bogota, 8. A. Helix similaris, Fer., Japan. Three
species of Partula from Marquesas Islands. Partula Raiatensis
(type) from Raiatea. Partula approximata, Raiatea.

Henry Hemphill. Over two hundred species and varieties of
California shells.

J.G. Hidalgo. Murex Tryoni (type), Lesser Antilles. Rici-
nula nodosa, Brazil.

Anna T. Jeanes. Glass models of twelve species of nudibran-
ehiate mollusks.

‘Joseph Jeanes. Mounted linguals of thirty-seven species of
mollusks. Ninety-nine species and varieties of land, fresh-water
and marine shells from California.

Dr. W. H. Jones. Twenty-five species of pelagic mollusks from
the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Scyllia pelagica. Oxygyrus
Keraudrenti.

Henry C. Lea. Twenty-four species of Claiborne Eocene fossil
shells, types of his descriptions.

Dr. Isaac Lea. Type collection of Claiborne (Ala), Eocene
shells, consisting of 228 species ; arranged as described and figured
in his * Contributions to Geology.” Voluta Junonia, Edgmont
Key, Fla.

Joseph Leidy. Goniobasis proxima, Say, Piedmont Springs,
North Carolina

BE. T. Nelson, Hupleura Tampaensis, Conr., Tampa Bay, Fla.

T. R. Peale. Astarte castanea, Say, Sandy Hook, N. J.

John H. Redfield. Collection of Marginellidie, including several
hundred specimens of about two hundred species and varieties.
Spirifer mucronatus, Hamilton group.

8S. R. Roberts. Macoma balthica, Linn., Collins’ Beach, Del.
Helix cinnamomea. Trivia pellucidula, Sandwich Isles. Cylin-
drella gracilicollis, Macroceramus Klatteanus, Bld. (ex auct.),
Port-au-Prince, Hayti.

28

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

—
os

Dr. W 8. W. Ruschenberger, Dione lupinaria, San Blas.

Prof. D. S. Sheldon. Physa gyrina, young, Davenport, Lowa.

Hon. F. E. Spinner. Seven lots of marine shells (fifty-six spe-
cies) from the mouth of St. John’s River. Fla.

U.S. Fish Commission. Fifty-four species of marine Mollusca
from the New England coast.

H. A. Ward (purchased). Glass models of six species of
Cephalopods.

J. F. Whiteaves. Eight species of fluviatile and marine shells,
from Queen Charlotte’s Isl. and Gulf of St. Lawrence.

REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL SECTION.

The Vice-Director takes much pleasure in reporting to the
Academy the continued prosperity of the botanical department,
which, in fact, is quite equal to all that can be expected of it,
until, by the good fortune of an endowment, funds can be supplied
reoularly to extend its work. Meetings have been held every
month throughout the year except July and August, at each of
which valuable communications have been made by various mem-
bers. Some of the more important of these have been communi-
cated to the general meetings of the Academy, and have found a
place in its published proceedings.

The Section now consists of thirty-one members, one haying
been added during the year.

The Conservator’s report to the Section of the condition of the
Herbarium has been adopted by the Section as its report to the
Academy, and is as follows :—

The accessions to the Academy’s Herbarium during the past
year have been large and valuable, and the mounting and distri-
bution of the plants received have made large demands upon the
time of the Conservator and of the members of the Section who
have kindly aided him.

Among the valuable contributions received were the collections
of the late Dr. Charles Pickering, made in the years 1844-5, during
a journey to Malta, Egypt, Arabia and India, and presented to the
Academy by his widow, Mrs. Sarah 8. Pickering. The number
of species is estimated at about 1500, and, as none of them were
named, the labor of distributing them in their proper natural

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119

order (which has been performed by Messrs. Meehan and Burk),
has been slow, but is now completed.

From Dr. Gray, of Cambridge, important canérthutiaes have
been received. Dr. Garber has presented a collection of 100
species collected by himself recently in Porto Rico, while some
250 species of Mexican plants, collected by Drs. Parry and Palmer,
have been added.

In the department of the Lower Cryptogams the additions have
been of a nearly complete series of the Mosses and Hepatic of
N. America, collected and named by the late lamented Austin, and
presented by the liberality of members of the Section, and of 200
species of N. American Fungi, collected, determined and _pre-
pared by J. B. Ellis, and presented by Mr. Martindale.

The total number of species contributed during the vear is
estimated at 3100,a very large proportion of them being new to
the Herbarium.

Some progress has been made in the mounting of the North
American Herbarium, the orders from Polemoniacex to Scrophu-
lariacee inclusive having been completed. Mr. Scribner has con-
tinued his work upon the determination and the mounting of the
Grasses, though interrupted by long and serious illness. Those
familiar with Herbarium work can appreciate the amount of labor
yet required to sift the material now upon our shelves, to deter-
mine the doubtful species and to mount the whole. Volunteer
labor is hardly adequate to take care of the new accessions, and,
until some endowment shall secure to the Academy the constant
work of a competent botanist, the completion of the task must
remain for the future.

Much inconvenience has been heretofore experienced from the
want of a proper place to receive and display such seed-vessels
and vegetable products as were too large to place in the herbarium
sheets. Such objects have necessarily been placed in the gallery
of the Museum, too distant from the botanical working-room to
be readily consulted. The liberality of a» member of the Acad-
emy, whose aid has often supplemented its needs and sustained
the hands of its workers, has removed this difficulty, and we have
now in the botanical room a most convenient and capacious work-
ing table, containing sixty-four large drawers for the reception of
seed-vessels, pine-cones, wood-sections, ete.

The Conservator must acknowledge, as heretofore, the eflicient

420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880.

aid received from Mr. Chas. F. Parker in the work of poisoning
and arranging the collections received during the year and for
other material assistance.

Joun H. REDFIELD,

Conservator.
December 18th, 1880.

The officers elected for the forthcoming year are :
Director.—Dr. W. 8. W. Ruschenberger.
Vice-Director.—Thomas Meehan.
Recorder.—F. L. Scribner.
Cor. Secretary.—Isaac C. Martindale.
Conservator.—John. H. Redfield.
Treasurer.—J. O. Schimmel.
Respectfully submitted,
THoMAS MEEHAN,
Vice-Director.

Donations to Herbarium and Museum.—Mtrs. Sarah §. Pickering,
of Cambridge, Mass.: 1200 species plants, collected by the late
Dr. Chas. Pickering, in the years 1844 and 1845, in Malta, Egypt,
Arabia, Zanzibar and India, also lot of seed-vessels, etc. Chas.
EF. Parker: Lechea Nove Cesarix Austin, Bergen Co., N. Y.,
(author’s type); Fragaria Gillmani, Clinton, Detroit, Mich.
(authov’s type); udzotia oleifera, D. C., African species, from
Ballast, Camden, N. J.; Lycopus sessilifolius, Gr., Batsto, N. J.;
Lycopus Huropeus, Ballast, Camden, N, J. Wm. M. Canby :
Phlox Stellaria, Gr., Nashville, Tenn. ; 5 species plants from Cali-
fornia, new to the collection; 111 species of plants from Europe,
Syria, 8. Africa, etc., many of them new to the collection. Dr.
Asa Gray: 161 species plants from California, Arizona, Oregon,
Washington Terr., Turkistan, and Micronesian Islands, mostly
new to the collection. Prof. C, J. Sargent: Aster Herveyi, Gr.,
Tiverton, R. l.; Photographs of Conifer, from Oregon. Geo. E.
Davenport, Boston: Cheilanthes viscida, Davenp., California.
Isaac C. Martindale: Third and fourth centuries of Ellis’ North
American Fungi; Corethrogyne filaginifolia, Nutt, San Diego Co.,
Cal.; specimens of Castanea vesca, L., var. Americana, with ab-
normal fertile spikes, from Pitman’s Grove, N. J.; Bark of Pinus
mitis, Mx.; Brickellia Vincentiana, Greene, new species, New
Mexico; Corrigiola litteralis, L., Ballast, near Philadelphia. Dr.
C. C. Parry, Davenport, la.: Tithonia tubeformis, Cass., cult. at
Davenport, from Mexican seed; Mexican mats and rope made
from fibre of Agave heteracantha; Fibre of Agave Americana.
A. L. Siler, Utah: Pentstemon Sileri, Gr., nov. sp., Beaver Dam
Mts., Utah. Mrs. M. J. Myers, Syracuse, N. Y.: EHpipactis Hel-

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421

leborine Rich., var. viridans Gr., near Syracuse, N. Y. Dr. Thos.
Lancaster: Polyporus, growing on Hemlock Spruce, McKean
Co., Pa. Wm. H. Dougherty: Skeleton of stem of Opuntia im-
bricata; Capsule of Hanburia; Stems of Euphorbia antisyphilitica,
all from Chihuahua, Mexico. Aubrey H. Smith: Myosotis versi-
color, Pers., Cobb’s Creek, Darby, Pa. Thomas Bland, N. York:
Wax, from the leaves of the Carnauba Palm ( Copernicia cerifera);
Whip from the bark of ———, Jamaica; Paper from the fibre of
Plantain and Banana, Jamaica; Myristica fragrans, Houtt., Nut-
meg with its Mace and outer husk, Jamaica; Seeds of the follow-
ing plants from West Indies: Lucuma mammosa, Gris., Feuillea
cordifolia, Ser., Coix lachryma, L., Sapindus saponaria, L.,
Adenanthera pavonina, L., Abrus precatorius, L., Guilandina
Bonduc, L., Anacardium occidentale, L., Guilandina Bonducella,
L.; Wood of the Down tree (Ochroma Lagopus). Thos. Meehan :
Pellaea atropurpurea, Link., collected in Southern Utah, by A.
L. Siler; Sedum Meehani, Gray, collected in Southern Utah, by
A. D. Siler. Isaac Burk: Wood of Heritiera, Africa. Dr. A. P.
Garber: 95 species of plants, collected by him at Yauco, Porto
Rico, in 1880, named by Dr. Gray and Mr. Oliver of Kentucky.
John H. Redfield: 217 species plants collected by Dr. C. C. Parry
and Dr. E. Palmer, near San Luis Potosi, Mexico, named at Kew
and Cambridge ; 57 species Ferns, collected by A. Fendler, in the
Island of Trinidad, W. I., in 1879-80, supplementary to a collec-
tion presented in 1878, named by Prof. D. C. Eaton; 7 species
plants from Florida and Tropical America. J. H. Redfield, J. C.
Martindale, Thos. Meehan, Wm. M. Canby, Dr. Chas. E. Schaffer,
Dr. J. Bernard Brinton : Complete set of the Mosses and Hepatic
of N. America, collected and named by the late Coe F. Austin,
consisting of 518 species of Mosses and 124 species of Hepatic.

REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION.

The Entomological Section, throughout the past year has held
its regular meetings, excepting during the months of July and
August. Most of the meetings have been quite interesting, owing
to the many original communications, both verbal and written,
that have been presented. These lectures, as they may be called,
were devoted to illustrating some of the variations of form, ete.,
of many entomological species and genera. At the same time
opportunity has been afforded to those so desiring, to describe
new species of the entomological fauna, and to present their ob-
servations tothe public. That the claims of priority of description
thus made, might not be lost by the several authors, such com-
munications have been condensed and published in the Proceedings
of the Section. The more full and complete papers are, as hereto-

422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

fore, published in the Transactions of the American Entomologi-
cal Society. There have been eight papers presented and published
by the latter society during the year, comprising 338 pages of
printed matter in octavo form, illustrated by seven plates. This,
in connection with 24 pages of the published Proceedings of the
Section make a total of 362 pages of entomological publications
issued since last annual meeting.

The entomological collections of the Academy have been care-
fully attended to through the year, by the Conservator, Mr. Geo.
B. Cresson, and have been preserved from all infection or loss.

By the death of Mr. James Ridings, in July, the section lost
one of its most valued members. Mr. Ridings was one of the
founders of the American Entomological Society, and through his
many valuable discoveries was well known among the entomolo-
gists of the United States.

At the annual meeting of the section, held December 13th, the
following gentlemen were re-elected as officers for the ensuing year:

Director.—John L. LeConte, M. D.

Vice-Director.—George H. Horn, M. D.

Treasurer.—kK. T. Cresson.

Recorder.—J. H. Ridings.

Conservator.—Geo. B. Cresson.

Publication Committee.—George H. Horn, M. D.

Samuel Lewis, M. D.

At the last annual meeting of the American Entomological
Society the sum of seventy-five dollars was contributed towards
the funds of the Academy.

Respectfully submitted,
JAMES H. RipDINGs,
-— Recorder.

REPORT OF MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL
SECTION.

The Director of the Mineralogical and Geological Section would
respectfully report :

Meetings of the Section have been held monthly, except during
July and August. The attendance has been good. A number of
interesting papers were read, and many valuable communications
and donations made. During the year, the first volume of its pro-
ceedings was published, containing scientific papers and commu-
nications to January Ist, 1880. The collection of local rocks and

1880 | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 428

minerals has outgrown the place provided for it. It is almost
complete as to the rocks of Philadelphia, and of Delaware, Mont-
gomery and Bucks counties. Believing, as he does, that this
collection will grow into one of great importance and interest, he
is glad to state that the desire of the Section for a better location
for it has been granted by the Council of the Academy.
Resvectfully submitted,
Tueo. D, Rann,
Director.
PHILADELPHIA, December 27th, 1880.
To the Director of the Mineralogical and Geological Section :

The mineral collection of the Academy has been improved
during the past year by the addition of the usual number of dona-
tions. These have been carefully labeled and placed in the cases
by Mr. Charles F. Parker, to whose industry and care we are
chiefly indebted for the satisfactory arrangement and labeling of
all our specimens. I submit with this a list of the donations
during the past year. The collection is in a satisfactory con
dition.

JOSEPH WILLCOXx,
Conservator.

Additions to Mineralogical Cabinet during the year 1880: —
Jas. W. Beath: Twenty-five specimens of polished Agates, from
- Oberstein, Germany, and Paraguay ; Crocidolite, S. Africa. C.S.
Boutcher: Proustite, Gunnison, Co., Colorado. Walter Collins:
Asphaltum, Cretaceous Marl, Blackwoodtown, N.J. Chas. Doble:
Millerite, Chalcopyrite and Niccoliferous Pyrrhotite, Gap Mine,
Lancaster Co., Pa. W. H. Dougherty: Native Gold, also a fine col-
lection of Native Silver, Silver ores, Argentiferous Galena, Ruby
Silver, Cassiterite, etc., Mexico; Green Sand, San Antonio River,
Texas. John Ford: Stilbite, Frankford, Philada.: Actinolite,
Hornblende, Lafayette, Montgomery Co., Pa. John Garvin:
Native Gold in Quartz, Battle Branch, Ga. E. Goldsmith: Lignite,
containing Fichtelite, Brazil Prof. 8. S. Haldeman: Stalactite,
and six specimens of Agates, Argentine Republic. E. P. Hancock:
Two specimens Jeffersonite, Sterling, Sussex Co., N.J.; Thorite,
Brevig, Norway. W. W. Jefferis: Quartz pseud. after Dog-tooth
Spar; Picrolite (Slickenside,) Newlin, Chester Co.,Pa ; Wavellite,
BH. Whiteland, Chester Co., Pa. Dr. G. A. Koenig: Jarosite,
Chaftee Co., Colorado. Dr. Isaac Lea: Amazonstone, and a fine
specimen of Sunstone, near Media, Del. Co., Pa. Dr. Jos. Leidy :
Three specimens of Talcose Slate, Soapstone Quarry, shore of the
Delaware River, above Easton, Pa.; Corundum, Laurens Co.,8.C.;
Biotite, Steatite Quarry on Bushkill Creek, near Easton, Pa. H.
C. Lewis: Philadelphite, Phila.; Hyalite, Germantown, Phila. ;

424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

Halite, Saltville, Va. Wm. Lorenz: Chrysotile, Canada. Mr.
Loyer: Corundum, Chester Co., Pa. Miss Miller: Crystals of
Silver, Lake Superior; Hematite, Gypsum, Stalactite, Chloras-
trolite, Halite, etc., from various localities. Dr. Weir Mitchell:
Silicified Wood, Missouri River, above Bismarck. LL. Palmer:
Albite, Vermiculite, Del. Co., Pa. Theo. D. Rand: Kammererite and
Chromite, Radnor, Del. Co., Pa. ; Crystallized Quartz in Potsdam
Sandstone, Mont. Co., Pa.; Herrengrundite, Herrengrund, Hun-
gary; Orileyite, Burmah. J.L. Reed: Asbestus, Italy ; Chrys-
otile, Ontario, Canada. T. W. Ried: Chalcopyrite, Montgomery
Co., Pa. Dr. W. 8S. W. Ruschenberger: Copper Slag, Caldera,
Chile, 1856. Dr. J. Richard Taylor: Cerargyrite, Chloride of
Silver, with fractured Wavellite crystals, Galena with free Sulphur,
Millerite, and argentiferous Carbonate of Lead, Leadville, Colo-
rado; Ore from the Ohio Mine, bearing Gold, Silver and Copper,
Breckenridge, Col. C. M. Wheatley: Fine specimen of Byssolite,
Chester Co., Pa.; Azurite on Chalcopyrite, Upper Salford Mine,
Montgomery Co., Pa.; Aurichaleite on Calcite, and white Apatite
with Byssolite ; Chalcopyrite, Pyrite and Melaconite, Jones Mine,
Berks Co., Pa. Dr. Jas. W. White: Corundum, Zircon, Storeyville,
Anderson Co., 8. C.; Corundum, Concord, N. C.; Andesite with
Corundum, Hog-back Mt , N. C.; a collection consisting of Zincite,
Rutile, Phlogopite, Graphic Granite, Chesterlite, Fibrolite, Garnet,
Damourite, Stalagmite, etc., from various localities. Joseph
Willcox: Autunite (Uranite), Mitchell Co., N. C.; Pyrexene,
Biotite ?, Apatite, Burgess, Ontario, Canada; Corundum coated
with Margarite, Iredell Co., N. C.; Danburite, Russel, St. Law-
rence Co., N. Y.; Black Tourmaline, Westport, Ontario, Canada ;
Scapolite, Pyroxene, and four specimens of Apatite, Bob Lake,
Ontario, Canada. A. E. Foote, in exchange for duplicate books :
nine specimens of Apatite, Renfrew, Ontario, Canada; Chrysotile,
four specimens of Titanite (Sphene), Titanite (Lederite), two
Vesuvianite, Beryl, Triphyllite, Celestite, Wollastonite, Gummite,
Uranotile, Tourmaline, Octahedral Crystals of Fluorite, with
Apatite and Calcite, from various localities. Purchased: Limon-
ite, Superior Mine, Michigan.

Additions to Rock Collection.—John Ford: Hornblende, Soap-
stone Quarry, Lafayette Pa.; Tourmaline and Hornblende Schist,
Tunnel near Girard Ave. Bridge ; Decomposing Gneiss with Mica,
ditto with Quartz, ditto with Manganese’, near west end of Cal-
lowhill St. Bridge, Philadelphia. G. H. Ivens: Geode of Limonite,
Kent Co., Md. W. W. Jefferis: Gneiss. John Hartman: Two
specimens of Crystalline Slag, taken from hearth of Blast Furnace,
Charlotte, N. Y. Dr. Jos. Leidy: Talcose Slate, Soapstone
Quarry, Pot Rock, Delaware River, above Easton, Pa.; Indurated
Clay (Bridger Eocene), near Fort Bridger, Wyoming. H. C.
Lewis: Glacier-scratched boulder, Belvidere, N. J. Theo. D.
Rand: Twenty-seven specimens of Rocks, from the neighborhood
of Philadelphia, for Local Rock collection; three specimens of

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425

slags, from Puddling Furnace, Coatesville, Pa. Joseph H. Tull:
Six specimens of Ruby Silver, near Austin, Nevada.

SUMMARY OF THE REPORT OF WM. C. HENSZEY,
TREASURER, FOR THE YEAR ENDING Noy. 30, 1880.

Dr.
To Balatice from last account.......:.......sse.cseesoecceeeesseees HLOBZ 99
‘* Tnitiation fees........ PECIU aM NTO SEOSINTE tor oon depsce wevcade’s 230 00
*« Contributions (semi-annual contributions).............+. 2244 98 :
Se Ra SIAIEEUIB cco delciog oc ceeposc0sdcNncyeocacececestscodecesder 500 00
*« Voluntary Contributions from Life Members............ 615 00
PSAIATISRIGUIATO WIUSGUMM .<...caccveccscvecscccvssotccectscncensns 455 30
FeO aT Ora EUG CUM 2... <.2<s-cce.c oo decbsaccensdesesces 52 00
{5 “> Duplicato Books. ....i.0+..00s.c0es Boca SET) once 7 75
** Donation from Mineralogical and G. Section towards
NaN ROESED SY easel uigiones'a ds des cearcaqsncerunpapns snene 35 00
‘© Donations towards Plates for Proceedings................. 10 00
PU SARIUGDE STI OM IP OUOSIUG ess. -0c.- os <0 rocvdsscvedeoscubectcovenns- 69 04
«© Interest on Phil. and Erie Railroad Bonds............... 30 00
*< Life Member Fund. Interest on Investment........... 120 00
‘* Maintenance Fund. ge << LOE YD 30 00
‘¢ Publication Committee. W.S. Vaux, Treasurer........ 5O7T O04
‘« Publication Fund. Interest on Investments............ 280 00
“ Barton Fund. ee =: SINS ncaa 240 00
** Wilson Fund. Towards pee hibratian’...0 43... 300 00
ibe eID SE CLBLTILGU s cateeradsisnmnae ses 0 <> Jom 00s cendnen{esscaceseaie een 4 30
‘« Phila. and Erie Railroad Bond, ‘Transferred to Mainte-
tenance Fund................. BE eens oc Jaks tesses rasp neater 1000 00
— $7763 40
Cr.
eH DMAP MINEQESS OFC? scr sta5 cs veces vaos sons sacsedasce-os step waise $2960 00
IT ARE Nar Eo 2d on otiarG Wo edaio cn vo 0ic ioe ncceeny seca cobnse sian 60 59
UTES ESOUOT nace seas sc caceeucesesstocvecseesesseserecaccsscacs 10 20
PES Pes Ag ae oils cons cna slvanveceeacdses«connecasanssvneces 188 05
Pel Se Stee Whe ya's cos ca catae esas sSeccsccocvedcuscseubeos 30 00
SIRRPUIMMESATINO REC as) cloc-tcselsveresccssccccesensencduccnuceedone 74 11
Goal. Lott: ai Reesnss 195 50
NEI U SST 6 ae transac Eeeddds ss <-> nevendes Peas aasathacthackatt t+ Tes LTE, AC
EIEN cia cod daaheanin cose. so 0acendsnpauecetevesscenensoses 1 25
Stationery and Postage Stamps...........cceeeceeeeseeeee cee co eee 136 55
PORE eee Ts Aes Sivuscs ces Coes cuceccesctedessdd cent dcocnderéye 6 50
Ree neta ainein aug Ge aan seca seuss assseccouscadcoggtassonalss add 37 60
Publication Committee. W.S. Vaux, Treasurer............ 93. 38
SRS IESE STOLS 02 dics as ac ncomron> omiswiis ow eielao une eseisieen'wernanew'er 64 00
REE Ais irae vo a we as:s cious ens\d'ya eves dee coeunsese soenseuses 26 15
PM Nee tener ctndeiesp osscct raccescasvas'osdecesesinoneussecsevs cece 42 00
NN eet ee oc ese so sevsstes cued dus veeeveccsenteet nes seese 118 40
PRPMMMIMPER USER POLI. Jostas as cesswscec eeesdvsvacehsnediiusass sense 1539 63
PPPOE FRUUPN AP NIN TIN 8240 45 clas «cia oooh 0 endeodaselsedqenvvarse-davee 142 52
MGS MRSS Se Set evlemiaedc acceccsnccndedcusocasephesovsstidecys 448 54

_ Life Memberships transferred to Life Membership Fund. 500 00
a 6852 19

ERENT ETE WAC deo aa ess CUE, dct di das ie o cchsu Vids ex en canbe inn $911 21

1 During the year there was received from voluntary contributions and
donations $660, which, with a Bond for $1000, used for general purposes,
indicates that the current expenses exceed the regular income over $1600, the
balance at the close of the year being a little less than at the commencement.

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1880.

LIFE MEMBERSHIP FUND, (For Maintenance.)

Balance per last Statem entscccccccc-ncecsenaces oc neccececs en cacnceotelmeen tenets $500. 00:
Life Memberships Transferred to this account................esesseeeeeeees 500 00
AMNEQKOSH cca cnoncscaeeacencacte Secs vee sch ones cavamies cee esent ea ean eee 120 00
$1120 00

Transferred to General A CCOunt. «0: .~ a0. siessasenssanemneeine sees one aeeete eee 120 00
To Balance-tor Investment. cos. co.cocs cor. smteccsncca sooner $1000 00

BARTON FUND. (For Printing and Jllustrating Publications.)

Balance per lasteotatement:2. 0.2.0 -ecpsce-cessa sees csce satcmrenerere acer 4 adidas $240 00
" RY 21s SIRE CSE EPR RATIO TO ae eel LR 240. 00
$480 00
Wransterred to General: ACCounts cos .me cies ses cncccteccueneeces ocean 240 00
BRIAN COs aris orc Ses 35 Cecile ese De ee eee eR See eee rete ee $240 00
JESSUP FUND. (For Support of Students.)
Balanee: last( Statement. <..5 5.6 cccceccsscocscution ose tener oes coas he ee eee $551 67
Imterest on Investments: << ccscec css sscecsscasccssscestscesesseacatoszoees 560 00
$1111 67
Disbursed: 375505 eee SN et AO eeds sre pees can ernst eee ols one 590 00
BIANCO! ccc cccss bean ccdes Sees See aoe bs eee OSCE ERIS Gan BRACE os oon $521 67
MAINTENANCE FUND.
Total amount TeCeiviedseT2 Ne Tos eco chdete uate ante veresees. case ce eee Settee $1550 00
DR a1 = :) Sepa PML Ae 5 he eae Agee ee pean LCN nt Sater iat mea nieSc te 30 00
$1580 00
Tess spaid) for ve rinpini gs ecescnee es seacee snp eee seperceee nba eceseese $23 65
Invested in Bonds Phila. and Erie Railroad......... ......... 1000 00
Interest Transferred to General Account..............0.cceeeee 30 00

Balances tecicis cos bcacsdecics.s saaseseten ese Aaneclon . se ceee cee om ece ab mamecevetecee ees $330 26
Rents Collected ie: 5. .ccssc-ocesrceckocss- snes nusteatemmase accmmeaerecene en ticernes 97 00
Ground-rents Collected... s).05. ene. soaneesmssneencsmeee concesteaie meses -etatee 1096 00
$1523 32
For Books: .cckcaeraacsteacene este cnsacth pape ccceneseeceearoeeeoneneees $577 56
Expenses Sale of Prop’ty for arrearages of Ground-rent... 167 25
Costs, Insurances; etes sci ciscasssesomssccesncissasiseresacplepaesses tens 5 37 47
Repairs £0 Properticssccerc: sess reserimererace seas se anne saedes seer 232 37
fbi. Rena eee or Prceenanepadcocacedoordca > Sina puccpuepsaocpssccoscrccc 204 02
Water Rents... csccioceccosces tiene vosen coum ni dotne ce sleeves saa eeeecers 41 40
SLING n bie norrecronpertaorcernEdecdsos .ocodoanabemassays73ca5" 53 70
1313 77

lANICC occ cccocscsccce ide seccuncoascvens recuse asececenses $209 55

1880. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

PUBLICATION FUND.

MMRTISLEMPOUICOMGONCYAl A CCOUNL..00c.ss0000vcsseccscconsor deccrcccccosencace ¥)

Det USDLGNECOS Abo ile eee AP he

Received from W. 8S. Vaux for Duplicate Books............sesecsverseeers

ERRIUIRIT TPE OGCE MADE Intieie ste ¢ orb <acecscoresrnienJevcernseeasoecescoesoness $300 00
RPMI ANID edit eaceeccttasecidcssccsesessecescccosecos corse. 11 55
To General Account towards salary of Librarian............ 300 00

Ee RU CERNE S on oe tas cc cic koceveGcehescesvon ses oDadpaciesmabe

MRS. STOTT FUND. (For Publication.)

MEE ONE HIE PEIPOP OAL 0.5 .c50022..--sovcccccsscosns vocseanacannsonconcenvosnes

Paid‘ to (W. S. Vaux) Publication Committee............00.-..seeeeeeeeees
3 JOSHUA T. JEANES FUND. (For Maintenance.)

ISA ME UMMM NOIDA) DY LLCITS......-.c0scssceesecsccecnscosssnsassesaccseenss

Euvennedail three Mortgaves.............ccsccsseccensers coos $7000 00

Se eho s ser aclene rs Jarores one Sacsredos0'0s 3000 00

0" fg wa ce eR RGR Saar A OSE 10,000 00

ECKFELT FUND.

SGU TERRORS FENNEL (RIE epee Fate nr te okt nt oc sscncveborsssvencvepaconses coe onset an

350

00

S688
.
280

25

00

$408

3141
570
Ss

25

57
00
00

$719 57

$611

oi

55

$108

$112

114

$20,000

$20, 000

$2466

02

OO
00

00

OO

86

428 PROCEEDINGS OF ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES.

(1880.

The election of officers for 1881 was held, with the following

result :—

President,
Vice-Presidents,

Recording Secretary,
Corresponding Secretary,

Treasurer.

W.S. W. Ruschenberger, M. D-.
Wm. 8. Vaux,

Thomas Meehan.

Edward J. Nolan, M. D.

Geo. H. Horn, M. D.

Wm. C. Henszey.

Edward J. Nolan, M. D.
Joseph Leidy, M. D.,
Wm. 8. Vaux,

Chas, F. Parker,

R. 8. Kenderdine, M.D.
Wm. L. Mactier,
Aubrey H. Smith,
Henry C. Chapman, M. D.,
Geo. Y. Shoemaker.
Edw. 8. Whelen,
Clarence S. Bement,
Aubrey H. Smith,

S. Fisher Corlies,

Geo. Y. Shoemaker.

Librarian,
Curators,

Councillors to serve three

years,

Finance Committee.

ELECTIONS DURING 1880.
MEMBERS,

January 27.—A. R. Thomas, M. D., Wm. H. Jenks, John §8.
Jenks, Chas. W. Pickering, Henry F. Formad, M. D., Charles P.
Tasker, John Wagner, Ferris W. Price, Geo. W. Biddle.

February 24.—R. 8. Huidekoper, M. D., Frances Emily White,
M. D., David Townsend, Thos. Miles, John 8. Capp.

March 30.—Paris Haldeman, Geo. B. Heckel, Emlen Physick,
M. D.

May 25.—Henry S. Gratz, R. 8. Peabody, Mrs. R. 8. Peabody,
Wm. Barbeck.

October 26.—Rev. Wm. F. C. Morsell, Samuel R. Knight, M. D-

November 30.—Charles S. Turnbull, M. D., James M. Anders,
M. D.

For list of Correspondents elected see Report of the Corre-
sponding Secretary.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 429

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
December Ist, 1879—November 30th, 1880.

Abbot, E, H. Physics and hydraulics of the Mississippi River. Dr. I.
Minis Hays.

Allen, J. A. U.S. Geol and Geogr. Surv. of Ter. Miscellaneous publica-
tions, No. 12. History of North American Pinnipeds, 1880. The
Department of the Interior.

Allen, T. F. Characee of America. Pts. land 2. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Allis, 0. A. Deformity from fractures at the lower end of the humerus. The
Author.

Alumni Association, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. 16th annual report.
The Society.

American Angler's Guide. 3d Ed., 1849. S S. Haldeman.

American Museum of Natural History. 11th annual report. The Director.

Annual record of science and industry for 1878. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Arango, R. Contribucion a la fauna malacologica Cubana. The Author.

Archeological Section of the St. Louis Academy of Sciences. Contributions
to the archwology of Missouri. Part I, Pottery. The Academy.

Astor Library. 3lst annual report, 1880. The Trustees.

Baillon, M. H Dictionnaire de botanique. 12me Fase.

Natural history of plants. Vol. 6. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Balfour, F. M. Comparative embryology. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Barber, E. A. Comparative vocabulary of Utah dialects. The Author.

Barcena, Mariano. Terremoto del 17 de Mayo de 1879

Viaje a la Caverna de Cacahuamilpa, 1874. The Author.
Datos para el estudio de las rocas mesozoicas de Mexico, y sus fosiles
caracteristicos, 1875. Dr. Jos. Leidy.

Barrande, J. Brachiopodes. Vol. 5, 1879. The Author.

Beale, L.S. How to work with the microscope. 5th Ed. I. V. Williamson
Fund.

Bentham, G. and J. D. Hooker. Genera plantarum. Vol. 3, Pt. I. [.V
Williamson Fund.

Berg, Dr. C. Observaciones acerca de la familia Hyponomeutide.

Apuntes Lepidopterologiques.
Hemiptera argentina, 1879.
La Reina de las Flores, 1880. The Author.

Binney, W. G. North American species of Zonites. The Author.

Board of Directors of City Trusts. 10th annual report. The Board.

Bocage, J. V. Barboza de. Melanges ornithologiques, V.

Liste des Antilopes d’ Angola.

Algumas observacdes e additamentos ao artigo do Sr. A. C. Smith intitu-
lado A sketch of the birds of Portugal.”

Note sur une nouvelle esptce africaine du genre ‘ Coracias.”’

Aves das possesdes portuguezas d’Africa occidental, 14th and 16th eat,

Subsidios para a fauna das pos. portuguezas d’Africa occidental,

Aves da Zambezia e do Transyaal. The Author.

Bohnensieg, G. C. W. and W. Burck. Repertorium annuum literature botan-
ice periodic. T. 5, 1879.

Encyklopiedie der Naturwissenschaften. le Abth., 5 Lief., 1880. LL. Vy.
Williamson Fund.

Bolton, H. Carrington. Table showing the behavior of certain minerals with
Citric Acid alone and with reagents. The Author.

Bommer, J. E. Monographie de ln classe des Fougtres, 1867. Dr. F. VY.
Hayden.

430 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Borre, A. Preudhomme de. Espéces de la tribu des Féronides qui se rencon-
trent en Belgique. Ire Partie.
Hspeces des tribus des Panageides, des Loricerides, des Licindes, des
Chieniides et des Broscides qui se rencontrent en Belgique.
De la meilleure disposition 4 donner aux caisses et cartons des collections
insects
Note sur le Breyeria Borinensis. The Author.
Brazier, J. Synonyms of, and remarks upon Port Jackson, New Caledonian
and other shells, with their distribution.
Srief account of the natives of western Australia, 1879. The Author.
Brehms Thierleben. 8 Bd., 1-8 Heft. I. V. Williamson Fund,
Breviére, L. Catalogue des mollusques observés dans le Départment de la
Nievre. I. V. Williamson Fund, ,
Bronn, H. G. Morphologische Studien iiber die Gestaltung-Gesetze der Na-
turkorper tiberhaupt, und der organischen insbesondere. 1858. Dr.
Jos. Leidy.
Thier-Reichs. 6er Bd, III. Abth., 2-12 Lief. Wilson Fund.
Briihl, C. B. Zootomie aller Thierklassen. Atlas. Lief. 14&15. I. V.
Williamson Fund.
Brun, J. Diatomées des Alpes et du Jura. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Brush, Geo. J. Mineral locality at Branchville, Connecticut. 4th paper.
The Author.
Buchanan, J. Manual of indigenous grasses of New Zealand. Wellington,
1880. Geological Survey of New Zealand.
Bureau of Education, circulars of information, Nos. 2 and 3. Department of
the Interior.
Bureau of Statistics, Treasury Department, quarterly reports, Sept. 30, 1879-
June 20, 1880. The Department
Butler, A.G. Illustrations of typical specimens of Lepidoptera heterocera in
the collection of the British Museum. Pt. 14. The British Museum.
Calkins, W. W. American conchology. Catalogue of Uniones. 1880. The
Author.
Cameletti, J. Ul binomio di Newton. The Autkor.
Catalogue of the Queensland Court, International Exhibition. Sydney, 1879.
J. Brazier.
Catalogue of the officers and students of Yale College, 1879-80. The College.
Catalogus der ethnologische Afdeeling van het Museum van het Bataviaasch
Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen. 2e Druck. The Society.
Central Park Menagerie, report of Directors, 1879. The Directors.
Chambers, V. T. President of Cincinnati Society of Natural History, annual
address, 1879. The Author.
Chapman, H.C. Memoir of James Aitken Meigs, M. D.
Lecture introductory to the course of Jefferson Medical College for the
session of 1880-81. The Author.
Chatin, J. Les organes des sens dans la série animale. I. V. Williamson
Fund.
Chief of Engineers, report, 1878. Parts 1, 2 and 3. Engineers’ Department,
U.S. A.
Chief Gold Commissioner for the Province of Nova Scotia, report, 1863. De-
partment of Mines, Nova Scotia.
Chief of Ordnance, annual report, 1879. War Department.
Chili. Memoria de Guerra i Marina, 1878.
Memoria de Relaciones Esteriores, 1879.
Memoria de Ministro de Justicia, etc. 1879,
Memoria de Ministro del Interior, 1879.
Projecto de Codigo rural, 1879.
Anuaria hidrografico de la Marina de Chili, Ano V.
Anuaria de la Oficina central meteorologica, 1874.
Anuaria estadistico, 1876-77.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 431

Sessiones estraordinarias de la Camara de Senadores, 1874, Nos. 1 & 2.

Sessiones estraordinarias de la Camara de Disputados, 1878, Nos. 1,2 & 4.
.. Estadistica Agricola 1877-78.

sree bibliografica de la Literatura Chilena, T. 2. University of
ia.

Church, J. A. New methods of ore concentration and gold amalgamation.

The heat of the Comstock lode. The Author.

Clément, Ch. Constitution Geologique de Luxembourg. 1864. Dr. F. V.
Hayden.

Cobbold, T. 8. - Parasites. 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Cohn, Ferd. Biologie der Pflanzen. III, 1. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Colbeau, J. A.J. Matériaux pour la Faune malacologique de Belique. |. The
Author.

Colonial Museum and Geological Survey of New Zealand, 14th Annual re-
port. 1879.

K2port of Geological Explorations, 1878-79. The Author.

Commission de la Carte géologique de Belgique, Hoboken et Contich, Anvers,
Lennick-St-Quentin, Malines, Lierre, Heyst-op-den-Berg, Putte and
Boom, with maps. The Commission.

Commissioner of agriculture, report, 1878. The Author.

Commissioner of Fisheries of the State of California Report 1875 and 187%.
The Commissioners.

Commissioners of Public Charities of the State of Pennsylvania. Tenth an-
nual report, Jan. 1880. The Board.

Comptroller of the Currency, annual report, 1879. The Author.

Cope, E. D. On the foramina perforating the posterior part of the squamosal
bone of the mammalia.

On the genera of the Creodonta. The Author.

Cresson, E. T. and Edw. Norton. Tenthredinide and Uroceridw of North
America. The Author.

Cuvier, G. Revolutions of the surface of the globe. 1831. Dr. I. M. Hays.

Dana, J.D. Manual of geology, 3d Ed., 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Dawkins, W. B. Early Man in Britain and his place in the Tertiary period,
1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.

The classification of the tertiary period by means of the mammalia.
Further discoveries in the Cresswell Caves, 1879. The Author.

Dawson, Geo. M. Geological map of a portion of the southern inierior of
British Columbia. Geological Survey of Canada.

DeCandolle, A. and C. Monographiae phanerogamarum prodromi. Vol. 2,
1870. Wilson Fund.

Decken, C. van der. Reisen in Ost-Afrika. 3er Bd., II]. Abth. I. V. Wil-
liamson Fund.

De Clereq, F.S. A. Het Maleisch der Molukken, 1876. Batavian Academy
of Sciences.

Department of Agriculture. Special Report, Nos. 20-27.

Circular regarding needs of. The Department.

Department of Mines, Nova Scotia, reports, 1862, 1864, 1865, 1867-1879. De-

partment of Mines, Nova Scotia.
Same, 1864. Dr. Jos. Leidy.

Department of Statistics and Geology of the State of Indiana, Ist annual report,
1879. The Department.

Deshayes, G. P. Animaux sans vert?bres découvertes dans le bassin de Paris.
T. 2me, texte, pp. 641, et seq. Atlas, planches 40-107. I. V. Williamson
Fund.

Dohrn, A. Catalogus Hemipterorum, 1869. Dr. Jos. Leidy.

Doremus, C. A. and R. A. Witthaus. Chemistry of the Cobb-Bishop poisoning.
The Authors.

Draper, J. W. Experiments on solar light. Dr-I. Minis Hays.

452 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Duméril, A. and Bocourt. Mission scientifique au Mexique et dans l’ Amerique
Centrale. Recherches Zoologiques. 3me Partie. Etudes sur les reptiles
et les batraciens. I. V. Williamson Fund,

Eaton, D.C. Ferns of North America. Pts. 22-27 and Title and Index to
Vol. 2. J. H. Redfield.

Ellet, C., Jr. The mountain top track, 1856. Dr. I. M. Hays.

Elliott, D. G. Monograph of the Bucerotide. Pts. 7 and 8.

Monograph of the Felide. Pt. 5. ;

Encyclopedia Britannica. 9th Ed. Vols. 10 and 11. IT. V. Williamson Fund,

Encyklopedia der Naturwissenschaften. 1 Abth., 6-15 Lief. I. V. William-
son Fund.

Engelman, Geo. Revision of the genus Pinus and description of Pinus EJ-
liottii, 1880.

Acorns and their germination. The Author.

Engler, A. Entwicklungsgeschichte der Pflanzenwelt. I. Th. I. V. William-
son Fund.

Evarts, H. C.,, M.D. A new species of Ophrydium. The Author.

Exposition Universelle de 1878. Catalogue du Ministére de l’instruction pub-
lique des cultes et des beaux-arts. Tomes 1, 2,3. Section Belge. Catal.
officiel. Minister of Public Works.

Falsan, A., and E. Chantre. Monographie géologique des anciens glaciers et
du terrain erratique de la partie moyenne du Bassin du Rhone. Atlas,
1875. Society of Agriculture of Lyons.

Farlow, W. G. Impurities of drinking-water. The Author.

Financial reform almanac, 1880. Cobden Club.

Fisher, P. Subdivisions des ammonites. The Author.

Fitzgerald, R. D. Australian orchids. Pts. 1-5. Colonial Secretary, New
South Wales. ;

Fol, H. Etudes sur les Appendiculaires du Détroit de Messine, 1872. The
Author.

Foote, A. E. Catalogue of minerals. 5th Ed. The Author.

Friele, H. Tungebevebningen hos de Norske Khipidoglossa. The Author.

Fritsch, A. Fauna der GasKohle und der Kalksteine der Permformation Boh-
mens. Bd. 1, H. lund 2. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Frommann, C. Structur und Bewegungserscheinungen des Protoplasma der
Pflanzenzellen. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Galvani, Luigi, portrait of. Academy of Sciences of Bologna.

Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota, reports, 1874, 1875, 1876,
1877-78, N.H. Winchell.

Geological explorations and surveys west of the 100th Meridian. Topographi-
cal Atlas. Wheeler, 1875. Engineer Department, U.S. A.

Geological Survey of Canada, reports of progress, 1844, 1848-49, 1850-51,
1851-52, 1852-53, 1853-56, 1857, 1858, 1875-76. The Survey.

Geological Survey of India. Records, Vol. XII, Parts 2 and 8. Memoirs, 8vo,
Vol. 16, Pt. 1. Memoirs, 4to. Palawontologia Indica, Ser. II., Vol. I,
4; Ser. XIII, I, 1; ‘Ser. XIV.1, 1. The Survey.

Geological Survey of Kentucky. A general account of the Commonwealth of
Kentucky. Report on the timbers of Boyce and Mercer Counties. By
W.M. Linney. Chemical report of the soils, coal, ore, ete. By Robert
Peter. The Survey.

Geological Survey of New Jersey. Annual report, 1879. The Author.

Geological Survey of Sweden. Eleven geological maps. The survey.

Geology of Wisconsin. Survey of 1873-79, Vol. III, with folio Atlas. Annual
report, 1879. The Survey.

Geyler, H. T. Ueber fossile Pflanzen aus der Juraformation Japans. The
Author.

Gibson, G.A. Sequence and duration of the cardiac movements. The Author.

Gilbert, G. K. Geology of the Henry Mts., 1877. Department of the Interior.

——

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 433

Gilpin, E, The mines and mineral lands of Nova Scotia, 1880. Department
of Mines, Nova Scotia.
Gould, J. The birds of Asia. Pts. 28, 29, 30 and 31.
The birds of New Guinea. Pts. 3-1] inc. Wilson Fund.
Graf, L. Anleitung zur Kenntniss des Pferdes nach seiner iiuszeren Kirper-
form, 1846. Dr. Jos. Leidy.
Grateloup, Dr. Discours sur les sciences et les arts, 1837. Dr. I. Minis
Hays.
Gray, ras Botanical contributions, V. The Author.
Gray, A. F. Littorina litorea, Linn. on the American coast. The Author.
Gruber, W. Beobachtungen aus der menschlichen und vergleichenden
Anatomie. land2H. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Ueber den anomalen Canalis basilaris medianus des Os occipitale beim
Menschen. The Author.
Haast. J. von. Geology of the Provinces of Canterbury and Westland, New
Zealand. The Author.
Haeckel, E. Das System der Medusen, ler Th., le Halfte. Text and Atlas
I. V. Williamson Fund.
Haldeman, 8.8. Unsymmetric arrow-heads and allied forms. The Author.
Hamilton, G. Biographical sketch of James Aitken Meigs, M.D. The Author.
Hampe, E. Enumeratio muscorum, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Hanstein, J. v. Das Protoplasma, 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Hayden, F. V. Five maps of portions of Wyoming, Idahoand Utah. Depart-
ment of Interior.
The Great West, 1880. The Author.
Hays, Dr. Isaac, framed portrait of. Dr. I. Minis Hays.
Hector, James. Handbook of New Zealand, 1879. J. Brazier.
Heger, A. Useful tables for finding specific gravity. The Author.
Heinemann, F.C. Catalogues, 188U. The Author.
Heller, A. A Kir. M. Termeszettudomanyi Tarsulat Kinyveinek Czimjegy-
zeke, 1877. Royal Hunganan Society of Sciences.
Helmholtz. Sensations of Tone, 1875. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Heule, J. Handbuch der Eingeweidelehre des Menschen,
Henry, Jos. A summary of researches in sound, 1879. Smithsonian Inst.
Herman, 0. Ungarns Spinnen-Fauna. 3 Bd. Royal Hungarian Society of
Sciences.
Hermann, L. Handbuch der Physiologie. 2er Bd. 2er Th.,5 Bd. 1 Th, LI.
V. Williamson Fund.
Hertwig, 0. & R. Die Actinien, 1879. Dr. F. V. Hayden.
Hesse-Martegg, E. von. Nord-Amerika. 1-4 Bd. Dr. F. V. Hayden.
Heude, R. P. Conchyliologie fluviatile de la Province de Nanking et de la
Chine Centrale. 5me and 6me Fase. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Hewitson, Wm. C. Illustrations of Diurnal Lepidoptera. Pt. 1. I. V. Wil-
liamson Fund.
Hewitson, W. C. and F. Moore, Description of New Indian Lepidopterous
Insects. Rhopalocera, Heterocera. Asiatic Society of Bengal.
Hicks, H. On the Pre-Cambrian rocks of west and central Ross-shire. The
Author.
Hidalgo, J. G. Moluscos marinos de Espana, Portugal y las Baleares
Ent. 15, 16,
Moluscos del Viaje al Pacifico, 1862-65. Pt. 3a, Ent. 1. The Author.
Hidegh, K. Chemische analyse ungarischer Fahlerze. Royal Hungarian
Society of Sciences.
Hind, H. Y. Report of the Waverly Gold District, 1869.
Report on the Sherbrooke Gold District, 1870.
Report on the Mt. Uniacke, Oldham and Renfrew Gold Mining Districts,
1872.
Report on a topographical survey of part of the Cumberland Coal Field,
1875, Department of Mines, Nova Scotia.

29

4354 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

His, W. Anatomie menschlicher embryonen. I. Text and Atlas. I. V. Wil-
liamson Fund.

Hooker, J. D. The flora of British India. Pt. VII. The E. Indian Govern-
ment.

Hull, Edw. Geologics] age of the rocks forming the Southern Highlands of
Ireland.

On the upper limit of the essentially marine beds of the Carboniferous
Group of the British Isles adjoining continental districts.

On the geological relations of the rocks of the South of Ireland to those
of North Deyon and other British and continental districts.

On the origin of the ‘+ Scalp,”’

On a deep boring for coal at Scarle, Lincolnshire.

On the relutions of the Carboniferous, Devonian and Upper Silurian Rocks
of the South of Ireland to those of North Devon. The Author.

Humphreys, J. T. Discoveries of minerals in Western North Carolina. The
Author.

Hunfalvy, P. Literarische Berichte aus Ungarn. 8 & 4 Bd. The Hungarian
Academy of Sciences.

Hutton, F.W. Manual ofthe New Zealand Mollusca. Geological Survey, N. Z,

Huxley, T. H. The Crayfish. 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Index Catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon-General’s Office. Vol. I.
War Department.

Inostranzeff, A. Metamorphosirte Gesteine im Gouvernement Olonez. ‘1879.
I. V. Williamson Fund.

Ein neues, ausserstes Glied in der Reihe der amorphen Kohlenstoffe. 1880.
The Author. :

Inspector of Mines of the anthracite coal regions of Pennsylvania, Reports,
1878. Joseph M. Gazzam.

International Exhibition, Sydney, 1879. New Zealand Court. Appendix to
official Catalogue, 1880. The Commissioners.

Jeffreys, J. G@. The deep-sea mollusea of the Bay of Biscay. The Author.

Joly, N. E. Une lacune dans la série tératologique remplie par la decouverte
du genre Iléadelphie.

Sur le placenta de |’ Ai.

Nouvelles recherches tendant a établir que le prétendu Crustacé deerit
par Latreille, sous de nom de Prosopistoma, est un veritable insecte de
la tribu des Ephémérines.

Contribution & Vhistoire naturelle et l’anatomie des Ephémerines.

Etudes sur ’embryogénie des Ephémeres. The Author.

Julien, A. A. Spodumene and its alterations. The Author.

Just, L. Botanischer Jahrsbericht. 5er Jahrg., 1877, 3e Abth., Ger Jang. 1 H.
I. V. Williamson Fund.

Kansas State Board of Agriculture, quarterly report, Sept. 50, 1879. March
31,1880. The Author.

Keller, Ferd. Lake dwellings of Switzerland, 2 vols., 1878. I. V. Williamson
Fund.

Keyserling, E. Die Spinnen Amerikas. Laterigradae, 1880. I. V. William-
son Fund,

Kiener, L. C. Species général et iconographique des Coquilles vivantes.
Livr. 150-165. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Kingsley, J.S. Synopsis of the N. A. species of the genus Alpheus.

Notes on the N. A. Caridea in the Museum of the Peabody Academy of
Sciences. 1878.

Decapod crustacea of the Atlantic coast, whose range embraces Fort
Macon.

North American Crustacea belonging to the sub-order Caridea.

Development of Moina.

Geographical distribution of crustacea. The Author.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 435

Kingston, G. T. Report of the Meteorological Office of the Dominion of
Canada, 1879. The Superintendent.

Kjerulf, Th. Die Geologie des sudlichen und mittleren Norwegen. 1880.
The Author.

Klaproth, M. H. Analytical Essays. 2 vols, 8vo, 1801. Dr. I. M. Hays.

Klein, E.andE. Noble Smith. Atlas of histology, Pts. 9-12. I. V. Williamson
Fund.

Klunzinger, C. B. Die Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres. 3er Th. I. V. Wil-

; liamson Fund.

Kneass, 8S. H. Coal mines of the Lykens Valley Coal Company. 1844. Dr. I.
M. Hays.

Kobelt, W. Ilustrirtes Conchylienbuch. 8e & %e Lief. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Koch, A. Description of the Missourium, 1841. Dr. I. Minis Hays.

Kolliker, Alb. Grundriss der Entwicklungs-Geschichte des Menschen und
der héheren Thiere. 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Kokscharow’s Materialen zur Mineralogie Russland. Bd. VIII, sigs. 5-9. I.
V. Williamson Fund.

Kossmann, R. Zoologische Ergebniss einer im Auftrage der K. Acad. der
Wissen. zu Berlin ausgefiihrten Reise in die Kiistengebiete des rothen
Meeres. 2e Hilfte, le Lief. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Kiichenmeister, H. Die Parasiten des Menschen. 2e Aufl. 1 & 2 Lief. I.
V. Williamson Fund.

Kuntz, 0. Speciesbeschreibung und Rubus, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Liedy, Jos. Fresh-water Rhizopods of North America, 1819. Department of
the Interior.

Lente, F. D. Higher education of medical men. The Author.

Leuckart, R. Die Parasiten des Menschen und die von ihnen herriihrenden
Krankheiten. ler Bd., 1 Lief. 2e Auflage, 1879. I. V. Williamson
Fund.

Lewis, H.C. The Trenton gravel and its relation to the antiquity of man.

The optical characters of some Micas.

On Siderorhyllite.

On Philadelphite.

On a fucoidal plant from the Trias.

The surface geology of Philadelphia and vicinity.

The iron ores and lignite of the Montgomery County Valley. The Author.

Librarian of Congress, annual report, 1879. The Author.

Library Co. of Phila., Bulletin, n. s. No. 5. The Library Co.

Lieberkiihn, N. Keimbliitter der Saugethiere, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Light-House Board, aunual report, 1879. Treasury Department.

Lindsay, W. L. Mind in the lower animals. 2 vols. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Linnarsson, G. Om Faunan i Lagren med Paradoxides Olandicus. Geological
Survey of Sweden.

Lippincott, J. S. The critics of evolution. The Author.

List of vertebrated animals now or lately living in the Gardens of the Zoologi-
cal Society of London. Ist Supplement. The Society.

Lockington, W. N. Notes on Pacific coast crustacea, 1878. The Author.

Loewe, L. Nervensystem der Siiugethiere und des Menschen, 1880. I. V.
Williamson Fund.

Lyman, Benj. Smith. Geological Survey of Japan. Report of progress for
1878 and 1879. Tookei, 1879. The Survey.

McLachlan, R. Monographie revision and synopsis of the Trichoptera of the
European fauna. Pt. 9. I. V. Williamson Fund.

MacLean, J. P. Mound-builders, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Malaise, C. Description des gites fossiliféres Devoniens et d’affeurement du
terrain Crétacé. Belgian Geological Survey.

Mallery, Garrick. Sign language among the North American Indians, 1880.

Introduction to the study of sign language among the North American
Indians. Smithsonian Institution.

436 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Mallet, J. W. La Barcenite, 1878. Dr. Jos. Leidy.

Marten, E. von. Conchologische Mittheilungen, 1 Bd., 1-4 H. I. V. Wil-
liamson Fund,

Martin, E. Histoire des monstres. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Martin, K. Die Tertiiirschichten auf Java. Palwontol. Th. 2-4 Lief. I. V.
Williamson Fund.

Martindale, I. C. Notes on the Bartram Oak. The Author.

Martini & Chemnitz. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Lief. 284-296.
Wilson Fund.

Marsh, 0. C. New Jurassic reptiles. The Author.

Maryland, report on new map of, 1836. Dr. I. M. Hays.

Mason, John J. Microscopic studies on the central nervous system of reptiles
and batrachians. land 2. The Author.

Matteucci, C. Lecons sur les phénoménes physiques des corps vivants. Ed.
Francaise. Dr. Jos. Leidy.

Meehan, Thos. Native flowers and ferns of the United States. 2d Ser., Pts.
1-24. 1879. The Publishers.

Meigs, J. A.,death-mask of. C. W. De Lannoy.

Mencke, M. Beitriige zur Biologie der Spaltpilze. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Mendell, G. H. Blasting operations at Lime Point, Cal., in 1868 and 1869.
Engineer Department, U.S. A.

Mercantile Library Association of the City of New York, 59th annual report.
The Directors.

Mercantile Library Association of San Francisco, 27th annual report. The
Trustees.

Mexican antiquities, 61 photographs of. (Poinsett Collection.) Wm.S. Beebe.

Milne-Edwards, M. Mélanges Carcinologiques. Text and plates. Dr. Jos.
Leidy.

Legons sur la physiologie et ’anatomie comparée de l’homme et des ani-

maux. T. 14me, lre Pt. Wilson Fund.

Mines Commission Report, 1880, Annapolis. The Commissioner.

Minks, A. Das Microgonidium, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Mission Scientifique au Mexique. Récherches Zool. 7me, Partie T. 2. 1880.
I. V. Williamson Fund.

Moleschott, Jac. Untersuchungen zur Naturlehre des Menschen und der
Thiere. XIII Band, 3 & 4H. TI. VY. Williamson Fund.

Moller, V. v. Die Foraminiferen des russischen Kohlenkalks. The Author.

Mongredien, Aug. Free trade and English commerce. 4th ed.

The western farmer of America, The Cobden Club.
Morse, Edw. 8S. Ancient and modern molluscan fauna of Omori, Japan. The

Author.

Mueller, F. de. Index perfectus ad Caroli Linnzi Species Plantarum, 1880.
The Author.

Miller, N. J. C. Handbuch der Botanik. ler Bd., ler Th. I. V. Williamson
Fund.

Museum Ludwig Salvator in Ober-Blasewitz bei Dresden. The Author.

Nagle, J.T. Summary of births, marriages, still-births, deaths, ete., in New
York City. 1878. The Author.

Native Tribes of South Australia. 1879. R. Schomburgh.

Netoliczka, E Untersuchungen iiber Farbenblindheit und Kurzsichtigkeit.
2 Nos. 1879. The Author.

New York, geological reports, 1837, 2d Ed. 1840, 1841 & 1851. Dr. I. M.
Hays.

Oiseaux dans la nature. Livr.1. I. V. Williamson Fund.

O'Neill, T. Warren. The refutation of Darwinism, 1880. The Author.

Orr’s Circle of the sciences, Nos. 1 & 2. 1854. Dr. I. .M. Hays.

Packard, A. S., Jr, Zoology. 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Paleontographica. 26er Bd., 3. Lief., 27er Bd., 1. Lief. & Supplement III,
3., 8. & 9. Lief., H. 4. Wilson Fund.

ADDITIONS TO. LIBRARY. 437

Palzontologie Francaise, lre Ser. An. Invert. Ter. Jurassique Liyr. 42 and 45,
2e Ser. Végétaux. Ter. Jur. Livr. 29. Wilson Fund.
Palxontological Society's Publications, Vol. 34. 1. V. Williamson Fund.
Pasteur, L. Studies on fermeatation, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Paulucci, M. Excursione scientifica nella Calabria, 1877-78. Fauna Mala
cologica. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, Mass. Visitors’ Catalogue of the Mus-
eum. 1879. The Society.
Pennsylvania, Geological reports, 1833 and 1836. Dr. I. M. Hays.
Pfeiffer, L. Nomenclator Heliceorum viventium. 5. & 6. Lief. I. V. Wil-
liamson Fund.
Physical Science, Agriculture, etc. 81 pamphlets on. Dr. I. M. Hays.
Pickering, Chas. Vocabulary of the Soahili language. Mrs. Chas. Pickering.
Porter, J. Topographical description of Plainfield, 1834. Dr. I. M. Hays.
Prazmowski, A. Entwickelungsgeschichte und Fermentwirkung einiger Bae-
terien-Arten. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Public Ledger Almanac, 1880. The Publisher.
* Public Library, Milwaukee, 2d annual report. The Trustees.
Putnam, J.D. Biological and other notes on the Coccidw, 1880. The Author.
Quaritch, B. Letter to General Starring, Jan. 14, 1880. The Author.
Rand, B. H. Two lectures on impure air and ventilation. The Author.
Ratzel, Fr. Die Vereinigten Staaten von Nord-Amerika. 2er Band. I. V.
Williamson Fund.
Report of Commissioners appointed under resolve of 1856, Chap. 58, concern-
ing the artificial propagation of fish. Boston, 1857. Dr. I. M. Hays-
Reyer, E. Vier Ausfluge in die Eruptiomassen bei Christiania.
Zinn in Birma, Siam & Malakka.
Zinn in Australien und Tasmanien. The Author.
Riviére, E. Grotte de Saint-Benoit, 1878.
Le pliocéne de Castel d’ Appio en Italie, 1879.
De quelques hyperostoses de poisons trouvées dans les grottes quarter-
naires de Menton en Italie.
Note sur des instruments en obsidienne trouvés en Gréce, 1879. The
Author.
Robert, P. Les oiseaux dans la nature. Livr. 2-10. I. V. Williamson’Fund.
Roberts, E. P. Directions for sowing, transplanting and raising the Mulberry
Tree, 1839. Dr. I. M. Hays.
Roemer, F. Lethxa geognostica. I. Th. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Rossmiissler’s Iconographie der Europiiischen Land- und Siisswasser-Mollus-
ken. VII, 1-3. Wilson Fund.

Rothrock, J. T. Catalogue of trees and shrubs in the horticultural gardens
adjacent to Horticultural Hall, Fairmount. 1880. The Author.
Roucher-Deratte,C. Lecons physiologico météorologiques sur les constitutions

des saisons. 1804. Dr. I. M. Hays.
Russ, Dr. K. Die fremdliindischen Stubenydgel. III, 7-9. 1. V. Williamson
Fund.
Rutherford, J. Coal-fieldsof Nova Scotia. Department of Mines, Nova Scotia.
Ryder, J. A. Ichthydium ocellatum, 1880.
On the oceurrence of Freia producta, Wright, in the Chesapeake Bay, ete.
The Author.
Sadler, John. Report on temperature during the winter of 1878-79 at the
J) Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. The Author.
Saint-Lager, Dr. Reforme de la nomenclature botanique. The Author.
St. Louis Mercantile Library Association, annual report, 1879. The Directors,
Saunder, W. Tea-culture as a probable American industry. 187%. Depart-
ment of Agriculture.
Saussure, H. de. La Grotte du Scé. The Author.
Scheffler, H. Die Naturgesetze. dter Th., 6te, 7te und Ste Lief. The Author.

438 * ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Schimper, W. P., and K. A, Zittel. Handbuch der Palwontologie. 1. Bd., 3te
und 4te Lief. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Schlegel, H. Muséum d’histoire naturelle des Pays-Bas. TT. 8, Monog. 41.
Wilson Fund.
Schmidt, Emil. Kraniologische Untersuchungen.
Mittheilungen aus der anthropologischen Literatur Amerikas. The Author.
Schmidt, O. Die Spongien des Meerbusen von Mexico. 2tes (Schluss-) Heft.
1880. Museum of Comparative Anatomy.
Schomburgh, R. On the naturalized weeds and other plants of South Australia.
On the Urari.
Catalogue of the plants under cultivation in the Gover nment Botanic Gar-
den, ~ Adelaide, South Australia.
Report on the progress and condition of the Botanic Garden and govern-
ment plantations during the year 1879. - The Author.
Scott, W. B., and H. F. Osborn. Early development of the common newt.
The Authors.
Scudder, S. H., Writings of, compiled by George Dimmock. 1879. The Editor.
The Devonian Insects of New Brunswick. The Author.
Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania. C*, 2 vols., G’, G*, H*, I’, 0%, P?,
Q?, Q°, R, T, V2. The Commission.
Same. Report P. Jos. M. Gazzam.
Seemann, B. Flora Vitiensis. 4to. 1865-73. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Semper, C. Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. 3ter Th., éter Bd., 5 H
Wilson Fund.
Sheafer, P. W. Anthracite coal-fields of Pennsylvania and their exhaustion.
Diagram of the progress of the anthracite coal trade of Pennsylvania.
The Author.
Short, J. T. North Americans of antiquity. 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Sigsbee, C. D. U.S. Coast Survey. Deep-sea sounding and dredging. 1880.
C. P. Patterson.
Smith, F. Description of new species of Hymenoptera in the British Museum.
1879. Trustees of the Museum.
Smith, J. A Mutations of the earth, 1846. Dr. 1. M. Hays.
Smith, J. L. Minerals and mineral waters of Chili. Dr. i M. Hays.
Progress and condition of several departments of industrial chemistry.
Paris Univ. Exp., 1867. Dr. Jos. Leidy.
Smithson, James, Scientific writings of. 1879.
Smithsonian Institution and National Museum, visitor’s guide.
Smithsonian Institution Miscellaneous Collections, Vol. 16 and 17. Contribu- -
tions to Knowledge, Vol. 22.
Report, 1878.
Journal of Board of Regents, etc. The Institution.
Smyth, R. B. The aborigines of Victoria. The Government of Victoria.
Snellen van Vollenhoven,S.C. Pinacographia. Pt.9. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Soret, L. Rapport du President de la Société de physique et d’histoire
naturelle de Genéve, 1879. The Author.
South African Museum, report, 1879. The Trustees.
Spencer, H. Ceremonial institutions. 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Stearns, R. E.C. New species or variety of land snail from California. The
Author.
Steenstrup, J. Sepiella, Gray.
De Ommatostrephagtige Bleksprutters indbyrdes Forhold. The Author.
Steiner, L. H. Annual address before the American Academy of Medicine at
New York, Sept. 16, 1879. The Author.
Stille, A., M. D. Humboldt’s life and character, 1859. Dr. I. M. Hays.
Memoir of Isaac Hays. The Author.
Stone, O. Extra-meridian determination of time. The Author.
Strebel, H. Fauna mexikanischer Land- und Susswasser-Conchylien. Th. 4.
1. V. Williamson Fund.

ADDITIONS TO, LIBRARY, - 439

Strecker, H. Butterflies and moths, 1879. The Author.
Strobel, P. Materiali per una malacostatica di terra e d’acqua dolci.
Disp. 1-4.
Struckmann, C. Die Wealden-Bildungen der Umgegend von Hannover, 1880.
The Author.
Sveriges Geologiska Undersékning. Ser. A A, Nos. 68, 69, 71 and 72; AB4
and 5: C 8vo, 31, 32, 834 and 85; C 4to, 29 and 33. The Survey.
Taplin, Rev. G. Folklore, manners, customs and languages of the south
Australian aboriginese, 1879. R. Sehomburgh. , r
Tapparone-Canefri, C. Museum Pauluccianum. Etudes malacologiques.
The Author.
Taramelli, T. Catalogo ragionato delle Rocce del Fruili.
Sulla formazione serpentinosa dell’ Apennino Pavese.
Monografica stratigrafia e paleontologica del Lias nelle Provincie Venete.
The Author.
Tate, R. Zoologica et Plwontologica Miscellanea, chiefly relating to South
Australia. ;
The natural history of the country around the head of the great Austra-
lian Bight.
The Adelaide Philosophical Society. Anniversary address of the Presi-
dent. The Author.
Taylor, R. C. Coa] regions in the environs of Blossburg, 1833. Dr. I. M.
Hays.
Taylor, W. B. A memoir of Joseph Henry, 2d Ed. Smithsonian Inst.
Thomas, C. H., M. D. Researches on hearing through the medium of the
teeth and cranial bones. The Author.
Traill, G. W. The Alg of the Firth of Forth. The Author.
Trautwine, J.C. Internal improvement system of the South, 1839. Dr, IL.
M. Hays. ;
Tryon, G. W. Jr. Manual of Conchology, Pts. 5-8. The Author.
Turnbull, C.S. Audiphone and Dentaphone. The Author.
United States Coast and Geodetric Survey. Pacific Coast Pilot. Coasts and
islands of Alaska. 2d Series, 1879. C. P. Patterson.
United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Part V, Report of the Com-
mission for 1877. The Commission.
United States Entomological Commission. Bulletin Nos. 3,4 and 5. Depart-
ment of the Interior.
United States Geographical Survey west of the 100th meridian. Reports,
Vols. 2,3,4and 5. Engineer Department, U. S. A
United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories. 11th
annual report. Bulletin, Vol. V, No. 3. Department of the Interior.
United States National Museum. Bulletin Nos. 13 and 17. Department of
the Interior.
University of Minnesota, report of the Regents of, 1872. The Regents.
“Vacek, Mich. Vorarlberger Kreide, 1879. The Author.
Van Beneden and Gervais, MM. Ostéographie des Cétacés vivants et fossiles.
Text and atlas, Lief. 17 and 18. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Van der Berg, L. W. C. Verslag van eene Verzamelung Maleische, Arabische,
Javaansche en andere Handschriften doorde Regeering van Nederlandsel
Indie. Batavian Academy of Sciences,
Vanuxem, L. Experiments on anthracite, plumbago, ete., 1825. Dr. L. M.
Hays. ,
Vélain, Ch. Etude microscopique des verres resultant de la fusion des
cendres de graminées.
Mission de I’ Ile de Saint Paul. Recherches géologiques. 4to Paris,
1879, The Author.
Victoria. Reports of the Mining Surveyors, 4lst December, 1875, ‘lst March,
1879.
Mineral Statistics of, 1878.

440 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Report of Inspector of Mines, 1878. Dr. F. V. Hayden.

Vogdes, A. W. Monograph of the genera Zethus, Cybele, Encrinurus and
Cryptonymus. The Author.

Wagner, Wm. Five new fossils of the older pliocene formation of Maryland
and North Carolina. The Author.

Waterhouse, Owen. Tllustrations of the typical specimens of Coleoptera in
the collection of the British Museum. Pt. I, Lycide. The British
Museum.

Watson, R. Chemical Essays. 7th Ed. 5 vols., 1800. Dr. I. M. Hays.

Watson, R. B. Mollusca of H. M. 8. “Challenger” Expedition. Pt. 5. The
Author.

Watson, 8S. Geological Survey of California. Botany, Vol. 2. I. V. William-
son Fund.

Weismann, Aug. Uber die letzten Ursachen der Transmutationem, 1876.
Dr. Jos. Leidy.

Wex, G. v. Improvement of the Danube at Vienna, 1880.

Second treatise on the decrease of water in springs, creeks and rivers,
1880. Engineer Department, U.S. A.

White, C. A. Paleontological Field work for the session of 1877.

Cretaceous fossils of the Western States and Territories.

Note on the occurrence of Productus giganteus in California.

New invertebrate fossils from the Mesozoic and Cenozoic rocks of Ar-
kansas, Wyoming, Colorado and Utah.

Description of a very large fossil gasteropod from the State of Puebla,
Mexico.

Contributions to paleontology, Nos. 2-3. The Author.

White, F. E. Valedictory Address, Woman’s Medical College, 1880-81. The
Author.

Whiteaves, J. F. On some marine invertebrata of Queen Charlotte Tsland.
The Author.

Whitfield, R. P. Fossil crustaceans from the Upper Devonian rocks of Ohio.
The Author.

Whitney, J. D. The Geological Survey of California. An address delivered
before the Legislature of California.

Lecture on geology delivered before the Legislature of California, Feb.
28, 1862. Dr. Jos. Leidy.

Wilhelm, K. Siebréhrenapparates dicotyler Pflanzen. J. V. Williamson Fund.

Wilkes, Chas. Western America, 1849. Dr. I. M. Hays.

Wilson, T. B., engraved portrait of. Rathmel Wilson.

Winchell, A. Preadamites, 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Witter, F. M., Catalogue of Iowa mollusca in the collection of. The Author.

Wood, H.C. and H. F. Formad. Research on the effects of inoculating the
lower animals with diphtheritic exudation. Dr. Wood.

Woodward’s Gardens, illustrated guide to. 1880. The Author.

Woolls, W. Plants indigenous in the neighborhood of Sydney. The Author.

Yale College, Catalogue, 1880. _

Obituary records of graduates, 1880 and supplement.
Yale College in 1880. The Librarian.

Yarrow, H.C. Mortuary Customs among the North American Indians. The
Author.

Young Men’s Mercantile Library Association of Cincinnati. 45th annual
report, 1880. The Association.

Zeiler, R. Explication de la Carte géologique de la France. Tome 4me, 2e
Parte. Dr. F. V. Hayden.

Zesch, F. and O. Reinecke. Coleoptera of Buffalo. The Author.

Zoological record, Vol. 15, 1878. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Zoological Society of London, list of vertebrated animals, 7th Ed., 1879.

Catalogue of Library. The Society.
Zuckerkandl, E. Morphologie des Gesichtsschiidels. I. V. Williamson Fund.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY, 44]

JOURNALS AND PERIODICALS.

Adelaide. Philosophical Society. Transactions, 1878-79. The Society.
Amsterdam, K. Akademie van Wettenschappen. Verslagen en Mededeelingen.
Afd. Letterkunde, 2e Reeks, 8 Deel.; Afd. Natuurkunde, 2e Reeks, 14
Deel. Jaahrboek, 1878. Processen-Verbuaal, Afd. Nat. Mei, 1878—-Apr.
1879. Verhandlingea, Deel 19. Alf. Nat. Deel 12. The Society.
Angers. Société Nationale d’Agriculture, Sciences et Arts. Mémoires, T. 19
and 20. The Society.
Ateo Science Advocate, Vol. I, No.1. The Editor.
Augsburg. Naturhistorische Verein, 25er Berichte. The Society.
Baltimore. American Chemical Journal. Vol. 1, No. 1. The Editor.
American Journal of Mathematics, Vol. 2, Nos. 3 and 4; Vol. 3, No. 1.
The Editor.
Johns Hopkins University. Studies from the Biological Laboratory, Nos.
1,2and4. Report of the 3d year. The University.
Peabody Institute, 12th and 13th annual reports. The Trustees.
Batavia. Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen Tijdschrift, Deel 23,
Afi. 5 and 6; Deel 24, Afi. 1, 2. 3 and 6; Deel 25, Afi. 1 and 2; Notulen,
Deel 14, Nos. 2, 3 and 4; Deel 15, Nos. 2, 3,4; Deel 16, Nos. 1-4.
Gedenkboek, 1778-1878. The Society.
Natuurkundig Vereen in Nederlandsch Indie. Tijdschrift, Zevende Serie,
Deel 8. The Society.
Belfast. Naturalists’ Field Club, annual report, Vol. 1, Pts.5 and 6. The
Society.
Natural History and Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Sessions 1878-
79, 1879-80. The Society.
Berlin. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 44er Jahrg., 5 H.; 45er Jahrg., 4 and 5
H.; 46er Jahrg., 1,2and3H. The Editor.
Deutsche Geologische Geselischaft. Zeitschrift, 31 Bd., 2-4 H.; 32 Bd.,
1H. The Society.
Entomologische Verein. Zeitschrift, 23er Jahrg., 2 H.; 24 Jahrg., 1 H. The
Society. Y
Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde. Sitzungs-Berichte, 187%. The
Society.
K. Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Monatsbericht, 1879, Juli-
1880, Juli. The Society.
Der Naturforscher, 12 Jahrg., No. 27-13 Jahrg., No. 18. The Editor.
Naturae Novitates, 1879, No. 19-1880, No. 8. The Editor.
Verein zur Befirderung des Gartenbaues. Monatschrift, 22 Jahrg., Jan.-
Dec. The Society.
Zeitschrift fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften, 3d Folge, 5 Bd., No.
4. The Editor.
Bern. Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Mittheilungen, Nos. 987-478. The
Society,
Besancon, Académie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts, 1870-78. The
Society.
Beziers. Société d’ Etude des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin, Années 1, 2 and
3, Fasc. 1] and 2. The Society.
Bonn. Archiy fiir Mikroskopische Anatomie, l7er Bd., 6 H-lSer Bd., 4 H.
I. V. Williamson Fund.
Naturhistorische Verein. Verhandlungen, 35er Jahrg., Ze and 56 Jahreg.,
le Hiilfte. The Society.
Bordeaux. Société Linnéenne. Actes, T. 55, Livr. 3, 4 and 6. The Society.
Société des Sciences physiques et naturelles. Mémoires, Ze Ser., T. 8, Se
Cah., and T. 4, le Cah. The Society.

442 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Boston. American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Proceedings. Vol. 16, Pts.
land 2. The Society.

Society of Natural History. Proceedings, Vol. 20, Pt. 3, and pp. 273-384.
I. V. Williamson Fund.

Braunschweig. Archiv fiir Anthropologie, 12. Bd., 2-4 Viertelj. I. V. Wil-
liamson Fund.

Verein tiir Naturwissenschaft. Jahresbericht, 1879-80. The Society.

Bremen. Naturwissenschaftliche Verein. Abhandlungen, 6. Bd., 2tes und
Schluss H., Beilage No. 7. The Society.

Brooklyn. Entomological Society. Bulletin, Vol. 2, Nos. 4-12. The Society.

Brunn. Naturforschende Verein. Verhandlungen, 17. The Society.

Bruxelles. Société Belge de Microscopie. Procts Verbaux, 1879, Nov. 27—,
1880, No. 12. Annales T. 4. The Society.

Société Entomologique. Compte Rendu, Ser. 2; No. 60-72. Annales T. 22.
The Society.

Société Malacologique. Annales, T. 9me, 2e Fasc. Procts Verbaux, T.
8, 4 Oct 1879-7 Fev. 1880. The Society.

Buda-Pest. M.Tudom. Akademia. Ertekezések a math. Tudomanyok Kérébl,
7 Kotet, 1 Szam—®9 Kotet, 19. Math. es Termeszet. Kizlemenyek, 14
and 15 Kétet. Evkonyvei, Tizenhatodik Kétet, 11 Darab. The Society.

Ungarische National-Museum. Természetrajzé Fuzetek, 4 Kétet, 3. The
Museum.

Buttalo. North American Entomologist, Vol. 1, Nos. 6-12. The Editor.

©aen. Académie Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Letters. Mémoires,
1879 The Society.

Société Linnéenne de Normandie. Bulletin, 3e Ser., Vols. 1 and 2. The
Society.

Caleutta. Asiatic Society of Bengal. Journal, Vol. 47, Pt. 1, No. 4; Pt. 2,
Noo 4 p'Vol. 48; Pt. 1, Nos. 1=4;: Pt. (2adNo. 7140 Vol. 49 9nRtde No.3.
Proceedings, 1879, Nos. 2-10. The Society.

Same. Journal, Vol. 48, Nos. 128-130. Proceedings, 1879, Nos. 5-10.
Isaac Lea.
Stray Feathers, Vol. 8, Nos. 2-6. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Cambridge. Appalachian Mountain Club. Appalachia, Vol. 1 and Vol. 2, Nos.
land 2. The Society.

Bussey Institution. Bulletin, Nos. 2-4, and Vol. 2, Nos. 1,2and3. The
Institution.

Harvard University. Library Bulletin, Nos. 14, 15 and 16. Bibliograph-
ical Contributions, Nos. 1 and 2. The Trustees.

Museum of Comparative Zoology. Memoirs, Vol. 6, No. 1; Vol. 7, No. 1
and No. 2, Pt. 1. Reports, 1878-79; 1879-80. Bulletin, Vol. 5, No.
16 and title; Vol. 5, Nos. 1-11; Vol. 7, No. 1. The Director.

Nuttall Ornithological Club. Bulletin, 1880, Jan.-Oct. The Society.

Peabody Museum of American Archeology and Ethnology. 12th and 13th
annual reports. The Director.

Psyche, Nos. 65-76. The Editor.

Cap Rouge. Le Naturaliste Canadien, Dec. 1879—Oct. 1880. The Editor.

Cassel. ‘Malakozoologische Blitter, Neue Folge, 2. Bd., 1. Bg.-s. se 2. Be.
I. V. Williamson Fund.

Verein fiir Naturkunde. Bericht 26 und 27. The Society.

Cherbourg. Société Nationale des Sciences Naturelles. Mémoires, T. 21 and
Catalogue of Library. The Society.

Chicago. American Antiquarian, Vol. 2, No. 3-Vol, 3, No. 1. The Editor.

Central Fishcultural Society. Proceedings, Ist An. Meeting. The
Society.

Oriental and Biblical Journal, Vol. 1, No. 2. The Editor.

Christiana. Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab. 4 Bd., 3 H.-5 Bd., 3
H. The Editor.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 443

Cincinnati. Society of Natural History. Journal, Vol. 2, No. 2-Vol. 3, No. 8.
The Society.
Copenhagen. Videnskabelige Meddelelser, 1877-78; 1879-80, 1 & 2.
Naturhistorisk Tiddskrift, Schiodte, 12 Bd., 1 H., also Ist Ser.. Vols. 1-4:
2d Ser., Vol. 1. Nos. 4 and 6, and Vol. 2; 3d Ser., Vol. 4-11). 1. V.
Williamson Fund. €
Société Royale des Antiquaries du Nord. Mémvires, n. s. 1878-79. Til-
laeg, 1877, 1878. I. V. Williamson Fund.
K, D. Videnskabernes Selskab. Oversigt 1879, No. 3, 1880, No.1. Skrif-
ter, 5te Raekke, Vol. 9 No. f, Vol. 11 No. 6. The Soc’ety.
Cordoba. Academia Nacional de Ciencias Exactas. T.%, Ent. 1 & 2,
T. 2, Ent. 4; T. 3, Ent. 1. The Society.
Crawfordsville. Botanical Gazette, Vol. 5, Nos. 2-11. The Editor.
Danzig. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Schriften. Neue Folge, 4. Bd., 4. H
The Society.
Darmstadt. Verein fiir Erdkunde. Notizblatt, 8. Folge, 18. H. The Society.
Davenport. Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings, Vol. 2, It. 2; Vol.
3, Pt. 1. The Society.
Dijon. Académie des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres. Année, 1878-79. The
Society.
Dorpat. Naturforscher Gesellschaft. Sitzungsberichte, der Bd., 2. H. Ar-
chiv fiir die Naturkunde Liv-Ehst- und Kurlands, 1. Ser., Bd. &, No. 4.
The Society.
Dresden. K. Leop.-Carol.-Deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher. Nova
Acta, Vol's 39 and 40. Leopoldino, H. 12-15. The Society.
Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis. 1879 Jan.—Dec. The Society.
Verein fiir Erdkunde. Jahresbericht l6er. The Society.
Dublin. Royal Dublin Society. Proceedings, n.s. I, 1-3; II. 1-6. Trans-
actions, n. s. Vol. 1, Nos. 1-12; Vol. 2, Nos. land 2. The Society.
Royal Geological Society of Ireland. Journal, Vol 15, No. 2. The
Society.
Easton. American Institute of Mining Engineers. ‘Transactions, Vol. 7.
Edinburgh. Botanica] Society. Transactions and Proceedings, Vol. 13, Pt. 3.
The Society.
Geological Society. Transactions, Vol. 3, Pt. 2. The Society.
Royal Society. Proceedings, Vol. 10, No. 103. Transactions, Vol. 28, I’t
2, and Vol. 29, Pt. 1. The Society.
Scottish Naturalist, Nos. 37-40. The Editor.
Emden. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Jahresbericht Gler. Kleine Schriften,
18. The Society.
Erlangen. Physikalisch-medizinische Societiit. Sitzungsberichte, 11 H
The Society.
Frankfurt a. M. Aerztliche Verein. Jahresbericht 22er. The Society.
Deutsche Malakozoologische Gesellschaft. Nachrichtsblatt, 1880, No. 1.
The Society.
Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Abhandlungen 11. Bd.,
41. Bericht, 1878-79. The Society.
Der Zoologische Garten, 20 Jahrg. 7-12. The Zoological Society of Frank-
ford.
Freiburg, i. B. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Berichte, Bd. 7, H.4. The
Society.
Gand. Archives de Biologie, Van Beneden and Van Bambeke, T. 1, Fase.
1-5. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Geneva. Schweizerische paliiontologische Gesellschaft. Abhandlungen Vol,
6. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Société de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle. Mémoires, Vol. 26, No, 2.
. The Society.
Genoa. Societi di Letture e Conversazioni Scientifiche. Giornale, Anno %, No
10— Anno 4, No. 4. The Society.

Boletin

444 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Giessen. Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, 18er Bericht.
The Society.

Glasgow. Philosophical Society. Proceedings Vol. 11, No. 2. The Society. -

Gottingen. K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Nachrichten, 1879. The
Society.

Guadalajara. Sociedad de Ingenieros de Jalisco. Boletin T. 1, No.1. The
Society,

Hamburg. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Abhandlungen 7 Bd. 1 Abth.
The Society.

Harlem. Hollandische Maatischappij der Wetenschappen. Natuurkundige
Verhandelingen, Deel 4, 1 Stuk. The Society.

Musée Teyler. Archives Vol. 5, Pt. 2. The Director.
Société Hollandaise des Sciences. Archives, T. 14, 3e Livr.—T. 15, 2e
Livr. The Society. l

Helsingfors. Finska Vetenskaps Societet. Ofversigt, 21. Bidrag, 52. Obser-

vationes Méteorologiques, 1877, 1878. Acta, XI. The Society.
Siillskapet pro fauna et flora Fennica. Ny serie, 2, 3, 4, 6-11 Haftet.
Acta 1. Meddelanden 1-5. The Society.

Hermannstadt. Siebenbiirgischer Verein fiir Naturwissenschaften. Ver-
handlungen und Mittheilungen. 30 Jahrg. The Society.

Hobart Town. Royal Society of Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings, 1878.
The Society.

Jena. Medizinisch-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Zeitschrift, 15er Bd.
3 H.—l4er Bd. 2 H. Sitzungsberichte, 1879. The Society.

Kansas City. The Kansas City Review of Science and Industry, Dec. 1879—
Noy. 1880. The Editor.

Lausanne. Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin, No. 83. The
Society.

Leipzig. Archiv fiir Anatomie und Physiologie. Anatomische Abth. 1879, 5
H.—1880,3 H. Physiologische Abth. 1879. 5 H.—1880,5 H. Ver-
zeichniss, 1834-1876. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Botanisches Centralblatt, No.1. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Botanische Jahrbiicher, Engler. I, 1,2. &5. I. V. Williamson Fund,

Fiirstlich Jablonowski-sche Gesellschaft. Preisschriften No. 2. The
Society.

Jahrbiicher fiir wissenschaftliche Botanik. 1l2er Bd., 1&2 H. IL. V.
Williamson Fund.

Journal fiir Ornithologie. 27 Jahrg. 3 H.—28 Jahrg.1H. If. V. William-
son Fund.

K. Siichsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Abhandlungen XII, 2,
3&4. Berichte, 1879. The Society.

Kosmos, III, 7—IV 8. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Morphologisches Jahrbuch. 5er Bd. 3—6er Bd. 5. I. V. Williamson
Fund.

Zeitschrift fiir Krystallographie und Mineralogie, Groth, 2er Bd. 6es H.—
5er Bd. 1. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Zeitschrift fiir wissenschafuiche Zoologie, 35er Bd. 1—35er Bd. 1. IT. V-
Williamson Fund.

Zoologischer Anzeiger, 2 Jahrg. Nos. 42-68. The Editor.

Liege. Société Royale des Sciences. Mémoires, 2me s.T.7 and 8. The
Society.

Lille. Bulletin Scientifique du Départment du Nord, Nov. & Dec. 1879. The
Editor.

Société des Sciences, de l’ Agriculture et des Arts. Mémories, 4e ser., T.
7 and 8. The Society.

Lisbon. Associacio des Engenheiros Civis Portuguezes. Revista de Obras
publicas e Minas. T. 10, Nos. 118, 121. The Society.

Liverpool. Free Public Library, Museum and Walker Art Gallery, 27th
annual report. The Trustees.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 445

London. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Dee., 1879—Nov., 1880.
I. V. Williamson Fund.
Astronomical Register, Oct., 1879—Novy., 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.
British Association for the Advancement of Science. Report, 4%th
meeting. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Curtis’ Botanical Magazine, Nos. 1112-1125. 1. V. Williamson Fund.
Entomological Society. Transactions, 1879. The Society.
Gardner’s Chronicle, Nos. 307-359. The Editor.
Geological Magazine, Oct., 1879—Novy., 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Geological Society. Quarterly Journal, Nos. 140-143. The Society.
flardwicke’s Science Gossip, Oct., 1879—Noy., 1880. I. V. Williamson
Fund.
Ibis, Oct., 1879—July, i880. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, Vol. 12, Pt. 2; Vol. 13, No. 2—
Vol. 14, No. 1. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Journal of Botany, British and Foreiga, Oct., 1879—Nov., 1880. I. V.
Williamson Fund.
Journal of Physiology, Michael Foster. Vol. 2, Nos. 3-6. L. V. William-
son Fund.
Journal of Science, Oct., 1879—Nov., 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Linnean Society. Journal, Botany, Vol. 16, Nos. 938-102; Zoology, Vol.
13, Nos. 72-79. Transactions, 2d Ser., Zvology, Vol. 1, Pts. 5-8;
Botany, Vol. 1, Pis.5 and 6. List, 1877-78. ‘The Society.
London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, Dee., 1879—Noy.,
1880. I. V. Williamson Eund.
Mineralogical Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Mineralogical Maga-
zine, Vol. 2, Nos. 15-18. The Society.
Nature, Nos. 524-560, 562-566, 568-573, 575, 576. The Editor.
Notes and Queries, Nov., 1879—Oct., 1880. The Editor.
Popular Science Review, Oct., 1879—Oct., 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.
Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, Oct., 1879—Oct., 1880. I. V.
Williamson Fund.
Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Journal, n.s. Vol.
12, Nos. 1-3. The Society.
Royal Geographical Society. Proceedings, n.s. Vol. 2, Nos. 1-8. Journal,
Vol. 48. ‘he Society.
Royal Institution of Great Britain. Proceedings, Vol. 9, Nos. 1 and 2.
The Society.
Royal Microscopical Society. Journal, Vol. 2, No. 7—Vol. 3, No.5. The
Society.
Society of Arts. Journal, Vol. 27. The Society.
Triibner’s American and Oriental Literary Record, Nos. 143-154. The
Publisher.
Zoological Society. Proceedings, 1879, No. 4—1880, No. 2. Transactions,
Vol. 10, No. 138 and Vol. 11, No. 2. The Society.
Zoologist, Oct., 1879—Nov., 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund.
London, Canada. The Canadian Entomologist, Vol. 10, No. 12—Vol. 12, No.
10. The Editor.
Louvain. Université Catholique. Annuaire, 44me Année. Twenty-three
Thesis. The University.
Liibeck. Naturhistorische Museum. Jabresbericht, 187%. The Society.
Luxembourg. Institut Royal. Publications, T. 17. The Society.
Lyon. Académie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts. Mémoires, Classe des
Sciences, T. 23; Classe des Lettres, I. 18me. The Society.
Société d’ Agriculture, Histoire Naturelle et Arts utiles. Annales 4dme
Ser., T.,10me; éme Ser., T. 1. The Society.
Société d'Etudes Scientifiques. Bulletin No. !, Tomes 4 and 5. The
Society.
Société Linnéenne. Annales, n.s. T. 28, 24 and 26. The Society.

446 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Madison. Botanical Gazette, Vol. 5, No. 1. The Editor.

Madrid. Memorial de Ingenieros y revista cientitico-militar, Ano 33, No. 22—
Ano 35, No. 21. The Editors.

Marburg. Gesellschaft ziir Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften.
Sitzungsberichte, Jahre., 1878-79. Schriften, 8vo, Bd. 2, Nos. 4, 5, 6.
Schriften, 4to, Bd. 2 Supplementheft, 1-4. The Society.

Metz. Académie. Memoires, Années 77and 78. The Society.

Sociéte Vhistoire naturelle. Bulletin, 2e Ser., 5me Cahier, lre Partie.
The Society.

Mexico. Ministerio de Fomento. Annales, III, 185 et seq. Minister of Works,
Mexico.

Museo Nacional. Anales, Vol. 1, No. 7—Vol. 2, No. 2. The Director.

Revista cientifica Mexicana, T. 1, Nos. 1-11. The Editor.

Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica de la Republica Mexicana. Boletin,
T. 4, No. 7—T. 5, No. 8. The Society.

Sociedad Mexicana de Historia Natural. La Naturaleza, T. 4, Nos. 16-20.
The Society.

Milan. Accademia fisio-medico-statistica. Atti, 1880. The Society.

Regio Istituto technico superiore. Programma, 1879-80. The Society.

Milwaukee. Naturhistorischer Verein yon Wisconsin. Jahresbericht fiir das
Jahre, 1879-80. The Society.

Montpellier. Académie des Sciences et Lettres. Mémoires de la Section des
Sciences T. 9, 2e Fasc. The Society.

Montreal. Annuaire de Ville-Marie, 3me Livr. and 2d Vol., 1 and 2 Livr.
and Supplement. L. A. Huguet-Latour.

Canadian Naturalist, n. s. Vol. 9, Nos. 4, 5, 6. The Editor.

Natural History Society. Proceedings, 1869, ’70, ’71,’78,’78. Annual
reports, 5th—9th ; Constitution and By-Laws. L. A. Huguet-Latour.

Numismatic and Antiquarian Society. Canadian Antiquarian, Vol. 9, Nos.
land 2. The Society.

Moscow. Sociéte Impériale des Naturalistes. Bulletin, 1878, Nos. 3 and 4;
1879, No. 1. Nouveau Mémoires, T. 14, Livr. 1. The Society.

Munich. Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologie und bg egy Bei-
trage, 5er Bd., Nos. 1-4. The Society.

K. Sternwarte. Beobachtungen, 1879. The Director.

K. B. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Sitzungsberichte der math.-phys.
Classe 1879, No. 1—1880, No. 2. Abhandlungen, historische Classe,
l4er Bd,, 3e Abth.; 1l5er Bd., ler Abth.: philos.-philol. Classe, l4er
Bd., 2e Abth.; 15er Bd., le Abth.; mathem.-physik. Classe, 13er Bd.,
2e Abth.

Naples. R. Istituto d’ Incoraggiamento alle Scienze naturali, economiche e
technologische. Atti, 2 Ser., I. 16. The Society.

Neubrandenburg. Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Mecklenburg,
33 Jabrg. The Society.

Neuchatel. Société des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin, T. 11, 3me Cahier.
The Society.

New Berlin. Entomologist’s Exchange, Nos. 1-6. J. 8S. Kingsley.

New Haven. American Journal of Science and Arts, Dec., 1879—Noy., 1880.
The Editor.

Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. Transactions, Vol. 5, No. 1.
The Society.

New York. Academy of Sciences. Annals, Vol. 1, Nos. 9-13. The Society.
American Bookseller, Vol. 8, No. 11—Vol. 10, No. 1. The Editor.
American Chemical Society. Journal, Vol. 1, No. 10—Vol. 2, No. 7. The

Society.

American Entomologist, Vol. 3, No. 2. The Editor.

American Geographical Society. Bulletin 1880, No. 1; Journal, Vol. 10.
The Society.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 447

American Journal of Microscopy, Vol. 4, No. 2—Vol. 5, No, 10. The
Editor.

American Monthly Microscopical Journal. Vol. 1, Nos. 1-11. The
Editor.

American Museum of Natural History, 11th Annual Report. The Director.

Forest and Stream, Vol. 13, No. 26—Vol. 15. No. 17. The Editor.

Index Medicus, Vol. 2, Nos. i-10. Wm. 8. Vaux.

Library Journal, Vol. 4, No. 11—Vol. 5, No. 10. I. V. Williamson Fund.

Monthly Index to current periodical literature, Vol. 1, No. 5. The Pub-
lisher.

New York Medical Eclectic, Nov. 1879—Oct. 1880. The Editor.

New York Medical Journal, Dec. 1879—Nov. 1880. The Editor.

Popular Science Monthly, Dec. 1879—Dec. 1880. The Editor.

Publishers’ Weekly, Vol. 18, Nos. 1-6. The Editor.

Science, Vol. 1, Nos 1-22. The Editor.

Torrey Botanical Club. Bulletin, Vol. 6, No. 59—Vol. 7, No. 10. The
Society.

Orleans. Société d’Agriculture, Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts. Mémoires
Vol. 21, Nos. 2 & 3. The Society.

Paris. Académie des Sciences. Comptes Rendus, Vols. 87, 88 & 89. Mé-
moires, T. 41. The Society.

Annales des Mines. T. 14, 5me Livrs.—T.17, 4me Livr. Minister of
Public Works, France.

Annales des Sciences Geologiques, T. 11, Nos. 1 & 2. The Editor.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie et Paleontologie, T. 8, No. 4—
T. 9, No.6; Botanique, T. 8, No. 3—T. 10, No.1. I. V. Williamson
Fund.

Archives de Zoologie experimentale et générale. 1879 & 1880, Nos. 1-3

, L. V. Williamson Fund.

Ecole polytechnique. Journal, T. 28. The Director.

Journal de Conchyliologie, T. 19, No. 4—T. 20, No. 3. The Editor.

Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle Nouvelles Archives. 2me Sér., T. 2, Fase.
2. The Directors.

Revue Internationale des Sciences. 1879, No. 11—1880, No.8. The
Editor. :

Revue Scientifique de la France et de l’Etranger, 9me Année No. 20—1851
No. 4. The Editor.

Société d’Acclimatation. Bulletin, Sept. 1879—Aoit, 1880. The Society.

Société des Antiquaires de Picardie. Mémoires, 3me Ser., T. 6. The
Society.

Société Botanique de France. T. 25me, 5, Title, ete.; T. 26me, 1, 2, 5,
Rev. Bibl. C. D. E.; T. 27me, 1 Comptes Rendus, 2 & 3, Rev. Bibl. A.
The Society.

Société Entomologique de France. Annales, 5me Ser. T. 5—T. 10me.
Partie Supplem. The Society.

Société Geologique de France. Bulletin, Vol. 7, Nos. 4-7. The Society.

Société nationale d’Agriculture de France. Bulletin, Année 1880, Nos.
4&6. Phe Society.

Société Zoologique. Bulletin, 1879, 1-4. The Society.

Philadelphia. Academy of Natural Scienees. Proceedings 1879, No. 3—1880,
No. 2. The Publication Committee.

Afield and Afloat, n. s. Vol. 1, No. 15. The Editor.

American Entomological Society. Transactions, Vol. 7, No. 4—Vol. 8,
No. 2. Proceedings, May, 1880. The Publication Committee.

American Journal of Medical Sciences, Jan. to Oct., 1880. The Editor.

American Journal of Pharmacy. Dec. 187—Nov. 1880. The Editor.

American Naturalist. Dec. 1879—Dee. 1880. The Editor.

American Pharmaceutical Association. Proceedings, 27th Annual Report.
The Society.

448 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

American Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Nos. 103-106. The
Society.
Dental Cosmos, Dec. 1879—Noy. 1880. The Editor.
Franklin Institute Journal. Dee. 1879—Nov. 1880. The Society.
Gardener's Monthly, Dec. 1879—Nov. 1880. The Editor.
Historical Society of Pennsylvania. Magazine, Vol. 3, No. 4—Vol. 4,
No. 5. The Society.
Medical News and Abstract, Nos. 444-456. The Editor.
Naturalist’s Leisure Hour. Nov. 1879—Nov. 1880. The Editor.
Pennsylvania Museum and School of Industrial Art, 4th Annual Report.
The Director.
Stoddart’s Review, Vol. 1, Nos. 1-19. The Editor.
Zoological Society. 8th Annual Report. The Society.
Pisa. Nuovo Giornale Botanico Italiano, Vol. 12, No. 1-3. The Editor.
Societa Malacologica Italiana. Bulletin, Vol. 4, No. 21—Vol. 6, No. 14.
The Society.
Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturale. Processi Verbali, 9 Nov. 1879—
9 Mag. 1880. Memorie, Vol. 4, No. 2. The Society.
Poughkeepsie. Society of Natural Science. Proceedings, Oct. 1, 1878, to
July 1, 1879. The Society.
Providence. Rhode Island Historical Society. Proceedings 1878-79. The
Society.
Literary and Historical Society. Session 1879-80. The Society.
Regensburg. K. B. Botanische Gesellschaft. Flora, n. r. 37er Jahrg. The
Society.
Zoologisch-mineralogischer Verein. Correspondenz-Blatt, 33er Jahrg.
The Society.
Rome. R. Academia dei Lincei. Atti, Serie Terza, Transunti Vol. 4, Fase.

1-7.° The Society.

St. Gallen. Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Bericht 1877-78. The
Society.

St. Louis. Academy of Natural Sciences. Transactions, Vol. 4, No.1. The
Society.

Missouri Historical Society, Nos. 1-4. The Society.
St. Petersburg. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Repertorium fiir Méteor-
ologie, Bd. 6, H. 2. Mémoires, T. 26, No. 12—T. 27, No. 4. Bulletin,
Vol. 25, No. 83—Vol. 26, No. 1. The Society.
Hortus Petropolitanus. Acta, T. 6, Fasc. 2. The Director.
Physikalische Central Observatorium. Annalen, 1878, Nos.1& 2. The
Director.
Societas Entomologica. Horae, T. 14. The Society.
Salem. Essex Institute. Bulletin, Vol. 11, No. 10—Vol. 12, No. 6. The

Society.
Santiago de Chile. Revista Medica de Chile. Ano7, Nos.1&2. The
Editor.
Universidad de Chile. Anales, 1872, Nos. 1 & 2. The University.
Schweizerische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen. Jahresb.

1877-78, 1878-79. The Society.

Springfield. Familiar Science and Fancier’s Journal. December, 1880. The
Editor.

Staunton. The Virginias, Nos. 1-10. The Editor.

Stettin. Entomologische Verein. Zeitung, Jahrg. 40. The Society. .

Stockholm. Entomologisk Tidskrift, I, 1 & 2. The Editor.

Stuttgart. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie und Paleontologie.
1879, 8 H.—1880, Bd. 2, H.1. The Editor.

Verein fiir vaterlandische naturkunde in Wiirttemberg, 36er Jahr. The

Society.

Sydney. Royal Society of New South Wales. Journal and Proceedings, Vol.
12. The Society.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 449

Tokio. University, Science Department. Memoirs, Vol. 1, Pt. 1. The University.
Toronto. Entomological Society. Annual Report, 1879. The Society:
Toulouse. Académie des Sciences. Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres. Mémoires,
Table des Mat. de la 7me Ser., 8me Ser., T. 1., Nos. 1 and 2 and T. 2.
The Society.
Revue Mycologique, Ze Année, Nos. land 2. The Editor.
Trieste. Societa Adriatica de Scienze Naturali. Bollettina, Vol. 5, No. 2.
The Society.
Tromso. Museum. Aarshefter, Il. The Museum.
Upsal. Observatoire de l'Université. Bulletin, VIII. The Director.
Regia Societas Scientiarum. Nova Acta. Se Ser., Vol. 10, No, 2. The
Society.
Utrecht. K. nederlandsch meteorologische Instituut. Jaarboek, 1879. The
Editor.
Vienna. Anthropologische Gesellschaft. Mittheilungen, 9 Bd., Nos. 7 and
8, 10 Bd., Nos. 1-7. The Society.
Embryologische Institute der K. K. Universitat. Mittheilungen, 1 Bd., 4
H.;2Bd.,1H. J. V. Williamson Fund.
K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Sitzungsberichte, Mathem.-naturw.
Classe, 76 Bd. I, 1-5 H., If. 2-5 H., III, 1-5 H.; 77 Bd. I, 1-5 H., Ul,
1-5 H., Ill, 1-5 H.; 78 Bd. I, 1-5 H., II, 1-5 H., Il, 1-5 H.; 79 Bd. H,
1-3 H., Il], 1-5 H. Denkschriften, mathem.-naturw. Classe, 39er Bd.
The Society.
K. K. geologischen Reichsanstalt. Jahrbuch, 29er Bd., 3 and 4, 1880, Nos.
1, 2 and 8. Verhandlungen, 1879, No. 10; 1880, No. 11. Abhand-
lungen, Bd. 7, H. 5. The Director.
K. K. zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen, Vol. 29. The

Society. >
Oesterreichische Gesellschaft fiir Méteorologie. Zeitschrift,15 Bd. The
Society.

Verein zur Verbreitung ngturwissenschaftlicher Kenntnisse. Schriften,
20er Bd. The Society.
Zoologische Institute. Arbeiten, T.2, H.2 & 3; Tf. 3, H.1. LV. Wil-
liamson Fund.
Washington. Philosophical Society. Bulletin, Vols.1,2and%. The Society.
United States National Museum. Proceedings, Vol. 1. Department of
the Interior.
Wellington. New Zealand Institute. Transactions, Vol. 12. The Society.
Worcester. American Antiquarian Society. Proceedings, Nos. 74 and 75.
The Society.
Wiirzburg. Botanische Institut. Arbeiten, 2er Bd.,3 H. 1. V. Williamson Fund.
Physikalisch-medicinische Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen, Neue Folge, 14
Bd., 1-4 H. The Society.
_Zoologische-zootomische Institut. Arbeiten, 5er Bd., 1 H. I. V. Wil-
liamson Fund.
Zurich. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Vierteljahrsschrift, 23er Jahrg., 1-4
H. The Society.

30

“Orr

ede
ets
BES
RAE

SE

098
£e&
aes
aye
bE
tire
ics
BLE
JES
Task

bt

fet

gee

BES
ISs
BLE

QGT | 52

sys
Bb6
eis
3eE
She
ebe
Bas
BEE
Sé,

£2
S62
OSs”
tee §
£08

Sel.
ore

rev ent usa a anarbuge bigness EI EOREREDD 1 OGB: ENE (BOE. 5 ates

ease? Shook) |) Cy ry

ARGVMED OT XAQUT

AGIUL) OT XUGKI
0884

BOS. OS sepeiavaveeysed seep EBUSOMBe | Va latsebivrwinss sages
bs cuusuvdnongan eburot Tye ities sae BSy Leaded
sistdealadsubsuen’nheacesshe bapetye FO RSEBECIRL? | RG Ce ork aRipocinan Vana lyeaee
ao 208 Pe Dik e 16, aeaue ebvand ASLOTED. | SOS BBbonseynes pee tek or
wed sevnv sed vewese te voce couse STOMA OSAO ay : SAAT Ne Nap ea ov blaine
a8 2S aS SE Tae pee aL DTA iy GST sew ans h acanes
Fe, Uicwa te Gaeehe uaaphtes a URCT COE Frere sees ienbenes
vasaes vanunswathge canderarde xs pe BOAT | BRE sd cceciagreeangeisty
"B88. aie ent ‘, sereeons @liaormad fia) shops ei i
capa tenc¢¥resbanppehs ors | silepebdeqn setOIne: tye
acuaayeddddvar auveae muhdgy Newer PRR DFEOR DAIS
Pe Fah Ua ke aba canr ae cai Eade tO
dee guse wcchosewegsacpen e Anna avea srotae)
OE ose Ca hapinesate mig sR SONS UE
Lor Ae RRA UD etc teams tarion
ha. veersruinaennnengeyeantitnlod ag)
feed bak y dana pathy debun as RE ENAQED: |i
seb te ig tangata aE yworkae)
tresbesae BO TOR)

cthenwsdaeeteen
WOT

BVSes OTe aeerease
*

se Raed Herc ok
O8i. pradhevnnanseesnces retMtCO Le DFBED
BOE cass Paes sosy conga sih7 io gOlsoO
even gab ak Saeed vreau vias pate 1 BO a
SE 8S ie BS ig 88. (ISuslsdrod | 88
PPT Trier tee soem | 8
OS BE 8S Sai. |
sy np nla vile tmn wen +44 ‘ aie re i
wave tnaeer de traenebes shade apie S998 Vass
OBL ccenneinendeinatesanes MUOIR bese ORS +e
see ere tw Coe be sona wee e a4 ‘
wre eh teerazeeae® ammeaneerese 2 ae
a e

1 My : 4
he ee Ub i ahs

INDEX TO GENERA. 451

INDEX TO GENERA.
1880.

A DONS eEAtserancassscOOS, O41, SOO} CAlYMONG.....0.ceccccseees vscosvsoces cee 176
ACHRINOCY CIES. crcscasc.octcncens anaes ey OSNCCLIARIA.. ccrevdoedeanvazes 29, 365, 369
PRO MMENOMOM Sores cocccansssesacssvescs SH MOAMNCOR cco cesecuscna: ancane ek ade ease 179
INGUSOD tececcncs sens Pree COED Eee RpGHOAININ: <iccacencrcdcecuudpeunternevacrtensces 348
PLCINECODIOULD sr eescse cnesencaccs 188, 204. | Cardita........ ....« 21, 24, 364, 365 369
Adalaria........ Sentteae sas da saupccsoap'n i TON OAL CULE MNONS cc05 secausseccsececaussavenanm Go
PRTOMONN Sawrancubcchnevcescicoens sada « 52 , Cardium........ 21, 28, 24, 29, 365, 369
BAN Cheap Sera G5 tate walecs'<sacceeen PURO ALOE, «. ccdcsvenuh vascdvccavisrimerciseeie 353
Ambrosia...... Dadave a SCE ELE SSH CMUERECUN cate cnececicadess espidnaraie’ 895
Ampelopsis.............0- Leen b AE hee DOW CANICC MA. sacsasaccconsncsescassnanasOOG;, OTS
Pe PRICE Ice roe lee ceo resss «| \aedeseees OOO)| CALYD...0cc0ccceee ss saecncquescvdesadvesecs 348
APAPWIAOSMNG. 5.00000 00500r.0e000000 pale A) ORSRICATIS, <ca6sccavoncuceccesnuacevecsen 365
PRTEA MDM ILLIA nodose: Sends sas ceeccssdeuas, < Bits CAALAN OB, cansacuve cuevsahecicsavsetacses es 35!
PETE NON EO MCE RRS shite i watewassnceaaxv'e ke APN BC ANEGY a2 tozn cous aadcaasvakwe dneaatecenvast 348
PATNOUINANEM Sats c\cavaan’ exe oosid eee aact 3 64, BUPINORSTONOIOCS»Jecdausskvseascnacntadcswans 347
PATTING Aetna wavsdiness cece cacscesse BBN, PC MMORLOIAUI 35; <ssiusoansen<snwceocnavdec 237
PTVOUILEE Pa dew ats cacscceces caswdece 21, 24 | CR LGIALIUS sso c-dscecccanccanvunend 13, 14
Antrozous......... Dee ew apetecesas0scea0 TE OONUHIE OSs soci x.cveccsnsvereneswasnuble 32
DETR AISMEE EE cee oucivosss's) saveases SO Abe) | (OONULOPYZ1S 0s s.ncacseensdscaevensctbas O88
pele NS emia BAD IMGON VIN teansteccedaubothsacvnonuedessucseds 348
PR EMMONe fa cote sal onscia'ncace es 21, 23, 24, 29 | Chasmagnathus..............++.. 189, 221
Artemis........ Aparaane “21, BEE ee tare ol| OHOLYUTR «5 <cacapsecsacccesesonseseusesss 348
ARITHOUB: seaccsue ences Randenavaceeneadws SVS | Chingcephalus. ..... 20. socccaccenesavees 156
Pee MM Nemes de agvantsce! wccrossa'se- (O40 | CHTOIMREO, ..200.cesccersscecsexs ionece ei 273
Asbolite....... [eR DOU ACE OEE De ECOL REE pa Fieoe |) CLINIC adele uncurienceratestou daseeden ion 348
RNIMINEMREECE ee toccueneccteccecascDO0, OOD | CLISLOCOCOLOMG,...cccccscccccceacesece 189, 219
PRRs a watet ca danaes + RE eee 364 | Coelogenys.............ceses.00020891, 396
MMU 2s con asosayssevessesceses Atay COTES recs iinet tncnndasedsensinekcunteadde 348
PRSUEECs .2<.chsy008 soot, 23, 24,29, 32 | Cookeite... See vuipawnndday ee
Atalapha...... Mae eas canes cece 3, 393 | Corbula. 21, 23, 24. 25, ‘27, 29, 32, 364
Attas...... wo Ged AASPiccr Cte AS Cor EEE SAME f CO LAL aeieneen a peanassdCSenes sac euaccdius 348

Crassatella............21, 28, 24, 29, 32

WUPO Bea naha st casuals danehnansnenysvheuaes 132
Eat EEL GME os Vaeaccsdatsvcesescess $4" CulseeOOleGiccn cy sos secusyunananiccaes (D0
1330 ed “eho eee ZAG| CYOIOGTANSUS asccrsemsuntcrvaekus 189, 220
es ccesaintin eddsccses enters DONO P OL Mnarscnxscussnasavcerevaasvantaae 32
Brachygrapsus.......... Mateter sss TSS R208: | CVLOORMIIR ncassnacacusy cutsettvosssares OOM
Branchipus...... Asi CRS a LEG |'OYODYCtOrisace .. ccs decunssavacnastadseus OOO
Ss dan anid vscceseseeusens BS | CY POKO Ge csnes sc cnese nascavsetecnawsuenses 132
LOIS AS UGS UY ELOPTENSUS. vccexihoneiataraiens 188, 197

BRGRHOUROPRIS...... ....0cceesccsessneee 293 | Cytherea..21, 23, 24, 29, 364, 366, 370

452

OLOVOUONIS. ;p2:ccsaees seccscrcomt hes 89
BRNO POs. ences cease nceeeses 249, 256
PRinthonia., ss rcassrsses peso tre Tee
DABYPLOCLA........c0e+ryeces- 386, 392, 396
DUB OVAL so 2c c5s02scntep asco Hunt ane Ges Fe 13
Dentalium.........28, 29, 365, 567, 375
DESMOGIUM ...cruse-c crane decierstinteqlioe
RUBS OG US asc csssccesncrsececstreccereco=s4 133, 393
TU Godse oa bov ese naceneree roo rn yae
PUG OWES. nsassecessscece ese ssceee ee aT
PiG el Dh ySinecece gists sss eresceeeweagaoe
DGPS. aR... 2020: 250-2 ce se02-:OOD; ODO
PIGCALOWMN Ree sctencesemencs ace sesaeras 35
ID Yo kay ea Wii= ke cA aABaaansacaaacsaGocodzodsada 243
POriGniCnlUS «26. cccs~caveccccescs- speese 52 |
Ovi Ste sree concoct a sceesioaecceesctesciss 85 |
Echinospermum........-.... Sonesteeseee 131
GRIND «bp eccrine cesescsccececresteeanes 27
HP OLAPSUS | sssss-se225 26 see eeneey 188, 192
Hpomophorug....-.-..i.-sen0ceedsnaass 393
HPS QUT C sense eres aces anes seaee tsar 257
Erethizon..............048, 389, 392, 396
TIN ACEUS =... scercccashe vreeees se cmered 387
BIOCHEM s.< ss-ce)- peered: seieenieeetiee 189, 210
Euchirograpsus..... Rie ak Y278 baie 188, 202
Ha cly Pha --scaa(c-s--ersecenee--e- OO OOOO
Biphiyllite emacs secvopscnaters secs 249
HMISELONPYIS Eos ccanecseceerer sees air 131
CLISR ES sacesalscacccecne cuss qemnmcnstacteen 348
ETI GY or eyaaneneods 250000 sac nOscoGARE a a00505¢ 348
WU AVIAE So ..5).5.500ces5s0 ssiesesereees 10, 150
MATMDTIStYNUS:-rosrcranecs ob ercsceadatict 152
Biss wrella- LES... .ss52scescaaseuspeaees 29
FEV OUIUEC 2 ote os actin seciciesyeaciaeeeee tae 243
1) CEPI G2 cdg s000 JE ao DOCOOCOUGNS 3203 376
PIC O10. E820, ovelpncenesenaqesesthececeeeers 293
BUIBUS apse cree 28, 364, 365, 371, 375
Geng =| Scepe ne PEL CLS SeneABCEE AOD SCL ooL 241
GelasiMU Go. pcpernce cass ceccseoomseewete 135
Geograpsus........ Wipe bps rersies'se 188, 195
GlyptograpsuS...........--++++-0189, 206
CLOTMOPSISS, posses er oresnseeeseces 188, 189
GOVOIUG:»-sesecesenerieecrce reese useceneseermnLERe
Grill. snss:op ese seesoneey s ceuersrecnssveeTLOO
GxAVEORGS<22<-css-=-s secs Oe 188, 197
GUAPSUS, .. cccopsenenee cero so-sesocedatpe boosie,
Heleoperar .....0..0..+0.000e Sieseestcse DOO OB
ERG COEE trrccrscesecresessooceorpisiesonlOormelo
PR lic eee eee capt eeserucoerresivece steel 348

INDEX TO GENERA.

TREMIPUSUSs ee cccw eas sasiatesconspremere 372
Hem Liriptenus 1. .c.,<.0s=«sprariereadccem ence
PLES POLOMLY Semcsrcicee: pereae-c oeereeeiae 348
FUGCLOPTADSUS. co svcccsc usessey xe 189, 267
Hprochiloe.ce-ccssscccheccsessenise anmee 344
Pioloprapsuse-..s-cesecccemeenser eis 224
FromalQnouss-s s.scs sn cone nee eee 176
1S ILA: <0 IB GOnO HOES SOBCRAOEN eke Gero: 157
GUS LONI BH sono west oisows seine sseces cates 349
Pyalosphienta.....2 0... s.-e-0es 335, 840
Uy Ort. soocinmaneciana cles ae ayaa 156
isi aay bheiljepaanpanaucnongoaacosy ces 333, 348
Foy OC RWETIS! oe. co sence ose cea eene 132
Unifanrcab mlm... cscccecnetece tence camer
Iso camrdias.-sss-- ces 21, 238,24, 295 sex
JAMOSIbE: PRE ..'-- 650205. 50 sree eep eee 331
PRTOTIGH C's orreine dnccatrciase s seman eee oeplte 253
VOMOMMUTAT By nse seers oo, 0.8 aacarsins Pome eee 46
PUGH ec eemegpacnocdbenconcnocsoodne > 348
GUM Gas test aieisa cris greta oat a aaa ta 132
Leevibuccinum...................--804, df.
LA GOStOMUS...2...0. 4.252. «sere OUs DOE
nap ell doris: 4... ./-s/eesccesspepreeeres 58
TAR ONY ClenISkee ee. messes ese 393
| @gISTUMUS yee cacao necceoaeeceerhaeemtonee 133
Ta tUNAS nierneistines'ecieries saccendaceeeeeeiee 13
Vie Wa oiddeccccaecseeesesdedseencasans 21, 23
UCL OLOPHUS,.2---6.cnsona oem sep oe 189, 224
THO Mas (RG noe coos oan oeeccaeteeaneee 365
META - 5 ons ceterceserses5seeee eaters 230
ye on iit nero soncocdboussapb eon gcd 0000" 132
Te PIGGlIteS ss. cn ceeecss coc ee Mae 248
Thepidomel anes. acc..ecsscaes. 22s -cidebse 247
Tie ptOoTAPSUS: sae. satin ster >ennae 188, 196
GP UON 2. ceaeleesesecesuena <a pr omanyer 21
Whe PLOMIy Ke cs sre cresessseesenoene cok caer 227
TRO USE Oy. geece secs to oesieececsmacegs 348
Wem COE Bis..s ss uunesaadsie\lssh ice plies epee 132
TENT CM. occas een creep heed 281
ISTO DEE Se eae soeeysetestanees seem 21; 2855 t 29
Tain UCM As. 2. , eee onanaseneseee ce¥eEw eels 59
TLONGHO OLOBSA pe emcsbcsse-scrneccmesaee ge 3938
IBV FEOb ACIS SReRANE DHE Hp sO5 D0 21, 28,5) 2454 29
IMACACUS) ac. 0-5 ocr ewecas aes penne 387
Ma crobiGttgis..-.--spess1-<--4-0- ted 338
WERE BEBE EEC Aoappee pbs ace. aadde 215 24m pew
Margarite.......0rcesccos--+s ve sae severe 251
Marginella.s..a9% 84% -02- pomp ieen 29
Megaderma.......-..c2-s00. sesvesmeta 393

INDEX TO GENERA. 458
MIS a Ore PSL Pe pa 21 | Plumatella....vsves ssssnsoavanssosdeanes 157
Melampyrum.................c00seseeees Daee SE OLY CONG. caciedu usecase? yaveunahipuiees 105
ES ae ae any b ESE aL Pe ONY ORT iv0- spesdbenabelpgattboks sans 376
Oo EOE aa ers a he a Ses | PODUNGR 2. visas vvecrnateeweenest ddan 353
Someta ines 55225225 0'508555 325560 191 | Prochlorite sis scossisssssesesnvvteeste 251
Mesopithecus............:00.5).00. REO | ELOCHON. i50asvsasadaaccasesss ves eV IOL 345
Moetacesarma......355i2560088502 9. 189, 211 Pseudograpsus ......sccssceecees 188, 204
Metopograpsus... ................188, 190 Pseudoliva... ..........ccccceeseees 365, 371
lary «CAREER ease ERROR ORS E EEE 243 Pseudothelphusa...........cccsceeeeee 34
Bo ne COCEIEEEES Ea ce SRI GeRs? Lad | PVOTOPUSs 2220s sescessss cavervesseotle lie 393
TRORMERY Wests) f0si oi c2 seeseee.309, 395 | PtychognathusS......:...000.000040 188, 202
MIOIMGUENTOGS >. 2.0ssisierstiissiccee ss PED | PICOMTO desi 5555555s4sbasdsereavdve sles 348
BRR COVINON Meets eee faa teetss PAD AAT | PYLOPWYUIC. <.c0s96 ssccssssuvevseads cow 248
Naeem ad; Mounts Laven ne sos 21, 24, 27) Pyrula...........0.0..+..00005865, 867, 8374
IMI ineainn ters <r i<usos oo. Wiese... oe
OU OV OUS sider wIrtedtiadcderdstededie 128, 342
RMU REetean so oes ben eseveressesss 388
DP RMIGH eer esses scone 27, 364, 365, 368 |
Nautilograpsus............. PA igreee Oe | ONGC os. sacs csagenseaavenssapeeasoese 274
Webel ctscseeiiisi'scscicice: soe BOHOORG | Ran piler sic car ss MTIALAO 847
NGO UOM Ss foes lcls's'odese''slsv'e'sp cowed Sate 347 | Rhaconotus:......4..cceeeesereeees 189, 213
WNOOUUAG staedess etesdisscs2.222.5.509, 004 | Rhinopoma....:; Sisarassasasnes COA ODO
RNa ee inn ocsace cess annncdnesss 23} Rhinidelitos circ wee Gur 251
BUTS Piped ees <cicceac <casessaroe.%'es 157 | Rhododendron.............:s001...00088 338
UIC RGRES ee Sersnceasrscseccseccess OLB. BSS} PorComny sc. <2scueekes csnesseeaveass Desa 230
b SROCONi ab: i cays teach avescusesinta ceed 131
| RROSUOUAIRG 6145 seed oeredeovescees teens 364
SO SEE Re ee ee £70 | HOtiler fates sisson we silAlaie S68
NOG MYMPOPUB Ge Ss 5eiebsc52562- ee te: 59
Orthograpsus......... see... 188, 194
WRTOR Ss sccece .21, 23, 24, 32;°364—366 | Sancara .........s000sesssesenscendodseces 57
Npmerpbnenseees teeta nates .es.scseee, ODO | Sarmatium..........ccacensecccers 189, 212
SATORU coven vconcu daduvanavaey 22, 25, 82
ICEL REIS carers awassesansawackaatdcda 28,'- 29
Pachygrapsus.....0....0..c00.000 FESO RIS | Doalopas iv. ss se iscszicsveveeews ..-- 348
PPOULIOCULUS 528 i6.'e'e'sc5cccaeees D2 ZA NDD | SO rUSieicescccds sce vervewsvesves«040, OOO
fa CESS no 293 | Semnopithecus......... sccccsseeeseees 176
TMU Perret ene tess eiedseocsscgstaas Velts. 108 | Serpentine..........s....e0 241, 248, 278
da) eisédtesac EBA! 726 |) Per pula ccircecessterowess sss svevsend bcs 27
eUOUNIN Pads osse a gaceisvcatee'e ce scsss< 220 | Seaar Ma cccsescesssesesesesessevees 189, 213
Pectef. ti... .-. 2A; 24; 25, 803/366, ‘B69 | Siderite:........cccccsseecsscs ssssescsnces 242
WGUIPEMPSUS tees ices tas sss ccc cases 189, PAD | Siderophyllites:vc.. sais cssvsssceseesee 254
Periploma........... RUsvinvess reser cree BZ | Sigaretus.....ccssscccccecsesccecceeeerere 29
| oh ee ee Be DAN DIPTOD | Simi 5.1 vccavinesnscntectecsscacennsinds 160
Petricola..............5 Besdte cede: 220194 | Solarium. csveceseeeenns 29, 364, 365, 375
Philadelphite......... Gaseeris v6 seB1O/ BIS | Soleeurtus... i. :.cccserevevsenssewsnsec 27
PRO MONUAUE: 5 5i5-ccecds teenies... PAA BOLO ecssaeesiscaersecseetsscesteey BOOT
POMOGOMNY D5... 046 ctsisks ites ves s0 22 po 25 || Sprroatomem icc cees HCA La 157
SMO faelouive's'sk vice ees’ Ss Dim GAIN 25 | Sponges siasiescswcussaessavacewes 330, 357
so MAPADAS pabaeesss%s DOS EBSS || Btentlter cece wince wivanverrnwtinw 273
MCU Rii cys secscavesccese SID | OUONCORS sccavecsen seandecvciursursevesvdes 157
Uo sch SEs Re Rn S41 || Starblin ite -siaveccsiaedscedeanssnseusevn ae
Pithecolobium.. Sibss. 2260430 ee OOO | DULEPSIA UPA sy. cwiswscccewwanesbesewelcns 872
Placocista......... Pabarenarsssdeeess eis 889 | Streptocephalus..........c0s see 156
Plagusia ........... qbaeiewse 189, 223
PUACYRrAPSUss s.5.idsieveseseceeese 189, 210
Pleurotoma..29, 365, 366, 868, 369, 378 DRAG 5 hecd en ccdwivesis bareviieewavdews 248, 252
oo TRS Oe EEE eee FAHODS | Delmas scti caxveviedersenss wiwvesveuswevele 348

454 INDEX TO GENERA.

PREG EIN: cccaccntcendecccecscexusracnene Oi AVATUN Ace sccadecessacseteeose 187, 188, 205
PBGRERNS ccc seccen a cc auocceccetlecevatane 22° — 24: | MVCN STIGATOIG .. caseaccecaadedeesacssecae 366
14 C1, a See a rey aS be oe Si) WiONUS <ccecedscsvoceseze Deeds) Apeuo eee
PLINU] Wiaccase skeet tecclnce<ccewslectneenee sas OF Viermiloulites-...0-<scancesdsevsnsceates 250
Mornatellacecceascancadeceucesscecms S64, 866 || Vespertilio....2. 22. oc... ccsescess 227, 348
PPINEM Geceassosceaeoeesoececaessass HOU; (SOO! VES POU Oscsscacenes-aneeacessaaeeean eee 393
Ld CTL aha ages Seaaeaeecorcot a edetior TO8'| Ves perus: 20. <cccscacceseccccncsensecens 373
TPUGRC IM Se: sore ces cc theneeueces see cae 132 | Wihibesace access scckase edow aa saeeres area 10
MPTIGONVOI can cess ccs vecwecedeceua sce ee es BOO?) Woltttarnccce-vennctassacsacnecevaccenes 29, 365
TYOCHUS...<c:0secacsuacsathea told eee D9) | WOR ORs cath « Winede wa Peccvanesaseesauans 157
Turbine as c2oscccccten eo teeeee eee 304. Sia" | VOLEICClIA2..ccccesccacecestecteccsanseces 157
ENUEET YOON Wecnaneenacyeneasesessee sae 29, 365 | Vulpes..........000 eas doara stepateee tates 348
pie ee ere a eo! oa IWAStOYIA coc cen cee sees nl ecacecemetemens 358
RIBBUG Rests ccacuns afaccusecsccstcsusnek. 349 |

UC ara leetese cos 189, 206 | Yucea...... aeeedan eben oakiee Rene saemeenan 355

INDEX.

455

GENERAL INDEX.

Additions to Library, 429, |
Agnew, Wm. G. E., Announcement of |
death of, 226.
Allen, H., Description of a foetal
Walrus, 38; Mammary Glands of)

Fox, Wm. Logan, Announcement of
death of, 159.

Garrett, Andrew, The Terrestrial Mol-
lusca inhabiting the Cooks or Har-
vey Islands, 9, 158.

Bats, 138; On some homologies in | Genth, F. A., Jr., The so-called Emery-

Bunodont Dentition, 226; The Pha-.
langes of Bats, 359; On the Tem-
poral and Masseter Muscles |
Mammals, 385.

Barbeck, Wm., On the Development of
Lemna Minor, 226, 230.

Bergh, R., On the Nudibranchiate |
Gasteropod Mollusca of the North |
Pacific, with special reference to.
those of Alaska, 9, 40.

Biological and Microscopical Section,
Report of, 415.

Botanical Section, Report of, 418.

Borie, A. E., Announcement of death
of, 128.

Brewer, T. M.,
death of, 12.

Budd, Dr. Chas. H., Announcement of
death of, 355.

Cardeza, J. M., Fossil (?) Casts in
Sandstone, 280; Garnet mistaken |
for Corundum, 295.

Chapman, H.C., On the Gestation and |
Generative Apparatus of the Ele-|
phant, 134, 158; On the Structure
of the Orang Outang, 159, 160.

Conchological Section, Report of, 414. |

Cresson, Ezra T., Election to Council, |
357.

Elections during 1880, 428.

Entomological Section, Report of, 421. |

Fisher, Jas. C., Announcement of
death of, 351.

Foote, A. E., A new locality for Anal- |
cite, 252; On a probable Pseudor-
morphism of Gummite and Urano-
tile after Uraninite, 292; On a large
Sphene from Canada, 341.

Announcement of

Jefferis, W, W.,

Ore from Chelsea, Bethel Township,
Delaware Co., Pa., 311.

of Gilbert, Wm. Kent, Announcement of

death of, 226.

Haines, R., Analysis of Philadelphite,
310.

Haldeman, S. S.,
death of, 341.
Hallowell, Morris, L., Announcement

of death of, 226.

Hartman, W. D., Description of a
Partula supposed to be New, from
the Island of Moorea, 225, 229; A
Bibliogrophical Catalogue of the
Genus Partula, 226.

Hays, Isaac, Resolution of Thanks for
Portrait of, 356.

Heilprin, A., On the Stratigraphical
Evidence afforded by the Tertiary
Fossils of the Peninsula of Mary-
land, 20; On some Lower Eocene
Mollusca from Clarke Co., Ala., with
some points as to the Stratigraphical
position of the Beds containing them,
359, 364.

Hering, Constantine, Announcement of
death of, 830.

Hess, R. J., Report of Biological and
Microscopical Section, 414.

Horn, Geo. H., Report of Correspond-
ing Secretary, 407.

Index to Genera, 451.

Announcement of

Jeanes, Joshua, T., Announcement of

death of, 9; Resolution regarding
Bequest of, 225.

A new locality for
A new locality for
A new Corundum

Fluorite, 248;
Amethyst, 280;

456

locality, 280; Menaccanite and Tale
from Maryland, 292; Sunstone in
Labradorite, 222.

Kelly, H. A., Sartorius Musele of the
Gorilla, 128.

King, Dr. Wm. M., Announcement of
death of, 154.

Kingsley, J. S., Carcinological Notes,
No. 1, 34; Carcinological Notes, No.
2, Revision of the Gelasimi, 12, 185 ;
Carcinological Notes, No. 3, 179;
Carcinological Notes, No. 4, 154,
187.

Koenig, Geo. A., Notes on Jarosite,
231.

Lautenbach, Bb. F., Announcement of
death of, 226.

Laporte, Count de Castelnau, An-
nouncement of death of, 156.

Lea, Isaac, Resolution of thanks for

Portrait of, 159.

Leidy, Jos., Notice of the Cruel Thread
Worm, Filaria immitis, of the Dog,
1; On a Filaria reported to have
come from a Man, 130; Remarks
on Pond Life, 156; Rhizopods in
the Mosses of the Summit of Roan
Mountains, N. C., 332, 333; Bone
Caves of Pennsylvania, 546; The
Parasites of the Termites, 351, 354;
Remarks on Bathygnathis borealis,
351, 354; Report of Curators, 410.

Lewis, H. C., A new Polariscope, 241 ;
A Garnet with inverted crystalliza-
tion, 241; A new locality for Sider-
ite, 242; Magnetite Markings in
Muscovite, 242; A new locality for
Asbolite, 243; Epidote in Molyb-
denite, 245; The optical characters
of some Micas, 244; On the Meas-
urement of Plane Angles, 252; On
an Exfoliated Tale, 252; Tin in
North Carolina, 255; On Siderophyl-
lite—a new mineral, 254; On Ster-
lingite and Damourite, 256; Vana-
dium in Philadelphia rocks, 256; A
new locality for Epsomite, 257; The
surface geology of Philadelphia and
vicinity, 258; On the Bryn Mawr
Gravel, 277; On some enclosures in
Mica, 278; On Dené@rites, 278; On
a Jurassic Sand, 279; The Minerals
of Surry County, N.C., 280; A new
locality for Lignite, 281: On Ser-
pentine in Bucks Co., 281; The Iron
Ores and Lignite of the Montgomery
Co. Valley, 282; An enclo<ure in
Quartz, 292; On a new Fucoidal
plant from the Trias, 293; The

INDEX.

Trenton Gravel and its relation to
the Antiquity of Man, 296; Note on
Philadelphite—a new mineral, 310 ;
On Philadelphite, 315: A Potsdam
Sandstone Outcrop on the 8. Valley
Hill of Chester Valley, 329.

Lippincott, Joshua, Announcement of
death of, 35d.

Lockington, W. N., On the Pacific
species of Caulolatilus, 13; On a
new specics of Hemitripterus from
Alaska, 134, 253; Description of a
new species of Catostomus (C. cypho)
from the Colorado River, 156, 237.

McCook, Rev. H. C., Note on a new
Northern Cutting Ant (Atta septen-
trionalis), 8359; The Skining Slave-
maker—Notes on the Architecture
and Habits of the American Slave-
making Ant (Polyergus lucidus),
576,

Martindale, Isaac C., Sexual variation
in Castanea Americana, 351.

Meehan, Thos., On . disarticulating
branches in Ampelopsis, 9; Germi-
nation in Acorns, 128; On the
Timber line of high mountains, 341 ;
Dimorphic flowers in Houstonia,
349; Cleistogamy in Oxalis aceto-
sella, 350; Sexual variation in Cas-
tanea Americana, 351; Rain Trees
—Note on Yucca gloriosa, 555 ;
Dioecism in Andromeda catesbzei,
356; Nove on the Seed-vessels of
Wistaria, 358: Report of Botanical
Section, 418.

Mineralogical and Geological Section,
Proceedings of, 159, 241; Report

Nolan, Edw. J., Report of Recording
Secretary, 406; Report of Librarian,
408.

Officers for 1881, ;

Parker, Chas. F., Report of Curator in
Charge, 410.

Potts, Edw., Fresh-water Sponges of
Fairmount Park, 330; On Fresh-
water Sponges, 356.

Proceedings of the Mineralogical and
Geological Section of the Academy,
for the years 1877, 1878 and 1879,
150, 241.

Rand, Theo. D., Serpentine belts of
Radnor Township, Del. Co., 225;
Change of Serpentine into Quartz,
241; A new locality for Millerite,
243; A new locality for Gypsum,
252; Ona belt of Steatite and Ser-
pentine in Radnor, Del. Co., 273;

INDEX.

Chromite near Radnor, Pa., 27°;
' On Randite, 274; Some microscopic

enclosures in gems, 276; Potsdam

Sandstone near King of Prussia, |

279; On a peculiar stratification in
Gneiss, 280; The northern belt of
Serpentine in Radnor Township,

265; Report of Mineralogical and |

Geological Section, 422.
Redfield, J. H., On Rochelia patens,
131; On the timber line of high

mountains, 345; Report of Botanical |

Section, 418.
Report of Biological and Microscopical
Section, 413.
Report of Botanical Section, 418.
Report of Conchological Section, 414.

Report of Corresponding Secretary, 407 |

Report of Curators, 410.

Report of Entomological Section, 421. |

Report of Librarian, 408.

Report of Mineralogical and Geological
Section, 422.

Report of President, 397.

Report of Recording Secretary, 406.

Report of Treasurer, 425.

Report on Plants introduced by means |

of the International Exhibition,
1876, 132. P

Rice, J., Announcement of death of,
130,

457

James,
death of, 331.
Ridings, J. H., Report of Entomologi-

cal Section, 421.

Robert, 8. R., Report of Conchological
Section, 414.
/Roepper, W. T.,

death of, 156.

| Ruschenberger, W. S. W., Report of
the President, 57.

Stauffer, Jac., Announcement of death
of, 134.

| Tyndall, Hector,

death of, 134.

| Vaux, Geo., Election to Council, 10;

| Resignation from Council, 355.

| Vodges, A. W., Description of a new

Crustacean from the Upper Silurian

of Georgia, with remarks upon Caly-

mene Clintoni, 128, 176.

| White, S. S., Announcement of death

of, “9. :

| Wileocks, Dr. Alex., Announcement of

death of, 356.

| Willcox, Jos., Some new mineral locali-
ties, 312; Report of Mineralogical
and Geological Section, 422.

Wood, W. M., M. D., Announcement
of death of, 15U.

| Ridings,

of
|

announcement

Announcement of

Announcement of

3; Pa) mea
4 ‘. pi
+ Va j
ee ie)
. ; aus
My =!
: ‘9 es
4
.
if t
ha a Mies Soar G.
siete 5.0. Oe ha
- me ia wd
. ; j i 1%
$i, ‘grt Bete a cn ‘
+ = ;
>
j Loe

. a

> tud

Pana
ral ty A Pins

saat

eal we af -

i] t
(au 7) aa : y
: a -

Wiad

i
tu
5 ; ia

bir ys

i i a nyeaate

QH Academy of natural sciences
1 of Philadelphia
A2 Proceedings

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

STORAGE

Sone